You are on page 1of 14370

BSC6900 GSM V900R012C01 Parameter Reference

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. For any assistance, plea headquarters.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China Website: Email:

http://www.huawei.com support@huawei.com

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2011. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawe

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

ce. For any assistance, please contact our local office or company

or written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ve holders.

Purpose

This document provides information about the BSC6900 parameters, including the meaning, value, and usage of th

Intended Audience
Network planners Field engineers System engineers Shift operators

Organization
Each parameter is described in the following aspects. Description MO Parameter ID Parameter Name NE MML Command Meaning IsKey Mandatory Feature ID Feature Name Value Type GUI Value Range Actual Value Range Unit

Default Value

Recommended Value Impact Parameter Relationship Access Service Interrupted After Modification

Interruption Scope Interruption Duration (min) Caution Validation of Modification Impact on Radio Network Performance Introduced in Version Attribute

n about the BSC6900 parameters, including the meaning, value, and usage of the parameters.

following aspects. Remarks Managed object of NE Simple string for identifying a parameter Name of the parameter NEs on which the parameter is set Commands for setting the parameter Definition, purpose, and protocols of the parameter Whether the parameter is used to identify an MO instance Whether the parameter is mandatory for creating an MO instance ID of the feature that uses the parameter Name of the feature that uses the parameter Parameter value type Parameter value range displayed on the GUI Actual parameter value range corresponding to the GUI Value Range Parameter value unit Initial parameter value assigned by the system. There is no default value for a mandatory parameter. None indicates that there is no default value. For a bit field parameter, the value ON of a sub-parameter means that the bit representing the sub-parameter is set to 1, and the value OFF means that the bit is set to 0. Generally, it is displayed on the configuration window of an ADD command but not displayed on the configuration window of a MOD/RMV/DSP/LST command. Parameter values recommended for different scenarios Parameter impact scope, that is, objects specified when the parameter is set Relationship between this parameter and other parameters. For example, to use this parameter, you need to set related switches and parameters. Whether this parameter is Read & Write or Read Only. Whether modifying the parameter value interrupts the ongoing services

Possible interruption scope Possible interruption duration (unit: minute) Cautions to be taken during the modification How this parameter takes effect and whether the equipment needs to be restarted after the modification Impact of the parameter on radio network performance Product version in which the parameter is introduced Whether the parameter is a radio parameter, a transport parameter, or an equipment parameter

MO

Parameter ID

Parameter Name

NE

MML Command

Meaning

IsKey

SUBRACK SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD SUBRACK(Mand atory) RMV Number of SUBRACK(Mand the atory) subrack YES ADD ABISLOADSHAR E(Mandatory) RMV ABISLOADSHAR E(Mandatory) This parameter indicates the subrack number. YES

ABISLOAD SHARE SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ABISLOAD SHARE OUTSN

Load Outlet Slot No. BSC6900

Slot number of the load ADD outlet ABISLOADSHAR interface E(Mandatory) board NO Slot number of the transparent ly ADD transmittin ABISLOADSHAR g interface E(Mandatory) board NO Slot number of the load ADD sharing ABISLOADSHAR interface E(Mandatory) board NO ADD ADJMAP(Mandat ory) MOD ADJMAP(Mandat ory) RMV ADJMAP(Mandat ory)

ABISLOAD SHARE TRANSSN

Load Transmitting Slot No.

BSC6900

ABISLOAD SHARE SHARESN

Load Sharing Slot No.

BSC6900

ADJMAP

ANI

Adjacent Node ID

BSC6900

This parameter uniquely identifies an adjacent node. YES

ADJMAP

ITFT

Interface Type

BSC6900

ADD ADJMAP(Mandat ory) MOD ADJMAP(Mandat ory) RMV ADJMAP(Mandat ory)

This parameter indicates the type of the adjacent node. NO

ADJMAP

TMIGLD

TRMMAP index

BSC6900

Index of the traffic ADD mapping ADJMAP(Mandat used by ory) the current MOD adjacent ADJMAP(Optiona node's l) gold user. NO ADD ADJMAP(Mandat ory) MOD Activation ADJMAP(Optiona factor table l) index NO ADD ADJNODE(Mand atory) MOD ADJNODE(Mand atory) RMV ADJNODE(Mand atory) ADD ADJNODE(Mand atory) MOD ADJNODE(Optio nal) ADD ADJNODE(Mand atory) MOD ADJNODE(Optio nal)

ADJMAP

FTI

Factor table index

BSC6900

ADJNODE ANI

Adjacent Node ID

BSC6900

This parameter uniquely identifies an adjacent node. YES This parameter indicates the name of the adjacent node. NO This parameter indicates the type of the adjacent node. NO

ADJNODE NAME

Adjacent Node Name

BSC6900

ADJNODE NODET

Adjacent Node Type BSC6900

ADJNODE BTSID

Site Index

BSC6900

This parameter indicates the BTS index of the adjacent node to be added. The parameter is valid only when Adjacent ADD node type ADJNODE(Mand is set to atory) Abis. NO This parameter uniquely ADD identifies a ADJNODE(Mand BSC in the atory) TC pool. NO MOD AE1T1(Mandator y) RMV AE1T1(Mandator y) ADD AE1T1(Mandator y)

ADJNODE BSCID

BSC ID

BSC6900

AE1T1

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

This parameter indicates the subrack number. NO

AE1T1

SN

Slot No

BSC6900

MOD AE1T1(Mandator y) RMV AE1T1(Mandator y) ADD AE1T1(Mandator Number of y) the slot NO MOD AE1T1(Mandator y) RMV AE1T1(Mandator y) ADD AE1T1(Mandator Port y) number

AE1T1

PN

Port No

BSC6900

NO

AE1T1

OPMODE

Operation Mode

BSC6900

Value MODSTAR TCIC indicates modifying the start CIC of the E1/T1 timeslots on the A interface. Value MODSGLC IC indicates modifying the CIC of an E1/T1 MOD timeslot on AE1T1(Mandator the A y) interface. NO

AE1T1

STCIC

Start CIC

BSC6900

Number of the start CIC. The C/C of each E1/T1 timeslot can be calculated on the basis of this parameter. Assume that the start CIC is 100, the CIC of the E1 timeslots on the A interface will automatica lly be set to 100, 101, 102, 103, and so on. Assume MOD that the AE1T1(Mandator CIC of an y) E1 timeslot ADD is 65535, AE1T1(Mandator the CICs of y) all NO

AE1T1

ALLTSTYPE

Timeslot Type

BSC6900

Value ALLCIC indicates that all E1/T1 timeslots on the A interface must be set with the start CIC. Value ALLNULL indicates that all E1/T1 timeslots on the A MOD interface AE1T1(Optional) can be set ADD with the AE1T1(Mandator value y) NULL. NO Number of the MOD timeslot to AE1T1(Mandator be y) modified NO Type of the timeslot to MOD be AE1T1(Optional) modified NO Number of the CIC to MOD be AE1T1(Optional) modified NO Index of the DPC group. See "ADD GCNNOD ADD E" AE1T1(Optional) command. NO Uniquely identifies an OSP. ADD See "ADD AE1T1(Mandator OPC" y) command. NO

AE1T1

TSN

TS NO

BSC6900

AE1T1

TSTYPE

TS TYPE

BSC6900

AE1T1

CICNO

CIC NO

BSC6900

AE1T1

DPCGIDX

DPC Group Index

BSC6900

AE1T1

OPCIDX

OPC Index

BSC6900

AE1T1

BSCFLAG

BSC Flag

BSC6900

It indicates whether the A interface E1/T1 is the primary ADD BSC or AE1T1(Mandator secondary y) BSC. NO ID of the BSC in the TC pool to which an A ADD interface AE1T1(Mandator E1/T1 is y) added NO ADD AISSCFG(Manda tory) RMV AISSCFG(Manda tory) MOD AISSCFG(Manda tory) ADD AISSCFG(Manda tory) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) ADD AISSCFG(Manda tory) MOD AISSCFG(Option al)

AE1T1

SUBBSCTID

ID of slave BSC in TC Pool

BSC6900

AISSCFG

TASKIDX

AISS Task Index

BSC6900

Unique identifier of the Um interface software synchroniz ation task. YES Whether to collect the offset information . NO

AISSCFG

GATHON

Offset Information Collection Switch

BSC6900

AISSCFG

ADTON

Offset Time Adjustment Switch

BSC6900

Offset Time Adjustment Switch. NO

AISSCFG

BASEBTSID

Reference BTS Index

BSC6900

The reference BTS must ADD support the AISSCFG(Manda Um tory) interface MOD software AISSCFG(Manda synchroniz tory) ation. NO

AISSCFG

REINITTBL

Reinitialize Neighbour Cell Table

BSC6900

Whether to re-initialize the ADD neighborin AISSCFG(Manda g cell pair tory) for MOD software AISSCFG(Manda synchroniz tory) ation. NO Whether the Um interface ADD software AISSCFG(Manda synchroniz tory) ation MOD between AISSCFG(Manda BSCs is tory) supported. NO ADD AISSCFG(Manda tory) MOD AISSCFG(Manda tory) Whether the BSC is a reference BSC. NO

AISSCFG

ISSPTBSCAISS

Support BSC AISS

BSC6900

AISSCFG

ISBASICBSC

Base BSC

BSC6900

AISSCFG

CTRBSCDPC

Control BSC DPC

BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Manda tory) MOD DPC of the AISSCFG(Manda control tory) BSC. NO ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD Fine tuning AISSCFG(Option period in al) the BSC. NO Threshold for fine tuning the BTS clock. If the offset of the BTS clock is ADD smaller AISSCFG(Option than the al) threshold, MOD no fine AISSCFG(Option tuning is al) performed. NO

AISSCFG

INCHPRD

Fine Tuning Period in BSC

BSC6900

AISSCFG

INCHLOD

Fine Tuning Threshold

BSC6900

AISSCFG

GATHST

Offset Information Collection Start Time

BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al)

Start time for collecting the offset information . NO End time for collecting the offset information . NO Start time for adjusting the offset time. End time for adjusting the offset time.

AISSCFG

GATHET

Offset Information Collection End Time BSC6900

AISSCFG

ADTST

Offset Time Adjustment Start Time

BSC6900

NO

AISSCFG

ADTET

Offset Time Adjustment End Time

BSC6900

NO

AISSCFG

BSCGATHST

BSC Offset Information Collection Start Time

BSC6900

Start time for collecting the interBSC offset information . NO End time for collecting the interBSC offset information . NO

AISSCFG

BSCGATHET

BSC Offset Information Collection End Time BSC6900

AISSCFG

GATHLOD

Load Threshold of Offset Collection

BSC6900

Cell load threshold for collecting the offset information . If the load threshold ADD is AISSCFG(Option exceeded, al) the offset MOD information AISSCFG(Option is not al) collected. NO Cell load threshold for adjusting the offset time. If the load ADD threshold AISSCFG(Option is al) exceeded, MOD the offset AISSCFG(Option time is not al) adjusted. NO ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) Number of times that the downlink signal is measured. NO

AISSCFG

ADTLOD

Load Threshold of Offset Adjustment

BSC6900

AISSCFG

SIGOBS

Signal Strength Observation Times

BSC6900

AISSCFG

SIGLAST

Signal Strength Duration Times

BSC6900

Number of times that the ADD downlink AISSCFG(Option signal al) strength MOD exceeds AISSCFG(Option the al) threshold. NO

AISSCFG

DWNINTEN

DL Signal Strength Limit

BSC6900

An MS can be used to test the Um interface software synchroniz ation only when the DL signal strength after the power control compensat ion in the ADD test cell AISSCFG(Option and the al) observed MOD cell is AISSCFG(Option higher than al) this limit. NO ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) Number of MSs used when the offset information is collected. NO

AISSCFG

MS

Number of MSs

BSC6900

AISSCFG

TWFRRMRSP

Information Collection Response Timer BSC6900

Value of the timer ADD for waiting AISSCFG(Option for the al) response MOD to AISSCFG(Option information al) collection. NO Value of the timer ADD for AISSCFG(Option reserving al) the TCHFs MOD in the AISSCFG(Option serving al) cell. NO

AISSCFG

TWFCSCHIDLE

Serving Cell TCHF Reservation Timer

BSC6900

AISSCFG

TWFCMTRXIDLE

Observation Cell TRX Reservation Timer

BSC6900

Value of the timer ADD for AISSCFG(Option reserving al) the TRXs MOD in the AISSCFG(Option observed al) cell.

NO

AISSCFG

TWFCMCHIDLE

Observation Cell Channel Reservation Timer

BSC6900

Value of the timer for ADD reserving AISSCFG(Option the al) channels in MOD the AISSCFG(Option observed al) cell. NO ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) Value of the timer for searching for the MS. NO

AISSCFG

TWFSEEKMS

MS Search Timer

BSC6900

AISSCFG

TWFSYNCACK

BTS Reserved Resource Activation Timer BSC6900

Value of the timer ADD for AISSCFG(Option activating al) the MOD reserved AISSCFG(Option resources al) of the BTS. NO Value of the timer ADD for waiting AISSCFG(Option for the al) synchroniz MOD ation report AISSCFG(Option from the al) BTS. NO Duration for the ADD BTS to AISSCFG(Option collect the al) AB after MOD the TRX or AISSCFG(Option channel is al) activated NO

AISSCFG

TWFSYNCRPT

BTS SYNC_REPORT Timer

BSC6900

AISSCFG

ABLASTTIME

Duration of BTS Collecting AB[100 Millisecond]

BSC6900

AISSCFG

ACTTIME

Valid Time of BTS Resource Activation BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al)

Valid duration of the reserved TRX or timeslot. NO

AISSCFG

BSC Interior Clock INTERIORSYNCT Synchronize Protect MR Time BSC6900

Value of the timer for synchroniz ation between BSCs. If a BSC fails to synchroniz e with the control BSC before the timer expires, ADD the BSC AISSCFG(Option starts to al) synchroniz MOD e the BTSs AISSCFG(Option under its al) control. NO Time for reserving the handover reference for one of ADD the two AISSCFG(Option BSCs that al) collect the MOD offset AISSCFG(Option information al) . NO ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al) Period for fine tuning the BTS clock between BSCs. NO

AISSCFG

HOREFTMR

BSC HO Protect Time

BSC6900

AISSCFG

BSCINCHPRD

BSC Fine Tuning Period

BSC6900

AISSCFG

IMMFNAD

Immediate Initial Adjust After Site Reset Enable

BSC6900

ADD AISSCFG(Option al) MOD AISSCFG(Option al)

Whether to adjust the offset time immediatel y after the BTS is reset. NO

AISSCFG

RESERVESTATE

Reserve State

BSC6900

Whether to reserve the collected BTS synchroniz ation status between BSCs, collected BTS synchroniz ation status in the BSC, and MOD synchroniz AISSCFG(Manda ed BTS tory) status. NO Index of an MSC. It is used in storing and querying the MSC attributes YES

AITFOTHP ARA CNNODEIDX

CN Node Index

BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Mandatory)

AITFOTHP ARA AN4

MAX Reset Mesg Retransmission on A-I

BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Optional)

Maximum number of times of resending a reset message at the A interface. When the BSC is reset, the BSC sends a reset message to the MSC and starts a timer. If the timer expires when the BSC waits for a response message, the BSC resends the reset message and restarts a timer. If the timer expires again and the times NO

AITFOTHP SendConfusionTo ARA MSC

Sent Confusion Message to MSC

BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Optional)

Whether to send a CONFUSI ON message to the MSC. This parameter specifies whether to send a message carrying fault location information to the MSC if the BSC receives a message that cannot be decoded over the A interface. NO

Directed Retry AITFOTHP DirectedRetryAssF AssFail Send ARA ailSendEnable Enable

BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Optional)

Whether the BSC sends an Assignmen t Fail message with the cause value of directed retry to the MSC before the BSC initiates a directed retry procedure NO In case of intra-BSC, if this parameter is set to ON, the same channel type and voice version as those of the original channel are selected. NO

Speech Ver Change AITFOTHP ucSpeechVerOptiIn Optimize in ARA Ho Handover BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Optional)

AITFOTHP CHANNELRATEC Channel Rate Type ARA ODE Decode Expand BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Optional)

When the value of this parameter is YES, if the assignmen t request message sent by the MSC contains the channel rate type indicating the support of both full and half rates, and contains the speech version indicating the selection of full rate speech version only or half rate speech version only, the BSC NO Whether to add the TA value to a complete layer-3 message to provide the LCS function on the A interface NO

AITFOTHP ESTINDL3MSGTA Add TA to A ARA FLAG Interface EST IND

BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Optional)

Use Non-Encry AITFOTHP ENCRY_OPT_SWI When Unsupport ARA TCH MSC Encry Algorit

BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Optional)

This parameter specifies the transmissi on mode when the BSS does not support the encryption algorithm of the MSC. When this parameter is set to Yes, the BSS uses nonencryption transmissi on mode. When this parameter is set to No, the BSS rejects the call. NO

Speech Version AITFOTHP SpeechVerStrategy Select Strategy in ARA InAss Intra-BSC HO ALMBLKP ARA AID

BSC6900

Alarm ID

BSC6900

SET AITFOTHPARA( Optional) SET ALMBLKPARA(M andatory) Alarm ID

Strategy of selecting the speech version to be used after an intra-BSC handover when the BSC is in A over IP mode. When this parameter is set to MSC Strategy, the BSC selects the speech version to be used after an intra-BSC handover according to the priority of each speech version carried in the assignmen t message NO

YES

ALMBLKP ARA BLKPRD

Alarm blink threshold

BSC6900

Alarm blink filter threshold. When the interval between the generation and clearance of an alarm is equal to or smaller than the alarm blink filter threshold, the alarm SET is filtered ALMBLKPARA(O and not ptional) reported. NO

ALMBLKP ARA CNTRISTHRD

Upper count threshold of raised fault

BSC6900

Assume that this threshold is not 0. When the accumulat ed number of alarm blink times exceeds the threshold, the alarm is reported. For querying the alarm blink measurem ent period, see "LST ALMBLKS W". For setting the alarm blink measurem ent period, SET see "SET ALMBLKPARA(O ALMBLKS ptional) W". NO

ALMBLKP ARA CNTSTLTHRD

Lower count threshold of raised fault

BSC6900

Assume that this threshold is not 0. When the number of alarm blink times is smaller than the threshold, the alarm is reported. For querying the alarm blink measurem ent period, see "LST ALMBLKS W". For setting the alarm blink measurem ent period, SET see "SET ALMBLKPARA(O ALMBLKS ptional) W". NO

ALMBLKP ARA TMRISTHRD

Upper time threshold of raised fault

BSC6900

Maximum rate of the accumulat ed alarm blink duration to the alarm blink measurem ent period. Assume this threshold is not 0. When the rate of accumulat ed alarm blink duration exceeds the threshold, an alarm is reported. For querying the alarm blink measurem ent period, see "LST SET ALMBLKS ALMBLKPARA(O W". For ptional) setting the NO

ALMBLKP ARA TMSTLTHRD

Lower time threshold of raised fault

BSC6900

Minimum rate of the accumulat ed alarm blink duration to the alarm blink measurem ent period. Assume this threshold is not 0. When the rate of accumulat ed alarm blink duration is lower than the threshold, an alarm is reported. For querying the alarm blink measurem ent period, see "LST SET ALMBLKS ALMBLKPARA(O W". For ptional) setting the NO Base Station SET Controller ALMBLKSW(Opti alarm blink onal) filter switch NO Switch controlling whether to perform statistics of Base SET Station ALMBLKSW(Opti Controller onal) alarms NO

ALMBLKS W BLKFILTERSW

Alarm switch of blinking filter

BSC6900

ALMBLKS W BLKSTATSW

Switch of statistics blinking alarm

BSC6900

ALMBLKS W BLKSTATPRD

Observing time window of statistical alarm BSC6900

Measurem ent period of filtered Base SET Station ALMBLKSW(Opti Controller onal) alarms NO Maximum capacity SET for storing ALMCAPACITY( the alarm Optional) log NO Maximum number of days for SET storing ALMCAPACITY( history Optional) alarms NO Alarm severity. One or more severities can be selected. By default, all severities are selected. Alarm mask switch Number of the subrack Port No. of environme nt alarm

ALMCAPA CITY MAXNUM

Max Alarm Log Number

BSC6900

ALMCAPA CITY SD

Alarm Log Saved Time

BSC6900

ALMLVL

ALVL

Alarm Severity

BSC6900

ALMML

LEVEL

Alarm Mask Switch

BSC6900

ALMPORT SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ALMPORT PN

Port No.

BSC6900

SET ALMLVL(Mandat ory) SET ALMML(Mandator y) SET ALMPORT(Mand atory) SET ALMPORT(Mand atory)

NO

NO

YES

YES

ALMPORT SW

Switch

BSC6900

ALMPORT AID

Alarm ID

BSC6900

Operating state of the SET environme ALMPORT(Optio nt alarm nal) port NO SET ALMPORT(Mand atory) Alarm ID NO SET ALMPORT(Mand atory) SET ALMPORT(Optio nal) Port type of environme nt alarm YES Alarm level for a digital port NO

ALMPORT PT

Port Type

BSC6900

ALMPORT AVOL

Alarm level

BSC6900

ALMPORT UL

Upper Limit

BSC6900

Upper limit SET for ALMPORT(Optio triggering nal) an alarm NO Lower limit SET for ALMPORT(Optio triggering nal) an alarm NO Alarm severity. One or more severities can be selected. By default, all SET severities ALMSCRN(Mand are atory) selected. NO SET Shield flag ALMSHLD(Mand of the atory) alarm NO

ALMPORT LL

Lower Limit

BSC6900

ALMSCRN ALVL

Alarm Severity

BSC6900

ALMSHLD SHLDFLG

Shield Flag

BSC6900

ASWPARA SW

OMU Automatic Switchover Switch

BSC6900

If this parameter is set to "ON", you must set "OMU automatic switchover interval". Otherwise, "OMU automatic switchover SET interval" is ASWPARA(Mand not atory) displayed. NO Automatic switchover interval. This parameter needs to be set only when "OMU automatic switchover switch" is set to "ON". The minimum automatic switchover interval is 30 days and the maximum automatic SET switchover ASWPARA(Mand interval is atory) 1024 days. NO

ASWPARA INTV

OMU Automatic Switchover Interval

BSC6900

AUTORESUMES ASWPARA W

Auto Turn On Switch

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether turn on automatic SET switchover ASWPARA(Optio automatica nal) lly. NO RMV ATERCONPATH( Mandatory) ADD ATERCONPATH( Optional)

ATERCON PATH ATERIDX

Ater connection path index BSC6900

Index of an Ater connection path NO

ATERCON PATH BMSRN

BM Subrack No

BSC6900

Number of the BM subrack where one end of the ATER ADD connection ATERCONPATH( channel is Mandatory) located NO Number of the slot in the BM subrack where one end of the ATER ADD connection ATERCONPATH( channel is Mandatory) located NO Number of the port in the BM subrack where one end of the ATER ADD connection ATERCONPATH( channel is Mandatory) located NO

ATERCON PATH BMSN

BM Slot No

BSC6900

ATERCON PATH BMPN

BM Port No

BSC6900

ATERCON PATH TCSRN

TC Subrack No

BSC6900

Number of the TC subrack where one end of the ATER ADD connection ATERCONPATH( channel is Mandatory) located NO Number of the TC slot where one end of the ATER ADD connection ATERCONPATH( channel is Mandatory) located NO Number of the TC port where one end of the ATER ADD connection ATERCONPATH( channel is Mandatory) located NO ADD ATERCONSL(Op tional) MOD ATERCONSL(Ma ndatory) RMV ATERCONSL(Ma ndatory)

ATERCON PATH TCSN

TC Slot No

BSC6900

ATERCON PATH TCPN

TC Port No

BSC6900

ATERCON SL ATERSLID

Ater Signaling Channel ID

BSC6900

Identifies an Ater signaling channel

YES

ATERCON SL ATERIDX

Ater connection path index BSC6900

Index of an ADD Ater ATERCONSL(Ma connection ndatory) path NO

ATERCON SL ATERMASK

Ater Mask

BSC6900

Ater ADD interface ATERCONSL(Ma timeslot ndatory) mask ADD ATERCONSL(Op tional) MOD ATERCONSL(Op tional)

NO

ATERCON SL ASN

A interface slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the A interface board is located NO

ATERCON SL TNMODE

Transmission Mode BSC6900

The Ater signaling link operates in the terrestrial transmissi on or satellite transmissi on mode. In the areas such as desert and lake where the terrestrial transmissi ADD on is ATERCONSL(Op difficult, the tional) satellite MOD transmissi ATERCONSL(Op on can be tional) used. NO

ATERCON SL CGST

Congestion Start Threshold

BSC6900

Congestion start threshold. If congestion start threshold is set to a large value, there will be a time lag in the congestion control and, the work of the signaling link gets deteriorate d. The interval between congestion start threshold and congestion end ADD threshold ATERCONSL(Op should not tional) be too MOD small. ATERCONSL(Op Otherwise, tional) the work of NO

ATERCON SL CGET

Congestion End Threshold

BSC6900

Congestion end threshold. If the congestion end threshold is large, the congestion control ends earlier. As a result, the congestion control effect is poor. The ADD work of the ATERCONSL(Op Ater tional) signaling MOD link is ATERCONSL(Op deteriorate tional) d. NO ADD ATERCONSL(Op tional) MOD ATERCONSL(Op tional) Window size of the Ater signaling link NO

ATERCON SL WS

Window Size

BSC6900

ATERE1T 1 BTCFLAG

BM/TC config flag

BSC6900

The configurati on flag specifies the ADD operation ATERE1T1(Mand is on the atory) BM or TC. NO

ATERE1T 1 BSCTID

BSC ID in the TC pool

BSC6900

ID of the BSC at the other end of the link. In non-TC pool scenario, this parameter specifies the ID of the primary BSC. In TC pool scenario, this parameter specifies the ID of the BSC that is at ADD the other ATERE1T1(Mand end of the atory) link. NO Index of an ADD Ater ATERE1T1(Mand connection atory) path NO ADD ATERE1T1(Mand atory) RMV ATERE1T1(Mand atory) This parameter indicates the subrack number. YES

ATERE1T 1 ATERIDX

Ater connection path index BSC6900

ATERE1T 1 SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ATERE1T 1 SN

Slot No

BSC6900

ADD ATERE1T1(Mand atory) RMV ATERE1T1(Mand Number of atory) the slot YES

ATERE1T 1 PN

Port No

BSC6900

Number of the E1/T1 port on the Ater interface board. E1 mode: 0~31 (EIU), 0~62(OIU), 0~251(PO ADD Uc). T1 ATERE1T1(Mand mode: atory) 0~31(EIU), RMV 0~83(OIU), ATERE1T1(Mand 0~335(PO atory) Uc). YES ADD ATEROML(Mand atory) RMV ATEROML(Mand atory) MOD ATEROML(Mand atory)

ATEROML ATEROMLINX

Ater OML Index

BSC6900

Ater maintenan ce link index YES

ATEROML ATERPIDX

Ater Connection Path Index

BSC6900

Ater connection path index, the index is set through the ADD ADD ATERCON ATEROML(Mand PATH atory) command. NO

ATEROML TSMASK

Timeslot Mask

BSC6900

Time slots for Ater operation and maintenan ce. These time slots are provided ADD by the ATEROML(Mand ports atory) connected MOD to the Ater ATEROML(Optio connection nal) path. NO ADD ATERSL(Optional ) MOD ATERSL(Mandat ory) RMV ATERSL(Mandat ory)

ATERSL

ATERSLID

Ater Signaling Channel ID

BSC6900

Identifies an Ater signaling channel

YES

ATERSL

BTCFLAG

BM/TC config flag

BSC6900

Identifies the BM subrack or TC subrack of the BSC. When this parameter is set to "CFGBM", a BM signaling link is added. When this parameter ADD is set to ATERSL(Mandat "GFGTC", ory) a TC MOD signaling ATERSL(Mandat link is ory) added. NO ID of the BSC at the other end of the link. In non-TC pool scenario, this parameter specifies the ID of the primary BSC. In TC pool scenario, this parameter specifies the ID of the BSC that is at ADD the other ATERSL(Mandat end of the ory) link. NO

ATERSL

BSCTID

BSC ID in the TC pool

BSC6900

ATERSL

ATERIDX

Ater connection path index BSC6900

Index of an ADD Ater ATERSL(Mandat connection ory) path NO

ATERSL

ATERMASK

Ater Mask

BSC6900

Ater ADD interface ATERSL(Mandat timeslot ory) mask ADD ATERSL(Optional ) MOD ATERSL(Optional )

NO

ATERSL

ASN

A interface slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the A interface board is located NO

ATERSL

TNMODE

Transmission Mode BSC6900

The Ater signaling link operates in the terrestrial transmissi on or satellite transmissi on mode. In the areas such as desert and lake where the terrestrial transmissi ADD on is ATERSL(Optional difficult, the ) satellite MOD transmissi ATERSL(Optional on can be ) used. NO

ATERSL

CGST

Congestion Start Threshold

BSC6900

Congestion start threshold. If congestion start threshold is set to a large value, there will be a time lag in the congestion control and, the work of the signaling link gets deteriorate d. The interval between congestion start threshold and congestion end ADD threshold ATERSL(Optional should not ) be too MOD small. ATERSL(Optional Otherwise, ) the work of NO

ATERSL

CGET

Congestion End Threshold

BSC6900

Congestion end threshold. If the congestion end threshold is large, the congestion control ends earlier. As a result, the congestion control effect is poor. The ADD work of the ATERSL(Optional Ater ) signaling MOD link is ATERSL(Optional deteriorate ) d. NO ADD ATERSL(Optional ) MOD ATERSL(Optional ) ADD BC(Mandatory) MOD BC(Mandatory) RMV BC(Mandatory) ADD BC(Mandatory) MOD BC(Mandatory) RMV BC(Mandatory) Window size of the Ater signaling link NO

ATERSL

WS

Window Size

BSC6900

BC

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack NO

BC

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot NO

BC

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

ADD BC(Mandatory)

Port number

NO

BC

BCID

BC Identifier

BSC6900

ADD BC(Mandatory) MOD BC(Mandatory) RMV BC(Mandatory)

Identifies one BC at the Gb interface board. The BCID's value range of PEUa board is 0~255 and that of POUc board is 0~511. NO

BC

TS

Bearing Timeslot

BSC6900

ADD BC(Mandatory) MOD BC(Optional)

Timeslot of bearing channels NO

BC

PROT

Frame Relay Protocol Type

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional) MOD BC(Optional)

Protocol type of the trunk frame. The setting of this parameter must be consistent with the setting at the SGSN side. NO Counter on the DTE side. After BC link integrity is verified according to "Parameter of DTE [N391]", the global state query request is originated on the DTE side. NO

BC

N391

Parameter of DTE [N391]

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional) MOD BC(Optional)

BC

N392

Parameter of DTE [N392]

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional) MOD BC(Optional)

Counter on the DTE side, recording the checking times "Parameter of DTE [N393]". After BC link integrity is verified according to "Parameter of DTE [N392]", the BC link state is restored. That is: if the BC link state on the DTE side is failure, and the system is found normal in the checking times "Parameter NO

BC

N393

Parameter of DTE [N393]

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional) MOD BC(Optional)

Counter on the DTE side, recording the checking times "Parameter of DTE [N393]". After BC link integrity is verified according to "Parameter of DTE [N392]", the BC link state is restored. That is: if the BC link state on the DTE side is failure, and the system is found normal in the checking times "Parameter NO Timer on the DTE side, specifying the duration of acknowled ging the sending BC link integrity. NO

BC

T391

Parameter of DTE [T391]

BSC6900

BCCH

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD BC(Optional) MOD BC(Optional) MOV BCCH(Mandatory Type of an ) index. NO

BCCH

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely MOV identifying BCCH(Mandatory a cell in a ) BSC. NO

BCCH

CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more MOV than two BCCH(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO ID of the TRX that carries the MOV destination BCCH(Mandatory main ) BCCH NO SET Number of BFDPROTOSW( the Mandatory) subrack YES SET BFDPROTOSW( Number of Mandatory) the slot YES

BCCH

DESTTRXID

Destination Main BCCH TRX ID

BSC6900

BFDPROT OSW SRN BFDPROT OSW SN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Slot No.

BSC6900

BFDPROT OSW SWITCH

Bfd Protocol Switch BSC6900

Turn on or turn off the SET BFD BFDPROTOSW( protocol Mandatory) switch YES Whether to report the SET alarm to BOXRPT(Mandat the alarm ory) box NO RMV BRD(Mandatory) MOD BRD(Mandatory) Number of ADD the BRD(Mandatory) subrack YES RMV BRD(Mandatory) MOD BRD(Optional) ADD Number of BRD(Mandatory) the slot YES Classes of boards classified according MOD to function BRD(Mandatory) modules NO Whether to back up MOD the data of BRD(Mandatory) the board NO MOD Type of the BRD(Mandatory) board NO Classes of boards classified according ADD to function BRD(Mandatory) modules NO

BOXRPT

BOXFLG

To Alarm Box Flag

BSC6900

BRD

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BRD

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BRD

BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

BRD BRD

RED BRDTYPE

Backup Board type

BSC6900 BSC6900

BRD

BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

BRD

BRDTYPE

Board Type

BSC6900

ADD BRD(Optional)

Type of the board NO

BRD

LGCAPPTYPE

Logical function type BSC6900

ADD BRD(Optional)

Logical function type of the board OAM:Oper ation And Maintenan ce Process TDM_Swit ching:TDM switching process GCP:All the GCP subsystem s are configured as CPUS to act as the control plane processing subsystem s for GSM BSC RGCP:Sub system 0 of RGCP is configured as the MPU subsystem to act as the resource NO

BRD

RED

Backup

BSC6900

BRD

ISTCBRD

TC board

BSC6900

Whether to back up ADD the data of BRD(Optional) the board NO Whether it ADD is a TC BRD(Mandatory) board NO Number of the subrack where the MPU ADD subsystem BRD(Mandatory) is located NO

BRD

MPUSUBRACK

MPU Subrack No.

BSC6900

BRD

MPUSLOT

MPU Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the MPU ADD subsystem BRD(Mandatory) is located NO Application type of the POUc_TD M board NO Whether intersubrack TDM connection path can be added automatica lly NO

BRD

Application type of LGCUSAGETYPE POUc_TDM

BSC6900

ADD BRD(Optional)

BRD

Add inter-subrack AUTOADDSRCON path automatically

BSC6900

ADD BRD(Optional)

BSCABISP RIMAP IDTYPE

BTS Index Type

BSC6900

SET BSCABISPRIMA BTS index P(Mandatory) type NO Index of SET the BTS BSCABISPRIMA running the P(Mandatory) command YES

BSCABISP RIMAP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BSCABISPRIMA consecutiv P(Mandatory) e +. NO SET Transmissi BSCABISPRIMA on type of P(Mandatory) the BTS NO Service priority of SET the BSCABISPRIMA specified P(Optional) OML SET RSL BSCABISPRIMA service P(Optional) priority Service priority of SET the BSCABISPRIMA specified P(Optional) EML

BSCABISP RIMAP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BSCABISP RIMAP TRANSTYPE

Carrier Type

BSC6900

BSCABISP RIMAP OMLPRI

OML Priority

BSC6900

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP RSLPRI

RSL Priority

BSC6900

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP EMLPRI

EML Priority

BSC6900

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP ESLPRI

ESL Priority

BSC6900

SET Service BSCABISPRIMA priority of P(Optional) the ESL

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP TRMMAPSW

Transport Resource Mapping switch BSC6900

Transmissi on SET resources BSCABISPRIMA mapping P(Optional) switch NO Specified TRMMAP SET index of BSCABISPRIMA the user P(Mandatory) panel SET Activation BSCABISPRIMA factor P(Optional) switch

BSCABISP RIMAP TRMI BSCABISP RIMAP FACTORSW

User TRMMAP index

BSC6900

NO

TRM Factor switch

BSC6900

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP FTI

Factor table index

BSC6900

SET Activation BSCABISPRIMA factor table P(Mandatory) index NO Specified SET port flow BSCABISPRIMA control P(Optional) switch

BSCABISP FLOWCTRLSWIT RIMAP CH Flow control switch

BSC6900

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP FCINDEX BSCABISP RIMAP LOADTHSW

Flow control parameter index TRM Load Threshold switch

BSC6900

BSC6900

SET BSCABISPRIMA P(Mandatory) SET BSCABISPRIMA P(Optional)

Flow control parameter index NO TRM load threshold switch NO

BSCABISP TRMLOADTHINDE TRM load threshold RIMAP X index BSC6900

SET TRM load BSCABISPRIMA threshold P(Mandatory) index

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP OMLDSCP

OML DSCP

BSC6900

Differentiat ed service SET code of the BSCABISPRIMA specified P(Optional) OML NO

BSCABISP RIMAP RSLDSCP

RSL DSCP

BSC6900

Differentiat ed service SET code of the BSCABISPRIMA specified P(Optional) RSL NO Differentiat ed service SET code of the BSCABISPRIMA specified P(Optional) EML NO Differentiat ed service SET code of the BSCABISPRIMA specified P(Optional) ESL NO Specified SET Vlan BSCABISPRIMA enabling P(Optional) flag

BSCABISP RIMAP EMLDSCP

EML DSCP

BSC6900

BSCABISP RIMAP ESLDSCP

ESL DSCP

BSC6900

BSCABISP RIMAP VLANFLAG

Vlan Flag

BSC6900

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP OMLVLANID

OML VlanId

BSC6900

SET Specified BSCABISPRIMA OML Vlan P(Optional) Id NO SET Specified BSCABISPRIMA RSL Vlan P(Optional) Id SET Specified BSCABISPRIMA EML Vlan P(Optional) Id SET Specified BSCABISPRIMA ESL Vlan P(Optional) Id

BSCABISP RIMAP RSLVLANID

RSL VlanId

BSC6900

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP EMLVLANID

EML VlanId

BSC6900

NO

BSCABISP RIMAP ESLVLANID

ESL VlanId

BSC6900

NO

BSCACCC TRLP ACCINDEX

Access Control Policy Index

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the index ADD of an BSCACCCTRLP( access Mandatory) control RMV (ACC) BSCACCCTRLP( policy. It is Mandatory) used to MOD identify an BSCACCCTRLP( ACC Mandatory) policy. YES

BSCACCC TRLP ACCWSIZE

Access Control Window Size

BSC6900

This parameter is used to specify the ACC sliding window size in an access control policy. MSs of the ACC access classes that are specified in ADD the sliding BSCACCCTRLP( window are Optional) not allowed MOD to access BSCACCCTRLP( the Optional) network. NO This parameter is used to specify the starting point of the ADD ACC BSCACCCTRLP( sliding Optional) window in MOD an access BSCACCCTRLP( control Optional) policy. NO This parameter is used to specify the sliding period of ADD the ACC BSCACCCTRLP( sliding Optional) window in MOD an access BSCACCCTRLP( control Optional) policy. NO

BSCACCC TRLP ACCWPOS

Starting Point of the Access Control Window BSC6900

BSCACCC TRLP ACCWSP

Sliding Speed of the Access Control Window BSC6900

BSCAISS

BSCSYMOFF

BSC Symbol Offset BSC6900

When the BTS clock is adjusted, the offset is added to obtain better SET network BSCAISS(Mandat performan ory) ce. NO Index of an MSC. It is used in storing and SET querying BSCAITFTMR(M the MSC andatory) attributes YES Timer for waiting for an ASET interface BSCAITFTMR(O reset ptional) answer NO MSC reset protection timer, that is, interval between the time when the BSC receives an MSC reset message and the time when SET the BSC BSCAITFTMR(O answer to ptional) the MSC. NO

BSCAITFT MR CNNODEIDX

CN Node Index

BSC6900

BSCAITFT MR AT4

T4 -s

BSC6900

BSCAITFT MR AT13

T13 -s

BSC6900

BSCAITFT MR AT17

T17 -s

BSC6900

T17 timer. When receiving an MSC overload message or a single point congestion message for the first time, the BSC increases the level of the A interface flow control and starts the T17 and T18 timers at the same time. Timers T17 and T18 are set for adjusting the flow control SET level over BSCAITFTMR(O the A ptional) interface. NO

BSCAITFT MR AT18

T18 -s

BSC6900

T18 timer. When receiving an MSC overload message or a single point congestion message for the first time, the BSC increases the level of the A interface flow control and starts the T17 and T18 timers at the same time. Timers T17 and T18 are set for adjusting the flow control SET level over BSCAITFTMR(O the A ptional) interface. NO Local area code, for SET example, BSCBASIC(Optio 021 for nal) Shanghai. NO Country code, for SET example, BSCBASIC(Optio 86 for nal) China.

BSCBASIC AreaCode

Area Code

BSC6900

BSCBASIC CC

CC

BSC6900

NO

BSCBASIC AVer

A Interface Tag

BSC6900

Phase tag for GSM protocols supported by the A interface. The value of this parameter is chosen according to the A interface phase tag SET provided BSCBASIC(Optio by the nal) MSC. NO Phase tag for GSM protocols that the SET Um BSCBASIC(Optio interface nal) supports. NO Phase tag for GSM protocols that the SET Abis BSCBASIC(Optio interface nal) supports. NO

BSCBASIC UmVer

Um Interface Tag

BSC6900

BSCBASIC AbisVer

Abis Interface Tag

BSC6900

SupportTFOCodec Support TFO Codec BSCBASIC Optimize Optimize BSC6900

Support intra-cell handover to change the active speech version, then can increase the usage of TFO(Tand em Free Operation) SET to improve BSCBASIC(Optio the speech nal) quality. NO Type of a high frequency type supported by the BSC. Frequencie s on DCS1800: 512-885 Frequencie SET s on BSCBASIC(Optio PCS1900: nal) 512-810 NO

HiFreqBandSuppor Support High BSCBASIC t Frequency Band

BSC6900

BSCBASIC ServiceMode

Service mode

BSC6900

Service mode of the BSC. This parameter specifies SET configurati BSCBASIC(Optio on mode of nal) subracks. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 1. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn1 MSISDN Number 1 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn2 MSISDN Number 2 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 2. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 3. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn3 MSISDN Number 3 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn4 MSISDN Number 4 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 4. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 5. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn5 MSISDN Number 5 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn6 MSISDN Number 6 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 6. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 7. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn7 MSISDN Number 7 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn8 MSISDN Number 8 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 8. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 9. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn9 MSISDN Number 9 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn10 MSISDN Number 10 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 10. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 11. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn11 MSISDN Number 11 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn12 MSISDN Number 12 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 12. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 13. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn13 MSISDN Number 13 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn14 MSISDN Number 14 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 14. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 15. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn15 MSISDN Number 15 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn16 MSISDN Number 16 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 16. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 17. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn17 MSISDN Number 17 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn18 MSISDN Number 18 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 18. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO Single pass exclude MSISDN number 19. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn19 MSISDN Number 19 BSC6900

SinglePassExclude Single Pass Exclude BSCBASIC Msisdn20 MSISDN Number 20 BSC6900

Single pass exclude MSISDN number 20. Certain numbers, such as the premium rate number, are not used for the single pass check. The number is SET stored in BSCBASIC(Optio character nal) string. NO

BSCBASIC MSISDNPREFIX1 MSISDN prefix 1

BSC6900

MSISDN prefix 1. When matching the call specified by the mobile number, the BSC adds the MSISDN prefix 1 according to the value of this parameter. For example, when the value of this parameter is 123 and the mobile number to be matched is 456, the call matching SET is BSCBASIC(Optio considered nal) successful NO

BSCBASIC MSISDNPREFIX2 MSISDN prefix 2

BSC6900

MSISDN prefix 2. When matching the call specified by the mobile number, the BSC adds the MSISDN prefix 2 according to the value of this parameter. For example, when the value of this parameter is 123 and the mobile number to be matched is 456, the call matching SET is BSCBASIC(Optio considered nal) successful NO

BSCBASIC MSISDNPREFIX3 MSISDN prefix 3

BSC6900

MSISDN prefix 3. When matching the call specified by the mobile number, the BSC adds the MSISDN prefix 3 according to the value of this parameter. For example, when the value of this parameter is 123 and the mobile number to be matched is 456, the call matching SET is BSCBASIC(Optio considered nal) successful NO

BSCBASIC MSISDNPREFIX4 MSISDN prefix 4

BSC6900

MSISDN prefix 4. When matching the call specified by the mobile number, the BSC adds the MSISDN prefix 4 according to the value of this parameter. For example, when the value of this parameter is 123 and the mobile number to be matched is 456, the call matching SET is BSCBASIC(Optio considered nal) successful NO

BSCBASIC MSISDNPREFIX5 MSISDN prefix 5

BSC6900

MSISDN prefix 5. When matching the call specified by the mobile number, the BSC adds the MSISDN prefix 5 according to the value of this parameter. For example, when the value of this parameter is 123 and the mobile number to be matched is 456, the call matching SET is BSCBASIC(Optio considered nal) successful NO

Send System BSCBASIC SysMsg10Allowed Message 10 Allow

BSC6900

Whether the BSC can send the SYSTEM INFORMA TION TYPE 10 message on the VGCS/VB S TCH. A VGCS/VB S TCH is a channel that consists of the downlink and uplink and is allocated to a VGCS/VB S call. For detailed information of the SYSTEM INFORMA TION TYPE 10 SET message, BSCBASIC(Optio see the nal) 3GPP TS NO

BSCBASIC GCChk

Group Call Check

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to enable the VGCS/VB S check function. If the BSS works abnormally , the BTS may periodically send notification messages even if VGCS/VB S is over. In this case, an MS responds continuousl y but cannot SET access this BSCBASIC(Optio VGCS/VB nal) S TCH. NO

Cross Call Detect BSCBASIC CROCALTMTHRD Time Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of the time for crosstalk detection. Within the threshold, if the call flag continuousl y appearing in the code stream is different from the one saved in a transcoder (TC) or a BTS, the TC or the BTS considers that a crosstalk occurs and sends a message to the BSC. Upon receiving SET such a BSCBASIC(Optio message, nal) the BSC NO

Interval for GetBtsNetTblTime Extracting BTS Net BSCBASIC Thd Connection

BSC6900

Time unit for extracting the BTS net connection . The BSC is allowed to extract the BTS net connection only twice per unit time. Value 0 indicates that there is no restriction on the time of extracting the BTS net connection . Value 255 indicates that extracting the BTS net SET connection BSCBASIC(Optio is not nal) allowed. NO

BSCBASIC TCCRCAllowed

TC CRC Allowed

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the cyclic redundanc y check (CRC) switch, which can be set to On or Off. The value of this parameter determines whether check is performed on the TRAU frame between SET the BSC BSCBASIC(Optio and the nal) BTS. NO

BSCBASIC SptRanSharing

Support RAN Sharing

BSC6900

Whether to support RAN Sharing.R AN sharing refers to the technique that the GBSS equipment is categorize d into multiple logical GBSS equipment, thus operators can share the GBSS equipment SET to cover BSCBASIC(Optio the same nal) area. NO

BSCBASIC IsSupportTcPool

Is Support Tc Pool

BSC6900

Whether to support the TC pool function. The TC Pool feature is implement ed by connecting the main processing subracks (MPSs) and extended processing subracks (EPSs) in multiple BSCs to the transcoder subracks (TCSs) of one BSC. In this manner, all the involved BSCs share the SET TC BSCBASIC(Optio resources, nal) and the NO Whether a BSC in the SET TC pool is BSCBASIC(Mand the primary atory) BSC NO SET ID of slave BSCBASIC(Mand BSC in TC atory) Pool. NO

BSCBASIC IsMainBSC

Is Main BSC ID of a BSC in TC Pool

BSC6900

BSCBASIC BSCTID

BSC6900

Remote TC Subrack RMTTCATERTRA Ater Transmission BSCBASIC NSMODE Mode BSC6900

Transmissi on convergen ce mode of the remote TC subrack over the Ater interface. STANDAL ONETC: The remote TC subrack is a nonconvergen ce subrack. MASTERI NPOOLTC : The remote TC subrack is a control subrack for TC convergen ce. The Ater interface board on SET the control BSCBASIC(Optio subrack is nal) connected NO Standard priority for GSM CS(Circuit Switched) highpriority SET MSs. 15 is BSCBASIC(Optio the highest nal) priority. NO

GSMCSUSERHIG GSM CS High Level BSCBASIC HPRILEV Standard BSC6900

Transmission ENQUETRANSAD Resource Queuing BSCBASIC MT Support

BSC6900

When this parameter is set to "ON", if there are no available Abis transmissi on resources, the BSC starts the queuing procedure for the services to wait for available SET transmissi BSCBASIC(Optio on nal) resources. NO

Transmission ENPREEMPTTRA Resource BSCBASIC NSADMT Preempting Support BSC6900

When this parameter is set to "ON", if there are no available Abis transmissi on resources, a highpriority user can preempt the transmissi on resources of a lowpriority user. If the preemption succeeds, a call drop occurs at SET the lowBSCBASIC(Optio priority nal) user. NO If you enable the TC pool function when configuring the basic information of the BSC, you need to enter the TC Pool ID. The ID must be SET unique in BSCBASIC(Mand the entire atory) network. NO

BSCBASIC TCPOOLID

TC Pool ID

BSC6900

ATERTRANSMOD Ater Interface BSCBASIC E Transfer Mode

BSC6900

Transport mode of the Ater interface. The Ater interface can be in TDM or in SET IP BSCBASIC(Mand transport atory) mode.

NO

AIPCSDSRVRDND CSD Service BSCBASIC LEV Redundancy Level

BSC6900

CSD(Circui t Switched Data) service redundanc y level, which is configured to decrease the data loss rate during transmissi SET on in A BSCBASIC(Optio over IP nal) mode. NO This parameter determines whether the CIC downlink one-way SET mute BSCBASIC(Optio detection is nal) enabled. NO This parameter indicates the proportion of one-way mute CICs in all SET available BSCBASIC(Optio CICs over nal) a port. NO

BSCBASIC CicDMuteSwitch

CIC Downlink OneWay Mute Detection Switch BSC6900

BSCBASIC CicDMuteThre

CIC Downlink OneWay Mute Detection Threshold BSC6900

BSCBASIC CicDMutePeriod

CIC Downlink OneWay Mute Detection Period BSC6900

BSCBASIC CicDMuteDifCnt

Number of Different Frames in CIC OneWay Mute Detection BSC6900

This parameter indicates the period of completing a CIC downlink one-way mute SET detection BSCBASIC(Optio of each nal) port.TC NO The DSP compares neighborin g speech frame samples after the CIC downlink one-way mute detection is enabled. When the number of times with different results exceeds the value of this parameter, it is regarded that no oneway mute event occurs for the current call. Otherwise, SET it is BSCBASIC(Optio regarded nal) that a one- NO

BSCBASIC CicDMuteTime

CIC Downlink OneWay Mute Detection Duration BSC6900

If one-way mute frames occur for the duration greater than "CIC Downlink One-Way Mute Detection Duration", then it is regarded that a oneway mute event SET occurs for BSCBASIC(Optio the current nal) call. NO If the number of one-way mute events exceeds the value of "Speech Channel Alarm Threshold" within this period, then the BSC reports the SET Speech BSCBASIC(Optio Channel nal) alarm. NO This parameter specifies whether to enable the TRX SET Intelligent BSCDSTPA(Opti Shutdown onal) feature. NO

BSCBASIC SpeechAlmPeriod

One-Way Mute Alarm Reporting Period

BSC6900

Allow Dynamic BSCDSTP BSCDynSwitchTrx Shutdown of TRX by A PAAllow BSC BSC6900

BSCDSTP StartTimeTAClose Time When the A TrxPA Function Is Enabled BSC6900

This parameter specifies the start time for dynamicall y enabling the TRX Intelligent SET Shutdown BSCDSTPA(Opti feature onal) each day. NO This parameter specifies the time for dynamicall y disabling the TRX Intelligent SET Shutdown BSCDSTPA(Opti feature onal) each day. NO This parameter is set to prevent the BSC from frequently enabling or disabling the TRX. After a TRX is powered on, the BSC is not allowed to disable the TRX within the period of time SET specified BSCDSTPA(Opti by this onal) parameter. NO

BSCDSTP EndTimeTACloseT Time When the A rxPA Function Is Disabled BSC6900

BSCDSTP ProtectTimeTrxPo TRX Power-on A werOn Protection Time

BSC6900

BSCDSTP TsTurningOffEnabl Allow Turning Off A e Time Slot

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to allow the BTS to enable the TRX Intelligent Shutdown on Timeslot Level feature. When this parameter is set to YES and the BTS supports this feature, the BTS will periodically report the number of times that the TRX is shut down SET on the BSCDSTPA(Opti timeslot onal) level. NO

BSCDSTP A RsvIdleChanNum

Reserve Idle Channel Number

BSC6900

Number of reserved idle channels. If this parameter is set too small, the TRX may be frequently enabled/di sabled; if this parameter is set too large, idle TRX will SET not be BSCDSTPA(Opti timely onal) closed. NO Unique number of the date range during which to disable the ADD BSC from BSCDSTPADAT shutting E(Mandatory) down the RMV TRX BSCDSTPADAT dynamicall E(Mandatory) y YES This parameter specifies the start month of a period during which the TRX Intelligent ADD Shutdown BSCDSTPADAT feature is E(Mandatory) disabled. NO

BSCDSTP ADATE DateRangeIndex

Prohib DynShutdown TRX DateRangeIdx

BSC6900

BSCDSTP Prohibit Power ADATE StartMonthDSTPA Saving Start Month

BSC6900

BSCDSTP ADATE StartDayDSTPA

Prohibit Power Saving Start Day

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the start date of a period during which the TRX Intelligent ADD Shutdown BSCDSTPADAT feature is E(Mandatory) disabled. NO This parameter specifies the end month of a period during which the TRX Intelligent ADD Shutdown BSCDSTPADAT feature is E(Mandatory) disabled. NO This parameter specifies the end date of a period during which the TRX Intelligent ADD Shutdown BSCDSTPADAT feature is E(Mandatory) disabled. NO

BSCDSTP ADATE EndMonthDSTPA

Prohibit Power Saving End Month

BSC6900

BSCDSTP ADATE EndDayDSTPA

Prohibit Power Saving End Day

BSC6900

BSCFCPA STARTCBSHORT Prefer Variable RA MSGFLOWCTRL Bitmap Code

BSC6900

Whether to preferential ly use the variable bitmap code when encoding the frequency in the System Information and encoding the FH frequency in the assignmen SET t or BSCFCPARA(Op handover tional) command NO This parameter indicates whether the arrival of paging SET messages BSCFCPARA(Op is tional) controlled. NO

BSCFCPA STARTPGARRIVA Paging Arrival RA LCTRL Control

BSC6900

BSCFCPA RA PGSTATPERIOD

Paging Statistical Period

BSC6900

Measurem ent period for calculating the arrival SET rate of BSCFCPARA(Op paging tional) messages NO

Max CS Paging BSCFCPA PGMAXMSGNUMI Message Num in RA NPERIOD Period

BSC6900

Maximum number of paging messages that the BSC can process over the A interface SET within a BSCFCPARA(Op measurem tional) ent period NO

Max PS Paging BSCFCPA PGMAXPSMSGNU Message Num in RA MINPERIOD Period

BSC6900

Maximum number of PS paging messages that the BSC can process within a SET "Paging BSCFCPARA(Op Statistical tional) Period". NO This parameter indicates whether the arrival of channel request SET messages BSCFCPARA(Op is tional) controlled. NO

BSCFCPA STARTCHREQAR CHAN REQ Arrival RA RIVALCTRL Control

BSC6900

BSCFCPA CHREQSTATPERI CHAN REQ RA OD Statistical Period

BSC6900

Statistic period of the arrival rate of channel request messages. Within the preset value of this parameter, the BSC counts the number of channel request messages. Once the current total number of times exceeds the value of the allowable number of channel request messages of CPU0 SET within the BSCFCPARA(Op statistic tional) period, the NO Maximum number of allowable CS domain channel request messages within the value of "CHAN SET REQ BSCFCPARA(Op Statistical tional) Period" NO

BSCFCPA CHREQCSMAXMS Max CS CHAN REQ RA GNUMINPERIOD Num in Period BSC6900

BSCFCPA CHREQPSAVGMS Average PS CHAN RA GNUMINPERIOD REQ Num

BSC6900

Average number of allowable PS domain channel request messages within the value of "CHAN SET REQ BSCFCPARA(Op Statistical tional) Period" NO Whether to support the paging message classificati on function: 0,close; 1,paging message classificati on flow control; SET 2,re-paging BSCFCPARA(Op flow tional) control. NO This parameter indicates whether the arrival of PS resource request SET messages BSCFCPARA(Op is tional) controlled. NO Statistical period for the arrival SET of PS BSCFCPARA(Op resource tional) requests

BSCFCPA PGCLASSIFINGAL Paging Message RA LOWED Classifying Allowed

BSC6900

BSCFCPA STARTPSRESRE PS Resource REQ RA QARRIVALCTRL Arrival Control

BSC6900

BSCFCPA PSRESREQSTAT PS Resource REQ RA PERIOD Statistical Period

BSC6900

NO

BSCFCPA PSRESREQMSGN Max PS Resource RA UMINPERIOD REQ Num in Period BSC6900

Maximum number of messages in the statistical period for the arrival SET of PS BSCFCPARA(Op resource tional) requests NO Usage threshold of the CPU for call access from other CPU. If the usage of the CPU exceeds the threshold, the call SET access BSCFCPARA(Op request is tional) discarded. NO Usage threshold of the CPU for calling access. If the usage of the CPU exceeds the threshold, the calling access request is transferred to other SET CPU for BSCFCPARA(Op processing tional) . NO

BSCFCPA SHAREINCPURAT RA E Share in CPU Rate

BSC6900

BSCFCPA MOCACCESSCPU MOC Access CPU RA RATE Rate

BSC6900

BSCFCPA MTCACCESSCPU MTC Access CPU RA RATE Rate

BSC6900

Usage threshold of the CPU for called access. If the usage of the CPU exceeds the threshold, the called access request is transferred to other SET CPU for BSCFCPARA(Op processing tional) . NO Whether to enable the A interface flow control SET mechanis BSCFCPARA(Op m in the tional) BSC NO

BSCFCPA RA AINTFFCEN

A Interface Flow Control Enable

BSC6900

BSCFCPA A Interface Flow RA AINTFFCMETHOD Control Method

BSC6900

Flow control method used by the BSC. Flow control method at the Abis interface: When receiving a channel request message, the BSC begins flow control on the call according to the flow control level of the A interface. Flow control method at the A interface: When establishin g an SCCP SET connection BSCFCPARA(Op , the BSC tional) begins flow NO whether to allow flow control for the mobileoriginated services SET during the BSCFCPARA(Op A interface tional) flow control NO

BSCFCPA AINTFFCDISCMO A IF FC Discard RA CEN MOC Enable

BSC6900

BSCFCPA AINTFFCDISCMT A IF FC Discard RA CEN MTC Enable

BSC6900

Whether to allow flow control for the mobileterminated services SET during the BSCFCPARA(Op A interface tional) flow control NO Whether to allow flow control for the location update services SET during the BSCFCPARA(Op A interface tional) flow control NO Whether to allow flow control for the other services including emergency call, call reestablish, and LMU services SET during the BSCFCPARA(Op A interface tional) flow control NO Rate of discarded services in level 1 of SET the A BSCFCPARA(Op interface tional) flow control NO Rate of discarded services in level 2 of SET the A BSCFCPARA(Op interface tional) flow control NO

BSCFCPA AINTFFCDISCLUE A IF FC Discard RA N LOC UP Enable

BSC6900

A IF FC Discard BSCFCPA AINTFFCDISCOS Other Service RA EN Enable

BSC6900

BSCFCPA AINTFFCRSRATE A IF FC Service RA 1 Rate in Level 1

BSC6900

BSCFCPA AINTFFCRSRATE A IF FC Service RA 2 Rate in Level 2

BSC6900

BSCFCPA AINTFFCRSRATE A IF FC Service RA 3 Rate in Level 3

BSC6900

Rate of discarded services in level 3 of SET the A BSCFCPARA(Op interface tional) flow control NO Rate of discarded services in level 4 of SET the A BSCFCPARA(Op interface tional) flow control NO Rate of discarded services in level 5 of SET the A BSCFCPARA(Op interface tional) flow control NO Rate of discarded services in level 6 of SET the A BSCFCPARA(Op interface tional) flow control NO Threshold for critical flow control. When the usage of the CPU exceeds the threshold, the CPUS performs critical flow SET control for BSCFCPARA(Op paging tional) messages. NO

BSCFCPA AINTFFCRSRATE A IF FC Service RA 4 Rate in Level 4

BSC6900

BSCFCPA AINTFFCRSRATE A IF FC Service RA 5 Rate in Level 5

BSC6900

BSCFCPA AINTFFCRSRATE A IF FC Service RA 6 Rate in Level 6

BSC6900

BSCFCPA RA P11

CPU Usage for Critical Paging FC

BSC6900

BSCFCPA RA P12

CPU Usage for Major Paging FC

BSC6900

Threshold for major flow control. When the usage of the CPU exceeds the threshold, the CPUS performs major flow SET control for BSCFCPARA(Op paging tional) messages. NO Threshold for minor flow control. When the usage of the CPU exceeds the threshold, the CPUS performs minor flow SET control for BSCFCPARA(Op paging tional) messages. NO Threshold for slight flow control. When the usage of the CPU exceeds the threshold, the CPUS performs slight flow SET control for BSCFCPARA(Op paging tional) messages. NO

BSCFCPA RA P13

CPU Usage for Minor Paging FC

BSC6900

BSCFCPA RA P14

CPU Usage for Slight Paging FC

BSC6900

BSCFCPA RA PRIFCEN

Support Priority Based Flow Control BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to support flow control based on priority. When this parameter is set to on, the system preferential ly admits SET the calls BSCFCPARA(Op initiated by tional) VIP users. NO This parameter specifies the usage threshold of the CPU for VIP user calls that are transferred from other CPUs. When the usage of a CPU is greater than this threshold, the VIP service requests transferred from other SET CPUs are BSCFCPARA(Op directly tional) discarded. NO

BSCFCPA VIPSHAREINCPU VIP Share in CPU RA RATE Rate

BSC6900

BSCFCPA VIPACCESSCPUR VIP Access CPU RA ATE Rate

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the usage threshold of the CPU for VIP user calls that can be admitted. When the usage of a CPU is greater than this threshold, the new service requests from VIP users are transferred to another CPU for processing . When the usage of all CPUs is greater than this threshold, all new SET service BSCFCPARA(Op requests tional) are NO

BSCFCPA RA VIPPRIORITY

VIP Priority

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the eMLPP priority value correspond ing to the VIP call. When the eMLPP(En hanced Multi-Level Precedenc e and Preemption service) priority value of a user is greater than or equal to the value of this SET parameter, BSCFCPARA(Op the user is tional) a VIP user. NO

BSCFCPA RA StartASigCtrl

Allow Flow Control Upon A Interface Signaling Congestion

BSC6900

Whether to start flow control on the A interface where SET signaling BSCFCPARA(Op congestion tional) occurs. NO

BSCFCPA RA AIntfOccuRate

A Interface Board CPU Usage Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of the CPU usage on the A interface board. When the CPU usage on the A interface board exceeds this threshold and the MTP2 links on the interface board are congested, the MTP3 entity performs SET flow control BSCFCPARA(Op on MTP2 tional) links. NO

Measurement Period of A Interface BSCFCPA AIntfCongstStatPer Signaling Arrival RA iod Rate BSC6900

Measurem ent period of the arrival rate of signaling messages on the A interface. The arrival rate is the proportion of Connection Confirm (CC) messages to Connection Request (CR) messages. When the measurem ent period ends, the BSC refreshes the signaling congestion SET level on BSCFCPARA(Op the A tional) interface. NO

A Interface Signaling BSCFCPA Arrival Rate RA AIntfMsgThreshold Threshold BSC6900

Threshold of the arrival rate of signaling messages on the A interface. The arrival rate is the proportion of Connection Confirm (CC) messages to Connection Request (CR) messages. This parameter is used to calculate the signaling congestion level on the A interface. Within "Measure SET ment BSCFCPARA(Op Period of A tional) Interface NO

BSCFCPA SccpCongstThresh SCCP Congestion RA old Level Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of the SCCP congestion level. This parameter is used to calculate the signaling congestion level on the A interface. Within "Measure ment Period of A Interface Signaling Arrival Rate", the signaling congestion level on the A interface increases by one if the following conditions SET are met: BSCFCPARA(Op The tional) signaling NO

Lower Threshold of Messages BSCFCPA AIntfCongstMinDis Discarded on A RA cardRatio Interface

BSC6900

Threshold of the SCCP congestion level. This parameter is used to calculate the signaling congestion level on the A interface. Within "Measure ment Period of A Interface Signaling Arrival Rate", the signaling congestion level on the A interface increases by one if the following conditions SET are met: BSCFCPARA(Op The tional) signaling NO

BSCFCPA RA AIntfCRNum

Threshold for Number of Connection Requests on A Interface

BSC6900

Number of connection requests that the BSC sends to the MSC over the A interface. Within "Measure ment Period of A Interface Signaling Arrival Rate", if the number of connection requests actually arriving at the A interface is smaller than the value of this parameter, flow control is not SET performed BSCFCPARA(Op on the A tional) interface. NO

Max Number of Messages MTP3 BSCFCPA AIntfMPT2MaxRati Sends to an MTP2 RA o Link per Second

BSC6900

Maximum number of messages that the MTP3 entity sends to a single MTP2 link per second. At any MTP2 flow control level, the speed at which the messages sent by the MTP3 entity must not exceed the value of this parameter. This parameter is used to restrict the number of the messages sent to the SET MSC. This BSCFCPARA(Op parameter tional) can be set NO

Max Number of Messages Received BSCFCPA AIntfMPT2MaxRati by POUc per RA oPouc Second BSC6900

Maximum number of messages that the MTP3 entity of the POUc sends to a single MTP2 link per second. At any MTP2 flow control level, the speed at which the messages sent by the MTP3 entity must not exceed the value of this parameter. This parameter is used to restrict the number of the messages SET sent to the BSCFCPARA(Op MSC. This tional) parameter NO

BSCJBF

JttLossCnt

Jitter Loss Count

BSC6900

Number of consecutiv e packets exceeding JitterBuffer . If the number of consecutiv e lost packets exceeds the value of this parameter, JitterBuffer is adjusted to adapt to the transmissi on link, thus SET reducing BSCJBF(Optional packet ) loss. NO

BSCJBF

JttLossPer

Jitter Loss Percent

BSC6900

Rate of packet loss exceeding JitterBuffer . If the rate of packet loss exceeds the value of this parameter, JitterBuffer is adjusted to adapt to the transmissi on link, thus SET reducing BSCJBF(Optional packet ) loss. NO

BSCJBF

JttAdjMin

Jitter Adjust Minimal Time BSC6900

Minimum interval of JitterBuffer adjustment in second. This parameter is used to avoid frequency SET JitterBuffer BSCJBF(Optional adjustment ) s. NO Maximum interval of JitterBuffer adjustment in second. This parameter is used to avoid the condition that JitterBuffer SET is not BSCJBF(Optional adjusted in ) time. NO Initial value of the SET JitterBuffer BSCJBF(Optional receiving ) window. NO

BSCJBF

JttAdjMax

Jitter Adjust Maximal Time

BSC6900

BSCJBF

JttTime

JitterBuffer Init Time BSC6900

BSCNSPA RA ALIVERETRY

Alive Retry

BSC6900

Retry times after the timer for the reply from the peer expires during the NSVC live test. If the reply is not received after the system resends the message according to retry times, the SET NSVC is BSCNSPARA(Op regarded tional) as faulty. NO Duration of the timer to wait for the reply from the peer SET during the BSCNSPARA(Op NSVC live tional) test NO Retry times after the peer response timer expires SET during BSCNSPARA(Op NSVC tional) blocking NO Duration of the peer response timer SET during BSCNSPARA(Op NSVC tional) blocking NO

BSCNSPA RA ALIVETIMER

Alive Timer

BSC6900

BSCNSPA RA BLOCKRETRY

Block Retry

BSC6900

BSCNSPA RA BLOCKTIMER

Block Timer

BSC6900

BSCNSPA RA RESETRETRY

Reset Retry

BSC6900

Retry times after the peer response timer expires SET during BSCNSPARA(Op NSVC tional) reset NO Duration of the peer response timer SET during BSCNSPARA(Op NSVC tional) reset NO Duration of the timer for starting the IP path SET status test BSCNSPARA(Op on the Gb tional) interface NO Retry times after the peer response timer expires SET during BSCNSPARA(Op NSVC tional) unblocking NO

BSCNSPA RA RESETTIMER

Reset Timer

BSC6900

BSCNSPA RA TESTTIMER

Test Timer

BSC6900

BSCNSPA RA UNBLOCKRETRY Unblock Retry

BSC6900

BSCPCUT YPE TYPE

PCU Type

BSC6900

SET BSCPCUTYPE(M Type of the andatory) PCU NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA FORBIDEDGU

Allow E Down G Up Switch BSC6900

Switch specifying whether to allow the downlink EGPRS TBF and the uplink GPRS TBF to share the same channel. On: allow the downlink EGPRS TBF and the uplink GPRS TBF to share the same channel; Off: prohibit the downlink EGPRS TBF and the uplink GPRS TBF SET sharing the BSCPSSOFTPA same RA(Optional) channel. NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA SUPPORTDL5TS

Support High Multislot Class

BSC6900

Whether to support the high multislot class. High multislot class function enables a single MS to be allocated with a maximum of five timeslots on the uplink or downlink, thus improving the uplink or downlink throughput of a single MS. The BSS supports the MS with high multislot classes SET from 30 to BSCPSSOFTPA 34. A RA(Optional) maximum NO Whether to support SET USF BSCPSSOFTPA granularity RA(Optional) 4 NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA USFGRAN4BLK

Support USF Granularity 4 Switch BSC6900

BSCPSSO FTPARA SUPPORTEDA

Support EDA

BSC6900

Whether to support EDA. Extended dynamic allocation (EDA) enables the MS to be allocated with more timeslots on the uplink, thus improving the uplink rate and helping to transmit large SET amounts of BSCPSSOFTPA data on the RA(Optional) uplink. NO Whether to allow EDA multiplex. "Not Allow": the TBF of the EDA cannot be multiplexed with other TBF; "Allow": the TBF of the EDA can be SET multiplexed BSCPSSOFTPA with other RA(Optional) TBF. NO

BSCPSSO ALLOWEDADAMU FTPARA LTIPLEX Allow EDA Multiplex BSC6900

BSCPSSO FTPARA NC2LoadResel

NC2 Load Reselection Switch

BSC6900

Whether to involve the load of the target cell in the algorithm for NC2 cell reselection . If this parameter is set to Support, the load of the target cell is involved in the algorithm for NC2 SET cell BSCPSSOFTPA reselection RA(Optional) . NO

BSCPSSO LOADBROADCAS NC2 Load FTPARA TPERIOD Broadcast Period

BSC6900

Intervals that the BSC broadcasts a cell's traffic load to its neighbor cells. The uplink load and downlink load indicate the traffic situation of a cell. The uplink load = number of uplink TBFs carried on all PDCHs in a cell / total number of PDCHs in a cell x ("PDCH Uplink Multiplex Threshold" SET /10) x BSCPSSOFTPA 100%. The RA(Optional) downlink NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA AqmMinTh

AQM Congestion Threshold

BSC6900

Congestion threshold of the TBF buffer queue. If the congestion level in the TBF buffer queue exceeds this threshold, whether the packets are discarded actively is determined according to the SET packet BSCPSSOFTPA discarding RA(Optional) policy. NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA AqmTarTh

AQM Target Threshold

BSC6900

Target threshold SET of the TBF BSCPSSOFTPA buffer RA(Optional) queue NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA AqmMaxTh BSCPSSO FTPARA AqmSwitch

AQM Maximum Threshold

BSC6900

AQM Switch

BSC6900

Upper length threshold of the TBF buffer queue. If the length of the TBF buffer queue exceeds this threshold, whether the packets are discarded is determined according to the SET packet BSCPSSOFTPA discarding RA(Optional) policy. NO SET BSCPSSOFTPA AQM RA(Optional) switch NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA AqmNinit

AQM Packet Discard Initial Interval

BSC6900

Initial value of the interval (indicated by N) at which the packets in the TBF buffer queue are discarded. The value N indicates the frequency of discarding the packets in the TBF buffer queue. The greater the value N, the lower the frequency of discarding packets, and the smaller the SET number of BSCPSSOFTPA discarded RA(Optional) packets NO Lower threshold of the interval for discarding the packets in the TBF buffer queue, that is, the minimum value of N SET (packet BSCPSSOFTPA drop RA(Optional) interval). NO

AQM Packet BSCPSSO Discard Interval FTPARA AqmNLowerBound Lower Threshold

BSC6900

BSCPSSO FTPARA AqmNUpBound

AQM Packet Discard Interval Upper Threshold

BSC6900

BSCPSSO FTPARA AqmM

AQM N Update Interval

BSC6900

Upper threshold of the interval for discarding the packets in the TBF buffer queue, that is, the maximum value of N SET (packet BSCPSSOFTPA drop RA(Optional) interval). NO Update frequency of the value N (packet drop interval), indicating that the packet drop interval is updated after N packets SET are BSCPSSOFTPA transmitted RA(Optional) . NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA bAdvEstDlTbf

Support Advance Downlink TBF Establishment

BSC6900

Whether the downlink TBF can be established in advance. Downlink TBF establishm ent in advance indicates that the downlink TBF is established immediatel y after the MS establishes the uplink TBF rather than establishin g the downlink TBF after SET the SGSN BSCPSSOFTPA sends the RA(Optional) data block. NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA ulDlAckFreq

RRBP Frequency for GPRS Downlink TBF BSC6900

Number of downlink GRPS TBF RLC blocks sent SET before BSCPSSOFTPA RRBP field RA(Optional) is sent NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA ulUlAckFreq

ACK Frequency for GPRS Uplink TBF

BSC6900

Number of uplink GRPS TBF RLC blocks sent before an SET acknowled BSCPSSOFTPA gement is RA(Optional) required NO

RRBP Frequency for BSCPSSO EGPRS Downlink FTPARA ulEgprsDlAckFreq TBF BSC6900

Number of downlink GRPS TBF RLC blocks sent SET before BSCPSSOFTPA RRBP field RA(Optional) is sent NO

BSCPSSO ACK Frequency for FTPARA ulEgprsUlAckFreq EGPRS Uplink TBF BSC6900

Period of acknowled ging the EGPRS SET TBF RLC BSCPSSOFTPA uplink data RA(Optional) block NO

BSCPSSO MaxDlEstRetryNu FTPARA m

Retry Times of Downlink TBF Establishment

BSC6900

Number of attempts to reestablish SET the BSCPSSOFTPA downlink RA(Optional) TBF NO Maximum number of attempts to resend the downlink SET assignmen BSCPSSOFTPA t RA(Optional) messages NO

Retry Times of BSCPSSO MaxDlAssRetryTim Downlink TBF FTPARA es Reassignment

BSC6900

Retry Times of BSCPSSO MaxPollingRetryTi Downlink TBF FTPARA mes Polling

BSC6900

Maximum number of attempts to SET resend the BSCPSSOFTPA polling RA(Optional) messages NO Whether the forced phase-2 SET access is BSCPSSOFTPA allowed for RA(Optional) the MSs NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA Force2Phase

Force MS Twophase Access

BSC6900

BSCPSSO FlowCountPeriodTi Flux Measurement FTPARA cks Period

BSC6900

Period of SET collecting BSCPSSOFTPA the traffic RA(Optional) statistics

NO

BSCPSSO TrafficClassUlCoeff UL Priority Decision FTPARA icient Threshold BSC6900

Threshold for determinin g whether the uplink service is preferred. Within the "Flux Measurem ent Period", if the ratio of the uplink LLC PDU flux and downlink LLC PDU flux is higher than the threshold, the service type of the SET MS is BSCPSSOFTPA uplink RA(Optional) preferred. NO

BSCPSSO TrafficClassDlCoeff DL Priority Decision FTPARA icient Threshold BSC6900

Threshold for determinin g whether the uplink service is preferred. Within the "Flux Measurem ent Period", if the ratio of the downlink LLC PDU flux and uplink LLC PDU flux is higher than the threshold, the service type of the SET MS is BSCPSSOFTPA uplink RA(Optional) preferred. NO Minimum interval between the successful TBF establishm ent and the first initiation of the Packet Timeslot SET Reconfigur BSCPSSOFTPA ation RA(Optional) procedure NO

BSCPSSO SilenceTicksOfRes Interval Between FTPARA Req Resource Request

BSC6900

Support NACC BSCPSSO SPTNACCResGua Resource FTPARA rantee Guarantee

BSC6900

Whether the function of Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) resource guarantee is allowed. In NC2 or NACC cell reselection , if this parameter is set to YES, dynamic channels are SET requested BSCPSSOFTPA in the RA(Optional) target cell. NO

Interval to Reduce Transmission BSCPSSO Bandwidth when FTPARA ReduceTransBwInt Congested

BSC6900

Interval for releasing the secondary SET links in the BSCPSSOFTPA congestion RA(Optional) state NO Secondary link bandwidth that is released each time SET in the BSCPSSOFTPA congestion RA(Optional) state NO

Number of Transmission Bandwidth to BSCPSSO ReduceTransBwNu Reduce when FTPARA m Congested

BSC6900

BSCPSSO FTPARA AddTransBwInt

Sub-Link Bandwidth Request Interval When Not Congested BSC6900

Interval for requesting the bandwidth for the secondary link when the system SET is not in BSCPSSOFTPA congestion RA(Optional) state NO Bandwidth requested each time for the secondary link when the system SET is not in BSCPSSOFTPA congestion RA(Optional) state NO Whether to enable fast flux detection. When this parameter is set to Open, fast timeslot adjustment is possible SET after the BSCPSSOFTPA TBF is set RA(Optional) up. NO

BSCPSSO FTPARA AddTransBwNum

Bandwidth for Secondary Link When Not Congested

BSC6900

BSCPSSO TSRAPIDADJSWI Fast Flux Detection FTPARA TCH Switch BSC6900

Fast Flux BSCPSSO FLOWCOUNTPER Measurement FTPARA IODTSRAPIDADJ Period

BSC6900

Fast Flux BSCPSSO TSRAPIDADJPERI Measurement TBF FTPARA OD Timer

BSC6900

Fast flux measurem ent period. The ratio of the uplink flux to the downlink flux is calculated at the interval specified by this parameter to determine the current SET service BSCPSSOFTPA priority RA(Optional) type. NO Fast flux measurem ent duration. Normal flux measurem ent is performed after the fast flux measurem ent lasts over the period SET specified BSCPSSOFTPA by this RA(Optional) parameter. NO

BSCPSSO DLCOEFFICIENTT Fast DL Priority FTPARA SRAPIDADJ Decision Threshold

BSC6900

If the ratio of downlink flux to uplink flux is greater than or equal to the threshold during the fast flux measurem ent, the downlink SET services BSCPSSOFTPA takes RA(Optional) priority. NO If the ratio of uplink flux to downlink flux is greater than or equal to the threshold during the fast flux measurem ent, the uplink SET services BSCPSSOFTPA takes RA(Optional) priority. NO

BSCPSSO ULCOEFFICIENTT Fast UL Priority FTPARA SRAPIDADJ Decision Threshold

BSC6900

BSCPSSO BSCPSReservePar MOCN Re-Route FTPARA a5 Uplink N(U)

BSC6900

Changing the value of N(U) contained in the ATTACH REQUEST message The value of N(U) must be changed when the ATTACH REQUEST message is re-routed to another SGSN. It's the interconne cted SGSN that decides the value of N(U). This function can be disabled if an interconne SET cted SGSN BSCPSSOFTPA does not RA(Optional) request to NO DSCP SET correspond BSCPSTCDSCP ing to the MAP(Optional) signaling NO DSCP correspond SET ing to the BSCPSTCDSCP session MAP(Optional) service NO DSCP correspond SET ing to the BSCPSTCDSCP streaming MAP(Optional) service NO

BSCPSTC DSCPMAP SDSCP

DSCP of Signaling

BSC6900

BSCPSTC DSCPMAP CCDSCP

DSCP of CONV[QoS]

BSC6900

BSCPSTC DSCPMAP SCDSCP

DSCP of STREAM[QoS]

BSC6900

BSCPSTC DSCPMAP ICTHP1DSCP

DSCP of PRI.1 INTACT[QoS]

BSC6900

DSCP correspond ing to the interaction service with the THP level SET of BSCPSTCDSCP PRIORITY MAP(Optional) 1 NO DSCP correspond ing to the interaction service with the THP level SET of BSCPSTCDSCP PRIORITY MAP(Optional) 2 NO DSCP correspond ing to the interaction service with the THP level SET of BSCPSTCDSCP PRIORITY MAP(Optional) 3 NO DSCP correspond SET ing to the BSCPSTCDSCP backgroun MAP(Optional) d service NO Unique identifier of the Um interface SET software BSCSYNCOFF(M synchroniz andatory) ation task. NO SET BSCSYNCOFF(M andatory) Index type. NO

BSCPSTC DSCPMAP ICTHP2DSCP

DSCP of PRI.2 INTACT[QoS]

BSC6900

BSCPSTC DSCPMAP ICTHP3DSCP

DSCP of PRI.3 INTACT[QoS]

BSC6900

BSCPSTC DSCPMAP BCDSCP

DSCP of BG[QoS]

BSC6900

BSCSYNC OFF TASKIDX BSCSYNC OFF IDTYPE

AISS Task Index

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

BSCSYNC OFF BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BSCSYNCOFF(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BSCSYNCOFF(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO Whether to adjust the BTS offset manually SET or BSCSYNCOFF(M automatica andatory) lly. NO Frame SET offset of BSCSYNCOFF(M the BTS andatory) clock.

BSCSYNC OFF BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BSCSYNC OFF ADJMODE

Adjustment Mode

BSC6900

BSCSYNC OFF FRAMEOFFSET

Frame Offset [Frame No]

BSC6900

NO

BSCSYNC OFF BITOFFSET

In Frame Bit Offset [1/8 bit]

BSC6900

Bit offset in SET the frame BSCSYNCOFF(M of the BTS andatory) clock. NO Duration of no cell broadcast message at the Cb interface. If the BSC does not receive any message from the CBC during the preset value of this parameter, the BSC considers that the connection with the CBC has been broken and reestablish SET es a BSCTMR(Option connection al) . NO

BSCTMR

CbNonMsgTimer

Cb No Message Disconnection Timer BSC6900

BSCTMR

CbShakeHandTim Cell Broadcast er Handshake Timer

BSC6900

Timer interval for sending handshake messages. According to the value of this parameter, the BSC regularly sends the CBC a handshake message to decide whether the communic ation between the BSC SET and the BSCTMR(Option CBC is al) normal. NO

BSCTMR

AT1

T1

BSC6900

Timer for waiting for a single Ainterface circuit blocking or unblocking answer. The BSC starts this T1 timer after sending a single Ainterface circuit blocking or unblocking message. If the BSC does not receive a blocking or unblocking answer from the MSC before this timer expires for the first time, the SET BSC BSCTMR(Option resends al) the single NO

BSCTMR

AT19

T19

BSC6900

Timer for waiting for an Ainterface circuit reset answer. The BSC starts this timer after sending an A-interface circuit reset message. When this timer expires for the first time, the BSC resends the circuit reset message to the MSC. If this timer expires for the second time, the BSC SET reports an BSCTMR(Option alarm for al) BSC circuit NO

BSCTMR

AT20

T20

BSC6900

Timer for waiting for an Ainterface circuit group blocking or unblocking answer. After sending a CIC group blocking/un blocking message over the A interface, the BSC starts the timer T20. If the BSC fails to receive a response from the MSC before the first expiry of T20, the BSC resends the CIC SET group BSCTMR(Option blocking/un al) blocking NO

BSCTMR

AbisFCTimer1

Abis Flow Control Timer 1

BSC6900

Used along with "Abis Flow Control Timer 2" to control the change in cell flow control levels.Whe n the flow control level in the cell changes, the values of MS MAX Retrans and Txinteger in the system information are changed accordingly . When immediate assignmen SET t fails, the BSCTMR(Option BSC starts al) T1 and T2. NO

BSCTMR

AbisFCTimer2

Abis Flow Control Timer 2

BSC6900

Used along with "Abis Flow Control Timer 1" to control the change in cell flow control levels.Whe n the flow control level in the cell changes, the values of MS MAX Retrans and Txinteger in the system information are changed accordingly . When immediate assignmen SET t fails, the BSCTMR(Option BSC starts al) T1 and T2. NO

BSCTMR

Timer Length of BMBMTCFCTimerLen TC Flow Control BSC6900

Duration of the flow control protection timer enabled during the flow control between the TCS SET and the BSCTMR(Option MPS/EPS al) subracks NO This parameter specifies the timer set to wait for a private SET message BSCTMR(Option from the al) SGSN. NO

BSCTMR

TI_WAIT_SGSN_P RIVATE_MESSAG Receive SGSN E Config. Msg. Timer

BSC6900

BSCTMR

Trbss

Trbss

BSC6900

Timer of the RESET IP RESOURC E procedure. After the BSC sends a RESET IP RESOURC E message, this timer starts. When the timer expires before the BSC receives a response message from the MSC, the BSC sends the RESET IP SET RESOURC BSCTMR(Option E message al) again. NO Duration of BVC flow control timer F. A cell sends the flow control message at the interval SET specified BSSGPPARA(Op by this tional) timer. NO

BSSGPPA RA BVCTF

BVC Flow Control Timer

BSC6900

BSSGPPA RA MSTF

MS Flow Control Timer

BSC6900

Duration of the flow control timer F of the MS. The MS sends the flow control message SET according BSSGPPARA(Op to this tional) duration. NO Timer T1, specifying the duration of monitoring the BVC blocking SET (unblockin BSSGPPARA(Op g) tional) procedure. NO Timer T2, specifying the duration of monitoring the procedure of resetting SET SIG BVC BSSGPPARA(Op and PTP tional) BVC. NO Timer T3. T3 is started after the message SUSPEND is received on the BSC side. T3 is stopped after the message SET SUSPEND BSSGPPARA(Op ACK is tional) received. NO

BSSGPPA RA T1

T1

BSC6900

BSSGPPA RA T2

T2

BSC6900

BSSGPPA RA T3

T3

BSC6900

BSSGPPA RA T4

T4

BSC6900

Timer T4. T3 is started after the message v is received on the BSC side. T4 is stopped after the message SET RESUME BSSGPPARA(Op ACK is tional) received. NO Timer T5. When the downlink TBF is set up, if the BSC side does not receive the valid RACAP, the BSC originates the radio access capability update flow and the timer T5 is started. After receiving the core network SET response, BSSGPPARA(Op the timer is tional) stopped. NO

BSSGPPA RA T5

T5

BSC6900

BSSGPPA RA T6

T6

BSC6900

Timer T6. The BSC sends the SGSN request to download the BSS PFC. When the QoS parameter is obtained, the timer is started. After the message CREATE_ BSS_PFC is received, the timer is stopped. After the timer expires, the request is sent to start the procedure of SET downloadin BSSGPPARA(Op g the BSS tional) PFC. NO

BSSGPPA RA T8

T8

BSC6900

Timer T8. The BSC sends the SGSN request to download the BSS PFC. When the QoS parameter is obtained, the timer is started. After the message MODIFY_ BSS_PFC _ACK is received, the timer is stopped. After the timer expires, the request is sent to start the procedure of SET downloadin BSSGPPARA(Op g the BSS tional) PFC. NO

BSSGPPA RA TC

Tc

BSC6900

Timer Tc, specifying the interval for the BVC and MS to send flow control messages. When this parameter is set to a smaller value, the BVC and the MS send flow control messages in a shorter time, which allows the SGSN can use the latest flow control parameter to improve the transmissi on performan ce. When SET the BVC BSSGPPARA(Op and MS tional) send flow NO

BSSGPPA RA TH

Th

BSC6900

Timer Th. After receiving the MS flow control message, the SGSN uses the values of the updated Bmax and R based on the interval set by this timer. When this parameter is set to a smaller value, the SGSN can use the flow control parameter in a shorter time. In this way, the data can be transferred SET according BSSGPPARA(Op to the most tional) suitable NO

BSSLS

BssLsGenMode

BSS Local Switching General Strategy BSC6900

General strategy of the BSS local switching, which includes the BSC local switching and the BTS local switching. The two functions cannot be enabled at SET the same BSSLS(Optional) time. NO

BSSLS

BtsLsStartMode

Options for BTS Local Switch

BSC6900

Conditions for enabling the function of BTS local switching. UNCONDI TIONALST ART: The function of BTS local switching is enabled without restriction. ABISCON GESTS: The function of BTS local switching is enabled when the congestion rate of the Abis interface exceeds the value of "Abis Cong Thres for SET BTS BSSLS(Optional) LocalSwitc NO

BSSLS

BscLsStartMode

Options for BSC Local Switch

BSC6900

Conditions for enabling the function of BSC local switching. UNCONDI TIONALST ART: The function of BSC local switching is enabled without restriction. ATERCON GESTS: The function of BSC local switching is enabled when the congestion rate of the Ater interface exceeds the value of "Ater Cong Thres for SET BSC BSSLS(Optional) LocalSwitc NO

BSSLS

AbisJamThreshold Abis Jam Rate for 2StartLs BTS Local Switch

BSC6900

Threshold for enabling the BTS local switching. When the congestion rate at the Abis interface exceeds this threshold, the BTS local SET switching BSSLS(Optional) is enabled. NO Threshold for enabling the BSC local switching. When the congestion rate at the Ater interface exceeds this threshold, the SET function is BSSLS(Optional) enabled. NO

BSSLS

AterJamThreshold Ater Jam Rate for 2StartLs BSC Local Switch

BSC6900

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs1 BTS 1

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs2 BTS 2

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs3 BTS 3

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs4 BTS 4

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs5 BTS 5

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs6 BTS 6

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs7 BTS 7

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs8 BTS 8

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs9 BTS 9

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBtsLs10 BTS 10

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs1 BTS 1

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs2 BTS 2

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs3 BTS 3

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs4 BTS 4

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs5 BTS 5

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs6 BTS 6

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs7 BTS 7

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs8 BTS 8

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs9 BTS 9

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBtsLs10 BTS 10

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BTS local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs1 BSC 1

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs2 BSC 2

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs3 BSC 3

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs4 BSC 4

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs5 BSC 5

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs6 BSC 6

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs7 BSC 7

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs8 BSC 8

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs9 BSC 9

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnPrfxList2Sta Prefix Number for rtBscLs10 BSC 10

BSC6900

If "Options for BSC Local Switch" is set to PREFIXNU MBER, and the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching function is enabled. For example, if two numbers 135 and 139 are set in the list, and the first three digits in the SET MSISDN of BSSLS(Optional) the called NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs1 BSC 1

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs2 BSC 2

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs3 BSC 3

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs4 BSC 4

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs5 BSC 5

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs6 BSC 6

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs7 BSC 7

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs8 BSC 8

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs9 BSC 9

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

MsisdnSegList2Av Avoid Number for oidBscLs10 BSC 10

BSC6900

If the first digits in the MSISDN of the called or calling are the same as the value of this parameter, the BSC local switching SET function is BSSLS(Optional) disabled. NO

BSSLS

Support FE/GE SupportIpSpanBtsL SPAN BTS Local Switch Switch

BSC6900

Whether the FE/GE BTS supports inter-BTS SET local BSSLS(Optional) switching NO RMV BTS(Mandatory) MOD BTS(Mandatory) RMV BTS(Mandatory) ADD BTS(Mandatory) MOD BTS(Mandatory)

BTS

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Type of an index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. NO

BTS

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTS

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

RMV BTS(Mandatory) ADD BTS(Mandatory) MOD BTS(Mandatory)

BTS

BTSTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Mandatory)

Type of the BTS NO Peer equipment type of the BTS. This parameter indicates whether to connect the BTS to the BSC or cascade the BTS to another BTS. NO

BTS

BTSDESC

BTS Description

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

BTS

SEPERATEMODE Separate Mode

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

Whether to enable the BTS to support the separation between the physical and logical. Whether the BTS supports the separate mode. When a BTS is in separate mode, the physical boards are separate from the logical TRXs, that is, a physical board may exist without being configured with any logical TRX. NO

BTS

SERVICEMODE

Service Type

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

Service bearer mode of the BTS. TDM:Time Division Multiplex Mode HDLC:High level Data Link Control Mode HDLC_Hu bBTS:Hub Base Transceive r Station Mode IP:Internet Protocol Mode NO

BTS

FLEXABISMODE

Flex Abis Mode

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

Service timeslot assignmen t mode for the BTS. If this parameter is set to FIX_16K_ ABIS, the BSC assigns a fixed Abis transmissi on timeslot to a TCH. If this parameter is set to FLEX_ABI S, the BSC assigns an Abis transmissi on timeslot dynamicall y to a TCH (except the static PDCH) to increase the resource utilization. If this NO Whether to enable the BTS to support bypass function. HDLC BTS and IP BTS do not support this parameter. NO

BTS

ABISBYPASSMOD E Abis ByPass Mode

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

BTS

ISCONFIGEDRIN G

Config Ring

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

BTS

MPMODE

Multiplexing Mode

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

Whether to enable the BTS to support ring networking . IP BTS does not support this parameter. NO Timeslot multiplexin g mode at the Abis interface of the BTS. The BTS supports two multiplexin g modes: statistical multiplexin g on a 64 kbit/s timeslot and physical multiplexin g on a 16 kbit/s timeslot. The first mode is further classified into the following six types: 1:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, and 6:1. A BTS NO

BTS

MAINPORTNO

Main Port No

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

Number of the port to which the active OML of the BTS is connected NO

BTS

IPPHYTRANSTYP E IP Phy Trans Type

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

BTS

SRANMODE

Is Support Normalized Data Configuration

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Mandatory)

Type of the physical IP transmissi on medium NO Whether a base station supports normalized data configurati on. Normalized data configurati on means that the cabinets, subracks, slots, transmissi on ports, and userdefined alarm ports of a base station under a multi-mode BSC use the same numbering schemes, and that the boards of the base station are uniformly named. NO

BTS

Configure RFU by RFUCFGBYSLOT Slot

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional)

1. This parameter specifies whether to configure the DRFU, MRFU, GRFU, or XRFU by slot or link. 2. When setting the BTS to support the configurati on of the RFU by slot, set this parameter to "YES". When setting the BTS not to support the configurati on of the RFU by slot, set this parameter to "NO". 3. If this parameter is set to NO

BTS

WORKMODE

Work Mode

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

BTS port working mode. This parameter must be consistent with that of the peer. Work mode of a BTS. A BTS can work in the following modes: E1: The E1 system is recommen ded by the ITU-T. E1 carries signals at 2.048 Mbit/s. G.703 defines the electrical specificatio n and G.704 defines the frame format for E1 telecommu NO

BTS

Preferential Logical TSASSIGNOPTIS TRXs Multiplexed W on a TRX Board

BSC6900

ADD BTS(Optional) MOD BTS(Optional)

Whether to enable the algorithm for preferential logical TRXs multiplexed on a TRX board. If this parameter is set to YES, timeslots are assigned by means of this algorithm during the BTS activation and timeslot arrangeme nt. If this parameter is set to NO, timeslots are assigned by means of the NO Name of the BTS after changed. The BTS name must conflict with other BTS names in the BSC. NO

BTS

NEWNAME

New BTS Name

BSC6900

MOD BTS(Optional)

BTSABISH DLCPATH IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) RMV BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) ADD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) RMV BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory)

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSABISH DLCPATH BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSABISH DLCPATH BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) RMV BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory)

BTSABISH DLCPATH PTUID

HDLC Path Index In BTS BSC6900

ADD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) RMV BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) ADD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Optional)

Number of a BTS HDLC path. It is unique in one [BTS]. YES

BTSABISH CONBSCBTSIDTY Connect BSC BTS DLCPATH PE Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS connected to BSC NO Connect BSC BTS Name.It is unique in one BSC.This parameter cannot contain ? | :<>"@# !%^&*.[ ] / \ \\ '. NO Number of the BTS connected to the BSC. The number is unique in a BSC NO Number of the E1 port on the BTS connected to the BSC. NO

BTSABISH BTSNAMECONBS Connect BSC BTS DLCPATH C Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory)

BTSABISH DLCPATH BTSIDCONBSC

Connect BSC BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) ADD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISHDLCP ATH(Optional)

BTSABISH E1PORTNOINBTS E1 Port No Connect DLCPATH CONBSC To BSC BSC6900

BTSABISH DLCPATH TSMASK

TS Mask

BSC6900

The 64 kbit/s ADD timeslots BTSABISHDLCP on the port ATH(Mandatory) are MOD numbered BTSABISHDLCP from 1 to ATH(Optional) 31. NO ADD BTSABISMUXFL OW(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISMUXFL OW(Mandatory) RMV BTSABISMUXFL OW(Mandatory) ADD BTSABISMUXFL OW(Mandatory) MOD BTSABISMUXFL OW(Mandatory) RMV BTSABISMUXFL OW(Mandatory)

BTSABISM UXFLOW IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSABISM UXFLOW BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSABISMUXFL e %, two or OW(Mandatory) more MOD consecutiv BTSABISMUXFL e spaces, OW(Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSABISMUXFL consecutiv OW(Mandatory) e +. NO Service type of the IP interface board. The ADD service BTSABISMUXFL type can OW(Mandatory) be CS MOD speech, BTSABISMUXFL CS data, OW(Mandatory) PS high RMV priority, or BTSABISMUXFL PS low OW(Mandatory) priority. YES

BTSABISM UXFLOW BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSABISM UXFLOW SRVTYPE

Service Type

BSC6900

BTSABISM SUBFRAMETHRE Max Subframe UXFLOW S Length

BSC6900

Maximum sub-frame length. The data stream to be multiplexed on the same multiplexin g channel must be of the same type, and the length of the packet before multiplexin g cannot exceed the maximum subframe length. If the length of a packet exceeds the maximum ADD subframe BTSABISMUXFL length, the OW(Optional) packet is MOD transmitted BTSABISMUXFL without OW(Optional) being NO

BTSABISM UXFLOW PKTLENTHRES

Maximum Frame Length

BSC6900

Maximum multiplexin g frame length. The length of the multiplexed packet must not exceed the maximum multiplexin g frame length. If the length of the multiplexed packet exceeds the maximum multiplexin g frame length, the packet is transferred without being added with ADD new BTSABISMUXFL subframes. OW(Optional) The frame MOD length BTSABISMUXFL refers to OW(Optional) the NO

BTSABISM UXFLOW TIMEOUT BTSABIST ROP IDTYPE

Maximum Delay Time

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Longest waiting time for multiplexin g When the multiplexed packet is no longer added with new data and the timer expires, the multiplexed packet is transmitted directly. This parameter is determined by the number of multiplexed packets. When the number of ADD multiplexed BTSABISMUXFL packets OW(Optional) increases, MOD the value BTSABISMUXFL of this OW(Optional) parameter NO SET BTSABISTROP( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

BTSABIST ROP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

SET BTSABISTROP( Mandatory)

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO Switch for Abis Timeslot Detection

BTSABIST ROP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

SET BTSABISTROP( Mandatory) SET BTSABISTROP( Mandatory)

BTSABIST ROP DETECTSWITCH

Switch for Abis Timeslot Detection

BSC6900

NO

BTSABIST PROTECTDELAY Protection Delay for ROP TIME Detection BSC6900

SET BTSABISTROP( Optional)

The transmissi on resource in the Abis timeslot is considered as faulty only when the BTS detects that the Abis timeslot is faulty in the delay. The transmissi on resource in the Abis timeslot is considered as normal when the BTS detects the Abis timeslot is normal. NO

BTSABIST S IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; TID BYID: BTSABISTS(Man query by datory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely TID identifying BTSABISTS(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

BTSABIST S BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more TID than two BTSABISTS(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO SET BTSAIRCON(Ma Type of an ndatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSAIRCON(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSABIST S BTSNAME BTSAIRC ON

BTS Name

BSC6900

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSAIRC ON

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSAIRCON(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Total number of times that the BTS checks whether to SET switch off BTSAIRCON(Opt the air ional) conditioner NO

BTSAIRC ON

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSAIRC ON

CHKOFFTIMES

Check Times for Off BSC6900

BTSAIRC ON

QUALOFFTIMES

Qualified Times for Off

BSC6900

Maximum number of times that the BTS finds that the air conditioner needs to be switched off. If the number of times that the BTS finds that the air conditioner needs to be switched off in the "CHKOFF TIMES" checks reaches this parameter, the BTS switches SET off the air BTSAIRCON(Opt conditioner ional) . NO

BTSAIRC ON

THDOFF

Volt Threshold for Off

BSC6900

Voltage threshold for switching off the air conditioner . If the power supply voltage is less than this threshold, the air conditioner needs to be switched off to decrease SET the impact BTSAIRCON(Opt on the ional) BTS. NO Total number of times that the BTS checks whether to SET switch on BTSAIRCON(Opt the air ional) conditioner NO

BTSAIRC ON

CHKONTIMES

Check Times for On BSC6900

BTSAIRC ON

QUALONTIMES

Qualified Times for On

BSC6900

Maximum number of times that the BTS finds that the air conditioner needs to be switched on. If the number of times that the BTS finds that the air conditioner needs to be switched on in the "CHKONTI MES" checks reaches this parameter, the BTS switches SET on the air BTSAIRCON(Opt conditioner ional) . NO

BTSAIRC ON

THDON

Volt Threshold for On

BSC6900

Voltage threshold for switching on the air conditioner . This parameter assumes that the air conditioner is switched off. If the power supply voltage is greater than this threshold, the air conditioner needs to be switched on to ensure that SET the BTS BTSAIRCON(Opt runs ional) properly. NO

BTSAIRC ON

HYSON

Hysteresis for On

BSC6900

BTSAISS

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Delay for which the BTS waits SET to switch BTSAIRCON(Opt on the air ional) conditioner NO SET BTSAISS(Mandat ory) Index type. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSAISS(Mandat a BTS in a ory) BSC. YES

BTSAISS

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSAISS(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO

BTSAISS

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSAISS

SYMOFFSET

BTS Symbol Offset

BSC6900

Symbol offset of the BTS set manually. After the offset information of the BTS is collected, the symbol offset is adjusted. Adjustment value = Collected symbol offset relative to the reference BTS (BTS symbol offset + SET BSC BTSAISS(Option symbol al) offset). NO Zone where the BTS synchroniz es with other BTSs. Only two BTSs with the same synchroniz ation zone can be synchroniz SET ed in a BTSAISS(Mandat synchroniz ory) ation task. NO

BTSAISS

SITESYNCZONE

Site Sync Zone

BSC6900

BTSALDFI LE FN

File Name

BSC6900

BTSALM

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

RMV BTSALDFILE(Ma ndatory) SET BTSALM(Mandat ory)

Antenna Configurati on File Name. NO Type of an index. NO

BTSALM

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSALM(Mandat a BTS in a ory) BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSALM(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO

BTSALM

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSALM

BTSTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

SET BTSALM(Mandat Type of the ory) BTS NO Whether to enable alarm SET extension BTSALM(Optiona input for l) the BTS NO SET ID of the BTSALMFLASHT intermittent HD(Mandatory) alarm. YES

BTSALM

EXTFlag

Extended Switch of Input Alarm

BSC6900

BTSALMF LASHTHD AlmId

Alarm ID.

BSC6900

BTSALMF Flash Alarm Occur LASHTHD FlashAlmOccurThd Threshold

BSC6900

Time threshold for delaying the report of an alarm. If the alarm is cleared within the time specified by this parameter, the alarm is not reported. Otherwise, the alarm is reported. If this parameter is set to 0, the alarm is reported immediatel SET y when the BTSALMFLASHT alarm HD(Optional) occurs. NO

BTSALMF LASHTHD FlashAlmClrThd

Flash Alarm Clear Threshold

BSC6900

Time threshold for delaying the report of a clear alarm. If the alarm reoccurs within the time specified by this parameter after it is cleared, the clear alarm is not reported. Otherwise, the clear alarm is reported. If this parameter is set to 0, the clear alarm is reported immediatel SET y when the BTSALMFLASHT alarm is HD(Optional) cleared. NO

BTSALMF AlmOccurTimesHT Alarm Occur Times LASHTHD hd Threshold BSC6900

If the number of alarm flashes exceeds the value of this parameter within the time specified by "Flash Statistic Alarm Raise Time Window", the BTS Statistical Alarm is generated. If this parameter is set to 0, the statistics of the BTS alarm SET flashes is BTSALMFLASHT not HD(Optional) collected. NO

BTSALMF AlmOccurTimesLT Alarm Clear Times LASHTHD hd Threshold

BSC6900

If the number of alarm flashes is smaller than the value of this parameter within the time specified by "Flash Statistic Alarm Clear Time Window", the BTS Statistical Alarm is cleared. If this parameter is set to 0, the statistics of the BTS alarm SET flashes is BTSALMFLASHT not HD(Optional) collected. NO

Alarm Occur BTSALMF AlmOccurAccuTim Accumulative Time LASHTHD eHThd Threshold

BSC6900

Alarm Occur Accumulati ve Time refers to the percentage of the alarm occurrence accumulati ve time to "Flash Statistic Alarm Raise Time Window". If the alarm occurrence accumulati ve duration is greater than the parameter value, the BTS fault statistical alarm is reported. For example, if SET the BTSALMFLASHT parameter HD(Optional) value is 60, NO

Alarm Clear BTSALMF AlmOccurAccuTim Accumulative Time LASHTHD eLThd Threshold

BSC6900

Alarm Clear Accumulati ve Time refers to the percentage of the alarm clearance accumulati ve time to "Flash Statistic Alarm Clear Time Window". If the alarm clearance accumulati ve duration is greater than this threshold, the BTS fault statistical alarm is cleared. For example, if the SET parameter BTSALMFLASHT value is 30, HD(Optional) it indicates NO

BTSALMF LASHTW FlashFilterEn

Flash Filter Enable

BSC6900

Whether to enable the filtering of the intermittent alarms. If the value of this parameter is "DISABLE" , "Flash Statistic Alarm Raise Time Window" and "Flash Statistic Alarm SET Clear BTSALMFLASHT Time" are W(Optional) invalid. NO Time window for observing the intermittent alarms generated during the statistical period. In this time window, the BTS statistical alarm is reported if the occurrence of the intermittent alarm SET meets the BTSALMFLASHT related W(Optional) threshold. NO

BTSALMF FlashStatisAlmOcc Flash Statistic Alarm LASHTW urTW Raise Time Window BSC6900

BTSALMF FlashStatisAlmClrT Flash Statistic Alarm LASHTW W Clear Time Window BSC6900

Time window for observing the clearance of the intermittent alarms. In this time window, the BTS statistical alarm is cleared if the occurrence of the intermittent alarm SET meets the BTSALMFLASHT related W(Optional) threshold. NO Index type of the BTS. ADD BYNAME: BTSALMMGMRU query by LE(Mandatory) BTS name; RMV BYID: BTSALMMGMRU query by LE(Mandatory) BTS index. NO

BTSALMM GMRULE IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSALMMGMRU e spaces, LE(Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSALMMGMRU consecutiv LE(Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSALMMGMRU LE(Mandatory) RMV BTSALMMGMRU LE(Mandatory) Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

BTSALMM GMRULE BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSALMM GMRULE BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

BTSALMM GMRULE ALMID

Alarm ID.

BSC6900

ADD BTSALMMGMRU LE(Mandatory) RMV BTSALMMGMRU LE(Optional) Alarm ID

YES

Advanced Alarm BTSALMM ADVALMMGRULE Management Rule GMRULE TP Type

BSC6900

Advanced ADD alarm BTSALMMGMRU manageme LE(Mandatory) nt rule type NO

Sliding Time BTSALMM Window Alarm GMRULE SDTMWDALMOC Occurrence

BSC6900

Sliding time window for collecting statistics on the alarms that occur in a specified period of time.This parameter is similar to the sampling time window. In the period specified by this parameter, the duration in which the alarm ADD persists is BTSALMMGMRU accumulat LE(Mandatory) ed. NO

BTSALMM GMRULE ALMOCACDUR

Alarm Occurrence Accumulate Duration

BSC6900

Accumulat ed alarm occurrence duration.Th reshold for the accumulat ed duration in which the alarm persists. If the accumulat ed duration exceeds this threshold, an alarm is generated. ADD Otherwise, BTSALMMGMRU no alarm is LE(Mandatory) generated. NO Sliding time window for collecting statistics on the alarms that disappear in a specified period of time.Sampl ing time window. In the period specified by this parameter, the duration in which the alarm ADD persists is BTSALMMGMRU accumulat LE(Mandatory) ed. NO

Sliding Time BTSALMM Window Alarm GMRULE SDTMWDALMDIS Disappear

BSC6900

BTSALMM GMRULE ALMDISACDUR

Alarm Disappear Accumulate Duration

BSC6900

Accumulat ed alarm clearance failure duration.Th reshold for the accumulat ed duration in which the alarm persists. If the accumulat ed duration exceeds this threshold, an alarm is cleared. ADD Otherwise, BTSALMMGMRU the alarm LE(Mandatory) persists. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSALMPORT(M query by andatory) BTS index. NO

BTSALMP ORT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSALMPORT(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSALMPORT(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. YES

BTSALMP ORT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSALMP ORT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

BTSALMP ORT SWITCH

Alarm Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to enable the board parameter s to be configured. If this parameter is set to "YES", the user can set board parameter s of the BTS. Otherwise, the user cannot set SET the board BTSALMPORT(M parameter andatory) s. NO No Mains Supply SET Alarm BTSALMPORT(M Cabinet andatory) No. No Mains Supply SET Alarm BTSALMPORT(M Subrack andatory) No.

BTSALMP ORT NMSACN

No Mains Supply Alarm Cabinet No.

BSC6900

NO

BTSALMP ORT NMSASRN

No Mains Supply Alarm Subrack No.

BSC6900

NO

BTSALMP ORT NMSASN

No Mains Supply Alarm Slot No.

BSC6900

No Mains SET Supply BTSALMPORT(M Alarm Slot andatory) No. NO No Mains SET Supply BTSALMPORT(M Alarm Port andatory) No. NO DC Low Voltage SET Alarm BTSALMPORT(M Cabinet andatory) No. DC Low Voltage SET Alarm BTSALMPORT(M Subrack andatory) No.

BTSALMP ORT NMSAPN

No Mains Supply Alarm Port No.

BSC6900

BTSALMP ORT DCLACN

DC Low Voltage Alarm Cabinet No.

BSC6900

NO

BTSALMP ORT DCLASRN

DC Low Voltage Alarm Subrack No.

BSC6900

NO

BTSALMP ORT DCLASN

DC Low Voltage Alarm Slot No.

BSC6900

DC Low SET Voltage BTSALMPORT(M Alarm Slot andatory) No. NO SET BTSALMPORT(M andatory) ADD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory ) MOD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory ) RMV BTSANTFEEDE ADD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory ) MOD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory ) RMV BTSANTFEEDE DC Low Voltage Alarm Port No. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index. NO

BTSALMP ORT DCLAPN

DC Low Voltage Alarm Port No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names ADD cannot BTSANTFEEDE contain two RBRD(Mandatory or more ) consecutiv MOD e %, two or BTSANTFEEDE more RBRD(Mandatory consecutiv ) e spaces, RMV or more BTSANTFEEDE than two RBRD(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO ADD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory ) MOD Number of BTSANTFEEDE the RBRD(Mandatory subrack ) where the RMV BTS board BTSANTFEEDE is located YES ADD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory ) MOD BTSANTFEEDE Number of RBRD(Mandatory the slot ) where the RMV BTS board BTSANTFEEDE is located YES

BTSANTF EEDERBR D BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D BT

Board Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory ) MOD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory Type of the ) board NO Downlink TRX index ADD number of BTSANTFEEDE the newly RBRD(Mandatory added ) board NO Number of the subrack where the TRX board that ADD connects BTSANTFEEDE to downlink RBRD(Mandatory tributary is ) located NO Number of the slot where the TRX board that ADD connects BTSANTFEEDE to downlink RBRD(Mandatory tributary is ) located NO

BTSANTF EEDERBR D DTRX

Down Link No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D DTRXSRN

Down TRX Subrack No. BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D DTRXSN

Down TRX Slot No. BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D DTRXPN

Down TRX Board Pass No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Optional)

TRX board pass number connected with the downlink tributary NO

BTSANTF EEDERBR D AORB

Down TRX1 A or B

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D DMDUA

Down MDU A

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERBR D DMDUB

Down MDU B

BSC6900

Antenna pass ADD number of BTSANTFEEDE the RBRD(Mandatory downlink ) tributary NO MDU board number when the antenna pass of ADD downlink BTSANTFEEDE tributary A RBRD(Optional) is selected NO MDU board number when the antenna pass of ADD downlink BTSANTFEEDE tributary B RBRD(Optional) is selected NO

BTSANTF EEDERBR D FREQBAND

Frequency Band Attribute

BSC6900

Frequency band types of the board This parameter is only applicable to the DDPU/DF CU/DFCB/ DCOM/DD PM/DCBM. The frequency band types for the DTRU, QTRU, DRRU, DRFU, GRRU, MRRU, GRFU, and MRFU cannot be configured and thus ADD are BTSANTFEEDE calculated RBRD(Optional) based on MOD the BTSANTFEEDE selected RBRD(Mandatory frequencie ) s such as NO

BTSANTF EEDERBR D NEWBT1

New Board Type1

BSC6900

MOD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory Type of a ) new board NO

BTSANTF EEDERBR D NEWBT2

New Board Type2

BSC6900

MOD BTSANTFEEDE RBRD(Mandatory Type of a ) new board NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by SET BTS name; BTSANTFEEDE BYID: RCONNECT(Man query by datory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, SET uniquely BTSANTFEEDE identifying RCONNECT(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more BTSANTFEEDE than two RCONNECT(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the SET subrack BTSANTFEEDE where the RCONNECT(Man BTS board datory) is located YES SET BTSANTFEEDE RCONNECT(Man datory) Number of the slot where the BTS board is located YES

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT BT

Board Type

BSC6900

SET BTSANTFEEDE RCONNECT(Man Type of the datory) board NO SET BTSANTFEEDE RCONNECT(Opti onal) Index number of the downlink tributary NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT DTRX

Down Link No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT DTRXSRN

Down TRX Subrack No. BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the TRX board that SET connects BTSANTFEEDE to downlink RCONNECT(Opti tributary is onal) located NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT DTRXSN

Down TRX Slot No. BSC6900

Number of the slot where the TRX board that SET connects BTSANTFEEDE to downlink RCONNECT(Opti tributary is onal) located NO TRX board pass number SET connected BTSANTFEEDE with the RCONNECT(Opti downlink onal) tributary NO Antenna pass SET number of BTSANTFEEDE the RCONNECT(Opti downlink onal) tributary NO MDU board number when the antenna SET pass of BTSANTFEEDE downlink RCONNECT(Opti tributary A onal) is selected NO MDU board number when the antenna SET pass of BTSANTFEEDE downlink RCONNECT(Opti tributary B onal) is selected NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT DTRXPN

Down TRX Board Pass No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT AORB

Down TRX1 A or B

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT DMDUA

Down MDU A

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT DMDUB

Down MDU B

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U0TRX

Up0 Link No.

BSC6900

Index of uplink tributary 0. Each uplink tributary can be configured with a maximum of 12 TRXs. This parameter indicates the serial SET number of BTSANTFEEDE a TRX on RCONNECT(Opti the uplink onal) tributary. NO Number of the subrack where the TRX board that SET connects BTSANTFEEDE to uplink RCONNECT(Opti tributary 0 onal) is located NO Number of the slot where the TRX board that SET connects BTSANTFEEDE to uplink RCONNECT(Opti tributary 0 onal) is located NO TRX board pass SET number BTSANTFEEDE connected RCONNECT(Opti to uplink onal) tributary 0 NO SET BTSANTFEEDE RCONNECT(Opti onal) Whether there is a TMA on uplink tributary 0

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U0TRXSRN

Up0 TRX Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U0TRXSN

Up0 TRX Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U0TRXBPN

Up0 TRX Board Pass No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U0TOW

Up0 Tower-Top Amplifier Flag

BSC6900

NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U0GEN

Up0 Power Attenuation Factor

BSC6900

SET BTSANTFEEDE RCONNECT(Opti onal)

Power attenuation factor of uplink tributary 0 NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U1TRX

Up1 Link No.

BSC6900

Index of uplink tributary 1. Each uplink tributary can connect to a maximum of 12 TRXs. This parameter indicates the serial SET number of BTSANTFEEDE a TRX on RCONNECT(Opti the uplink onal) tributary. YES Number of the subrack where the TRX board that SET connects BTSANTFEEDE to uplink RCONNECT(Opti tributary 1 onal) is located NO Number of the slot where the TRX board that SET connects BTSANTFEEDE to uplink RCONNECT(Opti tributary 1 onal) is located NO TRX board pass SET number BTSANTFEEDE connected RCONNECT(Opti to uplink onal) tributary 1 NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U1TRXSRN

Up1 TRX Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U1TRXSN

Up1 TRX Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U1TRXBPN

Up1 TRX Board Pass No.

BSC6900

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U1TOW

Up1 Tower-Top Amplifier Flag

BSC6900

SET BTSANTFEEDE RCONNECT(Opti onal) SET BTSANTFEEDE RCONNECT(Opti onal)

Whether there is a TMA on uplink tributary 1

NO

BTSANTF EEDERCO NNECT U1GEN

Up1 Power Attenuation Factor

BSC6900

Power attenuation factor of uplink tributary 1 NO

BTSAPMU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSAPMUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSAPMUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSAPMU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSAPMUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSAPMU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSAPMUBP(Op the tional) cabinet. YES Number of the subrack SET where the BTSAPMUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSAPMUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSAPMU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSAPMUBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO

BTSAPMU BP PTYPE

Power Type

BSC6900

Power type. When the PMU is installed on the rack, you can select the custom power type. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU BP PSU0

DPSU 0 Configured BSC6900

Whether to enable the DPSU0 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the DPSU1 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU BP PSU1

DPSU 1 Configured BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP PSU2

DPSU 2 Configured BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP ALMENABLE

Alarm Enable Flag

BSC6900

Whether to enable the DPSU2 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether the configurati on of alarm parameter s is allowed. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter must be the same as the value of the SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in other tional) modes. NO

BTSAPMU BP SAAF

Special Analog Alarm Flag

BSC6900

The value of this parameter consists of 32 bits, each of which determines whether to enable the correspond ing special analog alarm. "0" indicates that the alarm is enabled, and "1" indicates that the alarm is disabled. When an item is selected, the correspond ing analog alarm switch is disabled. SET The BTSAPMUBP(Op available tional) items are NO

BTSAPMU BP SBAF

Special Boolean Alarm Flag

BSC6900

Whether to enable the special Boolean alarms, that is, water sensor alarm (bit 0), smog sensor alarm (bit 1), and door sensor alarm (bit 2). All the Boolean alarms are enabled by default. "0" indicates that the alarm is enabled, and "1" indicates that the alarm is disabled.T he available SET items are BTSAPMUBP(Op WS_DISA tional) BLE, NO

BTSAPMU BP BE

Battery Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether the configurati on of external battery is allowed. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Battery type. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU BP BTYPE

Battery Type

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP BCLC

Battery Current Limiting Coefficient

BSC6900

Current limit coefficient of the battery. The maximum charging current equals the value of "Battery Current Limiting Coefficient " multiplexed by "Battery Capacity". If the charging current is 5 A higher than the maximum charging current, the overcharge alarm is reported. In multimode SET scenario, BTSAPMUBP(Op the value tional) of this NO

BTSAPMU BP BC BTSAPMU BP BN

Battery Capcity

BSC6900

Battery Number

BSC6900

Battery capacity. The battery capacity should be set according to the vendor specificatio n. If it is improperly configured, the battery life may be shortened. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO SET BTSAPMUBP(Op Battery tional) number. NO

BTSAPMU BP HPVFLAG

Hierarchical Poweroff Config. Enabled BSC6900

Whether to enable the configurati on of power system parameter s. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU BP LSDV

Load Shutdown Voltage

BSC6900

Load power-off voltage threshold. If "Load Shutdown Flag" is set to "Enable" and the load voltage is lower than the value of this parameter, the load is automatica lly powered off. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond SET ing BTSAPMUBP(Op parameter tional) in another NO

BTSAPMU BP BCV

Boost-Charging Voltage

BSC6900

BoostCharging Voltage. See the vendor specificatio n for the setting of this parameter. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU BP FCV

Float-Charging Voltage

BSC6900

Float charging voltage. Float charging compensat es the discharged capacity of the battery so that the battery can be charged to full voltage indefinitely. The value of this parameter is slightly lower than the even charging voltage. See the vendor specificatio n for the setting of this parameter. In multiSET mode BTSAPMUBP(Op scenario, tional) the value NO

BTSAPMU BP LSDF

Load Shutdown Flag BSC6900

Whether to enable power shutdown upon low voltage of the battery. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether "Shutdown Voltage" is valid. In multimode base station scenario, the value of this parameter in different modes must be the same for the SET same multiBTSAPMUBP(Op mode base tional) station. NO

BTSAPMU BP LVSDF

Low Voltage Shutdown Flag

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP SDV

Shutdown Voltage

BSC6900

Low voltage threshold for triggering power shutdown of the battery. If the power shutdown upon low voltage is enabled and the load voltage is lower than the value of this parameter, the battery is automatica lly powered off. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter SET in one BTSAPMUBP(Op mode must tional) be the NO

Low Temperature BTSAPMU LOWTEMPLOADP StartLoadPower-off BP WROFF Allowed State BSC6900

Whether to power off the TRX in the case of overlow temperatur e of the BTS cabinet. If this parameter is set to "Yes", the BTS powers off the TRX and reports a "Load Power Off Alarm" to protect the TRX in the case of overlow temperatur e of the BTS cabinet. When the cabinet temperatur e returns to SET 0 celsius BTSAPMUBP(Op degree, the tional) BTS NO

Low Temperature BTSAPMU TEMPOFLOWTEM Start Load Power BP PLOADPWROFF Off Temp.

BSC6900

TRX poweroff temperatur e threshold. If the temperatur e of the BTS cabinet is less than the value of this parameter while "Low Temperatu re Startup Allowed" is set to "Yes", the SET TRX is BTSAPMUBP(Op powered tional) off. NO

BTSAPMU BP ACVUTHD

AC Voltage Alarm Upper Threshold

BSC6900

The BTS reports an alarm if the AC voltage exceeds the value of the AC voltage alarm upper threshold. When the input AC voltage is higher than the value of this parameter, an alarm indicating the abnormal AC is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter must be the same SET as the BTSAPMUBP(Op value of tional) the NO

BTSAPMU BP ACVLTHD

AC Voltage Alarm Lower Threshold

BSC6900

AC voltage alarm lower threshold. When the input AC voltage is lower than the value of this parameter, an alarm indicating the abnormal AC is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU BP DCVUTHD

DC Voltage Alarm Upper Threshold

BSC6900

DC voltage alarm upper threshold. When the busbar output voltage is higher than the value of this parameter, an alarm indicating the abnormal busbar voltage is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond SET ing BTSAPMUBP(Op parameter tional) in another NO

BTSAPMU BP DCVLTHD

DC Voltage Alarm Lower Threshold

BSC6900

DC voltage alarm lower threshold. When the busbar output voltage is lower than the value of this parameter, an alarm indicating the abnormal busbar voltage is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond SET ing BTSAPMUBP(Op parameter tional) in another NO

Battery Temperature BTSAPMU CELLTEMPCOMP Compensated BP ENABLED Configure Enabled BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of parameter s related to the temperatur e compensat ion of the battery group In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU CELLTEMP1THRE Upper Assembled BP SHOLDH Battery 1 Temp

BSC6900

Upper limit of the temperatur e measured by the temperatur e sensor of the battery group 1. If the measured value is greater than the value of this parameter, the value of this parameter is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as SET the value BTSAPMUBP(Op of the tional) correspond NO

Lower Assembled BTSAPMU CELLTEMP1THRE Battery1 TEMP BP SHOLDL Measure

BSC6900

Lower limit of the temperatur e measured by the temperatur e sensor of the battery group 1. If the measured value is smaller than the value of this parameter, the value of this parameter is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as SET the value BTSAPMUBP(Op of the tional) correspond NO

BTSAPMU BP TUTHD

Temperature Alarm Upper Threshold BSC6900

Temperatu re alarm upper threshold. If the temperatur e of the battery is higher than the value of this parameter, an alarm indicating the abnormal temperatur e is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond SET ing BTSAPMUBP(Op parameter tional) in another NO

BTSAPMU BP TLTHD

Temperature Alarm Lower Threshold BSC6900

Temperatu re alarm lower threshold. If the temperatur e of the battery is lower than the value of this parameter, an alarm indicating the abnormal temperatur e is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond SET ing BTSAPMUBP(Op parameter tional) in another NO

BTSAPMU BP TCC

Temperature Compensation Coefficient

BSC6900

Temperatu re compensat ion coefficient. This parameter defines the charging voltage increase or decrease unit of each battery when the ambient temperatur e of the battery varies with the reference temperatur e regulated by the vendor by 1 degree Celsius. See the vendor specificatio SET n for the BTSAPMUBP(Op setting of tional) this NO

BTSAPMU BASETEMPERAT Temperature Basis BP URE for Compensation

BSC6900

Number of the temperatur e sensor correspond ing to a battery group. You can choose sensor 1 (Battery1T emp) or sensor 2 (Battery2T emp). If you choose sensor 1, the system automatica lly uses sensor 1 to control the temperatur e of the battery group and performs temperatur e compensat SET ion, high BTSAPMUBP(Op temperatur tional) e NO

BTSAPMU SETENVPARAEN ENV TEMP CFG BP ABLED Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to enable the environme nt temperatur e alarm parameter s of the APMU to be configured. The Power Type of the APM30 type does not support this parameter. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU TEMPALARMTHR Upper ENV TEMP BP ESHOLDH Alarm

BSC6900

When the environme nt temperatur e of the APMU is greater than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an alarm. For the Power Type of the nonEPS4815 type, the minimum value of the parameter is -490. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must SET be the BTSAPMUBP(Op same as tional) the value NO

BTSAPMU TEMPALARMTHR Lower ENV TEMP BP ESHOLDL Alarm

BSC6900

When the environme nt temperatur e of the APMU is less than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an alarm. For the Power Type of the nonEPS4815 type, the maximum value of the parameter is 990. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the SET same as BTSAPMUBP(Op the value tional) of the NO

Environment BTSAPMU SETHUMPARAEN Humidity Configure BP ABLED Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to enable the environme nt humidity alarm parameter s of the board to be configured. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU HUMALAMRTHRE Upper Threshold of BP SHOLDH Humidity Alarm

BSC6900

When the ambient humidity of the APMU is greater than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an overhigh ambient humidity alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSAPMU HUMALAMRTHRE Lower Threshold of BP SHOLDL Humidity Alarm

BSC6900

When the ambient humidity of the APMU is less than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an overlow ambient humidity alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the diesel engine SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op s to be tional) configured NO

BTSAPMU SETDIESELENGIN Diesel Engine BP EENABLED Configure Enabled

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP ICF

Intelligent Control Flag

BSC6900

Whether to enable the intelligent control of the diesel engine. If this parameter is set to ENABLE, the PMU will control the diesel engine automatica lly according to the settings of the parameter s to save the energy. This parameter SET is set to BTSAPMUBP(Op ENABLE tional) by default. NO Rated maximum output power of the diesel engine. Refer to the rated output power described on the SET diesel BTSAPMUBP(Op engine tional) label.

BTSAPMU BP POWER

Rated Power

BSC6900

NO

BTSAPMU BATTERYDISCHA Battery Discharge BP RGEDEPTH Depth

BSC6900

Allowed percentage of the battery dischargin g. After the AC power supply is cut and the power of the battery is discharged by the value of this parameter, the diesel engine is SET started to BTSAPMUBP(Op supply the tional) power. NO

BTSAPMU BP ASSORXUCN

Associated RXU Board CN

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the associated RXU board is installed. This parameter is valid for DRRU, MRRU, GRRU, or BTS3900E board in the remote monitoring subrack of the DBS3036, DBS3900 GSM, or BTS3900E GSM. The associated RXU board cannot be associated with other boards such as SET DEMU, BTSAPMUBP(Op APMU, or tional) DTCU. NO Number of the subrack where the SET associated BTSAPMUBP(Op RXU board tional) is installed. NO Number of the slot where the SET associated BTSAPMUBP(Op RXU board tional) is installed. NO

BTSAPMU BP ASSORXUSRN

Associated RXU Board SRN

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP ASSORXUSN

Associated RXU Board SN

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP HTSDF

High Temperature Shutdown Flag

BSC6900

Whether to enable battery power-off against SET high BTSAPMUBP(Op temperatur tional) e. NO Whether to enable load poweroff against SET high BTSAPMUBP(Op temperatur tional) e NO High temperatur e threshold for triggering power shutdown of the battery. If the power shutdown upon battery high temperatur e is enabled and the battery temperatur e is higher than the value of this parameter, the battery is automatica lly powered off. In multimode SET scenario, BTSAPMUBP(Op the value tional) of this NO

BTSAPMU HIGHTEMPLOADP High Temp Load BP WROFF Power Off

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP SDT

Shutdown Temperature

BSC6900

Temp Of High BTSAPMU TEMPOFHIGHTE Temp. Load Power BP MPLOADPWROFF Off

BSC6900

When the temperatur e of the BTS cabinet is greater than the value of this parameter, SET the TRX is BTSAPMUBP(Op powered tional) off. NO

BTSAPMU BP MCN

Manager Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Cabinet No. of the manageme nt board. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSAPMUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSAPMU BP MSRN

Manager Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSAPMUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSAPMU BP MPN

Manager Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the serial port where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSAPMUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSAPMU BP ADDR

Address

BSC6900

Communic ation address of the CBUS3 on the bus 485. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSAPMUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO Interval for boostcharging. This parameter is used to specify intervals (in unit of day) for charging a storage battery. It is set to a proper value, according to the user guide of the storage battery provided SET by the BTSAPMUBP(Op manufactor tional) y. NO

BTSAPMU BP BCD

Boost-Charging Duration

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP BTPC

Battery Test Parameter Configure Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the BSC to transmit parameter settings for a discharge test to the BTS. If this parameter is set to "YES", the BSC will transmit related parameter settings to the BTS. If this parameter is set to "NO", the BSC will not transmit related SET parameter BTSAPMUBP(Op settings to tional) the BTS. NO

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT0

0.05C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.05). This parameter (first parameter) , together with the following nine parameter s, are in the discharge current-totime mapping list. "C10" denotes the nominal capacity of a battery group. This parameter indicates the duration in SET which the BTSAPMUBP(Op battery tional) group NO Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.1). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT1

0.1C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT2

0.2C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.2). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.3). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.4). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT3

0.3C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT4

0.4C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT5

0.5C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.5). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.6). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.7). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT6

0.6C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT7

0.7C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT8

0.8C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.8). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO Time for battery discharge (current coefficient = 0.9). For details, see the description of the parameter SET 0.05C10 BTSAPMUBP(Op Discharge tional) Time. NO

BTSAPMU BP DSCHGT9

0.9C10 Discharge Time

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP EFF

Battery Charge Efficiency

BSC6900

Threshold for charge efficiency. Discharge efficiency is calculated as follows: Discharge efficiency = Actual discharge time/Prese t discharge time. The parameter s involved in this formula are measured through a standard discharge test. This parameter is used to compare with the calculated result, to check SET whether BTSAPMUBP(Op battery tional) discharge NO

BTSAPMU BP ENDV

Discharge Test End Voltage BSC6900

Whether to terminate a discharge test. This parameter is one of criteria to terminate a discharge test. If the battery voltage is lower than this parameter, the discharge test is terminated, and the measured results can be recorded. This parameter is not used for a battery group, but a single battery. SET Generally, BTSAPMUBP(Op the voltage tional) of a single NO

BTSAPMU BP BATNUM

Battery Number

BSC6900

Number of storage batteries in a battery group. The voltage of a single battery is 2 V. Therefore, a 48 V battery group consists of 24 batteries, and a 24 V battery group SET consists of BTSAPMUBP(Op 12 tional) batteries. NO

BTSAPMU BP DSTML

Discharge Test Time Limit

BSC6900

Whether to terminate a discharge test. This parameter is one of criteria to terminate a discharge test. This parameter is set to a value that meets the requireme nt of customers or a great value. To check battery performan ce, you should set this parameter to a value that meets the requireme nt of customers. SET In this BTSAPMUBP(Op case, the tional) discharge NO

BTSAPMU BP SDSEV

Simple Discharge Test End Voltage

BSC6900

In a simple discharge test, battery efficiency is not required. The parameter s "Simple Discharge Test End Voltage" and "Simple Discharge Test Time Limit" are used to check battery performan ce. The principle for this test is described as follows: A fullycharged battery is expected SET to reduce BTSAPMUBP(Op its voltage tional) to 47 V in NO For details, see the description of Simple SET Discharge BTSAPMUBP(Op Test End tional) Voltage. NO

BTSAPMU BP SDSTML

Simple Discharge Test Time Limit

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP ATMODE

Automatic Test Mode

BSC6900

Automatic test modes, which are classified into three types, namely, scheduled automatic test mode, and power failure automatic test mode, and scheduled automatic test+power failure automatic test mode. In scheduled automatic test mode, a battery discharge test is performed at a specified SET interval. In BTSAPMUBP(Op power tional) failure NO Interval between two consecutiv SET e BTSAPMUBP(Op automatic tional) tests. NO

BTSAPMU BP TDSTM

Timing Discharge Test Time

BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP DDSTM

Delayed Discharge Test Time

BSC6900

Interval between the occurrence of a power failure and starting of an automatic test, or between OMU software operations and starting of SET an BTSAPMUBP(Op automatic tional) test. NO

BTSAPMU BTS Power-off BP BTSSHUTDNASW Enabled

BSC6900

This switch determines whether to enable the BTS3900E power-off function. When the value is ON, the BTS poweroff function is enabled; when the value is OFF, the SET BTS powerBTSAPMUBP(Op off function tional) is disabled. NO This parameter indicates the time when the power SET supply for BTSAPMUBP(Ma the BTS is ndatory) cut off. NO

BTSAPMU BP SHUTDNST

Power-off Start Time BSC6900

BTSAPMU BP SHUTDNET

Power-off End Time BSC6900

This parameter indicates the time when the power-off for the BTS ends and the SET BTS is BTSAPMUBP(Ma powered ndatory) on again. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by SET BTS name; BTSAUTODLDA BYID: CTINFO(Mandato query by ry) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, SET uniquely BTSAUTODLDA identifying CTINFO(Mandato a BTS in a ry) BSC. YES

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more BTSAUTODLDA than two CTINFO(Mandato consecutiv ry) e +. NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO ADLDACT

Auto Download Active Function Switch

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to enable automatic autoloading and autoactivation of the BTS software. If this parameter is set to Yes, the BTS software is automatica lly loaded and activated when the BTS is initialized or a board is added; the TMU software is automatica lly loaded SET and BTSAUTODLDA activated CTINFO(Optional when the ) BTS is NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO AUTOTYPE

Work Mode for Auto Download Activation BSC6900

The parameter specifies the work mode for the automatic download and activation of the BTS software. BTS Software Auto DL and ACT indicates that the BTS boards are downloade d and activated as required. TMU Software Auto ACT indicates that only the SET TMU/DTM BTSAUTODLDA U/GTMU CTINFO(Optional software is ) activated. NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO ADVER1

BTS Software Version 1

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the software version 1 that is automatica lly loaded and activated. The version of the BTS software stored on the OMU must be consistent with this version number. Otherwise, a software version inconsisten cy alarm is reported. The BTSs may work in hybrid SET combined BTSAUTODLDA cabinets CTINFO(Optional and ) cabinet NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO ADVER2

BTS Software Version 2

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the software version 2 that is automatica lly loaded and activated. The BTS software stored on the OMU must be consistent with this version number. Otherwise, the software version inconsisten cy alarm may be reported. An example of the version SET format is BTSAUTODLDA as follows: CTINFO(Optional BTS3000V ) 100R008C NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO PV

BTS Patch Version

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the patch version loaded to the BTS. This parameter can be set to only a hot patch version. You can use either of the following methods to query the version number of the BTS hot patch. Method 1: If the BTS hot patch is downloade d to the OMU through the SET MML BTSAUTODLDA command CTINFO(Optional DLD ) BTSPATC NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO ADMODE

Auto Download Mode

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the automatic load mode of the BTS software. If this parameter is set to common download, common loading is performed on the OML/EML, and the link is not extended. If this parameter is set to quick download( without traffic), quick loading can be SET performed BTSAUTODLDA on the CTINFO(Optional dynamicall ) y extended NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO STTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTODLDA CTINFO(Optional Type of the ) BTS. NO Main version No. of the TMU board software. It is configured SET according BTSAUTODLDA to the CTINFO(Mandato actual ry) situation. NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO MainVer

Main Version No.of TMU

BSC6900

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO SubVer

Sub-Version No.of TMU

BSC6900

Subversion No. of the TMU board. It is configured SET according BTSAUTODLDA to the CTINFO(Mandato actual ry) situation. NO SET BTSAUTODLDA CTINFO(Mandato ry) SET BTSAUTODLDA CTINFO(Mandato ry) SET BTSAUTODLDA CTINFO(Mandato ry) SET BTSAUTODLDA CTINFO(Mandato ry) SET BTSAUTODLDA CTINFO(Mandato ry) SET BTSAUTODLDA CTINFO(Mandato ry) Patch number of the TMU board software NO Month when the TMU board software is released NO Date when the TMU board software is released NO V-version number of the BTS software NO R-version number of the BTS software NO C-version number of the BTS software NO

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO PatchNo

Patch No.

BSC6900

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO Month

Month

BSC6900

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO Day BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO VVer BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO RVer BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO CVer

Day

BSC6900

V-Version No.

BSC6900

R-Version No.

BSC6900

C-Version No.

BSC6900

BTSAUTO DLDACTIN FO PatchNo1

Patch Number

BSC6900

Patch SET number of BTSAUTODLDA the TMU CTINFO(Mandato board ry) software NO Index of the BTS, uniquely ADD identifying BTSAUTOPLAN( a BTS in a Optional) BSC. YES

BTSAUTO PLAN BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more ADD than two BTSAUTOPLAN( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSAUTOPLAN( Type of the Mandatory) BTS NO Type of the object the ADD BTS is BTSAUTOPLAN( connected Mandatory) to NO ADD Number of BTSAUTOPLAN( the Mandatory) subrack NO ADD BTSAUTOPLAN( Number of Mandatory) the slot NO

BTSAUTO PLAN BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN BTSTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN DESTNODE BTSAUTO PLAN SRN BTSAUTO PLAN SN

Transport Link Type BSC6900

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Port No. of the BSC board ADD connected BTSAUTOPLAN( with the Mandatory) BTS NO Index type ADD of the BTSAUTOPLAN( upper-level Mandatory) BTS NO Number of the upperlevel BTS. The ADD number is BTSAUTOPLAN( unique in a Mandatory) BSC. NO Name of the upperlevel BTS. The name is unique in a BSC. The invalid characters (\, /, :, *, ?, ", <, >, |, and #) ADD cannot BTSAUTOPLAN( appear in Mandatory) the name. NO

BTSAUTO PLAN UPBTSIDTYPE

Dest Father Index Type

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN UPBTSID

Dest Father BTS Index

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN UPBTSNAME

Dest Father BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN FCN

Cabinet No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

Cabinet ADD No. for the BTSAUTOPLAN( port of the Mandatory) father BTS NO

BTSAUTO PLAN FSRN

Subrack No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

Subrack ADD No. for the BTSAUTOPLAN( port of the Mandatory) father BTS NO

BTSAUTO PLAN FSN

Slot No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

Slot No. for ADD the port of BTSAUTOPLAN( the father Mandatory) BTS NO

BTSAUTO PLAN FPN

Dest Father BTS Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the port for ADD the BTSAUTOPLAN( destination Mandatory) father BTS NO Service bearer mode of the BTS. TDM:Time Division Multiplex Mode HDLC:High level Data Link Control Mode HDLC_Hu bBTS:Hub Base Transceive r Station Mode ADD IP:Internet BTSAUTOPLAN( Protocol Mandatory) Mode NO

BTSAUTO PLAN SERVICEMODE

Service Type

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN BTSIP BTSAUTO PLAN BTSMASK

BTS IP

BSC6900

Subnet Mask

BSC6900

IP address of a BTS. When "BTS Communic ation Type" is set to LOGICIP, the value of the parameter is the IP address of the BTS. When "BTS Communic ation Type" is set to PORTIP, the value of this parameter is the same as that of the IP address of the BTS Ethernet port parameter related to ADD "ADD BTSAUTOPLAN( BTSDEVIP Mandatory) ". When NO ADD Subnet BTSAUTOPLAN( mask of Mandatory) BTS. NO IP address of an interface ADD board on BTSAUTOPLAN( the BSC Mandatory) side NO

BTSAUTO PLAN BSCIP

BSC IP

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN GWIP

BTS SeGW IP Address

BSC6900

When the BTS is accessed from the public network, the BTS security network IP ADD address BTSAUTOPLAN( must be Optional) configured. NO Bar code 1 ADD of the BTS BTSAUTOPLAN( interface Mandatory) board NO Whether the data configurati on of the SingleRAN BTS supports normalized SingleRAN mode. Normalized SingleRAN mode means that the rules of defining cabinet number, subrack number, and slot number of the SingleRAN ADD BTS are BTSAUTOPLAN( normalized Mandatory) . NO Index of a cell, uniquely ADD identifying BTSAUTOPLAN( a cell in a Optional) BSC NO

BTSAUTO PLAN MAINDEVTAB

PTU Main Dev. Tab BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN SRANMODE

Is Support SingleRAN Mode

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell, uniquely ADD identifying BTSAUTOPLAN( a cell in a Mandatory) BSC NO

BTSAUTO PLAN TYPE

Freq. Band

BSC6900

Frequency band to which the newly added cell belongs. Only one frequency band can be selected as the frequency band of each new cell and cannot be changed after the selection. To modify the frequency band of the new cell, you must delete the ADD cell and BTSAUTOPLAN( then add it Mandatory) again. NO

BTSAUTO PLAN MCC

MCC

BSC6900

Mobile country code. This parameter identifies the country where a mobile subscriber is located, for example, the ADD Chinese BTSAUTOPLAN( MCC is Mandatory) 460. NO Mobile network code. This parameter identifies the public land mobile network (PLMN) to which a ADD mobile BTSAUTOPLAN( subscriber Mandatory) belongs. NO

BTSAUTO PLAN MNC

MNC

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLAN LAC

Cell LAC

BSC6900

Location area code (LAC). MS can freely move in the local location area with no need of location update. Reasonabl e local allocation can effectively lighten the signaling load and improve the call completion rate. Can be input in hexadecim al format. The hexadecim al format is ADD H'****, for BTSAUTOPLAN( example, Mandatory) H'1214. NO

BTSAUTO PLAN CI

Cell CI

BSC6900

Identity code of a cell, A cell is a wireless coverage area identified by a base station identity code and a global cell identificatio n. Can be input in hexadecim al format. The hexadecim al format is ADD H'****, for BTSAUTOPLAN( example, Mandatory) H'1214. NO

BTSAUTO PLAN MAXFQNUM

Maximum TRX Number

BSC6900

Maximum number of TRXs that can be configured for one cell. For the BTS3900B GSM, when the "Frequency and BSIC Plan Switch" is ON, the "Maximum TRX Number" (one or two, one by default) can be selected. For the BTS3900E GSM, when the "Capacity and Coverage Optimize ADD Switch" is BTSAUTOPLAN( OFF, the Mandatory) "Maximum NO IP address of the main clock server. It must be a legal A/B/C type address but not a broadcast ADD address or BTSAUTOPLAN( network Mandatory) address. NO

BTSAUTO PLAN MASTERIPADDR

Master Clock Server IP Address BSC6900

BTSAUTO IPPHYTRANSTYP IP Physical PLAN E Transport Type

BSC6900

Type of IP physical transmissi on cable ADD medium, BTSAUTOPLAN( E1 or Optional) FE/GE. NO Name of a cell template, uniquely identifying ADD a cell BTSAUTOPLAN( template in Optional) a BSC. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSAUTOPLAN query by CFG(Mandatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSAUTOPLAN a BTS in a CFG(Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSAUTO PLAN TEMPLATENAME Cell Template Name BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLANCFG IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLANCFG BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSAUTOPLAN consecutiv CFG(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSAUTO PLANCFG BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLANCFG CFGMODE

BTS Configuration Mode

BSC6900

BTS configurati on modes include auto plan mode and normal mode. In auto plan mode, the user can enable the auto planning algorithms and auto optimizatio n algorithms according to the BTS type. In normal mode, the auto planning algorithms and auto optimizatio n SET algorithms BTSAUTOPLAN are CFG(Mandatory) disabled. NO SET BTSAUTOPLAN Type of the CFG(Mandatory) BTS NO

BTSAUTO PLANCFG BTSTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLANCFG CGIRACSWITCH

CGI and RAC Plan Switch

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

If the parameter is set to 1, it indicates that the CGI and RAC data is generated through automatic planning. If the parameter is set to 0, it indicates that the data needs to be manually entered. NO Mobile country code. This parameter identifies the country where a mobile subscriber is located, for example, the Chinese MCC is 460. NO

BTSAUTO PLANCFG MCC

MCC

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

BTSAUTO PLANCFG MNC

MNC

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

Mobile network code. This parameter identifies the public land mobile network (PLMN) to which a mobile subscriber belongs. NO Location area code (LAC). MS can freely move in the local location area with no need of location update. Reasonabl e local allocation can effectively lighten the signaling load and improve the call completion rate. Can be input in hexadecim al format. The hexadecim al format is H'****, for example, H'1214. NO

BTSAUTO PLANCFG LAC

Cell LAC

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

BTSAUTO PLANCFG CI

Cell CI

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional) SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

Identity code of a cell, A cell is a wireless coverage area identified by a base station identity code and a global cell identificatio n. Can be input in hexadecim al format. The hexadecim al format is H'****, for example, H'1214. NO Route area of the current cell NO If this switch is on, it indicates that the frequency and BSIC are generated automatica lly. If this switch is off, it indicates that the data must be configured manually. NO

BTSAUTO PLANCFG RA

Route Area

BSC6900

BTSAUTO PLANCFG FQBSICSWITCH

Freq. and BSIC Plan Switch BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

BTSAUTO Freq. and BSIC Plan PLANCFG FQBSICSWITCH1 Switch BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

If this switch is on, it indicates that the frequency and BSIC are generated automatica lly. If this switch is off, it indicates that the data must be configured manually. NO

BTSAUTO PLANCFG MAXFQNUM

Maximum TRX Number

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

Maximum number of TRXs that can be configured for one cell. For the BTS3900B GSM, when the "Frequency and BSIC Plan Switch" is ON, the "Maximum TRX Number" (one or two, one by default) can be selected. For the BTS3900E GSM, when the "Capacity and Coverage Optimize Switch" is OFF, the "Maximum NO

BTSAUTO Neighbor Cell Plan PLANCFG NBRCELLSWITCH Switch

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

When this switch is on, it indicates that the data of the adjacent cell is generated automatica lly. When this switch is off, it indicates that these data must be configured manually. NO Whether to generate the frequency and BSIC by using the automatic optimizatio n algorithm NO Whether to enable the capacity and coverage of the BTS to be automatica lly optimized according to the actual situation of the incumbent network. NO

BTSAUTO FQBSICOPTSWIT Freq. and BSIC PLANCFG CH Optimize Switch

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

Capacity and BTSAUTO CAPCOVEROPTS Coverage Optimize PLANCFG WITCH Switch

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

BTSAUTO PLANCFG MAXFQNUM1

Maximum TRX Number

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

Maximum number of TRXs that can be configured for one cell. For the BTS3900B GSM, when the "Frequency and BSIC Plan Switch" is ON, the "Maximum TRX Number" (one or two, one by default) can be selected. For the BTS3900E GSM, when the "Capacity and Coverage Optimize Switch" is OFF, the "Maximum NO Local mobile country code (MCC). It is used to identify the country that the mobile subscriber belongs to. For example, the MCC of China is 460. NO

BTSAUTO PLANCFG MCC1

Cell MCC

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

BTSAUTO PLANCFG MNC1

Cell MNC

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

Mobile network code (MNC). It is used to identify the PLMN that the mobile subscriber belongs to. NO Location area code (LAC). The MS can move within the local location area without location update. The reasonable classificati on of the location area is very important for reducing the signaling load and improving the putthrough rate. NO

BTSAUTO PLANCFG LAC1

Cell LAC

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

BTSAUTO PLANCFG CI1 BTSAUTO PLANCFG RA1

Cell CI

BSC6900

Route Area

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional) SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

Cell identity code. The cell is a radio coverage area that is identified by the BTS identity code and global cell identity code. NO Route area of the current cell NO

BTSAUTO NBRCELLOPTSWI Neighbor Cell PLANCFG TCH Optimize Switch

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional)

The Self Organise Network finds out the redundant or missing neighborin g cells by analyzing the measurem ent reports. NO

BTSAUTO Frequency Band PLANCFG FREQSELFADAPT Adaptation Allowed BTSAUXE QP IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

SET BTSAUTOPLAN CFG(Optional) SET BTSAUXEQP(Ma Type of an ndatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSAUXEQP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

When this parameter is set to YES, a singlefrequency cell is configured and it has a O1 configurati on. The pico BTS scans frequency bands A and B. Based on the frequency scanning result reported by the pico BTS, the Self Organise Network selects the optimum frequency as the working frequency. That is, the NO

BTSAUXE QP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSAUXEQP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSAUXE QP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSAUXE QP R0AuxDev

SubRack0 Auxiliary Equipment BSC6900

Auxiliary devices of rack 0. This parameter contains eight bits. The eight bits, from the most significant bit to the least significant bit, indicate whether to install a voltage stabilizer, internal battery, transmissi on power supply, temperatur e control unit, auxiliary device 5, auxiliary device 6, auxiliary SET device 7, BTSAUXEQP(Op and tional) auxiliary NO

BTSAUXE QP R1AuxDev

SubRack1 Auxiliary Equipment BSC6900

Auxiliary devices of rack 1. This parameter contains eight bits. The eight bits, from the most significant bit to the least significant bit, indicate whether to install a voltage stabilizer, internal battery, transmissi on power supply, temperatur e control unit, auxiliary device 5, auxiliary device 6, auxiliary SET device 7, BTSAUXEQP(Op and tional) auxiliary NO

BTSAUXE QP R2AuxDev BTSBAKP WR IDTYPE

SubRack2 Auxiliary Equipment BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Auxiliary devices of rack 2. This parameter contains eight bits. The eight bits, from the most significant bit to the least significant bit, indicate whether to install a voltage stabilizer, internal battery, transmissi on power supply, temperatur e control unit, auxiliary device 5, auxiliary device 6, auxiliary SET device 7, BTSAUXEQP(Op and tional) auxiliary NO SET BTSBAKPWR(M Type of an andatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSBAKPWR(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. YES

BTSBAKP WR BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSBAKPWR(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO

BTSBAKP WR BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSBAKP BAKPWRSAVMET Backup Power WR HOD Saving Method

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the method of saving the BTS backup power. When this parameter is set to "Turn off TRX", the BSC preferential ly shuts down some TRXs when the BTS experience s a power failure. When this parameter is set to "Reduce Backup Power", the BSC saves the SET power BTSBAKPWR(M according andatory) to the NO

BTSBAKP BAKPWRSAVPOLI Backup Power WR CY Saving Policy

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the backup power saving policy of the BTS. When this parameter is set to "Cover Priority", the BTS shuts down some TRXs, waits for a certain period of time, and then decreases the power of the BCCH TRX. When this parameter is set to "Capability Priority", SET the BTS BTSBAKPWR(Op decreases tional) the power NO This parameter specifies the delay time before decreasing SET the power BTSBAKPWR(Op of the tional) TRXs. NO

BTSBAKP DROPPWRSTART Drop Power Start WR TIME Time[T1]

BSC6900

BTSBAKP SHUTDOWNTRXS Shutdown TRX Start WR TARTTIME Time[T2] BSC6900

This parameter specifies the delay time before shutting down the TRXs when the BTS SET experience BTSBAKPWR(Op s a power tional) failure. NO This parameter specifies the interval at which the power SET of a TRX is BTSBAKPWR(Op continually tional) decreased. NO This parameter specifies the step by which the power of a SET TRX is BTSBAKPWR(Op decreased tional) at a time. NO This parameter specifies the largest step of SET each TRX BTSBAKPWR(Op power tional) reduction. NO

BTSBAKP DROPPWRINTER Drop Power Time WR VAL Interval[T3]

BSC6900

BTSBAKP WR DROPPWRSTEP

Drop Power Step

BSC6900

BTSBAKP MAXDROPPWRT Max Drop Power WR HRESHOLD Threshold

BSC6900

BTSBAKP PWROFFPROTEC Power-off Protect WR TSTARTTIME Start Time

BSC6900

BTSBAT

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Time interval between the time when the BTS detects that the external power supply is shut down and the time when the backup power decrease function is started. This parameter is valid in the BTSs that support the backup SET power BTSBAKPWR(Op decrease tional) function. NO SET BTSBAT(Mandat Type of an ory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSBAT(Mandat a BTS in a ory) BSC. YES

BTSBAT

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSBAT(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO Type of the cabinet. The slot and subrack arrangeme nts in a cabinet vary according SET to the BTSBAT(Mandat cabinet ory) type. NO

BTSBAT

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSBAT

CNT

Cabinet Type

BSC6900

BTSBAT

MTVT

Hierarchical Power Supply Para.<0.1v> BSC6900

Bus voltage of SET the battery BTSBAT(Optional rack of the ) BTS NO

BTSBAT

R0BatAllow

SubRack0 Storage Battery Config Permit

BSC6900

Whether to configure a SET battery BTSBAT(Optional rack for ) rack 0 NO

BTSBAT

R0BatType

SubRack0 Storage Battery Type

BSC6900

Type of the battery SET rack BTSBAT(Mandat configured ory) for rack 0 NO

BTSBAT

R0BatCap

SubRack0 Storage Battery Capacity

BSC6900

Capacity of the battery SET rack BTSBAT(Mandat configured ory) for rack 0 NO

BTSBAT

R0BatCoeff

SubRack0 Storage Battery Coefficient

BSC6900

Ratio of the maximum charging current of the battery pack configured for rack 0 to the capacity of the battery pack. For example, assume that the battery pack has a capacity of 200 AH. If this parameter is set to 0.15C, the maximum charging current of the battery SET pack is 30 BTSBAT(Mandat A (= 0.15 x ory) 200). NO

BTSBAT

R1BatAllow

SubRack1 Storage Battery Config Permit

BSC6900

Whether to configure a SET battery BTSBAT(Optional rack for ) rack 1 NO

BTSBAT

R1BatType

SubRack1 Storage Battery Type

BSC6900

Type of the battery SET rack BTSBAT(Mandat configured ory) for rack 1 NO

BTSBAT

R1BatCap

SubRack1 Storage Battery Capacity

BSC6900

Capacity of the battery SET rack BTSBAT(Mandat configured ory) for rack 1 NO

BTSBAT

R1BatCoeff

SubRack1 Storage Battery Coefficient

BSC6900

Ratio of the maximum charging current of the battery pack configured for rack 1 to the capacity of the battery pack. For example, assume that the battery pack has a capacity of 200 AH. If this parameter is set to 0.15C, the maximum charging current of the battery SET pack is 30 BTSBAT(Mandat A (= 0.15 x ory) 200). NO

BTSBAT

R2BatAllow

SubRack2 Storage Battery Config Permit

BSC6900

Whether to configure a SET battery BTSBAT(Optional rack for ) rack 2 NO

BTSBAT

R2BatType

SubRack2 Storage Battery Type

BSC6900

Type of the battery SET rack BTSBAT(Mandat configured ory) for rack 2 NO

BTSBAT

R2BatCap

SubRack2 Storage Battery Capacity

BSC6900

Capacity of the battery SET rack BTSBAT(Mandat configured ory) for rack 2 NO

BTSBAT

R2BatCoeff

SubRack2 Storage Battery Coefficient

BSC6900

Ratio of the maximum charging current of the battery pack configured for rack 2 to the capacity of the battery pack. For example, assume that the battery pack has a capacity of 200 AH. If this parameter is set to 0.15C, the maximum charging current of the battery SET pack is 30 BTSBAT(Mandat A (= 0.15 x ory) 200). NO

BTSBAT

Hierarchical Power HIERPWRPARA1 Para1

BSC6900

Threshold for interrupting the power supply to the TRXs. If the BTS works with the battery power supply, when the battery voltage is less than this threshold, the BTS interrupts the power supply to the TRXs to protect the lowerSET level BTSs BTSBAT(Optional from being ) affected. NO Threshold for interrupting the power supply to the TMU. If the BTS works with the battery power supply, when the battery voltage is less than this threshold, the BTS interrupts SET the power BTSBAT(Optional supply to ) the TMU. NO

BTSBAT

Hierarchical Power HIERPWRPARA2 Para2

BSC6900

BTSBFD

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSBFD(Mandat ory) MOD BTSBFD(Mandat ory) RMV BTSBFD(Mandat Type of an ory) index. NO ADD BTSBFD(Mandat ory) MOD BTSBFD(Mandat ory) RMV BTSBFD(Mandat ory)

BTSBFD

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSBFD(Mandat e %, two or ory) more MOD consecutiv BTSBFD(Mandat e spaces, ory) or more RMV than two BTSBFD(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO

BTSBFD

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSBFD

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSBFD(Optional Number of ) the cabinet NO Number of the subrack ADD where the BTSBFD(Optional BTS board ) is located NO Number of the slot ADD where the BTSBFD(Optional BTS board ) is located NO ADD BTSBFD(Mandat ory) MOD BTSBFD(Mandat ory) RMV BFD BTSBFD(Mandat Session ory) No.

BTSBFD

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSBFD

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSBFD

BFDSN

BFD Session No.

BSC6900

YES

BTSBFD

SRCIP

Source IP Address

BSC6900

Source IP ADD address of BTSBFD(Mandat BFD ory) Session. NO Destination ADD IP address BTSBFD(Mandat of BFD ory) Session. NO Bidirection al ADD Forwarding BTSBFD(Mandat Detection ory) Hop Type. NO ADD BTSBFD(Optional ) MOD BTSBFD(Optional ) Time for which the BTS waits to restore a BFD session NO

BTSBFD

DSTIP

Destination IP Address

BSC6900

BTSBFD

HT

Hop Type

BSC6900

BTSBFD

BTSWTR

Time for Waiting to Restore

BSC6900

BTSBFD

MINTXINTERVAL

Minimum TX Interval BSC6900

ADD BTSBFD(Optional ) MOD BTSBFD(Optional ) ADD BTSBFD(Optional ) MOD BTSBFD(Optional )

Minimum interval at which the BTS sends BFD packets NO Minimum interval at which the BTS receives BFD packets

BTSBFD

Minimum RX MINRXINTERVAL Interval

BSC6900

NO

BTSBFD

DETECTMULT

Detect Period

BSC6900

Maximum number of periods in which the local end does not receive BFD packets from the peer end. If the number of periods in which the local end does not receive BFD packets from the peer end reaches this ADD parameter, BTSBFD(Optional the BTS ) reports a MOD BFD BTSBFD(Optional session ) fail. NO MOD BTSBFD(Optional ) RMV Number of BTSBFD(Optional the ) cabinet. NO

BTSBFD

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSBFD

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

MOD BTSBFD(Optional ) RMV BTSBFD(Optional ) MOD BTSBFD(Optional ) RMV BTSBFD(Optional ) ADD BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) RMV BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) MOD BTSBIND2HDLC ADD BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) RMV BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) MOD BTSBIND2HDLC

Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located NO Number of the slot where the BTS board is located NO

BTSBFD

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSBIND2 HDLCPAT H IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSBIND2 HDLCPAT H BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSBIND2 HDLCPAT H BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSBIND2 HDLCPAT H PTUID

HDLC Path Index In BTS BSC6900

ADD BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) RMV BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) MOD BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) ADD BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) RMV BTSBIND2HDLC PATH(Mandatory ) MOD BTSBIND2HDLC

Number of a BTS HDLC path. It is unique in one [BTS]. NO

BTSBINDL OCGRP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. ADD BYNAME: BTSBINDLOCGR query by P(Mandatory) BTS name; RMV BYID: BTSBINDLOCGR query by P(Mandatory) BTS index. NO

BTSBINDL OCGRP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSBINDLOCGR P(Mandatory) RMV BTSBINDLOCGR P(Mandatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSBINDLOCGR e spaces, P(Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSBINDLOCGR consecutiv P(Mandatory) e +. NO Number of main location group. Each cell contains only one ADD main BTSBINDLOCGR location P(Mandatory) group. NO

BTSBINDL OCGRP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSBINDL Main Location OCGRP MAINLOCGRPNO Group No.

BSC6900

BTSBINDL SLAVELOCGRPN Sub-Location Group OCGRP O No. BSC6900

ADD BTSBINDLOCGR P(Mandatory) RMV BTSBINDLOCGR P(Mandatory)

BTSBINDL OCGRP TRXID

TRX ID

BSC6900

ADD BTSBINDLOCGR P(Mandatory) RMV BTSBINDLOCGR P(Mandatory)

No. of the location group under the BTS. The location group No. is unique for each BTS. YES The ID of TRX added in the main location group,the TRX ID must be globally unique. The same TRX cannot be bound by the TRX boards in a same location group for multiple times. YES

BTSBINDL OCGRP CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

ADD Number of BTSBINDLOCGR the P(Mandatory) cabinet. NO Number of the subrack ADD where the BTSBINDLOCGR BTS board P(Mandatory) is located NO Number of the slot ADD where the BTSBINDLOCGR BTS board P(Mandatory) is located NO

BTSBINDL OCGRP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSBINDL OCGRP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSBINDL OCGRP TRXPN

Sub-Location Group TRX Board Pass No. BSC6900

TRX board pass number in the sublocation group to which the TRX of the main ADD location BTSBINDLOCGR group is P(Mandatory) bound NO Antenna pass No. of the RXU of a sublocation group. The parameter is configured only when the MRRU or GRRU is used in ADD the subBTSBINDLOCGR location P(Optional) group. NO ADD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) RMV BTSBRD(Mandat ory) MOD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) TST BTSBRD(Mandat ory)

BTSBINDL OCGRP ANTPASSNO

Sub-Location Group Antenna Pass No. BSC6900

BTSBRD

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSBRD

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) RMV BTSBRD(Mandat ory) MOD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) TST BTSBRD(Mandat ory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSBRD

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) RMV BTSBRD(Mandat ory) MOD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) TST BTSBRD(Mandat ory)

BTSBRD

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSBRD(Optiona l) RMV BTSBRD(Optiona l) MOD Number of BTSBRD(Optiona the l) cabinet. YES ADD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) RMV BTSBRD(Mandat ory) MOD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) ADD BTSBRD(Mandat ory) RMV BTSBRD(Mandat ory) MOD BTSBRD(Mandat ory)

BTSBRD

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located YES

BTSBRD

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the BTS board is located YES

BTSBRD

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

Type of the ADD newly BTSBRD(Mandat added ory) board NO ADD BTSBRD(Optiona l) MOD Card BTSBRD(Optiona Frequency l) Attribute. NO

BTSBRD

CARDFREATTR

Card Frequency Attribute

BSC6900

BTSBRD

BT

Board Type

BSC6900

MOD BTSBRD(Optiona Type of the l) board NO

BTSBRDC AP ID

Index

BSC6900

Threshold index. This parameter uniquely identifies the verification threshold of the transmit bandwidth (specified by "Forward Bandwidth" ), receive bandwidth (specified by "Receive Bandwidth" ), and number of TRXs (specified by "TRX ADD Number") BTSBRDCAP(Ma of TRX ndatory) boards of a MOD type in one BTSBRDCAP(Ma power ndatory) mode RMV (specified BTSBRDCAP(Ma by "power ndatory) class"). YES

BTSBRDC AP BrdType

Board Type

BSC6900

Type of RXU board. Together with the "Power Class" parameter, this parameter serves as an index field and uniquely determines an entry of verification threshold of the transmit bandwidth, receive ADD bandwidth, BTSBRDCAP(Ma and ndatory) number of MOD TRXs of an BTSBRDCAP(Op RXU tional) board. NO

BTSBRDC AP RXUSPEC

RXU Specification

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the configurati on specificatio n of an RF module, that is, the RF capability of an RF module. User need to select a configurati on specificatio n of the RF module according to the V version of the RF module. That is, the RF module of a later V ADD version BTSBRDCAP(Op can be tional) configured MOD with a BTSBRDCAP(Op specificatio tional) n of earlier NO ADD BTSBRDCAP(Op tional) MOD BTSBRDCAP(Op Frequency tional) Mode. NO

BTSBRDC AP FreqMode

Frequency Mode

BSC6900

BTSBRDC AP BRDTXBW

Forward Bandwidth BSC6900

Upper threshold of total transmit bandwidth of the same transmit channel of a board. The differences of maximum frequency and minimum frequency of the TRXs that have the same antenna path No. on a board are converted into bandwidths ADD . Then the BTSBRDCAP(Ma bandwidths ndatory) are MOD compared BTSBRDCAP(Op with the tional) value of NO

BTSBRDC AP BRDRXBW

Receive Bandwidth

BSC6900

Upper threshold of total receive bandwidth of a board. The difference of maximum frequency and minimum frequency of TRXs on a board is converted into a bandwidth. Then the bandwidth is compared with the value of this parameter. For example, if ADD this BTSBRDCAP(Ma parameter ndatory) is set to MOD 250, the BTSBRDCAP(Op total tional) receive NO

BTSBRDC AP PWRMODE

Power Class

BSC6900

GSM multicarrier base station standard. Together with the "Board Type" parameter, this parameter serves as an index field and uniquely determines an entry of verification threshold of the transmit bandwidth, receive bandwidth, and number of TRXs of an RXU ADD board. This BTSBRDCAP(Ma parameter ndatory) is not used MOD in the BTSBRDCAP(Op "MOD tional) BTSRXUB NO ADD BTSBRDCAP(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSBRDCAP(Op tional) Allowed number of TRXs bound to a board. NO

BTSBRDC AP TrxNum

TRX Number

BSC6900

BTSBRDP WR IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; OPR BYID: BTSBRDPWR(M query by andatory) index. NO

BTSBRDP WR BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely OPR identifying BTSBRDPWR(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more OPR than two BTSBRDPWR(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO OPR Number of BTSBRDPWR(M the andatory) cabinet. NO Number of the subrack OPR where the BTSBRDPWR(M BTS board andatory) is located NO

BTSBRDP WR BTSNAME BTSBRDP WR CN

BTS Name

BSC6900

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSBRDP WR SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSBRDP WR SN BTSBRDP WR SW

Slot No.

BSC6900

Power Switch

BSC6900

Number of the slot OPR where the BTSBRDPWR(M BTS board andatory) is located. NO OPR Power BTSBRDPWR(M switch andatory) state. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSBREAKPOIN query by T(Mandatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSBREAKPOIN a BTS in a T(Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSBREA KPOINT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSBREA KPOINT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSBREAKPOIN consecutiv T(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSBREA KPOINT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSBREA KPOINT RCN

Chain No.

BSC6900

Number of the RXU chain or ring. The value scope is 0~11 for NonSingleRAN BTS and 0~249 for SingleRAN BTS. The RXU chain No. is unique in the same BTS. A maximum of 12 RXU chains can be SET configured BTSBREAKPOIN in one T(Mandatory) BTS. YES Position of break point 1 in an RXU chain. The number of break points must not be greater than the number of RXU SET boards in BTSBREAKPOIN the RXU T(Optional) chain. NO

BTSBREA KPOINT BP1

Position of Break Point 1

BSC6900

BTSBREA KPOINT BP2

Position of Break Point 2

BSC6900

Position of break point 2 in an RXU chain. The number of break points must not be greater than the number of RXU SET boards in BTSBREAKPOIN the RXU T(Optional) chain. NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSBWPARA(M query by andatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSBWPARA(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. YES

BTSBWPA RA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSBWPA RA BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSBWPARA(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO SET BTSBWPARA(M Transmissi andatory) on Type. NO Average upSET bandwidth BTSBWPARA(M of RSL link andatory) in BTS. NO Average downSET bandwidth BTSBWPARA(M of RSL link andatory) in BTS. NO

BTSBWPA RA BTSNAME BTSBWPA RA TRANSTYPE

BTS Name BTS Transmission Type

BSC6900

BSC6900

BTSBWPA RA RSLUL

BTS RSL Average Up-bandwidth

BSC6900

BTSBWPA RA RSLDL

BTS RSL Average Down-bandwidth

BSC6900

BTSBWPA RA OMLESLUL

BTS OML&ESL Average Upbandwidth

BSC6900

The summation of average upbandwidth SET of BTSBWPARA(M OML&ESL andatory) link in BTS. NO The summation of average downbandwidth SET of BTSBWPARA(M OML&ESL andatory) link in BTS. NO SET BTS BTSBWPARA(Op compress tional) rate. NO ADD BTSCABINET(M andatory) RMV BTSCABINET(M andatory) MOD BTSCABINET(M andatory) ADD BTSCABINET(M andatory) RMV BTSCABINET(M andatory) MOD BTSCABINET(M andatory) Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index. NO

BTSBWPA RA OMLESLDL BTSBWPA RA COMPRS

BTS OML&ESL Average Downbandwidth BTS Transfer Compression Rate

BSC6900

BSC6900

BTSCABIN ET IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSCABIN ET BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSCABINET(M e %, two or andatory) more RMV consecutiv BTSCABINET(M e spaces, andatory) or more MOD than two BTSCABINET(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO ADD BTSCABINET(M andatory) RMV BTSCABINET(M andatory) MOD Number of BTSCABINET(M the andatory) cabinet. YES

BTSCABIN ET BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSCABIN ET CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSCABIN ET SRANMODE

Is Support SingleRAN Mode

BSC6900

Whether the data configurati on of the SingleRAN BTS supports normalized SingleRAN mode. Normalized SingleRAN mode means that the rules of defining cabinet number, subrack number, and slot number of the SingleRAN ADD BTS are BTSCABINET(Op normalized tional) . NO

BTSCABIN ET TYPE

Cabinet Type

BSC6900

Type of a cabinet. The virtual cabinet can be used for office deploymen t. For example, a BBU that is installed in an open rack can be considered to be installed in a virtual cabinet. Any board can be hold by a virtual cabinet, but not all the subracks in the virtual cabinet can be ADD displayed BTSCABINET(Op on the tional) device NO ADD BTSCABINET(Op tional) MOD BTSCABINET(M andatory)

BTSCABIN ET CABINETDESC

Cabinet Description BSC6900

Descriptive information of the BTS cabinet NO

BTSCABP ARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSCABPARA(M query by andatory) BTS index. NO

BTSCABP ARA BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSCABPARA(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSCABPARA(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO

BTSCABP ARA BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSCABP ARA CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSCABPARA(M the andatory) cabinet. YES

BTSCABP ARA CFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to enable the board parameter s to be configured. If this parameter is set to "YES", the user can set board parameter s of the BTS cabinet. Otherwise, the user cannot set SET the board BTSCABPARA(M parameter andatory) s. Temperatu NO re threshold of the SET derating BTSCABPARA(O function of ptional) the cabinet NO Normal work temperatur SET e threshold BTSCABPARA(O of the ptional) cabinet NO Minimum number of reserved working SET status BTSCABPARA(O TRXs of ptional) the cabinet NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSCAVFRQ(Ma query by ndatory) index. NO

BTSCABP ARA OVERTHD

Derating TEMP Threshold

BSC6900

BTSCABP ARA NORTHD

Normal Work TEMP Threshold BSC6900

BTSCABP ARA MWTRXNO

Min Quantity of Working TRXs

BSC6900

BTSCAVF RQ IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSCAVF RQ BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSCAVFRQ(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSCAVFRQ(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO SET BTSCAVFRQ(Op Number of tional) the cabinet NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSCAVFRQ(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located NO

BTSCAVF RQ BTSNAME BTSCAVF RQ CN

BTS Name

BSC6900

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSCAVF RQ SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSCAVF RQ SN BTSCHNF ALLBACK IDTYPE

Slot No.

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Number of the slot SET where the BTSCAVFRQ(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located NO SET BTSCHNFALLBA Type of an CK(Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSCHNFALLBA a BTS in a CK(Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSCHNF ALLBACK BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSCHNFALLBA consecutiv CK(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSCHNF ALLBACK BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSCHNF ALLBACK CHNNO

Channel No.

BSC6900

Number of SET the BTSCHNFALLBA channel in CK(Mandatory) the TRX YES Channel type of the timeslot on the TRX. The channel type of timeslot 0 must not be set, because the combined BCCH is configured by default. The channel type of other timeslots can be set to full-rate SET TCH or BTSCHNFALLBA half-rate CK(Mandatory) TCH. NO

BTSCHNF ALLBACK CHNTYPE

Channel Type

BSC6900

BTSCHNF GROUPCALLNUM ALLBACK 1 Group Call Num 1

BSC6900

Number of the VGCS call that the BTS originates in the timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode. This parameter is represente d in decimal, such as 10000569. If this parameter is set to 100000000 , the channel is not configured SET with any BTSCHNFALLBA fixed group CK(Mandatory) call. NO

BTSCHNF SPEECHVERMOD Speech Version ALLBACK E1 Mode 1

BSC6900

Speech version mode that the BTS uses for the VGCS call number in the timeslot in SET the TRX in BTSCHNFALLBA fallback CK(Mandatory) mode NO

BTSCHNF GROUPCALLNUM ALLBACK 2 Group Call Num 2

BSC6900

Number of the VGCS call that the BTS originates in the timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode. This parameter is represente d in decimal, such as 10000569. If this parameter is set to 100000000 , the channel is not configured SET with any BTSCHNFALLBA fixed group CK(Mandatory) call. NO

BTSCHNF SPEECHVERMOD Speech Version ALLBACK E2 Mode 2

BSC6900

Speech version mode that the BTS uses for the VGCS call number in the timeslot in SET the TRX in BTSCHNFALLBA fallback CK(Mandatory) mode NO

BTSCHNF ALLBACK SPEECHVERSION Speech Version

BSC6900

BTSCLK

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Speech version configured on the TRX timeslot when the BTS works in fallback mode. When "CHNTYP E" of the TRX timeslot is set to "FULLTCH ", value 0 of this parameter indicates FR and value 1 indicates EFR; when "CHNTYP E" of the TRX timeslot is set to "HALFRC SET H", this BTSCHNFALLBA parameter CK(Mandatory) is invalid. NO SET BTSCLK(Mandat Type of an ory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSCLK(Mandat a BTS in a ory) BSC. YES

BTSCLK

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSCLK(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO

BTSCLK

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSCLK

ClkType

Clock Type

BSC6900

Clock mode of the BTS. If this parameter is set to INT_CLK, the BTS does not track any external clock. The internal high precision clock works in free-run mode. If this parameter is set to TRCBSC_ CLK, the BTS tracks the clock signals received from the BSC. If this parameter SET is set to BTSCLK(Mandat EXCLK, ory) the BTS NO

BTSCLK

TRANSTYPE

Trans Type

BSC6900

Type of trans from which the BTS extracts the transport clock. This parameter is valid only when the clock type is set to "Trace Transport SET Clock" and BTSCLK(Optional "SynEth ) Clock". NO Number of port from which the BTS extracts the transport clock. This parameter is valid only when the clock type is set to "Trace Transport SET Clock" and BTSCLK(Mandat "SynEth ory) Clock". NO

BTSCLK

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

BTSCLK

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of cabinet from which the BTS extracts the transport clock. This parameter is valid only when the clock type is set to "Trace Transport SET Clock" and BTSCLK(Optional "SynEth ) Clock". NO Number of subrack from which the BTS extracts the transport clock. This parameter is valid only when the clock type is set to "Trace Transport SET Clock" and BTSCLK(Optional "SynEth ) Clock". NO

BTSCLK

SRN

Sub No.

BSC6900

BTSCLK

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of slot from which the BTS extracts the transport clock. This parameter is valid only when the clock type is set to "Trace Transport SET Clock" and BTSCLK(Optional "SynEth ) Clock". NO SAV BTSCLKPARA(M andatory) SET BTSCLKPARA(M andatory) SAV BTSCLKPARA(M andatory) SET BTSCLKPARA(M andatory) Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. NO

BTSCLKP ARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSCLKP ARA BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more SAV consecutiv BTSCLKPARA(M e spaces, andatory) or more SET than two BTSCLKPARA(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO SET BTSCLKPARA(O Number of ptional) the cabinet NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSCLKPARA(M BTS board andatory) is located NO Number of the slot SET where the BTSCLKPARA(M BTS board andatory) is located NO

BTSCLKP ARA BTSNAME BTSCLKP ARA CN

BTS Name

BSC6900

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSCLKP ARA SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSCLKP ARA SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSCLKP ARA CLKMOD

Clock Mode

BSC6900

Clock mode of the BTS. If this parameter is set to INCLK, the BTS does not track any external clock. The internal high precision clock works in free-run mode. If this parameter is set to BSCCLK, the BTS tracks the clock signals received from the BSC. If this parameter SET is set to BTSCLKPARA(M EXCLK, andatory) the BTS NO Whether to enable the SET limit of the BTSCLKPARA(M tracing andatory) range Calibration NO SET value of BTSCLKPARA(M the BTS andatory) clock NO ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) RMV BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

BTSCLKP ARA TRCRNGLMT BTSCLKP ARA CALVAL

Trace Mode

BSC6900

Calibration Value

BSC6900

BTSCONN ECT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSCONN ECT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) RMV BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSCONN ECT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) RMV BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) RMV BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

BTSCONN ECT INPN

BTS In Port No.

BSC6900

Number of a BTS port YES

BTSCONN ECT INCN

In Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Optional) RMV BTSCONNECT( Optional) MOD BTSCONNECT( Optional) ADD BTSCONNECT( Optional) RMV BTSCONNECT( Optional) MOD BTSCONNECT( Optional) ADD BTSCONNECT( Optional) RMV BTSCONNECT( Optional) MOD BTSCONNECT( Optional)

Number of the in-port cabinet on a BTS YES

BTSCONN ECT INSRN

In Port Subrack No. BSC6900

Number of the in-port subrack on a BTS YES

BTSCONN ECT INSN

In Port Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the in-port slot on a BTS YES Type of the object the BTS is connected to. Value range: BTS, BSC, and DXX NO Subrack number of the BSC board that is connected to the BTS NO

BTSCONN ECT DESTNODE

Dest Node Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

BTSCONN ECT SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

BTSCONN ECT SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

Slot number of the BSC board that is connected to the BTS NO Number of the port through which the BTS is connected to the BSC NO

BTSCONN ECT PN

Port No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

BTSCONN ECT UPBTSIDTYPE

Dest Father Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the upper-level BTS NO Number of the upperlevel BTS. The number is unique in a BSC. NO Name of the upperlevel BTS. The name is unique in a BSC. The invalid characters (\, /, :, *, ?, ", <, >, |, and #) cannot appear in the name. NO

BTSCONN ECT UPBTSID

Dest Father BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

BTSCONN ECT UPBTSNAME

Dest Father BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

BTSCONN ECT FPN

Dest Father BTS Port No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

Number of the port for the destination father BTS NO

BTSCONN ECT FCN

Cabinet No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Optional) MOD BTSCONNECT( Optional)

Cabinet No. for the port of the father BTS NO

BTSCONN ECT FSRN

Subrack No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Optional) MOD BTSCONNECT( Optional)

Subrack No. for the port of the father BTS NO

BTSCONN ECT FSN

Slot No. of Father BTS

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Optional) MOD BTSCONNECT( Optional)

Slot No. for the port of the father BTS NO Number of a DXX. It is unique in one BSC and uniquely identifies a DXX. NO

BTSCONN ECT DXXINDEX

Up DXX Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

BTSCONN ECT DXXPN

Up DXX Port No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD BTSCONNECT( Mandatory)

Number of the upper DXX port NO

BTSCRC4 IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

SET BTSCRC4(Mand Type of an atory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSCRC4(Mand a BTS in a atory) BSC. YES

BTSCRC4 BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSCRC4(Mand consecutiv atory) e +. NO

BTSCRC4 BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSCRC4 CRC4CHK

CRC4 Check Switch BSC6900

Whether to enable the BTS to SET support BTSCRC4(Mand CRC4 atory) check NO

BTSCTRL IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSCTRL(Manda query by tory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSCTRL(Manda a BTS in a tory) BSC. NO

BTSCTRL BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSCTRL(Manda consecutiv tory) e +. NO

BTSCTRL BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSCTRL CTRLSRN

Control Plane Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the BSC subrack where the XPU of the SET control BTSCTRL(Manda plane is tory) located NO

BTSCTRL CTRLSN

Control Plane Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the BSC slot where the XPU of SET the control BTSCTRL(Manda plane is tory) located NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDATUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDATUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSDATU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDATUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSDATU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSDATUBP(Opt the ional) cabinet. YES Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDATUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSDATUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSDATU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSDATUBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO Whether to supply power to SET the TMA BTSDATUBP(Opt on tributary ional) 0 NO

BTSDATU BP AMPC0

ANT0 ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP MODE0

ANT0 Alarm Mode

BSC6900

Alarm mode of feed tributary 0. There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater than the normal working current. Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and critical alarms. The alarm current is SET fixed and BTSDATUBP(Opt greater ional) than the NO

BTSDATU BP MAJORALMUP0

ANT0 ALD Over Critical Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 0. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, a TMA feed current SET critical BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO Warning alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 0. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, a TMA feed current SET warning BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO

BTSDATU BP MINORALMUP0

ANT0 ALD Over Warning Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP ALMD0

ANT0 ALD Low Current Alarm Threhold(mA)

BSC6900

If the feed current of the TMA on tributary 0 is smaller than the value of this parameter, the TMA Low SET Temperatu BTSDATUBP(Opt re alarm is ional) triggered. NO Whether to supply power to SET the TMA BTSDATUBP(Opt on tributary ional) 1 NO

BTSDATU BP AMPC1

ANT1 ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP MODE1

ANT1 Alarm Mode

BSC6900

Alarm mode of feed tributary 1. There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater than the normal working current. Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and critical alarms. The alarm current is SET fixed and BTSDATUBP(Opt greater ional) than the NO

BTSDATU BP MAJORALMUP1

ANT1 ALD Over Critical Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 1. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET critical BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO Warning alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 1. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET warning BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO

BTSDATU BP MINORALMUP1

ANT1 ALD Over Warning Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP ALMD1

ANT1 ALD Low Current Alarm Threhold(mA)

BSC6900

If the feed current of the TMA on tributary 1 is smaller than the value of this parameter, the TMA Low SET Temperatu BTSDATUBP(Opt re alarm is ional) triggered. NO Whether to supply power to SET the TMA BTSDATUBP(Opt on tributary ional) 2 NO

BTSDATU BP AMPC2

ANT2 ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP MODE2

ANT2 Alarm Mode

BSC6900

Alarm mode of feed tributary 2. There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater than the normal working current. Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and critical alarms. The alarm current is SET fixed and BTSDATUBP(Opt greater ional) than the NO

BTSDATU BP MAJORALMUP2

ANT2 ALD Over Critical Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 2. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET critical BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO Warning alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 2. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET warning BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO

BTSDATU BP MINORALMUP2

ANT2 ALD Over Warning Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP ALMD2

ANT2 ALD Low Current Alarm Threhold(mA)

BSC6900

If the feed current of the TMA on tributary 2 is smaller than the value of this parameter, the TMA Low SET Temperatu BTSDATUBP(Opt re alarm is ional) triggered. NO Whether to supply power to SET the TMA BTSDATUBP(Opt on tributary ional) 3 NO

BTSDATU BP AMPC3

ANT3 ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP MODE3

ANT3 Alarm Mode

BSC6900

Alarm mode of feed tributary 3. There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater than the normal working current. Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and critical alarms. The alarm current is SET fixed and BTSDATUBP(Opt greater ional) than the NO

BTSDATU BP MAJORALMUP3

ANT3 ALD Over Critical Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 3. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET critical BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO Warning alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 3. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET warning BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO

BTSDATU BP MINORALMUP3

ANT3 ALD Over Warning Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP ALMD3

ANT3 ALD Low Current Alarm Threhold(mA)

BSC6900

If the feed current of the TMA on tributary 3 is smaller than the value of this parameter, the TMA Low SET Temperatu BTSDATUBP(Opt re alarm is ional) triggered. NO Whether to supply power to SET the TMA BTSDATUBP(Opt on tributary ional) 4 NO

BTSDATU BP AMPC4

ANT4 ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP MODE4

ANT4 Alarm Mode

BSC6900

Alarm mode of feed tributary 4. There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater than the normal working current. Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and critical alarms. The alarm current is SET fixed and BTSDATUBP(Opt greater ional) than the NO

BTSDATU BP MAJORALMUP4

ANT4 ALD Over Critical Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 4. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET critical BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO Warning alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 4. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET warning BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO

BTSDATU BP MINORALMUP4

ANT4 ALD Over Warning Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP ALMD4

ANT4 ALD Low Current Alarm Threhold(mA)

BSC6900

If the feed current of the TMA on tributary 4 is smaller than the value of this parameter, the TMA Low SET Temperatu BTSDATUBP(Opt re alarm is ional) triggered. NO Whether to supply power to SET the TMA BTSDATUBP(Opt on tributary ional) 5 NO

BTSDATU BP AMPC5

ANT5 ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP MODE5

ANT5 Alarm Mode

BSC6900

Alarm mode of feed tributary 5. There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater than the normal working current. Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and critical alarms. The alarm current is SET fixed and BTSDATUBP(Opt greater ional) than the NO

BTSDATU BP MAJORALMUP5

ANT5 ALD Over Critical Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Critical alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 5. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET critical BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO Warning alarm threshold against excessive TMA feed current of feed tributary 5. When the actual current is greater than the specified value, the TMA feed current SET warning BTSDATUBP(Opt alarm is ional) generated. NO

BTSDATU BP MINORALMUP5

ANT5 ALD Over Warning Alarm Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

BTSDATU BP ALMD5

ANT5 ALD Low Current Alarm Threhold(mA)

BSC6900

If the feed current of the TMA on tributary 5 is smaller than the value of this parameter, the TMA Low SET Temperatu BTSDATUBP(Opt re alarm is ional) triggered. NO

BTSDATU BP MCN

Manager Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Cabinet No. of the manageme nt board. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDATUBP(Opt work ional) properly. NO

BTSDATU BP MSRN

Manager Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDATUBP(Opt work ional) properly. NO

BTSDATU BP MPN

Manager Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the serial port where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDATUBP(Opt work ional) properly. NO

BTSDATU BP ADDR

Address

BSC6900

Communic ation address of the CBUS3 on the bus 485. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDATUBP(Opt work ional) properly. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDDPUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDDPUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSDDPU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSDDPU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDDPUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDDPUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSDDPUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSDDPU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDDPU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDDPU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSDDPU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

BTSDDPU BP VSWRTHRES1

Standing Wave Radio Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSDDPUBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO Standing wave alarm threshold. When the VSWR is greater than the value of this parameter, the TRX reports a SET standing BTSDDPUBP(Op wave tional) alarm. NO

BTSDDPU BP VSWRTHRES2

Serious VSW Alarm Threshold BSC6900

Serious standing wave alarm threshold. When the VSWR is greater than the value of this parameter, the TRX reports a serious SET standing BTSDDPUBP(Op wave tional) alarm. NO Filtering times of serious SET standing BTSDDPUBP(Op wave tional) alarms

BTSDDPU VSWRFILETERCO Serious VSW Alarm BP UNTER Filter Times BSC6900

NO

BTSDEMU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDEMUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDEMUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSDEMU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDEMUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSDEMU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDEMU BP CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSDEMUBP(Op the tional) cabinet. YES Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDEMUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSDEMUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSDEMU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDEMU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSDEMU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSDEMUBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO

BTSDEMU BP SAAF

Special Analog Alarm Flag.

BSC6900

Whether to enable the special analog alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDEMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the special alarm switch. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDEMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDEMU BP SBAF

Special Boolean Alarm Flag

BSC6900

BTSDEMU BP SASV

Special Alarm Switch Valid Vol. Level

BSC6900

Level specificatio ns of special Boolean value alarms. Two specificatio ns are available: high level and low level. By default, only alarms of the door status sensor are low level, and alarms of the water sensor, smoke sensor, and infrared sensor are high level. In multiSET mode BTSDEMUBP(Op scenario, tional) the value NO

BTSDEMU BP ASSORXUCN

Associated RXU Board CN

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the associated RXU board is installed. This parameter is valid for DRRU, MRRU, GRRU, or BTS3900E board in the remote monitoring subrack of the DBS3036, DBS3900 GSM, or BTS3900E GSM. The associated RXU board cannot be associated with other boards such as SET DEMU, BTSDEMUBP(Op APMU, or tional) DTCU. NO Number of the subrack where the SET associated BTSDEMUBP(Op RXU board tional) is installed. NO Number of the slot where the SET associated BTSDEMUBP(Op RXU board tional) is installed. NO

BTSDEMU BP ASSORXUSRN

Associated RXU Board SRN

BSC6900

BTSDEMU BP ASSORXUSN

Associated RXU Board SN

BSC6900

BTSDEMU BP MCN

Manager Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Cabinet No. of the manageme nt board. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDEMUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSDEMU BP MSRN

Manager Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDEMUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSDEMU BP MPN

Manager Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the serial port where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDEMUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSDEMU BP ADDR

Address

BSC6900

Communic ation address of the CBUS3 on the bus 485. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDEMUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO ADD BTSDEVIP(Mand atory) RMV BTSDEVIP(Mand atory) IMP BTSDEVIP(Mand atory) ADD BTSDEVIP(Mand atory) RMV BTSDEVIP(Mand atory) IMP BTSDEVIP(Mand atory)

BTSDEVIP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSDEVIP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSDEVIP(Mand e %, two or atory) more RMV consecutiv BTSDEVIP(Mand e spaces, atory) or more IMP than two BTSDEVIP(Mand consecutiv atory) e +. NO ADD BTSDEVIP(Mand atory) RMV BTSDEVIP(Mand atory) IMP Number of BTSDEVIP(Mand the FE or atory) GE port YES ADD BTSDEVIP(Optio nal) RMV BTSDEVIP(Optio nal) IMP BTSDEVIP(Optio nal)

BTSDEVIP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDEVIP PN

Port No.

BSC6900

BTSDEVIP CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the port is located YES

BTSDEVIP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSDEVIP(Optio nal) RMV BTSDEVIP(Optio nal) IMP BTSDEVIP(Optio nal) ADD BTSDEVIP(Optio nal) RMV BTSDEVIP(Optio nal) IMP BTSDEVIP(Optio nal)

Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located YES

BTSDEVIP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the BTS board is located YES

BTSDEVIP IP

Physical IP

BSC6900

IP address of a BTS port. It ADD cannot be BTSDEVIP(Mand the same atory) as any IP IMP address BTSDEVIP(Optio configured nal) in the BSC. NO ADD BTSDEVIP(Mand atory) IMP BTSDEVIP(Optio nal) IMP BTSDEVIP(Mand atory)

BTSDEVIP MASK

IP Mask

BSC6900

IP subnet mask of a BTS port

NO

BTSDEVIP CFGSW

Configuration Switch BSC6900

Configurati on Switch. NO

BTSDFCU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDFCUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO

BTSDFCU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDFCUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDFCUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDFCUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSDFCUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSDFCU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDFCU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDFCU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Extend Connection BTSDFCU RELATEDFCUEN Configuration BP ABLED Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to enable the configurati on of the "Extend Connection " attribute. The "Extend Connection " attribute describes the cascading relationshi p of the DFCB, which helps the DFCU perform SET the six-inBTSDFCUBP(Op one tional) function. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDFCUBP(Op DFCB is tional) installed NO Number of the slot SET where the BTSDFCUBP(Op DFCB is tional) installed NO

BTSDFCU BP DFCBSRN

DFCB Board SRN

BSC6900

BTSDFCU BP DFCBSN

DFCB Board SN

BSC6900

BTSDFCU BP RELATEDTRACK

Cascading Tributary BSC6900

BTSDFCU BP VSWRENABLED

Standing Wave Alarm CFG Enabled BSC6900

BTSDFCU BP VSWRTHRES1

Standing Wave Radio Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

Tributary Number of the DFCB that is cascaded to the DFCU. The "Extend Connection " attribute describes the cascading relationshi p of the DFCB, which helps the DFCU perform SET the six-inBTSDFCUBP(Op one tional) function. NO Whether to enable the standing wave alarm SET parameter BTSDFCUBP(Op s to be tional) configured NO Standing wave alarm threshold. When the VSWR is greater than the value of this parameter, the TRX reports a SET standing BTSDFCUBP(Op wave tional) alarm. NO

BTSDFCU BP VSWRTHRES2

Serious VSW Alarm Threshold BSC6900

Serious standing wave alarm threshold. When the VSWR is greater than the value of this parameter, the TRX reports a serious SET standing BTSDFCUBP(Op wave tional) alarm. NO Filtering times of serious SET standing BTSDFCUBP(Op wave tional) alarms

BTSDFCU VSWRFILETERCO Serious VSW Alarm BP UNTER Filter Times BSC6900

NO

BTSDGPS BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDGPSBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDGPSBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSDGPS BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDGPSBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDGPSBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSDGPSBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSDGPS BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDGPS BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDGPS BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSDGPS BP RGPSINDICATION GPS or RGPS

BSC6900

Satellite card protocol that is enabled to communic ate with the satellite card connecting to the DGPS. If "RGPS" is specified, it indicates that the RGPS satellite card protocol is enabled to communic ate with the satellite card connecting to the DGPS. If "GPS" is specified, it indicates that the SET GPS BTSDGPSBP(Op satellite tional) card NO

BTSDGPS BP GPSORGLONASS GPS or Glonass

BSC6900

Synchroniz ation clock adopted when two satellite cards are used together. GPS:Trace GPS only. GLONASS :Trace GLONASS only. GPSGlona ss:Trace SET GPS and BTSDGPSBP(Op GLONASS tional) . NO

BTSDGPS BP ANTENNALONG

GPS Antenna Delay BSC6900

Length of the feeder cable. The GPS satellite card is connected to the antenna through feeder cables. The transmissi on delay on the feeder cable can be calculated on the basis of the length of the feeder cable, thus increasing the timing accuracy SET of the BTSDGPSBP(Op satellite tional) card. NO Power supply switch of SET the GPS BTSDGPSBP(Op antenna tional) feeder

BTSDGPS ANTENNAPOWER Antenna Power BP SWITCH Supply Switch

BSC6900

NO

BTSDGPS BP ALMLMTUP1

Upper Alarm

BSC6900

If the input current of the antenna feeder is greater than the value of this parameter and "GPS or RGPS" is set to "GPS", an alarm related to SET the GPS BTSDGPSBP(Op antenna is tional) reported. NO If the input current of the antenna feeder is greater than the value of this parameter and "GPS or RGPS" is set to "RGPS", an alarm related to SET the RGPS BTSDGPSBP(Op antenna is tional) reported. NO

BTSDGPS BP ALMLMTUP2

Upper Alarm

BSC6900

BTSDGPS BP ALMLMTDOWN

Lower Alarm

BSC6900

If the input current of the antenna feeder is smaller than the value of this parameter, an alarm related to SET the GPS BTSDGPSBP(Op antenna is tional) reported. NO ADD BTSDHCPSVRIP (Mandatory) RMV BTSDHCPSVRIP (Mandatory) ADD BTSDHCPSVRIP (Mandatory) RMV BTSDHCPSVRIP (Mandatory) Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. NO

BTSDHCP SVRIP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSDHCP SVRIP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSDHCPSVRIP e spaces, (Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSDHCPSVRIP consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSDHCPSVRIP (Mandatory) RMV BTSDHCPSVRIP DHCP (Mandatory) Server IP. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDHEUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO

BTSDHCP SVRIP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDHCP SVRIP DHCPSRV

DHCP Server IP

BSC6900

BTSDHEU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSDHEU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDHEUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDHEUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSDHEU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDHEU BP CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSDHEUBP(Op the tional) cabinet. YES Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDHEUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSDHEU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDHEU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSDHEU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Number of the slot SET where the BTSDHEUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is locatedto YES Whether allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSDHEUBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO

BTSDHEU BP TUTHD

Temperature Alarm Upper Threshold BSC6900

Temperatu re upper threshold of the cabinet. When the cabinet temperatur e is higher than this parameter, an alarm indicating the abnormal cabinet temperatur e is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond SET ing BTSDHEUBP(Op parameter tional) in another NO

BTSDHEU BP TLTHD

Temperature Alarm Lower Threshold BSC6900

When the internal temperatur e of the BTS reaches the Temperatu re Alarm Lower Threshold, it reports a low temperatur e alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDHEUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDHEU BP ISTMPCTRL

DHEU Temperature Control BSC6900

Whether to control the temperatur e difference between the air inlet and air outlet and that between the air outlet and ambient by the temperatur e control system. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDHEUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDHEU BP LTCP

Low Temperature Critical Point

BSC6900

Temperatu re control threshold for low temperatur e. When the ambient temperatur e is less than "Low Temperatu re Critical Point", the temperatur e control system needs to control the temperatur e difference between the air inlet and air outlet, and that between the air inlet and ambient temperatur SET e. BTSDHEUBP(Op In multitional) mode NO

BTSDHEU BP HTCP

High Temperature Critical Point

BSC6900

If the ambient temperatur e is higher than "High Temperatu re Critical Point", the temperatur e control system controls the difference between the inlet and outlet temperatur es. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond SET ing BTSDHEUBP(Op parameter tional) in another NO

BTSDHEU BP TLT

Temperature Limit at Air Outlet

BSC6900

Lowest expected value of the air outlet temperatur e. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDHEUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDHEU BP DBD

Dead Band

BSC6900

Temperatu re error allowed when the temperatur e control system adjusts the temperatur e. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDHEUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDHEU BP NTDI

Normal Temperature Delta Tin

BSC6900

If the inlet temperatur e is between "High Temperatu re Critical Point" and "Low Temperatu re Critical Point" and the difference between the inlet temperatur e and the ambient temperatur e reaches the value of this parameter, the temperatur e control system controls the difference between SET the inlet BTSDHEUBP(Op and outlet tional) temperatur NO

BTSDHEU BP NTDO

Normal Temperature Delta Tout

BSC6900

If the outlet temperatur e is between "High Temperatu re Critical Point" and "Low Temperatu re Critical Point" and the difference between the outlet temperatur e and the inlet temperatur e reaches the value of this parameter, the temperatur e control system controls the difference between SET the inlet BTSDHEUBP(Op and outlet tional) temperatur NO

BTSDHEU BP HTDO

High Temperature Delta Tout

BSC6900

If the outlet temperatur e is higher than "High Temperatu re Critical Point" and the difference between the outlet temperatur e and ambient temperatur e reaches the value of this parameter, the temperatur e control system controls the difference between the inlet and outlet temperatur es. In multiSET mode BTSDHEUBP(Op scenario, tional) the value NO

BTSDHEU ISADDEDTMPCO DHEU Heater BP NTROL Control Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the heater. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDHEUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO When the environme nt temperatur e reaches the specified value of this parameter, the heater is started. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDHEUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDHEU STARTHEATTEM Heater Startup BP P Temperature

BSC6900

BTSDHEU BP ENDHEATTEMP

Heater Shutdown Temperature

BSC6900

If the ambient temperatur e reaches the value of this parameter, the heater is shut down. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDHEUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDHEU BP ASSORXUCN

Associated RXU Board CN

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the associated RXU board is installed. This parameter is valid for DRRU, MRRU, GRRU, or BTS3900E board in the remote monitoring subrack of the DBS3036, DBS3900 GSM, or BTS3900E GSM. The associated RXU board cannot be associated with other boards such as SET DEMU, BTSDHEUBP(Op APMU, or tional) DTCU. NO Number of the subrack where the SET associated BTSDHEUBP(Op RXU board tional) is installed. NO Number of the slot where the SET associated BTSDHEUBP(Op RXU board tional) is installed. NO

BTSDHEU BP ASSORXUSRN

Associated RXU Board SRN

BSC6900

BTSDHEU BP ASSORXUSN

Associated RXU Board SN

BSC6900

BTSDHEU BP MCN

Manager Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Cabinet No. of the manageme nt board. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDHEUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSDHEU BP MSRN

Manager Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDHEUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSDHEU BP MPN

Manager Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the serial port where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDHEUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSDHEU BP ADDR

Address

BSC6900

Alarm Parameter BTSDHEU ALMPARACFGFL Configuration BP AG Enabled

BSC6900

Communic ation address of the CBUS3 on the bus 485. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSDHEUBP(Op work tional) properly. NO Whether the configurati on of alarm parameter s is allowed. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the SET configurati BTSDHEUBP(Op on is not tional) allowed. NO

BTSDHEU BP SBAF

Special Boolean Alarm Flag

BSC6900

Whether to enable the dedicated Boolean alarms. Bits 0 and 1 are used to enable water sensor alarm and smog sensor alarm respectivel y. All the Boolean alarms are enabled by default. "0" indicates that the alarm is enabled, and "1" indicates SET that the BTSDHEUBP(Op alarm is tional) disabled. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDOMUBP(M query by andatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDOMUBP(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. YES

BTSDOMU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSDOMU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDOMUBP(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDOMUBP(M BTS board andatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSDOMUBP(M BTS board andatory) is located YES

BTSDOMU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDOMU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDOMU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSDOMU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSDOMUBP(M command. andatory) In multiNO

BTSDOMU BP TRANSTYPE0

E1 Port 0 Set Optical Transmission Mode BSC6900

Whether to configure the optical transmissi on mode for E1 port 0 of the BTS3006C /BTS3002 E. If the optical transmissi on mode is configured, the BSC can connect to the BTS SET through BTSDOMUBP(O optical ptional) fibers. NO Whether to configure the optical transmissi on mode for E1 port 1 of the BTS3006C /BTS3002 E. If the optical transmissi on mode is configured, the BSC can connect to the BTS SET through BTSDOMUBP(O optical ptional) fibers. NO

BTSDOMU BP TRANSTYPE1

E1 Port 1 Set Optical Transmission Mode BSC6900

BTSDOMU BP TRANSTYPE2

E1 Port 2 Set Optical Transmission Mode BSC6900

Whether to configure the optical transmissi on mode for E1 port 2 of the BTS3006C /BTS3002 E . If the optical transmissi on mode is configured, the BSC can connect to the BTS SET through BTSDOMUBP(O optical ptional) fibers. NO Whether to configure the optical transmissi on mode for E1 port 3 of the BTS3006C /BTS3002 E. If the optical transmissi on mode is configured, the BSC can connect to the BTS SET through BTSDOMUBP(O optical ptional) fibers. NO

BTSDOMU BP TRANSTYPE3

E1 Port 3 Set Optical Transmission Mode BSC6900

BTSDOMU BP INDEN3

Independent E1 Port 3 BSC6900

Whether to separate E1 from other optical fibers for the use of other devices. If this parameter is set to YES, other BTSs can connect to the BSC through the independe nt E1 port 3 of the SET BTS3006C BTSDOMUBP(O /BTS3002 ptional) E. NO Whether to enable the energy saving function of the TRX SET for the BTSDOMUBP(O BTS3002E ptional) . NO Start time when the TRX energy saving function is enabled for SET the BTSDOMUBP(M BTS3002E andatory) . NO

BTSDOMU BP SAVEENABLED

Energy Saving Support

BSC6900

BTSDOMU BP USTBGNTIME

Energy Saving Start Time[HH:MM] BSC6900

BTSDOMU BP USTENDTIME

Energy Saving End Time[HH:MM]

BSC6900

End time when the TRX energy saving function is enabled for SET the BTSDOMUBP(M BTS3002E andatory) . NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDPMUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDPMUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSDPMU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDPMUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDPMUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSDPMUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSDPMU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSDPMUBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO

BTSDPMU BP CNT

Cabinet Type

BSC6900

Type of the BTS cabinet SET where the BTSDPMUBP(Ma DMPU is ndatory) installed NO

BTSDPMU BP PSU0

DPSU 0 Configured BSC6900

Whether to enable the DPSU0 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the DPSU1 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU BP PSU1

DPSU 1 Configured BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP PSU2

DPSU 2 Configured BSC6900

Whether to enable the DPSU2 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the DPSU3 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU BP PSU3

DPSU 3 Configured BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP PSU4

DPSU 4 Configured BSC6900

Whether to enable the DPSU4 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the DPSU5 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU BP PSU5

DPSU 5 Configured BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP PSU6

DPSU 6 Configured BSC6900

Whether to enable the DPSU6 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the DPSU7 to supply power for the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU BP PSU7

DPSU 7 Configured BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP ALMENABLE

Alarm Enable Flag

BSC6900

Whether the configurati on of alarm parameter s is allowed. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter must be the same as the value of the SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in other tional) modes. NO

BTSDPMU BP SALOG

Special Analog Alarm Enabled

BSC6900

The value of this parameter consists of five bits, which determines whether to enable the alarms. "0" indicates that the analog alarm is enabled, and "1" indicates that the analog alarm is disabled. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value SET of the BTSDPMUBP(Op correspond tional) ing NO

BTSDPMU BP SAS

Special Alarm Switcher

BSC6900

The value of this parameter consists of three bits, which determines whether to enable the alarms. "0" indicates that the alarm is enabled, and "1" indicates that the alarm is disabled. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond SET ing BTSDPMUBP(Op parameter tional) in another NO

Battery BTSDPMU Configuration BP BATTENABLEDIN Enabled

BSC6900

Whether the configurati on of external battery is allowed. The value "YES" indicates that the external battery can be configured, and the value "NO" indicates that the external battery cannot be configured. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the SET same as BTSDPMUBP(Op the value tional) of the NO

BTSDPMU BP BATTTYPE

Battery Type

BSC6900

Battery type. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU MAXRECHARGEC BP URRENT Charge Coefficient

BSC6900

Maximum current coefficient when the battery is charged. When the battery is charged, the maximum current can be 0.05 to 0.25 times of the capacity of the battery cabinet. That is, the charge coefficient is 0.050.25. For example, if the capacity of the battery cabinet is 200 A and the charge coefficient is 0.15, the SET maximum BTSDPMUBP(Op charge tional) current for NO

BTSDPMU BP BATTCAPACITY

Battery Capacity

BSC6900

Battery capacity. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the configurati on of power system parameter s. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU BP HPVFLAG

Hierarchical Poweroff Config. Enabled BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP HPVTHD

Load Power-off Voltage

BSC6900

Load power-off voltage threshold. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU CELLEQUCHGVO Even Charging BP L Voltage

BSC6900

Even charging voltage of the battery. The battery is charged at the voltage as specified by this parameter. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU CELLFLOATCHGV Float Charging BP OL Voltage

BSC6900

Float charging voltage of the battery. The battery is charged at the voltage as specified by this parameter. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU Load Power-off BP LOADPWROFFEN Allowed State

BSC6900

Whether to enable load poweroff. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to allow the power-off of the battery. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU Battery Power-off BP CELLPWROFFEN Allowed State

BSC6900

BTSDPMU CELLPWROFFVO Battery Power-off BP L Voltage

BSC6900

Battery power-off voltage. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to power off the TRX of a BTS when the temperatur e of the BTS cabinet is too low. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

Low Temperature BTSDPMU LOWTEMPLOADP StartLoadPower-off BP WROFF Allowed State BSC6900

Low Temperature BTSDPMU TEMPOFLOWTEM Start Load Poweroff BP PLOADPWROFF Temp. BSC6900

TRX poweroff temperatur e threshold. If the temperatur e of the BTS cabinet is less than the value of this parameter while "Low Temperatu re Startup Allowed" is set to "Yes", the TRX is powered off. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the SET same as BTSDPMUBP(Op the value tional) of the NO The BTS reports an alarm if the AC voltage exceeds SET the value BTSDPMUBP(Op of this tional) parameter. NO The BTS reports an alarm if the AC voltage is lower than the SET value of BTSDPMUBP(Op this tional) parameter. NO

BTSDPMU BP ACVOLALARMH

AC Overvoltage Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP ACVOLALARML

AC Undervoltage Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

BTSDPMU BP DCVOLALARMH

DC Overvoltage Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

The BTS reports an alarm if the DC voltage exceeds the value of this parameter. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU BP DCVOLALARML

DC Under Voltage Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

The BTS reports an alarm if the DC voltage is lower than the value of this parameter. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

Battery Temperature BTSDPMU CELLTEMPCOMP Compensated BP ENABLED Configure Enabled BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of parameter s related to the temperatur e compensat ion of the battery group In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU CELLTEMP1THRE Upper Assembled BP SHOLDH Battery 1 Temp

BSC6900

Upper limit of the temperatur e measured by the temperatur e sensor of the battery group 1. If the measured value is greater than the value of this parameter, the value of this parameter is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as SET the value BTSDPMUBP(Op of the tional) correspond NO

Lower Assembled BTSDPMU CELLTEMP1THRE Battery1 TEMP BP SHOLDL Measure

BSC6900

Lower limit of the temperatur e measured by the temperatur e sensor of the battery group 1. If the measured value is smaller than the value of this parameter, the value of this parameter is reported. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as SET the value BTSDPMUBP(Op of the tional) correspond NO

BTSDPMU CELLTEMP1ALAR High Temp Alarm BP MH Assembled Battery1 BSC6900

The BTS reports an alarm if the temperatur e of battery group 1 exceeds the value of this parameter. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU CELLTEMP1ALAR Low Temp Alarm BP ML Assembled Battery1 BSC6900

The BTS reports an alarm if the temperatur e of battery group 1 is lower than the value of this parameter. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Change value of the floating charge voltage of the storage battery when the temperatur e of the storage battery changes SET by 1 BTSDPMUBP(Op degree tional) Celsius. NO

BTSDPMU TEMPCOMPENSA Coefficient of Temp BP TECOEF Compensation BSC6900

BTSDPMU BASETEMPERAT Temperature Basis BP URE for Compensation

BSC6900

Number of the temperatur e sensor correspond ing to a battery group. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU SETENVPARAEN ENV TEMP CFG BP ABLED Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to enable the environme nt temperatur e parameter s to be configured. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU TEMPALARMTHR Upper ENV TEMP BP ESHOLDH Alarm

BSC6900

When the environme nt temperatur e is greater than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU TEMPALARMTHR Lower ENV TEMP BP ESHOLDL Alarm

BSC6900

When the environme nt temperatur e is less than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

Environment BTSDPMU SETHUMPARAEN Humidity Configure BP ABLED Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to enable the environme nt humidity alarm parameter s of the board to be configured. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU HUMALAMRTHRE Upper Threshold of BP SHOLDH Humidity Alarm

BSC6900

When the ambient humidity is greater than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an overhigh ambient humidity alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSDPMU HUMALAMRTHRE Lower Threshold of BP SHOLDL Humidity Alarm

BSC6900

When the ambient humidity is less than the value of this parameter, the BTS reports an overlow ambient humidity alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to enable the diesel engine SET parameter BTSDPMUBP(Op s to be tional) configured NO Whether to enable the diesel SET engine BTSDPMUBP(Op save tional) switch NO Maximum SET output BTSDPMUBP(Op power of tional) the diesel

BTSDPMU SETDIESELENGIN Diesel Engine BP EENABLED Configure Enabled

BSC6900

BTSDPMU DIESELENGINES Diesel Engine Save BP AVESWITCH Switch BSC6900

BTSDPMU MAXOUTPUTPO BP WER

Diesel Max Output Power

BSC6900

NO

BTSDPMU BATTERYDISCHA Battery Discharge BP RGEDEPTH Depth

BSC6900

Allowed percentage of the battery dischargin g. After the AC power supply is cut and the power of the battery is discharged by the value of this parameter, the diesel engine is SET started to BTSDPMUBP(Op supply the tional) power. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSDTMUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSDTMUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSDTMU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSDTMU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSDTMUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSDTMUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSDTMUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSDTMU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSDTMU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSDTMU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSDTMU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSDTMUBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal has high level, this parameter should be set to 0. SET Otherwise, BTSDTMUBP(Op it should tional) be set to 1. NO

BTSDTMU BP OUTPUT0

Cannel 0 Digital Control Signal Level BSC6900

BTSDTMU BP OUTPUT1

Cannel 1 Digital Control Signal Level BSC6900

Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal has high level, this parameter should be set to 0. SET Otherwise, BTSDTMUBP(Op it should tional) be set to 1. NO Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal has high level, this parameter should be set to 0. SET Otherwise, BTSDTMUBP(Op it should tional) be set to 1. NO Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal has high level, this parameter should be set to 0. SET Otherwise, BTSDTMUBP(Op it should tional) be set to 1. NO

BTSDTMU BP OUTPUT2

Cannel 2 Digital Control Signal Level BSC6900

BTSDTMU BP OUTPUT3

Cannel 3 Digital Control Signal Level BSC6900

BTSENVA LM IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSENVALM(Ma query by ndatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSENVALM(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. NO

BTSENVA LM BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSENVALM(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Whether multiple SET DEMUs BTSENVALM(Ma are ndatory) configured NO

BTSENVA LM BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSENVA LM ISSPTDEMUS

Demu Configure Information

BSC6900

BTSENVA LM CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET BTSENVALM(Opt Number of ional) the cabinet NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSENVALM(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located NO Number of the slot SET where the BTSENVALM(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSENVALMPO query by RT(Mandatory) BTS index. NO

BTSENVA LM SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSENVA LM SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSENVALMPO consecutiv RT(Mandatory) e +. YES Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSENVALMPO a BTS in a RT(Mandatory) BSC. NO

BTSENVA LMPORT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSENVALMPO the RT(Optional) cabinet. YES Number of the subrack SET where the BTSENVALMPO BTS board RT(Mandatory) is located YES

BTSENVA LMPORT SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT SN BTSENVA LMPORT PN BTSENVA LMPORT SW BTSENVA LMPORT AID BTSENVA LMPORT PT

Slot No.

BSC6900

Port No.

BSC6900

Switch

BSC6900

Alarm ID.

BSC6900

Port Type

BSC6900

Number of the slot SET where the BTSENVALMPO BTS board RT(Mandatory) is located YES SET BTSENVALMPO Alarm port RT(Mandatory) number YES SET Whether to BTSENVALMPO enable the RT(Mandatory) alarm port NO SET BTSENVALMPO RT(Optional) Alarm ID NO SET BTSENVALMPO Alarm port RT(Optional) type NO Alarm level. It is SET valid for BTSENVALMPO the digital RT(Optional) port.

BTSENVA LMPORT AVOL

Alarm VOL.

BSC6900

NO

BTSENVA LMPORT UL

Upper Limit

BSC6900

Upper limit of the alarm. This parameter SET is valid for BTSENVALMPO the analog RT(Optional) port. NO Lower limit of an alarm. It is SET valid for BTSENVALMPO the analog RT(Optional) port. NO Whether to reserve the binding of SET the alarm BTSENVALMPO ID and the RT(Optional) alarm port NO Sensor type. It is SET valid for BTSENVALMPO the analog RT(Optional) port. NO

BTSENVA LMPORT LL

Lower Limit

BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT RESALMID

Reserved Alarm ID. BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT ST

Sensor Type

BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT SMUL

Measure Upper Limit Of Sensor

BSC6900

Measure upper limit of sensor. It is valid SET for the BTSENVALMPO analog RT(Optional) port. NO Measure lower limit of sensor. It is valid SET for the BTSENVALMPO analog RT(Optional) port. NO Upper limit of sensor output. It is SET valid for BTSENVALMPO the analog RT(Optional) port. NO Lower limit of sensor output. It is SET valid for BTSENVALMPO the analog RT(Optional) port. NO ADD BTSESN(Mandat ory) MOD BTSESN(Mandat ory) RMV BTSESN(Mandat BTS index ory) type NO ADD BTSESN(Mandat ory) MOD BTSESN(Mandat ory) RMV BTSESN(Mandat ory)

BTSENVA LMPORT SMLL

Measure Lower Limit Of Sensor

BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT SOUL

Upper Limit Of Sensor Output

BSC6900

BTSENVA LMPORT SOLL

Lower Limit Of Sensor Output

BSC6900

BTSESN

IDTYPE

BTS Index Type

BSC6900

BTSESN

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSESN(Mandat e %, two or ory) more MOD consecutiv BTSESN(Mandat e spaces, ory) or more RMV than two BTSESN(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO ADD BTSESN(Mandat ory) MOD BTSESN(Optiona l) ADD BTSESN(Optiona l) MOD BTSESN(Optiona l) ADD BTSETHLCMEP( Mandatory) RMV BTSETHLCMEP( Mandatory) Bard code 1 of the interface board of the BTS NO Bar code 2 of the interface board of the BTS NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSESN

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSESN

MAINDEVTAB

BTS Interface Board Bar Code 1 BSC6900

BTSESN

BAKDEVTAB

BTS Interface Board Bar Code 2 BSC6900

BTSETHL CMEP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSETHL CMEP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSETHLCMEP( Mandatory) RMV BTSETHLCMEP( Mandatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSETHLCMEP( e spaces, Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSETHLCMEP( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSETHLCMEP( Mandatory) RMV BTSETHLCMEP( Mandatory) ADD BTSETHLCMEP( Mandatory) RMV BTSETHLCMEP( Mandatory)

BTSETHL CMEP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSETHL CMEP MDNAME

MD Name

BSC6900

Name of the maintenan ce domain. YES Name of the maintenan ce association . YES

BTSETHL CMEP MANAME

MA Name

BSC6900

BTSETHL CMEP MEPID

MEP ID

BSC6900

Identifies a maintenan ce end ADD point BTSETHLCMEP( (MEP) of a Mandatory) maintenan RMV ce BTSETHLCMEP( association Mandatory) . YES Number of the cabinet ADD where the BTSETHLCMEP( port is Optional) located NO Number of the subrack ADD where the BTSETHLCMEP( port is Optional) located NO Number of the slot ADD where the BTSETHLCMEP( port is Optional) located NO Number of the Ethernet port. The number must be consistent with that of the port carrying the FE ADD connection BTSETHLCMEP( of the IP Mandatory) BTS. NO RMV BTSETHMA(Man datory) ADD BTSETHMA(Man datory) Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSETHL CMEP CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSETHL CMEP SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSETHL CMEP SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSETHL CMEP PN

Port No.

BSC6900

BTSETHM A IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSETHM A BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

RMV BTSETHMA(Man datory) ADD BTSETHMA(Man datory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more RMV consecutiv BTSETHMA(Man e spaces, datory) or more ADD than two BTSETHMA(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO RMV BTSETHMA(Man datory) ADD BTSETHMA(Man datory) RMV BTSETHMA(Man datory) ADD BTSETHMA(Man datory)

BTSETHM A BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSETHM A MDNAME

MD Name

BSC6900

Name of the maintenan ce domain. NO Name of the maintenan ce association . NO

BTSETHM A MANAME

MA Name

BSC6900

BTSETHM A CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet ADD where the BTSETHMA(Opti port is onal) located NO Number of the subrack ADD where the BTSETHMA(Opti port is onal) located NO Number of the slot ADD where the BTSETHMA(Opti port is onal) located NO ADD VLAN ID of BTSETHMA(Man the service datory) type. NO ADD BTSETHMD(Man datory) RMV BTSETHMD(Man datory) ADD BTSETHMD(Man datory) RMV BTSETHMD(Man datory) Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

BTSETHM A SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSETHM A SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSETHM A VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

BTSETHM D IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSETHM D BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSETHMD(Man e spaces, datory) or more RMV than two BTSETHMD(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO ADD BTSETHMD(Man datory) RMV BTSETHMD(Man datory)

BTSETHM D BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSETHM D MDNAME

MD Name

BSC6900

Name of the maintenan ce domain. YES

BTSETHM D MDLEVEL

MD Level

BSC6900

Level of the maintenan ce domain.Th e priority of the maintenan ce domain ADD ranks from BTSETHMD(Opti 0 to 7 from onal) low to high. NO

BTSETHP ORT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSETHPORT(M query by andatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSETHPORT(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. YES

BTSETHP ORT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSETHPORT(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO SET Number of BTSETHPORT(M the FE or andatory) GE port YES

BTSETHP ORT BTSNAME BTSETHP ORT PN

BTS Name

BSC6900

Port No.

BSC6900

BTSETHP ORT CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet SET where the BTSETHPORT(O port is ptional) located NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSETHPORT(O port is ptional) located NO Number of the slot SET where the BTSETHPORT(O port is ptional) located NO Port rate of SET the IP BTSETHPORT(O interface ptional) board NO The duplex mode of FE port is SET duplex or BTSETHPORT(O halfptional) duplex. NO

BTSETHP ORT SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSETHP ORT SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSETHP ORT RATE

Rate

BSC6900

BTSETHP ORT DUPLEX

Duplex Mode

BSC6900

BTSETHP ORT MTU

MTU

BSC6900

Maximum size of a packet that can be transmitted SET or received BTSETHPORT(O on a FE ptional) port. NO

BTSETHP ORT FC

Flow Control

BSC6900

If the parameter is set to "YES", it indicates that some data packets are discarded to ensure the basic functions of the BTS are not affected when the FE port is overloaded . After the port is not overloaded SET , the flow BTSETHPORT(O control is ptional) stopped. NO Whether to enable the 3ah SET function on BTSETHPORT(O the BTS ptional) port. NO When the number of error frames on the MAC layer reaches the value of this parameter, the frame SET error alarm BTSETHPORT(O is ptional) generated. NO

BTSETHP ORT SWITCH3AH

3ah Switch

BSC6900

BTSETHP ORT MACEAAT

MAC Frame Error Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

BTSETHP ORT MACEADT

MAC Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold

BSC6900

When the number of error frames on the MAC layer decreases to the value of this parameter, SET the frame BTSETHPORT(O error alarm ptional) is cleared. NO

BTSETHP ORT IPEAAT

IP Frame Error Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

When the number of error frames on the IP layer reaches the value of this parameter, the frame SET error alarm BTSETHPORT(O is ptional) generated. NO

BTSETHP ORT IPEADT

IP Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold

BSC6900

When the number of error frames on the IP layer decreases to the value of this parameter, SET the frame BTSETHPORT(O error alarm ptional) is cleared. NO ADD BTSETHRMMEP (Mandatory) RMV BTSETHRMMEP (Mandatory) Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSETHR MMEP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSETHR MMEP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSETHRMMEP (Mandatory) RMV BTSETHRMMEP (Mandatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSETHRMMEP e spaces, (Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSETHRMMEP consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSETHRMMEP (Mandatory) RMV BTSETHRMMEP (Mandatory) ADD BTSETHRMMEP (Mandatory) RMV BTSETHRMMEP (Mandatory)

BTSETHR MMEP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSETHR MMEP MDNAME

MD Name

BSC6900

Name of the maintenan ce domain. YES Name of the maintenan ce association . YES

BTSETHR MMEP MANAME

MA Name

BSC6900

BTSETHR MMEP MEPID

MEP ID

BSC6900

Identifies a maintenan ce end ADD point BTSETHRMMEP (MEP) of a (Mandatory) maintenan RMV ce BTSETHRMMEP association (Mandatory) . YES Unique identifier of the Um interface SET software BTSEXCURSION synchroniz (Mandatory) ation task. NO SET BTSEXCURSION (Mandatory) Index type. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSEXCURSION a BTS in a (Mandatory) BSC. NO

BTSEXCU RSION TASKIDX BTSEXCU RSION IDTYPE

AISS Task Index

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSEXCU RSION BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSEXCURSION consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO Whether to adjust the BTS offset manually SET or BTSEXCURSION automatica (Mandatory) lly. NO Frame SET offset of BTSEXCURSION the BTS (Mandatory) clock. SET BTSEXCURSION (Mandatory) SET BTSEXD(Mandat ory)

BTSEXCU RSION BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSEXCU RSION ADJMODE

Adjustment Mode

BSC6900

BTSEXCU RSION FRAMEOFFSET

Frame Offset [Frame No]

BSC6900

NO

BTSEXCU RSION BITOFFSET

In Frame Bit Offset [1/8 bit]

BSC6900

Bit offset in the frame of the BTS clock. NO Type of an index. NO

BTSEXD

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSEXD

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSEXD(Mandat a BTS in a ory) BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSEXD(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO

BTSEXD

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSEXD

HUTHD

Humidity Alarm Upper Threshold

BSC6900

Humidity Alarm Upper Threshold for the environme nt alarm box to report an alarm indicating that the ambient humidity is too high. If the ambient humidity of the BTS is higher than this threshold, the environme nt alarm box reports the alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this SET parameter BTSEXD(Optiona in one l) mode must NO

BTSEXD

HLTHD

Humidity Alarm Lower Threshold

BSC6900

Humidity Alarm Lower Threshold for the environme nt alarm box to report an alarm indicating that the ambient humidity is too low. If the ambient humidity of the BTS is lower than this threshold, the environme nt alarm box reports the alarm. In multimode scenario, the value of this SET parameter BTSEXD(Optiona in this l) mode must NO

BTSEXD

TUTHD

Temperature Alarm Upper Threshold BSC6900

Temperatu re Alarm Upper Threshold for the environme nt alarm box to report an alarm indicating that the ambient temperatur e is too high. If the ambient temperatur e of the BTS is higher than this threshold, the environme nt alarm box reports the alarm. In multimode scenario, the value SET of this BTSEXD(Optiona parameter l) in this NO

BTSEXD

TLTHD

Temperature Alarm Lower Threshold BSC6900

BTSFALLB ACK IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Temperatu re Alarm Lower Threshold for the environme nt alarm box to report an alarm indicating that the ambient temperatur e is too low. If the ambient temperatur e of the BTS is lower than this threshold, the environme nt alarm box reports the alarm. In multimode scenario, the value SET of this BTSEXD(Optiona parameter l) in this NO SET BTSFALLBACK( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSFALLBACK( a BTS in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSFALLB ACK BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSFALLBACK( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSFALLB ACK BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSFALLB ACK ENABLE

Fallback Function Enable

BSC6900

Whether to enable the SET fallback BTSFALLBACK( function for Optional) the BTS NO

BTSFALLB ACK STARTTIME

Fallback Start Time BSC6900

Time for which the BTS waits to start the fallback function after the OML is interrupted. With this parameter, the BTS does not start the fallback function when the SET OML is BTSFALLBACK( interrupted Optional) transiently. NO Time for which the BTS waits to stop the fallback function after the OML is set up. With this parameter, the BTS does not stop the fallback function when the SET OML is set BTSFALLBACK( up Optional) transiently. NO

BTSFALLB ACK STOPTIME

Fallback Stop Time BSC6900

BTSFALLB UPLNKMAXLENG ACK TH Uplink Max Length

BSC6900

Maximum time in which a user uses the uplink of its VGCS call continuousl y when the SET BTS works BTSFALLBACK( in fallback Optional) mode NO If the BTS works in fallback mode and uplink VGCS connection is idle for a period specified by this parameter, the BTS disables the VGCS connection automatica lly. This parameter is valid only for useroriginated VGCS calls and is invalid for SET fixed BTSFALLBACK( VGCS Optional) calls. NO

BTSFALLB ACK NOVGCSTIME

No VGCS Call Time BSC6900

BTSFLEX ABISPARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSFLEXABISP query by ARA(Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSFLEXABISP a BTS in a ARA(Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSFLEX ABISPARA BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSFLEXABISP consecutiv ARA(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSFLEX ABISPARA BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSFLEX SUBRESPREEMP Sub Res Preempt ABISPARA TFLG Flag

BSC6900

Whether to allow the CS services to preempt the sublink resources of PS services when the Abis resources are congested. In the current version, this parameter supports configurati on consistenc y and configurati on delivery; however, this parameter is not used in any function. SET This BTSFLEXABISP parameter ARA(Optional) will be NO

BTSFLEX LOWLEVSUBRES Low Lev Sub Res ABISPARA PREEMPTFLG Preempt Flag

BSC6900

The CS services are preferred. This parameter indicates that the CS services are permitted to preempt the dynamic Abis resources on the sublink of the current level site. In the current version, this parameter supports configurati on consistenc y and configurati on delivery; SET however, BTSFLEXABISP this ARA(Optional) parameter NO

BTSFLEX ABISRESADJTCH TCHH Function ABISPARA HFUNSW Switch

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to enable the Abis resource adjustment TCHH function. It specifies whether the TCHH is preferential ly allocated to the MS by the BSC when Abis resources are insufficient. If the Abis resource load is greater than "Flex Abis Prior Choose Load Thred" or "Fix Abis SET Prior BTSFLEXABISP Choose ARA(Optional) Abis Load NO

BTSFLEX FIXABISPRIORABI Fix Abis Prior ABISPARA SLOADTHRED Choose Load Thred BSC6900

This parameter specifies the static Abis resource load threshold. If the static Abis resource load is less than the static Abis resource load threshold, the TCHF is preferential ly allocated. Otherwise, whether the TCHF or the TCHH should be preferential ly allocated is determined SET by the BTSFLEXABISP dynamic ARA(Optional) Abis NO

BTSFLEX PRIORABISLOAD Flex Abis Prior ABISPARA THRED Choose Load Thred BSC6900

If the static Abis resource load is greater than the value of "Fix Abis Prior Choose Abis Load Thred" and the dynamic Abis resource load is greater than the value of this parameter, the halfrate channel is preferred. Otherwise, SET the full-rate BTSFLEXABISP channel is ARA(Optional) preferred. NO

PCU Support BTSFLEX PCUPREEMPTFL PREEMPT_ABIS_LI ABISPARA AG NK Message BSC6900

Whether the PCU supports the PREEMPT _ABIS_LIN K message. If the BTS supports the FLEXABIS function, the CS service can preempt the timeslots on the Abis interface used by the PS service. After the preemption occurs, the BSC sends a PREEMPT _ABIS_LIN K message to the PCU SET if the PCU BTSFLEXABISP can ARA(Optional) process NO Maximum number of secondary links that are released in batches when the Abis resource preemption SET occurs on BTSFLEXABISP the Abis ARA(Optional) interface NO

BTSFLEX GROUPRELTSNU Group Release TS ABISPARA M Number

BSC6900

BTSFMUA BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSFMUABP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSFMUABP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSFMUA BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSFMUABP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSFMUA BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSFMUA BP CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSFMUABP(Op the tional) cabinet. YES

BTSFMUA BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack SET where the BTSFMUABP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSFMUABP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is locatedto YES Whether allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSFMUABP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO

BTSFMUA BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSFMUA BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

BTSFMUA BP STC

Smart Temperature Control BSC6900

Whether to enable the smart temperatur e control mechanis m of the FMUA. Smart temperatur e control refers to the mechanis m adopted by the FMUA to adjust the fan speed, and thus to regulate the temperatur e according to the environme nt temperatur e. In multimode SET scenario, BTSFMUABP(Op the value tional) of this NO

BTSFMUA BP SBAF

Special Boolean Alarm Flag

BSC6900

The value of this parameter consists of seven bits. Each bit determines whether to enable the one-way Boolean alarm. "0" indicates that the one-way Boolean alarm is enabled, and "1" indicates that the one-way Boolean alarm is disabled. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one SET mode must BTSFMUABP(Op be the tional) same as NO

BTSFMUA SPECIALSWITCH Special Alarm Valid BP ERLEVEL Level Configuration BSC6900

The value of this parameter consists of five bits. Each bit determines whether the oneway Boolean alarm is triggered by low level or high level. "0" indicates that the alarm is triggered by high level, and "1" indicates that the alarm is triggered by low level. In multimode SET scenario, BTSFMUABP(Op the value tional) of this NO

BTSFMUA BP MCN

Manager Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Cabinet No. of the manageme nt board. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSFMUABP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSFMUA BP MSRN

Manager Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSFMUABP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSFMUA BP MPN

Manager Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the serial port where the board is located. The manageme nt board refers to the TMU or RXU that directly communic ates with the board. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSFMUABP(Op work tional) properly. NO

BTSFMUA BP ADDR BTSFMUA BP FMUTYPE

Address

BSC6900

FMU Board Type

BSC6900

Communic ation address of the CBUS3 on the bus 485. The configurati on of this parameter must be consistent with the actual physical connection . Otherwise, the board SET may not BTSFMUABP(Op work tional) properly. NO SET Type of the BTSFMUABP(Op FMUA tional) board NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

BTSFORBI DTS IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDTS( Mandatory)

BTSFORBI DTS BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDTS( Mandatory)

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO The operation type can be "FORBID" or "RESTOR E". NO Number of the port on the BTS side YES Number of the cabinet where the port is located NO

BTSFORBI DTS BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDTS( Mandatory)

BTSFORBI DTS OPTYPE

Operate Type

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDTS( Mandatory) SET BTSFORBIDTS( Mandatory)

BTSFORBI DTS PN

Port No.

BSC6900

BTSFORBI DTS CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDTS( Optional)

BTSFORBI DTS SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDTS( Optional)

Number of the subrack where the port is located NO Number of the slot where the port is located NO Number of the start timeslot NO Number of the start subtimeslot NO Number of the end timeslot NO Number of the end subtimeslot NO

BTSFORBI DTS SN BTSFORBI DTS STARTTS

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

Start Timeslot No.

BSC6900

SET BTSFORBIDTS( Optional) SET BTSFORBIDTS( Mandatory) SET BTSFORBIDTS( Optional) SET BTSFORBIDTS( Mandatory) SET BTSFORBIDTS( Optional)

BTSFORBI DTS STARTSUBTS BTSFORBI DTS ENDTS

Start Sub Timeslot No.

BSC6900

End Timeslot NO.

BSC6900

BTSFORBI DTS ENDSUBTS

End Sub Timeslot NO.

BSC6900

BTSGUP WRSHRF P IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSGUPWRSHR query by FP(Mandatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSGUPWRSHR a BTS in a FP(Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSGUP WRSHRF P BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSGUPWRSHR consecutiv FP(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSGUP WRSHRF P BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSGUP WRSHRF P CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSGUPWRSHR command. FP(Mandatory) In multiNO

Start Time of Period BTSGUP 1 for Enabling GU WRSHRF GUPWRSHAREST Power P M1 Sharing[HH:MM] BSC6900

Start time of period 1 for enabling GU power sharing In the network, the period for enabling or disabling GU power sharing must be set according to the GU SET traffic BTSGUPWRSHR distribution FP(Optional) . NO End time of period 1 for enabling GU power sharing In the network, the period for enabling or disabling GU power sharing must be set according to the GU SET traffic BTSGUPWRSHR distribution FP(Optional) . NO

End Time of Period BTSGUP 1 for Enabling GU WRSHRF GUPWRSHAREET Power P M1 Sharing[HH:MM] BSC6900

Start Time of Period BTSGUP 2 for Enabling GU WRSHRF GUPWRSHAREST Power P M2 Sharing[HH:MM] BSC6900

Start time of period 2 for enabling GU power sharing In the network, the period for enabling or disabling GU power sharing must be set according to the GU SET traffic BTSGUPWRSHR distribution FP(Optional) . NO End time of period 2 for enabling GU power sharing In the network, the period for enabling or disabling GU power sharing must be set according to the GU SET traffic BTSGUPWRSHR distribution FP(Optional) . NO

End Time of Period BTSGUP 2 for Enabling GU WRSHRF GUPWRSHAREET Power P M2 Sharing[HH:MM] BSC6900

Start Time of Period BTSGUP 3 for Enabling GU WRSHRF GUPWRSHAREST Power P M3 Sharing[HH:MM] BSC6900

Start time of period 3 for enabling GU power sharing In the network, the period for enabling or disabling GU power sharing must be set according to the GU SET traffic BTSGUPWRSHR distribution FP(Optional) . NO End time of period 3 for enabling GU power sharing In the network, the period for enabling or disabling GU power sharing must be set according to the GU SET traffic BTSGUPWRSHR distribution FP(Optional) . NO

End Time of Period BTSGUP 3 for Enabling GU WRSHRF GUPWRSHAREET Power P M3 Sharing[HH:MM] BSC6900

Start Time of Period BTSGUP 4 for Enabling GU WRSHRF GUPWRSHAREST Power P M4 Sharing[HH:MM] BSC6900

Start time of period 4 for enabling GU power sharing In the network, the period for enabling or disabling GU power sharing must be set according to the GU SET traffic BTSGUPWRSHR distribution FP(Optional) . NO End time of period 4 for enabling GU power sharing In the network, the period for enabling or disabling GU power sharing must be set according to the GU SET traffic BTSGUPWRSHR distribution FP(Optional) . NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSIDLETS(Man query by datory) index. NO

End Time of Period BTSGUP 4 for Enabling GU WRSHRF GUPWRSHAREET Power P M4 Sharing[HH:MM] BSC6900

BTSIDLET S IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSIDLET S BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSIDLETS(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSIDLETS(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO Number of the cabinet group where the SET idle BTSIDLETS(Man timeslot is datory) located. NO

BTSIDLET S BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSIDLET S CGN

Cabinet Group No.

BSC6900

BTSIDLET S TSCOUNT

Idle TS Count

BSC6900

Number of idle timeslots. You can configure up to 128 idle timeslots for the BTS at a time. A BTS can be configured SET with up to BTSIDLETS(Man 512 idle datory) timeslots. NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSIP(Mandatory query by ) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSIP(Mandatory a BTS in a ) BSC. YES

BTSIP

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSIP

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSIP(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO Communic SET ation type BTSIP(Optional) of a BTS NO

BTSIP

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSIP

BTSCOMTYPE

BTS Communication Type BSC6900

BTSIP

BTSIP

BTS IP

BSC6900

SET BTSIP(Optional)

IP address of a BTS. When "BTS Communic ation Type" is set to LOGICIP, the value of the parameter is the IP address of the BTS. When "BTS Communic ation Type" is set to PORTIP, the value of this parameter is the same as that of the IP address of the BTS Ethernet port parameter related to "ADD BTSDEVIP ". When NO IP address of an interface board on the BSC side NO

BTSIP

BSCIP

BSC IP

BSC6900

SET BTSIP(Optional)

BTSIP

HOSTTYPE

HostType

BSC6900

SET BTSIP(Optional)

Host type of an IP BTS

NO

BTSIP

PEERBTSID

Peer BTS ID

BSC6900

Identifier of the peer SET BTS on the BTSIP(Mandatory homing ) BSC side NO IP address of the peer SET BSC on BTSIP(Mandatory the homing ) BSC side NO Subnet mask of the port IP SET address at BTSIP(Mandatory the peer ) BSC. NO IP address of the BTS security gateway. This parameter needs to be configured when the BTS connects to the BSC through the public network. NO

BTSIP

PEERBSCIP

Peer BSC IP

BSC6900

BTSIP

PEERBSCMASK

Peer BSC Mask

BSC6900

BTSIP

GWIP

BTS Security Gateway IP Address BSC6900

BTSIP

PEERBSCID

Peer BSC ID

BSC6900

SET BTSIP(Optional) SET BTSIP(Mandatory ID of the ) peer BSC

NO

BTSIP

CFGFLAG

Carry Flag

BSC6900

SET BTSIP(Optional)

Indicates whether the IP path is carried on the IP logic port or the resource group. NO

BTSIP

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Indicates the slot number for SET running BTSIP(Mandatory this ) command NO

BTSIP

LPN

Logic Port No.

BSC6900

SET Logical BTSIP(Mandatory port ) number

NO

BTSIP

GRPID BTSGWIPSWITC H

Transport Resource Group No. BSC6900 BTS Gateway IP Switch Forward Route Address

BTSIP

BSC6900

BTSIP

NEXTHOP

BSC6900

Transport SET resource BTSIP(Mandatory group ) number NO BTS SET Gateway BTSIP(Optional) IP Switch NO SET IP address BTSIP(Mandatory of the next ) hop NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSIPCLKPARA( query by Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSIPCLKPARA( a BTS in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSIPCLK PARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSIPCLKPARA( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO Type of the clock protocol for SET the IP BTSIPCLKPARA( clock Mandatory) server NO

BTSIPCLK PARA BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA CLKPRTTYPE

Clock Protocol Type BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA DN

Domain

BSC6900

Clock domain required by the slave side in the 1588V2 protocol. This parameter is valid when the SET 1588CLK BTSIPCLKPARA( type is Optional) configured. NO The clock topology mode of 1588V2,inc luding PTP over UDP unicast SET and PTP BTSIPCLKPARA( over MAC Optional) multicast NO Synchroniz SET ation mode BTSIPCLKPARA( of the IP Optional) clock NO Interim synchroniz ation period (in days). The BTS can reinitiate the synchroniz SET ation only BTSIPCLKPARA( after the Optional) period. NO

BTSIPCLK PARA CLKTOPOMODE

Clock Topology Mode Clock Synchronization Mode

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA SYNMODE

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA SYNTIMEDAY

Days of Inter Sync Period

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA SYNTIMEHOUR

Hours of Inter Sync Period

BSC6900

Interim synchroniz ation period (in hours). The BTS can reinitiate the synchroniz SET ation only BTSIPCLKPARA( after the Optional) period. NO Interim synchroniz ation period (in minutes). The BTS can reinitiate the synchroniz SET ation only BTSIPCLKPARA( after the Optional) period. NO Whether to support clock reference source redundanc SET y BTSIPCLKPARA( configurati Optional) on NO It must be the valid address of the A, B, or C type and cannot be the broadcast SET address or BTSIPCLKPARA( network Mandatory) address. NO

BTSIPCLK PARA SYNTIMEMIN

Minutes of Inter Sync Period

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA ISCLKREDUCY

Clock Reference Source Redundancy BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA MASTERIPADDR

Clock Server 0 IP Address

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA SLAVEIPADDR

Clock Server 1 IP Address

BSC6900

The IP address must be a valid class A, B, or C address, and it cannot be a broadcast SET address or BTSIPCLKPARA( network Mandatory) address. NO

BTSIPCLK PARA CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSIPCLKPARA( the Optional) cabinet. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSIPCLKPARA( BTS board Optional) is located NO Number of the slot SET where the BTSIPCLKPARA( BTS board Optional) is located NO Port SET Number of BTSIPCLKPARA( Clock Link Mandatory) 0. NO Clock Reference Source MAC Address of Clock Link 0,for SET example:1 BTSIPCLKPARA( 1-22-33-faMandatory) fa-ff. NO Port SET Number of BTSIPCLKPARA( Clock Link Mandatory) 1. NO

BTSIPCLK PARA SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA LINK0PORT

Port Number of Clock Link 0

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA LINK0MAC

Clock Reference Source MAC Address of Clock Link 0

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA LINK1PORT

Port Number of Clock Link 1

BSC6900

BTSIPCLK PARA LINK1MAC

Clock Reference Source MAC Address of Clock Link 1

BSC6900

Clock Reference Source MAC Address of Clock Link 1,for SET example:1 BTSIPCLKPARA( 1-22-33-faMandatory) fa-ff. NO ADD BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory) MOD BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory) RMV BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory) ADD BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory) MOD BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory) RMV BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory)

BTSIPLGC PORT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSIPLGC PORT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSIPLGCPORT e %, two or (Mandatory) more MOD consecutiv BTSIPLGCPORT e spaces, (Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSIPLGCPORT consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional) MOD BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional) RMV BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional) ADD BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional) MOD BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional) RMV BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional)

BTSIPLGC PORT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSIPLGC PORT CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the port is located YES

BTSIPLGC PORT SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the port is located YES

BTSIPLGC PORT SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional) MOD BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional) RMV BTSIPLGCPORT (Optional) ADD BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory) MOD BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory) RMV BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory) ADD BTSIPLGCPORT (Mandatory)

Number of the slot where the port is located YES This parameter indicates the number of the logical port of an IP BTS board. YES Number of the FE or GE port NO

BTSIPLGC PORT LPN BTSIPLGC PORT PN

Logical Port No.

BSC6900

Port No.

BSC6900

BTSIPLGC PORT TXBW

Transmission Bandwidth

BSC6900

This parameter indicates the ADD transmissi BTSIPLGCPORT on (Mandatory) bandwidth MOD over the BTSIPLGCPORT logical (Optional) port. NO This parameter indicates the ADD maximum BTSIPLGCPORT length of (Mandatory) the burst MOD sent over BTSIPLGCPORT the logical (Optional) port. NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; IMP BYID: BTSIPPARA(Man query by datory) index. NO

BTSIPLGC PORT TXCBS

Maximum Burst Size for Transmission BSC6900

BTSIPPAR A IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSIPPAR A BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely IMP identifying BTSIPPARA(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more IMP than two BTSIPPARA(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO IMP BTSIPPARA(Man Configurati datory) on Switch. NO

BTSIPPAR A BTSNAME BTSIPPAR A CFGSW

BTS Name

BSC6900

Configuration Switch BSC6900

BTSIPPAR IPPHYTRANSTYP IP Physical A E Transport Type BTSIPPAR A BTSCOMTYPE

BSC6900

BTS Communication Type BSC6900

BTSIPPAR A BTSIP

BTS IP

BSC6900

Type of IP physical transmissi on cable IMP medium, BTSIPPARA(Man E1 or datory) FE/GE. NO IMP Communic BTSIPPARA(Man ation type datory) of a BTS IP address NO of a BTS. When "BTS Communic ation Type" is set to LOGICIP, the value of the parameter is the IP address of the BTS. When "BTS Communic ation Type" is set to PORTIP, the value of this parameter is the same as that of the IP address of the BTS Ethernet port parameter related to IMP "ADD BTSIPPARA(Man BTSDEVIP datory) ". When NO

BTSIPPAR A BSCIP

BSC IP

BSC6900

IP address of an interface IMP board on BTSIPPARA(Man the BSC datory) side NO ADD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) RMV BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) MOD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) IMP BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) ADD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) RMV BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) MOD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) IMP BTSIPRT(Mandat ory)

BTSIPRT

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSIPRT

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSIPRT

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) RMV BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) MOD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) IMP BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) ADD BTSIPRT(Option al) RMV BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) MOD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory)

BTSIPRT

RTIDX

Route Index

BSC6900

Index of a route. The index is unique in a BTS. YES

BTSIPRT

DSTIP

Destination IP Address

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) MOD BTSIPRT(Option al) IMP BTSIPRT(Mandat Destination ory) IP address NO

BTSIPRT

DSTMASK

Destination Address Mask BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) MOD BTSIPRT(Option al) IMP BTSIPRT(Mandat ory)

Subnet mask of BTS Route.

NO

BTSIPRT

PRI

Route Priority

BSC6900

Priority of a route. A smaller value of this parameter indicates a higher priority. ADD The BTS BTSIPRT(Option preferential al) ly selects MOD the route BTSIPRT(Option with a high al) priority to IMP transfer BTSIPRT(Option information al) . NO

BTSIPRT

RTTYPE

Route Type

BSC6900

Type of the route. When the BTS does not support IP over E1, the parameter Route Type needs to be set to NEXTHOP (Next Hop). When the BTS supports IP over E1, the parameter Route Type needs to be set to OUTIF(Out ADD Interface) BTSIPRT(Mandat because ory) the MOD packets at BTSIPRT(Option the data al) link layer IMP are BTSIPRT(Mandat encapsulat ory) ed NO ADD BTSIPRT(Option al) MOD BTSIPRT(Option al) IMP BTSIPRT(Option al)

BTSIPRT

CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the port is located NO

BTSIPRT

SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRT(Option al) MOD BTSIPRT(Option al) IMP BTSIPRT(Option al) ADD BTSIPRT(Option al) MOD BTSIPRT(Option al) IMP BTSIPRT(Option al)

Number of the subrack where the port is located NO

BTSIPRT

SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the port is located NO

BTSIPRT

NEXTHOP

Forward Route Address

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) MOD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) IMP IP address BTSIPRT(Mandat of the next ory) hop NO

BTSIPRT

ITFType

Interface Type

BSC6900

Type of the interface. This is determined by the type of the protocol currently used by the BTS. Point-toPoint Protocol (PPP) is a data link protocol. Multilink PPP (MP) is a bandwidthondemand protocol that binds ADD multiple BTSIPRT(Mandat links ory) together MOD according BTSIPRT(Mandat to PPP ory) (also called IMP link BTSIPRT(Mandat aggregatio ory) n). NO ADD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) MOD BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) IMP BTSIPRT(Mandat ory) IMP BTSIPRT(Mandat ory)

BTSIPRT

IFNO

Outgoing Interface No.

BSC6900

Number of the outgoing interface of a link NO Configurati on Switch. NO

BTSIPRT

CFGSW

Configuration Switch BSC6900

BTSIPRTB IND IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) MOD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) RMV BTSIPRTBIND(M Type of an andatory) index. NO ADD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) MOD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) RMV BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory)

BTSIPRTB IND BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSIPRTBIND(M e %, two or andatory) more MOD consecutiv BTSIPRTBIND(M e spaces, andatory) or more RMV than two BTSIPRTBIND(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO

BTSIPRTB IND BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSIPRTB IND DSTIP

Destination IP Address

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) MOD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) RMV BTSIPRTBIND(M Destination andatory) IP address YES ADD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) MOD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) RMV BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory)

BTSIPRTB IND DSTMASK

Destination Address Mask BSC6900

Subnet mask of BTS Route.

YES

BTSIPRTB IND NEXTHOP

Forward Route Address

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) MOD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) RMV IP address BTSIPRTBIND(M of the next andatory) hop YES

BTSIPRTB IND CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSIPRTBIND(O Number of ptional) the cabinet NO Number of the subrack ADD where the BTSIPRTBIND(O BTS board ptional) is located NO Number of the slot ADD where the BTSIPRTBIND(O BTS board ptional) is located NO ADD BTSIPRTBIND(M andatory) MOD BFD BTSIPRTBIND(O Session ptional) No.

BTSIPRTB IND SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSIPRTB IND SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSIPRTB IND BFDSN

BFD Session No.

BSC6900

NO

BTSIPRTB IND CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

MOD Number of BTSIPRTBIND(O the ptional) cabinet. NO Number of the subrack MOD where the BTSIPRTBIND(O BTS board ptional) is located NO Number of the slot MOD where the BTSIPRTBIND(O BTS board ptional) is located NO Index type. ADD BYNAME: BTSIPTOLGCPO query by RT(Mandatory) name; RMV BYID: BTSIPTOLGCPO query by RT(Mandatory) index. NO ADD BTSIPTOLGCPO RT(Mandatory) RMV BTSIPTOLGCPO RT(Mandatory) Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

BTSIPRTB IND SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSIPRTB IND SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSIPTOL GCPORT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSIPTOL GCPORT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSIPTOLGCPO e spaces, RT(Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSIPTOLGCPO consecutiv RT(Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSIPTOLGCPO RT(Optional) RMV BTSIPTOLGCPO RT(Optional) ADD BTSIPTOLGCPO RT(Optional) RMV BTSIPTOLGCPO RT(Optional) ADD BTSIPTOLGCPO RT(Optional) RMV BTSIPTOLGCPO RT(Optional) Number of the cabinet where the port is located YES Number of the subrack where the port is located YES Number of the slot where the port is located YES

BTSIPTOL GCPORT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSIPTOL GCPORT CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSIPTOL GCPORT SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSIPTOL GCPORT SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSIPTOL GCPORT LPN

Logical Port No.

BSC6900

This parameter indicates ADD the BTSIPTOLGCPO number of RT(Mandatory) the logical RMV port of an BTSIPTOLGCPO IP BTS RT(Mandatory) board. YES This parameter indicates the ADD destination BTSIPTOLGCPO IP address RT(Mandatory) for data RMV transmissi BTSIPTOLGCPO on from RT(Mandatory) the BTS. YES This parameter indicates the mask of the destination IP address for data ADD transmissi BTSIPTOLGCPO on from RT(Mandatory) the BTS. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSJBF(Mandato query by ry) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSJBF(Mandato a BTS in a ry) BSC. YES

BTSIPTOL GCPORT DSTIP

Destination IP Address

BSC6900

BTSIPTOL GCPORT DSTMASK

Destination IP Address Mask

BSC6900

BTSJBF

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSJBF

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSJBF(Mandato consecutiv ry) e +. NO

BTSJBF

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSJBF

JBF

LAPD Jitter Buffer Algorithm

BSC6900

Whether to enable the LAPD Jitter Buffer algorithm. This algorithm adds a buffering adaptation layer under the LAPD layer at the receiving end. The function at this layer is to delay the I frame (first received, last sent) currently received. If an I frame is received within the delayed duration, the frame is sent to the LAPD SET layer. In BTSJBF(Mandato this way, ry) the frame NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSLAPDWS(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSLAPDWS(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSLAPD WS IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSLAPD WS BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSLAPDWS(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Size of the OML/ESL/ EML SET Downlink BTSLAPDWS(Op LAPD tional) window NO SET Size of the BTSLAPDWS(Op RSL LAPD tional) window NO Size of the OML/ESL/ EML SET Uplink BTSLAPDWS(Op LAPD tional) Window NO

BTSLAPD WS BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSLAPD WS OMLWS BTSLAPD WS RSLWS

OML/ESL/EML LAPD Downlink Window Size

BSC6900

RSL LAPD Window Size BSC6900

BTSLAPD WS UPOMLWS

OML/ESL/EML LAPD Uplink Window Size

BSC6900

BTSLOAD CTRL IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSLOADCTRL( query by Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSLOADCTRL( a BTS in a Mandatory) BSC. NO

BTSLOAD CTRL BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSLOADCTRL( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO SET BTSLOADCTRL( Control Mandatory) Flag NO SET Effect BTSLOADCTRL( Immediatel Mandatory) y Flag NO

BTSLOAD CTRL BTSNAME BTSLOAD CTRL CTRLFLAG BTSLOAD CTRL EFTIMMFLAG

BTS Name

BSC6900

Control Flag Effect Immediately Flag

BSC6900

BSC6900

BTSLOAD CTRL SELFVERSION BTSLOAD CTRL PEERVERSION

Self Version

BSC6900

Peer Version

BSC6900

SET BTSLOADCTRL( Mandatory) SET BTSLOADCTRL( Mandatory) ADD BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory)

Self Software Version Peer Software Version

NO

NO

BTSLOCG RP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index. NO

BTSLOCG RP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSLOCGRP(Ma e %, two or ndatory) more MOD consecutiv BTSLOCGRP(Ma e spaces, ndatory) or more RMV than two BTSLOCGRP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO ADD BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) Number of the location group under the BTS. It is unique for each BTS. YES

BTSLOCG RP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSLOCG RP LOCGRPNO

Location Group No. BSC6900

BTSLOCG RP ISMAINLOCGRP

Is Main Local Group BSC6900

Whether this location group is the main location group. If the value is Yes, this location group is the main location group. If the value is No, this location group is ADD the slave BTSLOCGRP(Ma location ndatory) group. NO Minimum voltage level for ADD accessing BTSLOCGRP(Op CS tional) services of MOD the BTSLOCGRP(Op location tional) group NO Minimum voltage level for ADD accessing BTSLOCGRP(Op PS tional) services of MOD the BTSLOCGRP(Op location tional) group NO ADD BTSLOCGRP(Op tional) MOD BTSLOCGRP(Op tional) Output power unit of the location group. NO

BTSLOCG RP RACJACCLEV

CS Min.Access Level

BSC6900

BTSLOCG RP PSRACJACCLEV

PS Min.Access Level

BSC6900

BTSLOCG OUTPUTPOWER RP UNIT

Output Power Unit

BSC6900

BTSLOCG RP OUTPUTPOWER

Output Power

BSC6900

Output power of the location group. For a location group that consists of MRRU or GRRU boards, the default output power is 15W. For a location group that consists of DRRU boards, the default output power varies with frequency bands. That is, when the frequency ADD band is BTSLOCGRP(Ma 850M/900 ndatory) M, the MOD default BTSLOCGRP(Ma output ndatory) power is NO ADD BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSLOCGRP(Ma ndatory) SET BTSLOCKBCCH( Mandatory) Output power of the location group

BTSLOCG RP OUTPUTPOWER1 Output Power BTSLOCK BCCH IDTYPE

BSC6900

NO

Index Type

BSC6900

Type of an index. NO

BTSLOCK BCCH BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSLOCKBCCH( a BTS in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSLOCKBCCH( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSLOCK BCCH BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSLOCK BTSPOWEROFFL BTS Power-off Lock BCCH OCKBCCH BCCH BSC6900

BTSLSW

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the BSC is allowed to shut down the BCCH TRX that is configured as "Shut Down Enabled" to save power after the BSC receives a power failure message from the BTS. When this parameter is set to Yes, the BSC shuts down all the TRXs that are configured as "Shut SET Down BTSLOCKBCCH( Enabled", Mandatory) including NO SET BTSLSW(Mandat Type of an ory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSLSW(Mandat a BTS in a ory) BSC. YES

BTSLSW

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSLSW(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO

BTSLSW

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSLSW

ISSUPPORTBTSL Support BTS Local SWITCH Switch

BSC6900

Whether to enable the BTS to support local switching If the BTS supports local switching, when the calling and called MSs are both within the BTS or BTS group, the voice signals are looped back to the MSs within the BTS or BTS group instead of being sent over the Abis interface to the BSC and MSC. In this way, SET the Abis BTSLSW(Optiona resources l) between NO

BTSLSW

REGION

Region Information

BSC6900

Region information of the IP BTS configured with local switching. Local switching can be performed between only the BTSs that have the same SET region BTSLSW(Optiona information l) . NO ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) RMV BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) RMV BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory)

BTSMONI TORTS IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSMONI TORTS BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSMONITORTS e %, two or (Mandatory) more MOD consecutiv BTSMONITORTS e spaces, (Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSMONITORTS consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) RMV BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory)

BTSMONI TORTS BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSMONI TORTS TSIDX

Timeslot Index

BSC6900

Index of the monitoring timeslot. The index is unique in a BTS. YES

BTSMONI TORTS TSRATE

Time Slot Rate

BSC6900

ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD Rate of the BTSMONITORTS monitoring (Optional) timeslot NO ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) In-BSC subrack No. of the monitoring timeslot NO

BTSMONI TORTS BSCSRN

In-BSC Subrack No. BSC6900

BTSMONI TORTS BSCSN

In-BSC Slot No.

BSC6900

In-BSC slot No. of the monitoring timeslot NO In-BSC port No. of the monitoring timeslot NO In-BSC timeslot No. of the monitoring timeslot NO

BTSMONI TORTS BSCPN

In-BSC Port No.

BSC6900

BTSMONI TORTS BSCTS

In-BSC Timeslot No. BSC6900

BTSMONI TORTS BSCSUBTS

In-BSC Sub Timeslot No.

BSC6900

In-BSC subtimeslot No. of the monitoring timeslot. If the added monitoring timeslot works at 64 kbit/s, the subtimeslots are numbered from 0. If the added monitoring timeslot works at 32 kbit/s, the subtimeslots are numbered from 0 or 4. If the added monitoring ADD timeslot BTSMONITORTS works at (Mandatory) 16 kbit/s, MOD the subBTSMONITORTS timeslots (Optional) are NO Number of the outgoing ADD port of the BTSMONITORTS BTS where (Mandatory) the MOD monitoring BTSMONITORTS timeslot is (Optional) located NO ADD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) Number of the cabinet where the outgoing port of the BTS is located NO

BTSMONI TORTS STPN

Out-BTS Port No.

BSC6900

BTSMONI TORTS STCN

Out Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSMONI TORTS STSRN

Out Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the ADD subrack BTSMONITORTS where the (Optional) outgoing MOD port of the BTSMONITORTS BTS is (Optional) located NO ADD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) Number of the slot where the outgoing port of the BTS is located NO Number of the timeslot on the outgoing port of the BTS NO

BTSMONI TORTS STSN

Out Port Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSMONI TORTS STTS

Out-BTS Timeslot No.

BSC6900

BTSMONI TORTS STSUBTS

Out-BTS Sub Timeslot No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSMONITORTS (Mandatory) MOD BTSMONITORTS (Optional) ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) RMV BTSMPGRP(Man datory) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory)

Number of the subtimeslot on the outgoing port of the BTS NO

BTSMPGR P IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSMPGR P BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) RMV BTSMPGRP(Man datory) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSMPGR P BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) RMV BTSMPGRP(Man datory) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory)

BTSMPGR P MPGRPN

MLPPP Group No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) RMV BTSMPGRP(Man datory) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory) ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) RMV BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) RMV BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Opti onal)

Number of an MLPPP group on a BTS. It is unique in a BTS.The scope of the number of the MLPPP group in the BTS3900 series is 0~1. YES

BTSMPGR P CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the port is located YES

BTSMPGR P SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the port is located YES

BTSMPGR P SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) RMV BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory) ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory) ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory)

Number of the slot where the port is located YES

BTSMPGR P LOCALIP

Local IP Address

BSC6900

Local IP address of BTS MLPPP Group. NO

BTSMPGR P MASK

Subnet Mask

BSC6900

Subnet mask of BTS MLPPP Group.

NO

BTSMPGR P PEERIP

Peer IP Address

BSC6900

IP address of the peer end of BTS MLPPP Group. NO

BTSMPGR P MPSWITCH

MCPPP Switch

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Opti Is Support onal) MCPPP. NO

BTSMPGR P MHF

MP/MC List Head Option

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Opti onal)

Frame encapsulati on format supported by MP/MC. NO

BTSMPGR P MCCLASS

MC PRI Number

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP Number of BTSMPGRP(Opti MC priority onal) levels. NO

BTSMPGR P AUTHTYPE

Validate Protocol Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Opti onal)

Type of the validation protocol for the PPP or MLPPP link negotiation NO

BTSMPGR P AUTHMODE

Validate Mode

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory)

Validation mode of the PPP or MLPPP link negotiation NO

BTSMPGR P AUTHNAME

Validate User Name BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory)

Username to validate, for the PPP or MLPPP link negotiation NO

BTSMPGR P AUTHPWD

Validate Password

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) MOD BTSMPGRP(Man datory) IMP BTSMPGRP(Man datory) ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) ADD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPGRP(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPGRP(Opti onal)

Password to validate, upon PPP or MLPPP link negotiation NO

BTSMPGR P PFC

Support Protocol Field Compress

BSC6900

Whether to compress the protocol field of the PPP link. NO A flag bit indicates Whether to support the compressi on of the address and control fields. NO

BTSMPGR P ACFC

Support Address and Control Field Compress

BSC6900

BTSMPGR P MPGRPEAAT

MP Group Frame Error Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

When the number of error frames on the MP ADD group BTSMPGRP(Opti reaches onal) the value MOD of this BTSMPGRP(Opti parameter, onal) the frame IMP error alarm BTSMPGRP(Opti is onal) generated. NO When the number of error frames on the MP ADD group BTSMPGRP(Opti decreases onal) to the MOD value of BTSMPGRP(Opti this onal) parameter, IMP the frame BTSMPGRP(Opti error alarm onal) is cleared. NO

BTSMPGR P MPGRPEADT

MP Group Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold

BSC6900

BTSMPGR P IPEAAT

IP Frame Error Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

When the number of error frames on ADD the IP layer BTSMPGRP(Opti reaches onal) the value MOD of this BTSMPGRP(Opti parameter, onal) the frame IMP error alarm BTSMPGRP(Opti is onal) generated. NO

BTSMPGR P IPEADT BTSMPGR P CFGSW

IP Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold

BSC6900

Configuration Switch BSC6900

When the number of error frames on ADD the IP layer BTSMPGRP(Opti decreases onal) to the MOD value of BTSMPGRP(Opti this onal) parameter, IMP the frame BTSMPGRP(Opti error alarm onal) is cleared. NO IMP BTSMPGRP(Man Configurati datory) on Switch. NO ADD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) MOD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) RMV BTSMPLNK(Man datory) IMP BTSMPLNK(Man datory) ADD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) MOD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) RMV BTSMPLNK(Man datory) IMP BTSMPLNK(Man datory)

BTSMPLN K IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSMPLN K BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSMPLN K BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) MOD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) RMV BTSMPLNK(Man datory) IMP BTSMPLNK(Man datory)

BTSMPLN K MPGRPN

MLPPP Group No.

BSC6900

Number of an MLPPP group on a BTS. It is unique in a BTS.The ADD scope of BTSMPLNK(Man the datory) number of MOD the MLPPP BTSMPLNK(Man group in datory) the IMP BTS3900 BTSMPLNK(Man series is datory) 0~1. NO

BTSMPLN K PPPLNKN

PPP Link No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) MOD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) RMV BTSMPLNK(Man datory) IMP Number of BTSMPLNK(Man a BTS PPP datory) link. YES ADD BTSMPLNK(Man datory) MOD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPLNK(Man datory) ADD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) RMV BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) ADD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) RMV BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPLNK(Opti onal)

BTSMPLN K PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the port on the BTS side NO

BTSMPLN K CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the port is located YES

BTSMPLN K SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the port is located YES

BTSMPLN K SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) RMV BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPLNK(Opti onal)

Number of the slot where the port is located YES

BTSMPLN K TSBITMAP

Bearing Time Slot

BSC6900

Timeslot of the E1/T1 link ADD carrying BTSMPLNK(Man the PPP datory) link. The MOD timeslot of BTSMPLNK(Opti an E1 port onal) cannot be IMP used by BTSMPLNK(Man different datory) PPP links. NO

BTSMPLN K MRU

Max Receive Unit

BSC6900

Maximum length of a received packet. ADD The value BTSMPLNK(Opti of this onal) parameter MOD is BTSMPLNK(Opti negotiated onal) at both IMP ends of a BTSMPLNK(Opti communic onal) ation. NO ADD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) MOD BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) IMP BTSMPLNK(Opti onal) Timer NO IMP BTSMPLNK(Man Configurati datory) on Switch. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSNFCBBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSNFCBBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSMPLN K RSTIME BTSMPLN K CFGSW

Restart Timer

BSC6900

Configuration Switch BSC6900

BTSNFCB BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSNFCB BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSNFCBBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSNFCBBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSNFCBBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES

BTSNFCB BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSNFCB BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSNFCB BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSNFCB BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSNFCBBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO

BTSNFCB BP STC

Smart Temperature Control BSC6900

Whether to enable the smart temperatur e control mechanis m of the NFCB. Smart temperatur e control refers to the mechanis m adopted by the NFCB to adjust the fan speed, and thus to regulate the temperatur e according to the environme SET nt BTSNFCBBP(Opt temperatur ional) e. NO ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory)

BTSOBJA LMSHLD OBJTP

Object Type

BSC6900

Type of the alarm shield object YES

BTSOBJA LMSHLD IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. ADD BYNAME: BTSOBJALMSHL query by D(Mandatory) BTS name; RMV BYID: BTSOBJALMSHL query by D(Mandatory) BTS index. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSOBJALMSHL e spaces, D(Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSOBJALMSHL consecutiv D(Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

BTSOBJA LMSHLD BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSOBJA LMSHLD BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

BTSOBJA LMSHLD CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

BTSOBJA LMSHLD LOCGRPNO

Location Group No. BSC6900

ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV Number of BTSOBJALMSHL a location D(Mandatory) group YES

BTSOBJA LMSHLD CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV Number of BTSOBJALMSHL the D(Mandatory) cabinet. YES ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located YES Number of the slot where the BTS board is located YES

BTSOBJA LMSHLD SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSOBJA LMSHLD SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSOBJA LMSHLD PN

Port No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV BTSOBJALMSHL Alarm port D(Mandatory) number YES ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV Alarm BTSOBJALMSHL selection D(Optional) mode

BTSOBJA LMSHLD AIDST

Alarm Select Type

BSC6900

NO

BTSOBJA LMSHLD AID BTSOMLB ACKUP IDTYPE

Alarm ID.

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) RMV BTSOBJALMSHL D(Mandatory) Alarm ID NO SET BTSOMLBACKU Type of an P(Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSOMLBACKU a BTS in a P(Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSOMLB ACKUP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSOMLBACKU consecutiv P(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSOMLB ACKUP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSOMLB ACKUP OMLBKUP

Configure Backup OML

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to configure the backup OML. When "YES" is configured in the BTS, an OML is configured in timeslot 31 of port 0 and port 1 respectivel y. The links are established on the two ports in turn after the BTS is reset. Once the OML is established on a port, it is always used unless the SET BTS is BTSOMLBACKU reset or the P(Optional) OML is NO Time for which the BTS waits to swap the OML after the OML is interrupted. With this parameter, the BTS does not swap the OML when SET the OML is BTSOMLBACKU interrupted P(Optional) transiently. NO

BTSOMLB ACKUP WTBS

Wait Time before OML Switch

BSC6900

BTSOMLB ACKUP TBS

Try Switching Duration Time

BSC6900

Maximum time in which the BTS attempts to set up the OML after swapping the main and backup OMLs. If the BTS fails to set up the OML within this time, the BTS swaps the main and SET backup BTSOMLBACKU OMLs P(Optional) again. NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSOMLDETEC query by T(Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSOMLDETEC a BTS in a T(Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSOMLD ETECT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSOMLD ETECT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSOMLDETEC consecutiv T(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSOMLD ETECT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSOMLD OMLDETECTSWI OML Detection ETECT TCH Switch

BSC6900

If OML Detection Switch is set to OFF, then the OML timeslot automatic detection is not supported. In this case, the OML is carried on the default timeslots. If OML Detection Switch is set to ON, then the OML timeslot automatic detection is supported. In this case, you can run the "SET BTSOMLT SET S" BTSOMLDETEC command T(Mandatory) to allocate NO

BTSOMLD ETECT BTSBARCODE

BTS Bar Code

BSC6900

Bard code SET of BTS BTSOMLDETEC BBU T(Mandatory) board. NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSOMLTS(Man query by datory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSOMLTS(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

BTSOMLT S IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSOMLT S BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSOMLTS(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO Number of SET the port on BTSOMLTS(Man the BTS datory) side NO Number of the cabinet SET where the BTSOMLTS(Opti port is onal) located NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSOMLTS(Opti port is onal) located NO

BTSOMLT S BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSOMLT S PN

Port No.

BSC6900

BTSOMLT S CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSOMLT S SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSOMLT S SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot SET where the BTSOMLTS(Opti port is onal) located NO Number of SET the BTSOMLTS(Man timeslot on datory) the port NO Number of SET the subBTSOMLTS(Man timeslot on datory) the port NO ADD BTSOP(Mandator y) RMV BTSOP(Mandator y) Base station index, 65535 indicate all base stations. NO

BTSOMLT S TS

Time Slot NO.

BSC6900

BTSOMLT S SUBTS

Sub Timeslot No.

BSC6900

BTSOP

BTSIDX

Site Index Collect

BSC6900

BTSOTHP ARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSOTHPARA(M query by andatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSOTHPARA(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. NO

BTSOTHP ARA BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSOTHPARA(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO Site synchroniz ation method. AISS stands for the airinterface soft synchroniz ation method, and GPS stands for the GPS SET synchroniz BTSOTHPARA(O ation ptional) method. NO

BTSOTHP ARA BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSOTHP ARA SYNCMETHOD

Site Synchronization Method BSC6900

BTSOTHP PSUTURNINGOFF PSU Turning Off ARA ENABLE Enable

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the BTS is allowed to enable the PSU Smart Control feature. When this parameter is set to YES, the BTS automatica lly enables or disables the PSU according to the traffic volume to improve the efficiency of the PSU. When this parameter is set to NO, the SET PSUs of BTSOTHPARA(O the BTS ptional) are all NO

BTSOTHP BTSDETECTSWIT ARA CH BTS Detect Switch

BSC6900

BTS detection switch. If the parameter is set to "CLOSE", the function of detecting the BTS is disabled. If the parameter is set to "OPEN", the function of detecting the BTS is enabled. When the function of detecting the BTS is enabled, the BSC performs addressing according to the BTS IP address SET and sends BTSOTHPARA(O the UDP ptional) packet NO

BTSOTHP ARA PaAdjVol

PA Intelligent Adjust Voltage BSC6900

BTSOTHP ARA RESETTIME BTSOTHP ARA SENDSAMBE BTSOTHP ARA ISSUPERBTS

BTS Reset Time

BSC6900

BSC Auto Link Flag BSC6900

Is Super BTS

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the multicarrier transceiver unit supports the MultiCarrier Intelligent Voltage Regulation feature. When this parameter is set to YES, the multicarrier transceiver unit automatica lly regulates its working voltage according to the power requireme SET nts of a BTSOTHPARA(O service. ptional) When this NO The waiting time from BTS detect OML SET disconnect BTSOTHPARA(O to BTS ptional) reset. NO SET The time BTSOTHPARA(O for BTS ptional) reset. NO SET BTSOTHPARA(O ISSUPERB ptional) TS NO

BTSOTHP ARA JITBUFDELAY

PS Jitter Buffer Delay

BSC6900

Default receive delay of the PS Jitter Buffer on the BTS. A greater value of this parameter indicates a longer endto-end SET delay for BTSOTHPARA(O the PS ptional) service. NO Port detection sequence SET used BTSOTHPARA(O during BTS ptional) startup. NO Number of customized detection types involved when the customized sequence SET is used for BTSOTHPARA(M port andatory) detection. NO Preferentia l customized detection type when the customized sequence SET is used for BTSOTHPARA(M port andatory) detection. NO

BTSOTHP ARA PROBESEQ

BTS Port Detection Sequence

BSC6900

Number of BTSOTHP PRIVATEPROBEN Customized ARA UM Detection Types

BSC6900

Preferential BTSOTHP PRIVATEPROBEF Customized ARA ST Detection Type

BSC6900

Subsidiary BTSOTHP PRIVATEPROBES Customized ARA ND Detection Type

BSC6900

Subsidiary customized detection type when the customized sequence is used for port detection. This parameter is valid only when Number of Customize SET d Detection BTSOTHPARA(M Types is andatory) set to 2. NO

BTSOTHP ARA PDCHGBR

PS Service Guaranteed Rate

BSC6900

Minimum number of Abis resources requested for PS channels in the site. When this parameter is set to 16K, a minimum of 16 kbit/s bandwidth is required for this channel. When this parameter is set to 32K, a minimum of 32 kbit/s bandwidth is required for this channel. When this parameter is set to 48K, a SET minimum BTSOTHPARA(O of 48 kbit/s ptional) bandwidth NO

BTSOTHP MCPACUTPWRP ARA RIPOLICY

MCPA Priority Policy on Power Decrease BSC6900

The parameter determines which priority policy on power decrease is used by the MCPA function. If the parameter is set to "No Priority", power is decreased evenly regardless of different service types. But power is not decreased on the BCCH. If the parameter is set to "CS Prior SET to PS", BTSOTHPARA(O power is ptional) decreased NO

BTSOTHP MCPACUTPSCUT PS Power Decrease ARA PWRRANGE Range BSC6900

When "MCPA Priority Policy on Power Decrease" is set to "CS Prior to PS", the parameter controls the power decrease range for the PS SET service in BTSOTHPARA(O power ptional) decrease. NO Enable BTS Local SET User BTSOTHPARA(O Manageme ptional) nt. NO

BTSOTHP ARA SPRTLU

Local Call Support Flag

BSC6900

BTSOTHP ABISIDLETSCFGS Abis Idle TS ARA WITCH Configure Switch

BSC6900

This parameter controls whether the strategy for timeslot configurati on and optimizatio n is started. When this parameter is set to ON, the bundled idle timeslots for the PS channel should be allocated to the same 64 kbit/s timeslot as the primary link. When this parameter is set to SET OFF, the BTSOTHPARA(O idle ptional) channels NO

BTSOTHP ABISIDLETSALLO Abis Idle TS Allocate ARA C Strategy BSC6900

This parameter controls the strategy for idle timeslot selection and optimizatio SET n by the BTSOTHPARA(O PS ptional) channels. NO

BTSOTHP ARA ENERGYMNG

Weather Adaptive Power Management Enable BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the function of Weather Adaptive Power SET Manageme BTSOTHPARA(O nt is ptional) enabled. NO This parameter indicates the total number of hardware modules, SET excluding BTSOTHPARA(O those of ptional) GSM. NO SET BTSOUTPUT(Ma Type of an ndatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSOUTPUT(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSOTHP ARA OTHMODNUM BTSOUTP UT IDTYPE

Number of OtherRAT Modules

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSOUTP UT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSOUTPUT(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSOUTP UT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSOUTP UT COLDSET

Refrigeration Equipment

BSC6900

Whether to start the refrigeratio n equipment of the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSOUTPUT(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to start the heating equipment of the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSOUTPUT(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSOUTP UT WARMSET

Heating Equipment

BSC6900

BTSOUTP UT DRYSET

Dehumidification Equipment

BSC6900

Whether to start the dehumidifi cation equipment of the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSOUTPUT(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to start the humidificati on equipment of the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSOUTPUT(Op in another tional) mode. NO

BTSOUTP UT WETSET

Humidification Equipment

BSC6900

BTSOUTP UT FIRESET

Fire-extinguishing Equipment

BSC6900

Whether to start the fireextinguishi ng equipment of the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSOUTPUT(Op in another tional) mode. NO Whether to start the anti-theft equipment of the BTS. In multimode scenario, the value of this parameter in one mode must be the same as the value of the correspond ing SET parameter BTSOUTPUT(Op in another tional) mode. NO RMV Type of the BTSPATCH(Man patch datory) operation NO

BTSOUTP UT DESTEALSET BTSPATC H POT

Anti-theft Equipment BSC6900 Patch Operation Type

BSC6900

BTSPATC H BTSTYPE

BTS Type

BSC6900

RMV BTSPATCH(Man Type of the datory) BTS NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; RMV BYID: BTSPATCH(Man query by datory) index. NO List of BTS indexes. You can specify multiple BTSs,sepa rated by "&" and "&&". For example, RMV "1&2&3&4 BTSPATCH(Man &5" or datory) "1&&5". NO

BTSPATC H IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSPATC H BTSIDLST

BTS Index List

BSC6900

BTSPATC H BTSNAMELST

BTS Name List

BSC6900

List of BTS names. You can specify multiple BTSs, separated by "&". For RMV example, BTSPATCH(Man "E001&E0 datory) 02". NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSPINGSW(Ma query by ndatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSPINGSW(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSPINGS W IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSPINGS W BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSPINGSW(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO If the parameter is set to "ON", all the Ping packets are sent. If the parameter is set to "OFF", all the Ping SET packets BTSPINGSW(Op are tional) discarded. NO

BTSPINGS W BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSPINGS W BTSPINGSWITCH BTS Ping Switch

BSC6900

BTSPLRA LM IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSPLRALM(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSPLRALM(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSPLRA LM BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSPLRALM(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSPLRA LM BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSPLRA LM CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSPLRALM(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO

BTSPLRA LM PAE

Power Lose Redundancy Alarm Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the generation of the Power Lose Redundan cy alarm. The PSUs needs to be configured in N+1 backup mode. When this parameter is set to "YES", the BTS reports the Power Lose Redundan cy alarm if the PSUs are not SET configured BTSPLRALM(Opt in N+1 ional) mode. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSPMUBP(Man query by datory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSPMUBP(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

BTSPMUB P IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSPMUB P BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSPMUBP(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSPMUBP(Man BTS board datory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSPMUBP(Man BTS board datory) is located YES

BTSPMUB P BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSPMUB P SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSPMUB P SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSPMUB P CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSPMUBP(Man command. datory) In multiNO Power type SET managed BTSPMUBP(Opti by the onal) PMU NO Even charging voltage of the battery. The battery is charged at the voltage as SET specified BTSPMUBP(Opti by this onal) parameter. NO

BTSPMUB P POWERTYPE

Power Type

BSC6900

BTSPMUB CELLEQUCHGVO Even Charging P L Voltage

BSC6900

BTSPMUB CELLFLOATCHGV Float Charging P OL Voltage

BSC6900

Float charging voltage of the battery. The battery is charged at the voltage as SET specified BTSPMUBP(Opti by this onal) parameter. NO Normal output capacity of the battery group in specific dischargin g conditions (such as discharge rate, temperatur e, and final voltage). Generally, the parameter is based SET on 10-hour BTSPMUBP(Opti discharge onal) rate. NO

BTSPMUB NOMINALCAPACI Norminal P TY Capacity{AH}

BSC6900

BTSPMUB MAXRECHARGEC P URRENT Charge Coefficient

BSC6900

Maximum current coefficient when the battery is charged. When the battery is charged, the maximum current can be 0.01 to 0.99 times of the capacity of the battery cabinet. That is, the charge coefficient is 0.010.99. For example, if the capacity of the battery cabinet is 200 A and the charge coefficient is 0.15, the SET maximum BTSPMUBP(Opti charge onal) current for NO Load SET current BTSPMUBP(Opti shunt onal) coefficient NO Battery SET current BTSPMUBP(Opti shunt onal) coefficient NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSPMUDEF(Ma query by ndatory) index. NO

BTSPMUB LOADCURRENTDI Load Current Shunt P V Coefficient BSC6900

BTSPMUB POWERCURREN Battery Shunt P TDIV Coefficient

BSC6900

BTSPMUD EF IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSPMUD EF BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSPMUDEF(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSPMUDEF(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO SET BTSPMUDEF(Op Number of tional) the cabinet NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSPMUDEF(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located NO

BTSPMUD EF BTSNAME BTSPMUD EF CN

BTS Name

BSC6900

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSPMUD EF SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSPMUD EF SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot SET where the BTSPMUDEF(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSPOWERTYP query by E(Mandatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSPOWERTYP a BTS in a E(Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSPOWE RTYPE IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSPOWE RTYPE BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSPOWERTYP consecutiv E(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSPOWE RTYPE BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSPOWE RTYPE CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSPOWERTYP the E(Mandatory) cabinet. YES Whether to enable the board parameter s to be configured. If this parameter is set to "YES", the user can set the cabinet power type. Otherwise, the user cannot set SET the cabinet BTSPOWERTYP power E(Mandatory) type. NO Type of the power SET supply BTSPOWERTYP system of E(Optional) the cabinet NO ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory)

BTSPOWE RTYPE CFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

BTSPOWE RTYPE POWERTYPE

Cabinet Power System Type

BSC6900

BTSPPPL NK IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSPPPL NK BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSPPPL NK BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory)

BTSPPPL NK PPPLNKN

PPP Link No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) IMP Number of BTSPPPLNK(Ma a BTS PPP ndatory) link. YES ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) RMV BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) ADD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) RMV BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional)

BTSPPPL NK PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the port on the BTS side NO

BTSPPPL NK CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the port is located NO

BTSPPPL NK SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the port is located NO

BTSPPPL NK SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) RMV BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional)

Number of the slot where the port is located NO

BTSPPPL NK TSBITMAP

Bearing Time Slot

BSC6900

Timeslot of the E1/T1 link ADD carrying BTSPPPLNK(Ma the PPP ndatory) link. The MOD timeslot of BTSPPPLNK(Opt an E1 port ional) cannot be IMP used by BTSPPPLNK(Ma different ndatory) PPP links. NO

BTSPPPL NK LOCALIP

Local IP Address

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) ADD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional)

Local IP address of BTS PPP Link. NO

BTSPPPL NK MASK

Subnet Mask

BSC6900

Subnet mask of BTS PPP link.

NO

BTSPPPL NK PEERIP

Peer IP Address

BSC6900

IP address of the peer end of BTS PPP Link. NO

BTSPPPL NK PFC

Support Protocol Field Compress

BSC6900

Whether to compress the protocol field of the PPP link. NO A flag bit indicates Whether to support the compressi on of the address and control fields. NO

BTSPPPL NK ACFC

Support Address and Control Field Compress

BSC6900

BTSPPPL NK MRU

Max Receive Unit

BSC6900

Maximum length of a received packet. ADD The value BTSPPPLNK(Opt of this ional) parameter MOD is BTSPPPLNK(Opt negotiated ional) at both IMP ends of a BTSPPPLNK(Opt communic ional) ation. NO

BTSPPPL NK AUTHTYPE

Validate Protocol Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional)

Type of the validation protocol for the PPP or MLPPP link negotiation NO

BTSPPPL NK AUTHMODE

Validate Mode

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory)

Validation mode of the PPP or MLPPP link negotiation NO

BTSPPPL NK AUTHNAME

Validate User Name BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory)

Username to validate, for the PPP or MLPPP link negotiation NO

BTSPPPL NK AUTHPWD

Validate Password

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma ndatory)

Password to validate, upon PPP or MLPPP link negotiation NO

BTSPPPL NK RSTIME

Restart Timer

BSC6900

ADD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) MOD BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) IMP BTSPPPLNK(Opt ional) Timer

NO

BTSPPPL NK PPPEAAT

PPP Frame Error Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

When the number of error frames on the PPP ADD layer BTSPPPLNK(Opt reaches ional) the value MOD of this BTSPPPLNK(Opt parameter, ional) the frame IMP error alarm BTSPPPLNK(Opt is ional) generated. NO When the number of error frames on the PPP ADD layer BTSPPPLNK(Opt decreases ional) to the MOD value of BTSPPPLNK(Opt this ional) parameter, IMP the frame BTSPPPLNK(Opt error alarm ional) is cleared. NO

BTSPPPL NK PPPEADT

PPP Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold

BSC6900

BTSPPPL NK IPEAAT

IP Frame Error Alarm Threshold

BSC6900

When the number of error frames on ADD the IP layer BTSPPPLNK(Opt reaches ional) the value MOD of this BTSPPPLNK(Opt parameter, ional) the frame IMP error alarm BTSPPPLNK(Opt is ional) generated. NO

BTSPPPL NK IPEADT BTSPPPL NK CFGSW

IP Frame Error Alarm Clearance Threshold

BSC6900

Configuration Switch BSC6900

When the number of error frames on ADD the IP layer BTSPPPLNK(Opt decreases ional) to the MOD value of BTSPPPLNK(Opt this ional) parameter, IMP the frame BTSPPPLNK(Opt error alarm ional) is cleared. NO IMP BTSPPPLNK(Ma Configurati ndatory) on Switch. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSPSUFP(Man query by datory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSPSUFP(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

BTSPSUF P IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSPSUF P BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSPSUFP(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO

BTSPSUF P BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSPSUF P CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSPSUFP(Man command. datory) In multiNO

BTSPSUF P ISTRANCABCON

Tran. Cabinet Configured

BSC6900

Whether to configure the transmissi on cabinet. The BTS uses this parameter to calculate the SET number of BTSPSUFP(Optio TRXs to be nal) shut down. NO

BTSPSUF P SRVPRIPOLICY

Service Priority Policy

BSC6900

The parameter specifies which type of service TRXs should be preferential ly processed SET when the BTSPSUFP(Optio PSU is nal) faulty. Standard NO for the SET GSM multiBTSPSUFP(Optio carrier nal) BTS NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; CHG BYID: BTSPTUSHKTM( query by Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely CHG identifying BTSPTUSHKTM( a BTS in a Mandatory) BSC. NO

BTSPSUF P MCSTANDARD

GSM Multi Carrier BTS Standard

BSC6900

BTSPTUS HKTM IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSPTUS HKTM BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more CHG than two BTSPTUSHKTM( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO CHG BTSPTUSHKTM( Number of Optional) the cabinet NO Number of the subrack CHG where the BTSPTUSHKTM( BTS board Mandatory) is located NO Number of the slot CHG where the BTSPTUSHKTM( BTS board Mandatory) is located NO Value of the first CHG timer for BTSPTUSHKTM( the PTU Optional) handshake NO

BTSPTUS HKTM BTSNAME BTSPTUS HKTM CN

BTS Name

BSC6900

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSPTUS HKTM SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSPTUS HKTM SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSPTUS HKTM T1

Time1

BSC6900

BTSPTUS HKTM T2

Time2

BSC6900

Value of the second CHG timer for BTSPTUSHKTM( the PTU Optional) handshake NO Value of the third CHG timer for BTSPTUSHKTM( the PTU Optional) handshake NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSRACKBC(Ma query by ndatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSRACKBC(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. NO

BTSPTUS HKTM T3

Time3

BSC6900

BTSRACK BC IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRACK BC BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSRACKBC(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSRACK BC BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRACK BC CABLST

Cabinet List

BSC6900

List of all the cabinet numbers in the BTS.You can specify multiple cabinets,se parated by SET "&". For BTSRACKBC(Ma example, ndatory) "1&2". NO

BTSRACK BC BARCODLST

Cabinet Bar Code List

BSC6900

List of bar codes of all the cabinets in the BTS.You can specify multiple bar codes,sep arated by "&". For SET example, BTSRACKBC(Ma "1234&567 ndatory) 8". NO ADD BTSRET(Mandat ory) RMV BTSRET(Mandat ory) MOD BTSRET(Mandat ory) CLB BTSRET(Mandat ory) ADD BTSRET(Mandat ory) RMV BTSRET(Mandat ory) MOD BTSRET(Mandat ory) CLB BTSRET(Mandat ory)

BTSRET

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSRET

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSRET

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSRET(Mandat ory) RMV BTSRET(Mandat ory) MOD BTSRET(Mandat ory) CLB BTSRET(Mandat ory)

BTSRET

DEVICENO

Device No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSRET(Mandat ory) RMV BTSRET(Mandat ory) MOD BTSRET(Mandat ory) CLB Number of BTSRET(Optiona the RET l) antenna. YES ADD BTSRET(Optiona l) MOD Name of BTSRET(Optiona the RET l) antenna

BTSRET

DEVICENAME

Device Name

BSC6900

NO

BTSRET

CTRLPORTCN

Control Port Cabinet No. BSC6900

ADD BTSRET(Mandat ory) MOD BTSRET(Optiona l) ADD BTSRET(Mandat ory) MOD BTSRET(Optiona l)

Number of the cabinet which controls RET antenna. NO Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located NO

BTSRET

CTRLPORTSRN

Control Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSRET

CTRLPORTSN

Control Port Slot No. BSC6900

Number of the slot where the board controlling the RET antenna is located. For SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 5. For nonADD SingleRAN BTSRET(Mandat BTSs, the ory) valid value MOD ranges BTSRET(Optiona from 0 to l) 23. NO

BTSRET

CTRLPORTNO

Control Port No.

BSC6900

Control port No. of RET antenna. The number of RET antenna which connect to same feed tributary cannot be more than 6.For GATM boards, the valid value ranges from 0 to ADD 5. For RXU BTSRET(Mandat boards, the ory) valid value MOD ranges BTSRET(Optiona from 0 to l) 2. NO ADD BTSRET(Mandat ory) MOD Type of the BTSRET(Optiona RET l) antenna NO Number of subunits of the RET antenna. This ADD parameter BTSRET(Optiona is valid l) when Ret MOD Type is set BTSRET(Optiona to Multi l) Ret. NO ADD BTSRET(Optiona l) MOD BTSRET(Optiona l)

BTSRET

RETTYPE

Ret Type

BSC6900

BTSRET

SUBUNITNUM

RET SubUnit Number

BSC6900

BTSRET

POLARTYPE

Polar Type

BSC6900

Type of the antenna polarizatio n. NO

BTSRET

SCENARIO

Antenna Scenario

BSC6900

Scenario in which an antenna is connected. The scenario depends on the physical connection of the antenna. Vendor code and ESN are required ADD when the BTSRET(Mandat antenna is ory) connected MOD in daisyBTSRET(Optiona chain l) mode. NO ADD BTSRET(Optiona l) MOD BTSRET(Optiona l) ADD BTSRET(Optiona l) MOD BTSRET(Optiona l)

BTSRET

VENDORCODE

Vendor Code

BSC6900

Vendor code of the RET antenna. NO Delivery serial number of the RET antenna NO

BTSRET

SERIALNO

Serial No.

BSC6900

BTSRET

SUBUNITNO

SubUnit No.

BSC6900

Number of CLB the RET BTSRET(Optiona antenna l) subunit. NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSRETA NTENB IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

SET BTSRETANTEN B(Mandatory)

BTSRETA NTENB BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

SET BTSRETANTEN B(Mandatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO Number of the RET antenna. NO

BTSRETA NTENB BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

SET BTSRETANTEN B(Mandatory) SET BTSRETANTEN B(Mandatory)

BTSRETA NTENB DEVICENO

Device No.

BSC6900

BTSRETA NTTILT OPMODE

Operation Mode

BSC6900

SET BTSRETANTTIL Operation T(Mandatory) Mode.

NO

BTSRETA NTTILT BTSIDTYPE

BTS Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSRETANTTIL query by T(Mandatory) BTS index. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSRETANTTIL consecutiv T(Mandatory) e +. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSRETANTTIL a BTS in a T(Mandatory) BSC. NO

BTSRETA NTTILT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRETA NTTILT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

BTSRETA NTTILT CELLIDTYPE

Cell Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the cell. BYNAME: query by cell name; SET BYID: BTSRETANTTIL query by T(Mandatory) cell index. NO

BTSRETA NTTILT CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSRETANTTIL consecutiv T(Mandatory) e +. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying BTSRETANTTIL a cell in a T(Mandatory) BSC. NO SET Number of BTSRETANTTIL the RET T(Mandatory) antenna. NO

BTSRETA NTTILT CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

BTSRETA NTTILT DEVICENO

Device No.

BSC6900

BTSRETA NTTILT TILT

Tilt(0.1degree)

BSC6900

SET BTSRETANTTIL T(Mandatory) Tilt.

NO

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by MOD BTS name; BTSRETDEVICE BYID: DATA(Mandatory query by ) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, MOD uniquely BTSRETDEVICE identifying DATA(Mandatory a BTS in a ) BSC. NO

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, MOD or more BTSRETDEVICE than two DATA(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A DEVICENO BTSRETD EVICEDAT A SUBUNITNO

Device No.

BSC6900

MOD BTSRETDEVICE Number of DATA(Mandatory the RET ) antenna. NO MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Mandatory ) Number of the RET antenna subunit. NO

SubUnit No.

BSC6900

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BEARING BTSRETD EVICEDAT A MODELNO BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BSID

Antenna Bearing(0.1degree) BSC6900 Antenna Model Number

BSC6900

Base Station ID

BSC6900

Horizontal azimuth angle of the RET antenna. This parameter determines the MOD coverage BTSRETDEVICE direction of DATA(Optional) a cell. NO MOD Model of BTSRETDEVICE the RET DATA(Optional) antenna. NO MOD Customize BTSRETDEVICE d base DATA(Optional) station ID. NO

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BAND1 BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BEAMWIDTH1 BTSRETD EVICEDAT A GAIN1

Band1

BSC6900

MOD Supported BTSRETDEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 1. NO MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) Lobe width of frequency band 1. NO Gain of frequency band 1. NO

BeamWidth1(degre e) BSC6900

Gain1(0.1dBi)

BSC6900

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BAND2 BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BEAMWIDTH2 BTSRETD EVICEDAT A GAIN2

Band2

BSC6900

MOD Supported BTSRETDEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 2. NO MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) Lobe width of frequency band 2. NO Gain of frequency band 2. NO

BeamWidth2(degre e) BSC6900

Gain2(0.1dBi)

BSC6900

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BAND3 BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BEAMWIDTH3 BTSRETD EVICEDAT A GAIN3

Band3

BSC6900

MOD Supported BTSRETDEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 3. NO MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) Lobe width of frequency band 3. NO Gain of frequency band 3. NO

BeamWidth3(degre e) BSC6900

Gain3(0.1dBi)

BSC6900

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BAND4 BTSRETD EVICEDAT A BEAMWIDTH4 BTSRETD EVICEDAT A GAIN4

Band4

BSC6900

MOD Supported BTSRETDEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 4. NO MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) Lobe width of frequency band 4. NO Gain of frequency band 4. NO

BeamWidth4(degre e) BSC6900

Gain4(0.1dBi)

BSC6900

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A DATE

Installed Date

BSC6900

MOD BTSRETDEVICE Installed DATA(Optional) Date.

NO

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A TILT BTSRETD EVICEDAT A INSTALLERID BTSRETD EVICEDAT A SECTORID

Installed Mechanical Tilt(0.1degree) BSC6900

Installer ID

BSC6900

Sector ID

BSC6900

MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSRETDEVICE DATA(Optional)

Installed Mechanical Tilt[0.1degr ee]. NO

Installer ID. NO

Sector ID. NO

BTSRETD EVICEDAT A SERIALNO

Serial No.

BSC6900

Delivery serial MOD number of BTSRETDEVICE the RET DATA(Optional) antenna NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; MOD BYID: BTSRETSUBUNI query by T(Mandatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely MOD identifying BTSRETSUBUNI a BTS in a T(Mandatory) BSC. NO

BTSRETS UBUNIT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more MOD than two BTSRETSUBUNI consecutiv T(Mandatory) e +. NO MOD Number of BTSRETSUBUNI the RET T(Mandatory) antenna. NO Number of MOD the RET BTSRETSUBUNI antenna T(Mandatory) subunit. NO Number of the cabinet that holds the board MOD connected BTSRETSUBUNI to antenna T(Optional) port 1. NO

BTSRETS UBUNIT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT DEVICENO

Device No.

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT SUBUNITNO

SubUnit No.

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CONNCN1

Connect Port 1 Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CONNSRN1

Connect Port 1 Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack that holds the board MOD connected BTSRETSUBUNI to antenna T(Optional) port 1. NO Number of the slot where the board connected MOD to antenna BTSRETSUBUNI port 1 is T(Optional) installed. NO Number of the port of the board MOD connected BTSRETSUBUNI to antenna T(Optional) port 1. NO Number of the cabinet that holds the board MOD connected BTSRETSUBUNI to antenna T(Optional) port 2. NO Number of the subrack that holds the board MOD connected BTSRETSUBUNI to antenna T(Optional) port 2. NO Number of the slot where the board connected MOD to antenna BTSRETSUBUNI port 2 is T(Optional) installed. NO

BTSRETS UBUNIT CONNSN1

Connect Port 1 Slot No. BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CONNPN1

Connect Port 1 Port No. BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CONNCN2

Connect Port 2 Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CONNSRN2

Connect Port 2 Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CONNSN2

Connect Port 2 Slot No. BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CONNPN2 BTSRETS UBUNIT TILT

Connect Port 2 Port No. BSC6900

Tilt(0.1degree)

BSC6900

Number of the port of the board MOD connected BTSRETSUBUNI to antenna T(Optional) port 2. NO MOD Tilt of the BTSRETSUBUNI RET T(Optional) antenna. NO Error range of the alarm about the tilt of the RET antenna subunit. The system determines the error between the configured tilt and the actual one. If the error exceeds the value specified by this parameter, MOD an alarm BTSRETSUBUNI will be T(Optional) reported. NO MOD BTSRETSUBUNI Index type T(Optional) of the cell NO Index of a cell, uniquely MOD identifying BTSRETSUBUNI a cell in a T(Mandatory) BSC NO

BTSRETS UBUNIT AER BTSRETS UBUNIT CELLIDTYPE

Tilt Alarm Error Range(0.1degree)

BSC6900

Cell Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

BTSRETS UBUNIT CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more MOD than two BTSRETSUBUNI consecutiv T(Mandatory) e +. NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; MOD BYID: BTSRETTILT(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely MOD identifying BTSRETTILT(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. NO

BTSRETTI LT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRETTI LT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more MOD than two BTSRETTILT(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO MOD Command BTSRETTILT(Ma operation ndatory) mode. NO MOD BTSRETTILT(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRETTILT(Ma ndatory) Number of the RET antenna. NO Index type of the cell NO

BTSRETTI LT BTSNAME BTSRETTI LT OPMODE

BTS Name

BSC6900

Operation Mode

BSC6900

BTSRETTI LT DEVICENO BTSRETTI LT CELLIDTYPE

Device No.

BSC6900

Cell Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRETTI LT CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely MOD identifying BTSRETTILT(Ma a cell in a ndatory) BSC NO

BTSRETTI LT CELLNAME BTSRETTI LT TILT

Cell Name

BSC6900

Tilt(0.1degree)

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more MOD than two BTSRETTILT(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO MOD Tilt of the BTSRETTILT(Ma RET ndatory) antenna. NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSRINGATTR( query by Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSRINGATTR( a BTS in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSRING ATTR IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRING ATTR BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSRINGATTR( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSRING ATTR BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRING ATTR FASTCNETFLAG

Configure Ring II

BSC6900

Ring II function switch. The parameter should be set to "YES" when the SET ring II BTSRINGATTR( function is Optional) enabled. NO

BTSRING ATTR WTBS

Ring I Wait Time Before Switch

BSC6900

Waiting time before establishin g a link in the reverse direction after the transmissi SET on of a BTSRINGATTR( BTS is Optional) disrupted NO The BTS repeatedly attempts to connect to port 0 or port 1 after the switchover. If the connection on one port fails within the time specified by this parameter, the BTS tries to SET connect to BTSRINGATTR( another Optional) port. NO

BTSRING ATTR TBS

Ring I Try Rotating Duration Time

BSC6900

BTSRING ATTR BREAKTIME

Ring II Wait Time Before Switch

BSC6900

To avoid intermittent blinking, the switchover cannot be performed over a certain period of time when the OML is disconnect ed. That period of time is specified as ring II SET wait time BTSRINGATTR( before Optional) switch. NO If the OML is not established at one port after a period of time, the OML switches to another port and tries to connect to this port. That period of time is called ring SET II rotating BTSRINGATTR( duration Optional) time. NO

BTSRING ATTR BUILDTIME

Ring II Try Rotating Duration Time BSC6900

BTSRING ATTR ESTTIME

Ring II Rotating Penalty Time

BSC6900

When the OML is switched to a port where the connection is successfull y established , the switchover cannot be performed over a certain period of time, which is specified as ring II rotating penalty time. In this manner, frequent switchover between the ports due to intermittent SET blinking BTSRINGATTR( can be Optional) avoided. NO

BTSRING ATTR T200

T200

BSC6900

Timer in the LAPD protocol. The value of the timer indicates the time when the LAPD link waits for the response or acknowled gement frame after sending SET the BTSRINGATTR( command Optional) frame. NO

BTSRING ATTR T203

T203

BSC6900

Timer in the LAPD protocol. The value of the timer indicates the maximum duration for no frame SET exchange BTSRINGATTR( in the Optional) LAPD link. NO

BTSRING ATTR N200

N200

BSC6900

System parameter in the LAPD protocol. The value of this parameter specifies the maximum number of times when SET a frame is BTSRINGATTR( retransmitt Optional) ed. NO Index type of the BTS. ADD BYNAME: BTSRXU2LOCG query by RP(Mandatory) BTS name; RMV BYID: BTSRXU2LOCG query by RP(Mandatory) BTS index. NO ADD BTSRXU2LOCG RP(Mandatory) RMV BTSRXU2LOCG RP(Mandatory) Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

BTSRXU2 LOCGRP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRXU2 LOCGRP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv BTSRXU2LOCG e spaces, RP(Mandatory) or more RMV than two BTSRXU2LOCG consecutiv RP(Mandatory) e +. NO Number of the ADD location BTSRXU2LOCG group RP(Mandatory) under the RMV BTS. It is BTSRXU2LOCG unique for RP(Mandatory) each BTS. YES ADD BTSRXU2LOCG RP(Mandatory) RMV Number of BTSRXU2LOCG the RP(Mandatory) cabinet. YES

BTSRXU2 LOCGRP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRXU2 LOCGRP LOCGRPNO

Location Group No. BSC6900

BTSRXU2 LOCGRP CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSRXU2 LOCGRP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSRXU2LOCG RP(Mandatory) RMV BTSRXU2LOCG RP(Mandatory) ADD BTSRXU2LOCG RP(Mandatory) RMV BTSRXU2LOCG RP(Mandatory)

Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located YES Number of the slot where the BTS board is located YES

BTSRXU2 LOCGRP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSRXUBP(Man query by datory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSRXUBP(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

BTSRXUB P BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSRXUBP(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO SET Type of the BTSRXUBP(Man RXU board datory) index NO Number of the RXU chain. The RXU chain SET No. is BTSRXUBP(Man unique in datory) one BTS. NO Position No. of the SET RXU board BTSRXUBP(Man on the datory) RXU chain NO

BTSRXUB P BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P RXUIDTYPE

RXU Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P RXUCHAINNO

RXU Chain No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P RXUPOS

RXU Chain Position BSC6900

BTSRXUB P RXUNAME

RXU Name

BSC6900

Name of the RXU board. The SET RXU name BTSRXUBP(Man is unique in datory) one BTS. NO

BTSRXUB P CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSRXUBP(Opti the onal) cabinet. YES Number of the subrack SET where the BTSRXUBP(Man BTS board datory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSRXUBP(Man BTS board datory) is located YES

BTSRXUB P SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P RXUTYPE

RXU Board Type

BSC6900

SET BTSRXUBP(Man Type of the datory) RXU board NO

BTSRXUB P SndRcvMode

DRRU Sending Receiving Mode

BSC6900

The connection mode between SET the DRRU BTSRXUBP(Opti and the onal) antenna. NO

BTSRXUB P SndRcvMode1

DRFU Sending Receiving Mode

BSC6900

The connection mode between SET the DRFU BTSRXUBP(Opti and the onal) antenna. NO

BTSRXUB P SndRcvMode2

MRRU/GRRU Sending Receiving Mode

BSC6900

The connection mode between the SET MRRU/GR BTSRXUBP(Opti RU and the onal) antenna. NO

BTSRXUB P SndRcvMode3

MRFU/GRFU Sending Receiving Mode

BSC6900

The connection mode between the SET MRFU/GR BTSRXUBP(Opti FU and the onal) antenna. NO The connection mode between the SET BTS3900E BTSRXUBP(Opti and the onal) antenna. NO Whether to support transmittin g diversity SET or four BTSRXUBP(Opti diversity onal) receiving NO

BTSRXUB P SndRcvMode4

BTS3900E Sending Receiving Mode BSC6900

BTSRXUB P DivSwitch

Four Diversity Receiver

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P ASSORXUCN

Associated RXU Board CN

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the associated RXU board is installed. This parameter is valid for DRRU, MRRU, GRRU, or BTS3900E board in the remote monitoring subrack of the DBS3036, DBS3900 GSM, or BTS3900E GSM. The associated RXU board cannot be associated with other boards such as SET DEMU, BTSRXUBP(Man APMU, or datory) DTCU. NO Number of the subrack where the SET associated BTSRXUBP(Man RXU board datory) is installed. NO Number of the slot where the SET associated BTSRXUBP(Man RXU board datory) is installed. NO

BTSRXUB P ASSORXUSRN

Associated RXU Board SRN

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P ASSORXUSN

Associated RXU Board SN

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P Lvl1Vswr

Lvl1 Vswr

BSC6900

The level 1 Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) threshold. When the VSWR is higher than this parameter, the TRX will report a level-1 VSWR alarm. At this time, the BTS can provide services but its SET coverage BTSRXUBP(Opti rate onal) decreases. NO

BTSRXUB P Lvl2Vswr

Lvl2 Vswr

BSC6900

The level 2 Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) threshold. When the VSWR is higher than this parameter, the TRX will report a level-2 VSWR alarm. At this time, the BTS disables power amplificatio SET n and fails BTSRXUBP(Opti to provide onal) services. NO Upper threshold of the low noise amplifier. When the working voltage of the low noise amplifier attenuator in the RXU board is smaller than this value, an SET alarm is BTSRXUBP(Opti reported by onal) the BTS. NO

BTSRXUB P LNA1

LNA Threshold1

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P LNA2

LNA Threshold2

BSC6900

Lower threshold of the low noise amplifier. When the working voltage of the low noise amplifier attenuator in the RXU board is greater than this value, an SET alarm is BTSRXUBP(Opti reported by onal) the BTS. NO Whether the towertop amplifier is SET installed on BTSRXUBP(Opti antenna onal) tributary 1. NO TMA attenuation SET factor of BTSRXUBP(Opti antenna onal) tributary 1 NO Attenuation factor for SET the TMA of BTSRXUBP(Opti antenna onal) tributary 1 NO Whether the towertop amplifier is SET installed on BTSRXUBP(Opti antenna onal) tributary 2. NO TMA attenuation SET factor of BTSRXUBP(Opti antenna onal) tributary 2 NO

BTSRXUB P HAVETT1

Antenna Tributary 1 Flag BSC6900

BTSRXUB P ATTENFACTOR1

Antenna Tributary 1 Factor BSC6900

BTSRXUB MRRUATTENFAC Antenna Tributary 1 P TOR1 Factor BSC6900

BTSRXUB P HAVETT2

Antenna Tributary 2 Flag BSC6900

BTSRXUB P ATTENFACTOR2

Antenna Tributary 2 Factor BSC6900

BTSRXUB MRRUATTENFAC Antenna Tributary 2 P TOR2 Factor BSC6900

Attenuation factor for SET the TMA of BTSRXUBP(Opti antenna onal) tributary 2 NO Indication offset in the middle frequency SET offset BTSRXUBP(Opti configurati onal) on NO

BTSRXUB P IFOFFSET

IF Offset

BSC6900

BTSRXUB WORKINGSTAND P ARD Working Standard

BSC6900

Working SET mode of BTSRXUBP(Opti the RXU onal) board

NO

BTSRXUB P SPTSHARING

RanSharing Support BSC6900

Whether the main operator enables the RAN Sharing function. If the RAN Sharing function is enabled, one to three cooperators can be SET configured BTSRXUBP(Opti to share onal) the BSS. NO

BTSRXUB P PwrSwitchA

ANT_A ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

When ANT_A ALD Power Switch is set to ON, the current alarm threshold of the port to which the antenna is connected needs to be set. The ALD system type varies according to the ALD type and connection mode. Therefore, an ALD system type needs to be selected to determine the default value of SET the current BTSRXUBP(Opti alarm onal) threshold.5 NO

BTSRXUB P ChkModA

ANT_A ALD Current Alarm Threshold Type BSC6900

Alarm mode of the ANT_A tributary of an RXU board. There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater than the normal working current. Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and critical alarms. SET The alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti current is onal) fixed and NO

BTSRXUB P OverCurAlmThdA

ANT_A ALD Over Current Occur Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy current of the ANT_A tributary antenna. When the actual current is higher than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 0. NO Clearance threshold for the alarm triggered when the ANT_A tributary antenna is over current. When the actual current is below this threshold, the ALD Current SET Abnormal BTSRXUBP(Opti Alarm is onal) cleared. NO

BTSRXUB P OverCurClrThdA

ANT_A ALD Over Current Clear Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

ANT_A ALD Under BTSRXUB Current Occur P UnderCurAlmThdA Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the ANT_A tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual current is lower than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 1. NO

BTSRXUB P UnderCurClrThdA

ANT_A ALD Under Current Clear Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm clearance triggering threshold when the ANT_A tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual current is higher than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm disappears with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 1. NO

BTSRXUB P MinorAlmThdA

ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm Occur Threshold(mA) BSC6900

Threshold for triggering prompt alarm clearance when the ANT_A tributary antenna current is too heavy. When the actual current is higher than the configured value, the ALD Current Prompt Alarm SET clearance BTSRXUBP(Opti is onal) triggered. NO

BTSRXUB P MinorClrThdA

ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear Threshold(mA) BSC6900

Threshold for triggering prompt alarm clearance when the ANT_A tributary antenna current is too heavy. When the actual current is lower than the configured value, the ALD Current Prompt Alarm SET clearance BTSRXUBP(Opti is onal) triggered. NO

BTSRXUB P OverCurDurA

A ALD Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur Duration(ms)

BSC6900

When the ANT_A tributary antenna current abnormally check mode is set to UER_SEL F_DEFINE 3, the parameter ALD Current Prompt Alarm is checked by periodical pulse. The periodical pulse consists of antenna overcurrent duration and normal current duration. This parameter SET is the BTSRXUBP(Opti ANT_A onal) tributary NO

BTSRXUB P NormalCurDurA

A ALD Cur-Minor Alarm N-Cur Duration(ms)

BSC6900

When the ANT_A tributary antenna current abnormally check mode is set to UER_SEL F_DEFINE 3, the parameter ALD Current Prompt Alarm is checked by periodical pulse. The periodical pulse consists of antenna overcurrent duration and normal current duration. This parameter SET is the BTSRXUBP(Opti ANT_A onal) tributary NO

BTSRXUB P PwrSwitchB

ANT_B ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

When ANT_B ALD Power Switch is set to ON, the current alarm threshold of the port to which the antenna is connected needs to be set. The ALD system type varies according to the ALD type and connection mode. Therefore, an ALD type needs to be selected to determine the current alarm threshold. SET Except BTSRXUBP(Opti UER_SEL onal) F_DEFINE NO

BTSRXUB P ChkModB

ANT_B ALD Current Alarm Threshold Type BSC6900

Alarm mode of the ANT_B tributary of an RXU board. There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater than the normal working current. Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and critical alarms. SET The alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti current is onal) fixed and NO

BTSRXUB P OverCurAlmThdB

ANT_B ALD Over Current Occur Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy current of the ANT_B tributary antenna. When the actual current is higher than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 0. NO

BTSRXUB P OverCurClrThdB

ANT_B ALD Over Current Clear Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm clearance threshold triggered by too heavy current of the ANT_B tributary antenna. When the actual current is lower than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm clearance is triggered with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 0. NO

ANT_B ALD Under BTSRXUB Current Occur P UnderCurAlmThdB Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the ANT_B tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual current is lower than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 1. NO

BTSRXUB P UnderCurClrThdB

ANT_B ALD Under Current Clear Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm clearance triggering threshold when the ANT_B tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual current is higher than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm disappears with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 1. NO

BTSRXUB P MinorAlmThdB

ANT_B ALD Current Minor Alarm Occur Threshold(mA) BSC6900

Threshold for triggering prompt alarm clearance when the ANT_B tributary antenna current is too heavy. When the actual current is higher than the configured value, the ALD Current Prompt Alarm SET clearance BTSRXUBP(Opti is onal) triggered. NO

BTSRXUB P MinorClrThdB

ANT_B ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear Threshold(mA) BSC6900

Threshold for triggering prompt alarm clearance when the ANT_B tributary antenna current is too heavy. When the actual current is lower than the configured value, the ALD Current Prompt Alarm SET clearance BTSRXUBP(Opti is onal) triggered. NO

BTSRXUB P OverCurDurB

B ALD Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur Duration(ms)

BSC6900

When the ANT_B tributary antenna current abnormally check mode is set to Mode 3, the parameter ALD Current Prompt Alarm is checked by periodical pulse. The periodical pulse consists of antenna overcurrent duration and normal current duration. This parameter is the SET ANT_B BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) antenna NO

BTSRXUB P NormalCurDurB

B ALD Cur-Minor Alarm N-Cur Duration(ms)

BSC6900

When the ANT_B tributary antenna current abnormally check mode is set to UER_SEL F_DEFINE 3, the parameter ALD Current Prompt Alarm is checked by periodical pulse. The periodical pulse consists of antenna overcurrent duration and normal current duration. This parameter SET is the BTSRXUBP(Opti ANT_B onal) tributary NO Function to be performed SET by two BTSRXUBP(Opti associated onal) modules NO

BTSRXUB RELATEDMODFU Associated Board P NC Function

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P RELATEDCN

Associated Board CN

BSC6900

Cabinet number of the associated module. The associated two MRFUs or GRFUs SET must be in BTSRXUBP(Man the same datory) cell. NO Subrack number of SET the BTSRXUBP(Man associated datory) module NO Slot number of SET the BTSRXUBP(Man associated datory) module NO

BTSRXUB P RELATEDSRN

Associated Board SRN

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P RELATEDSN

Associated Board SN

BSC6900

BTSRXUB P PwrSwitchRET

RET ALD Power Switch

BSC6900

Type of the RET ALD tributary current alarm threshold. When RET ALD Current Alarm Threshold Type is set to ON, the current alarm threshold of the port to which the antenna is connected needs to be set. The value of this parameter depends on the ALD SET type and BTSRXUBP(Opti connection onal) mode. NO

RET ALD Current BTSRXUB THRESHOLDTYP Alarm Threshold P ERET Type

BSC6900

SET BTSRXUBP(Opti onal) RET Type. NO

RET ALD Over BTSRXUB OverCurAlmThdRE Current Occur P T Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy current of the RET tributary antenna. When the actual current is higher than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 0. NO Clearance threshold for the alarm triggered when the RET tributary antenna is over current. When the actual current is below this threshold, the ALD Current SET Abnormally BTSRXUBP(Opti Alarm is onal) cleared. NO

RET ALD Over BTSRXUB OverCurClrThdRE Current Clear P T Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

RET ALD Under BTSRXUB UnderCurAlmThdR Current Occur P ET Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the RET tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual current is lower than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 1. NO

RET ALD Under BTSRXUB UnderCurClrThdR Current Clear P ET Threshold(mA)

BSC6900

Abnormally alarm clearance triggering threshold when the RET tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual current is higher than the configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm disappears with the correspond SET ing alarm BTSRXUBP(Opti tributary onal) No. of 1. NO The maximum power that operators 1 can use on SET pass A of BTSRXUBP(Opti MRRU onal) board. NO The maximum power that operators 2 can use on SET pass A of BTSRXUBP(Opti MRRU onal) board. NO

BTSRXUB P TXAOPER1

Assigned Power of Pass A Operators 1 BSC6900

BTSRXUB P TXAOPER2

Assigned Power of Pass A Operators 2 BSC6900

BTSRXUB P TXAOPER3

Assigned Power of Pass A Operators 3 BSC6900

The maximum power that operators 3 can use on SET pass A of BTSRXUBP(Opti MRRU onal) board. NO The maximum power that operators 4 can use on SET pass A of BTSRXUBP(Opti MRRU onal) board. NO The maximum power that operators 1 can use on SET pass B of BTSRXUBP(Opti MRRU onal) board. NO The maximum power that operators 2 can use on SET pass B of BTSRXUBP(Opti MRRU onal) board. NO The maximum power that operators 3 can use on SET pass B of BTSRXUBP(Opti MRRU onal) board. NO The maximum power that operators 4 can use on SET pass B of BTSRXUBP(Opti MRRU onal) board. NO

BTSRXUB P TXAOPER4

Assigned Power of Pass A Operators 4 BSC6900

BTSRXUB P TXBOPER1

Assigned Power of Pass B Operators 1 BSC6900

BTSRXUB P TXBOPER2

Assigned Power of Pass B Operators 2 BSC6900

BTSRXUB P TXBOPER3

Assigned Power of Pass B Operators 3 BSC6900

BTSRXUB P TXBOPER4

Assigned Power of Pass B Operators 4 BSC6900

BTSRXUB GUPWRSHARES P WITCH

GU Dynamic Power Sharing Switch BSC6900

GU dynamic power sharing enables the power sharing between GSM and UMTS networks when the traffic of the two networks are not in balance. In this manner, the power usage and the network quality are improved. This parameter specifies whether to enable the GU SET dynamic BTSRXUBP(Opti power onal) sharing. NO

Minimum Number of Non-BCCH TRXs in BTSRXUB GUPWRSHARETR GSM for GU Power P XNUM Sharing BSC6900

Minimum Number of Non-BCCH TRXs in GSM for GU power sharing.To enable GU power sharing, the number of non-BCCH TRXs in the GSM network must be greater than the value of this parameter because the BCCH TRX cannot be SET used for BTSRXUBP(Opti power onal) sharing. NO

BTSRXUB GUPWRSHAREP P WRLOAD

GSM Power Load Threshold for GU Power Sharing

BSC6900

GU power sharing can be enabled only when the power load of the GSM network is lower than this threshold. This ensures that GU power sharing is performed only when the GSM SET network is BTSRXUBP(Opti in low onal) traffic. NO

Number of Checked Timeslots for BTSRXUB Retrieving Shared P GUPWRSHAREN Power BSC6900

After the GSM network shares power with the UMTS network, the GSM network checks the requireme nts for retrieving the shared power before sending each timeslot. If P out of N timeslots meet the requireme nts for retrieving the shared power, the GSM network retrieves the power. That is, SET this BTSRXUBP(Opti parameter onal) specifies NO

BTSRXUB P GUPWRSHAREP

Num of Timeslots Meet Requirements for Retrieving Shared Pwr BSC6900

After the GSM network shares power with the UMTS network, the GSM network checks the requireme nts for retrieving the shared power before sending each timeslot. If P out of N timeslots meet the requireme nts for retrieving the shared power, the GSM retrieves the power. That is, this SET parameter BTSRXUBP(Opti specifies onal) the value NO

GSM Power Reserve Coefficient BTSRXUB GUPWRSHARER for Retrieving P SVFACTOR Shared Power BSC6900

The requireme nt for retrieving the shared power is that the current GSM remaining power is smaller than GSM power reserve SET multiplied BTSRXUBP(Opti by this onal) parameter. NO

GSM Idle Channel BTSRXUB GUPWRSHAREG Threshold for GU P SMIDLETH Power Sharing

BSC6900

If current number of idle channels is not less than sum of [GSM Idle Channel Threshold for GU Power Sharing] and [GSM Idle Channel Hysteresis for GU Power Sharing]), the GSM network is in low load, and the power reserve is set to [GSM Power Reserve in Low Load for GU SET Power BTSRXUBP(Opti Sharing]; onal) If current NO

GSM Idle Channel BTSRXUB GUPWRSHAREG Hysteresis for GU P SMIDLEHS Power Sharing

BSC6900

If current number of idle channels is not less than sum of [GSM Idle Channel Threshold for GU Power Sharing] and [GSM Idle Channel Hysteresis for GU Power Sharing], the GSM network is in low load, and the power reserve is set to [GSM Power Reserve in Low Load for GU SET Power BTSRXUBP(Opti Sharing]; onal) If current NO

GSM Power Reserve in Low BTSRXUB GUPWRSHAREG Load for GU Power P SMIDLERSVPWR Sharing

BSC6900

If current number of idle channels is not less than sum of [GSM Idle Channel Threshold for GU Power Sharing] and [GSM Idle Channel Hysteresis for GU Power Sharing], the GSM network is in low load, and the power reserve is set to [GSM Power Reserve in Low Load SET for GU BTSRXUBP(Opti Power onal) Sharing]. NO

GSM Power Reserve in High BTSRXUB GUPWRSHAREG Load for GU Power P SMBUSYRSVPWR Sharing

BSC6900

If current number of idle channels is less than [GSM Idle Channel Threshold for GU Power Sharing] minus [GSM Idle Channel Hysteresis for GU Power Sharing], the GSM network is in high load, and the power reserve is set to [GSM Power Reserve in High Load SET for GU BTSRXUBP(Opti Power onal) Sharing]. NO

Maximum Accumulated BTSRXUB GUPWRSHAREU Shared Power That P RCVPWR UMTS Can Accept BSC6900

Maximum accumulat ed power that the UMTS network can accept in power sharing according to the configurati on specificatio n of UMTS TRXs The accumulat ed power shared by GSM with UMTS cannot exceed the SET value of BTSRXUBP(Opti this onal) parameter. NO

Maximum Shared Power That UMTS BTSRXUB GUPWRSHAREU Can Accept In Each P RCVPWRPD Period BSC6900

Maximum power that the UMTS network can accept in each period in power sharing. In each GU power sharing period, the GSM network checks whether there is any power that can be shared SET with the BTSRXUBP(Opti UMTS onal) network. NO

BTSRXUB P ADEF

External Alarm Customer Definition Switch BSC6900

whether to enable each AC RRU external alarm port's customer definition switch. "0" indicates that the external alarm port's customer definition switch is disabled and this port is not defined by customer but by vendor, and "1" indicates that the external alarm SET port's BTSRXUBP(Opti customer onal) definition NO

BTSRXUB P PASHRMODE

Inter-PA Sharing Mode

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the interPA sharing function, including inter-PA power sharing and interPA RF frequency hopping, is enabled on SET the MRRU BTSRXUBP(Opti or GRRU onal) board. NO ADD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index. NO

BTSRXUB RD IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RD BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSRXUBRD(Ma e %, two or ndatory) more RMV consecutiv BTSRXUBRD(Ma e spaces, ndatory) or more MOD than two BTSRXUBRD(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSRXUB RD BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RD BT

Board Type

BSC6900

Type of the ADD newly BTSRXUBRD(Ma added ndatory) RXU board NO

BTSRXUB RD RXUSPEC

RXU Specification

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the configurati on specificatio n of an RF module, that is, the RF capability of an RF module. User need to select a configurati on specificatio n of the RF module according to the V version of the RF module. That is, the RF module of a later V ADD version BTSRXUBRD(Op can be tional) configured MOD with a BTSRXUBRD(Op specificatio tional) n of earlier NO ADD BTSRXUBRD(Op tional) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Op tional) MOD Number of BTSRXUBRD(Op the tional) cabinet. YES

BTSRXUB RD CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RD SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSRXUBRD(Op tional) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSRXUBRD(Op tional) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory)

Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located YES

BTSRXUB RD SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the BTS board is located YES

BTSRXUB RD RXUNAME

RXU Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Ma Name of ndatory) an RXU ADD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory)

NO

BTSRXUB RD RXUCHAINNO

RXU Chain No.

BSC6900

Number of the RXU chain where the board is located NO

BTSRXUB RD RXUPOS

RXU Board Position BSC6900

Position of the RXU board on an RXU chain NO

BTSRXUB RD ISCONFIGTHD

Configure Check Threshold or Not

BSC6900

When this parameter is set to Yes, the board-level verification threshold is used, including the following parameter s: Forward Bandwidth, Receive Bandwidth, Power Class, and TRX Number. When this parameter is set to No, the BSC-level verification threshold specified by the ADD parameter BTSRXUBRD(Op s in the tional) "ADD MOD BTSBRDC BTSRXUBRD(Op AP" or tional) "MOD NO

BTSRXUB RD BRDTXBW

Forward Bandwidth BSC6900

Upper threshold of total transmit bandwidth of the same transmit channel of a board. The differences of maximum frequency and minimum frequency of the TRXs that have the same antenna path No. on a board are converted into bandwidths ADD . Then the BTSRXUBRD(Op bandwidths tional) are MOD compared BTSRXUBRD(Op with the tional) value of NO

BTSRXUB RD BRDRXBW

Receive Bandwidth

BSC6900

Upper threshold of total receive bandwidth of a board. The difference of maximum frequency and minimum frequency of TRXs on a board is converted into a bandwidth. Then the bandwidth is compared with the value of this parameter. For example, if ADD this BTSRXUBRD(Op parameter tional) is set to MOD 250, the BTSRXUBRD(Op total tional) receive NO

BTSRXUB RD PWRMODE

Power Class

BSC6900

GSM multicarrier base station standard. Together with the "Board Type" parameter, this parameter serves as an index field and uniquely determines an entry of verification threshold of the transmit bandwidth, receive bandwidth, and number of TRXs of an RXU ADD board. This BTSRXUBRD(Op parameter tional) is not used MOD in the BTSRXUBRD(Op "MOD tional) BTSRXUB NO ADD BTSRXUBRD(Op tional) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Op tional) RMV BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSRXUBRD(Op tional) Allowed number of TRXs bound to a board. NO

BTSRXUB RD TrxNum

TRX Number

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RD RXUIDTYPE BTSRXUB RD NewRXUName

RXU Index Type

BSC6900

Index type for the RXU NO New name of the RXU NO

New RXU Name

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RDPOS IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; MOD BYID: BTSRXUBRDPO query by S(Mandatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely MOD identifying BTSRXUBRDPO a BTS in a S(Mandatory) BSC. NO

BTSRXUB RDPOS BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more MOD than two BTSRXUBRDPO consecutiv S(Mandatory) e +. NO MOD Index type BTSRXUBRDPO for the S(Mandatory) RXU NO

BTSRXUB RDPOS BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RDPOS RXUIDTYPE

RXU Index Type

BSC6900

BTSRXUB OLDRXUCHAINN RDPOS O

Old RXU Chain No. BSC6900

Number of the RXU chain MOD where the BTSRXUBRDPO board is S(Mandatory) located NO Position of the RXU MOD board on BTSRXUBRDPO an RXU S(Mandatory) chain NO MOD BTSRXUBRDPO Name of S(Mandatory) an RXU NO

BTSRXUB RDPOS OLDRXUPOS BTSRXUB RDPOS RXUNAME

Old RXU Board Position

BSC6900

RXU Name

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RDPOS CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

MOD Number of BTSRXUBRDPO the S(Mandatory) cabinet. NO Number of the subrack MOD where the BTSRXUBRDPO BTS board S(Mandatory) is located NO Number of the slot MOD where the BTSRXUBRDPO BTS board S(Mandatory) is located NO Number of the RXU chain MOD where the BTSRXUBRDPO board is S(Mandatory) located NO Position of the RXU MOD board on BTSRXUBRDPO an RXU S(Mandatory) chain NO

BTSRXUB RDPOS SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RDPOS SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RDPOS RXUCHAINNO

RXU Chain No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUB RDPOS RXUPOS

RXU Board Position BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) CBN BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) MOD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) SPT BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) RMV BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) ADD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) CBN BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) MOD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) SPT BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) RMV BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory)

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index. NO

BTSRXUC HAIN BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' ADD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) CBN BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) MOD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) SPT BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) RMV BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSRXUC HAIN BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN RCN

Chain No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) MOD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) SPT BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) RMV BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory)

Number of the RXU chain or ring. The value scope is 0~11 for NonSingleRAN BTS and 0~249 for SingleRAN BTS. The RXU chain No. is unique in the same BTS. A maximum of 12 RXU chains can be configured in one BTS. YES

BTSRXUC HAIN TT

Topo Type

BSC6900

RXU topology type, that is, RXU ring topology or RXU chain topology. In the case of the ring topology, the optical ports of the head and tail boards must be specified. In the case of the chain topology, ADD only the BTSRXUCHAIN( optical port Mandatory) of the head MOD board must BTSRXUCHAIN( be Mandatory) specified. NO Number of the cabinet ADD where the BTSRXUCHAIN( main board Mandatory) of the RXU MOD chain or BTSRXUCHAIN( ring is Mandatory) located. NO

BTSRXUC HAIN HCN

Head Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN HSRN

Head Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the main board of the RXU chain or ring is located. ADD The BTSRXUCHAIN( subrack Mandatory) No. is MOD unique in BTSRXUCHAIN( the same Mandatory) BTS. NO Number of the slot where the main board of the RXU chain or ring is ADD located. BTSRXUCHAIN( The slot Mandatory) No. is MOD unique in BTSRXUCHAIN( the same Mandatory) BTS. NO The number of ADD the optical BTSRXUCHAIN( port of the Mandatory) main board MOD in the RXU BTSRXUCHAIN( chain or Mandatory) ring. NO ADD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) CBN BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) MOD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory)

BTSRXUC HAIN HSN

Head Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN HPN

Head Port No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN TCN

Tail Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the main board of the RXU ring is located NO

BTSRXUC HAIN TSRN

Tail Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the main board ADD of the RXU BTSRXUCHAIN( ring is Mandatory) located. CBN The BTSRXUCHAIN( subrack Mandatory) No. is MOD unique in BTSRXUCHAIN( the same Mandatory) BTS. NO Number of the slot where the ADD main board BTSRXUCHAIN( of the RXU Mandatory) ring is CBN located. BTSRXUCHAIN( The slot Mandatory) No. is MOD unique in BTSRXUCHAIN( the same Mandatory) BTS. NO ADD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) CBN BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) MOD BTSRXUCHAIN( Mandatory) Number of the optical port where the main board of the RXU ring is located. NO

BTSRXUC HAIN TSN

Tail Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN TPN

Tail Port No.

BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN CHAINTORING

Combine Type

BSC6900

Combinatio n type of chains. "CHAINTO RING" indicates that one chain changes to a ring, and "COMBINE CHAINS" indicates that two chains are CBN combined BTSRXUCHAIN( into one Mandatory) ring. NO The first RXU chain number when combining two RXU CBN chains to BTSRXUCHAIN( be one Mandatory) RXU ring. NO The second RXU chain number when combining two RXU CBN chains to BTSRXUCHAIN( be one Mandatory) RXU ring. NO Split SPT position on BTSRXUCHAIN( the RXU Mandatory) chain NO

BTSRXUC HAIN RCN1

First RXU Chain No. BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN RCN2

Second RXU Chain No. BSC6900

BTSRXUC HAIN SEPARATEPOS

Separate Position

BSC6900

BTSSFPM ODE IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) MOD BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) RMV BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) ADD BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) MOD BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) RMV BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory)

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSSFPM ODE BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSSFPM ODE BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

ADD BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) MOD BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) RMV BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory)

BTSSFPM ODE CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSSFPMODE( Optional) MOD BTSSFPMODE( Optional) RMV BTSSFPMODE( Optional) ADD BTSSFPMODE( Optional) MOD BTSSFPMODE( Optional) RMV BTSSFPMODE( Optional) ADD BTSSFPMODE( Optional) MOD BTSSFPMODE( Optional) RMV BTSSFPMODE( Optional)

Number of the cabinet where the port is located NO

BTSSFPM ODE SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the port is located NO

BTSSFPM ODE SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the port is located NO

BTSSFPM ODE SFPPORTNO

SFP Port No

BSC6900

ADD BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) MOD BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory) RMV BTSSFPMODE( Mandatory)

Number of the SFP port. If the switching relation is added on the SFP port, it indicates that the SFP port is used to connect the BBU and no RXU chain or ring can be configured on the port. NO

BTSSFPM ODE SWITCHPORTNO Switch Port

BSC6900

ADD BTSSFPMODE( Optional) MOD BTSSFPMODE( Optional)

Number of the switching port. If "Link Attribute" is set to "BBU", the switching port must be configured. The value ranges from 3 to 5. NO

BTSSHARI NG IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSSHARING(M query by andatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSSHARING(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. YES

BTSSHARI NG BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSSHARING(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO SET Whether to BTSSHARING(O allow ptional) sharing NO SET BTSSPTMODE( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

BTSSHARI NG BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSSHARI NG SHARINGALLOW Sharing Allow BTSSPTM ODE IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSSPTM ODE BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

SET BTSSPTMODE( Mandatory)

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

BTSSPTM ODE BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

SET BTSSPTMODE( Mandatory)

BTSSW

VER

Version No.

BSC6900

Software RMV version BTSSW(Mandato number of ry) the BTS NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; RBK BYID: BTSSW(Mandato query by ry) index. NO

BTSSW

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSSW

BTSIDLST

BTS Index List

BSC6900

List of BTS indexes. You can specify multiple BTSs,sepa rated by "&" and "&&". For example, RBK "1&2&3&4 BTSSW(Mandato &5" or ry) "1&&5". NO List of BTS names. You can RBK specify BTSSW(Mandato multiple ry) BTSs by &. NO Software version number of the BTS RBK after BTSSW(Optional) rollback NO Patch version number of the BTS RBK after BTSSW(Optional) rollback NO SET BTSTHEFTALM( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSTHEFTALM( a BTS in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

BTSSW

BTSNAMELST

BTS Name List

BSC6900

BTSSW

BTSSWVER

Rollback Software Version

BSC6900

BTSSW

PV

Rollback Patch Version

BSC6900

BTSTHEF TALM IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSTHEF TALM BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSTHEFTALM( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO Whether to enable the BTS to clear the burglar SET alarm BTSTHEFTALM( automatica Optional) lly NO

BTSTHEF TALM BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSTHEF TALM AntiTheftAllow

Burglar Alarm Auto Clear Permit

BSC6900

BTSTHEF TALM ClrDelay

Clear Command Delay Time

BSC6900

Delay for which the BTS waits to run the burglar alarm clearance command after SET reporting BTSTHEFTALM( the burglar Optional) alarm NO Interval at which the BTS runs the burglar alarm clearance SET command BTSTHEFTALM( automatica Optional) lly NO ADD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) MOD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) RMV BTSTMA(Mandat ory) ADD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) MOD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) RMV BTSTMA(Mandat ory) Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index. NO

BTSTHEF TALM ClrInterval

Clear Command Time Interval

BSC6900

BTSTMA

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSTMA

BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSTMA(Mandat e %, two or ory) more MOD consecutiv BTSTMA(Mandat e spaces, ory) or more RMV than two BTSTMA(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO ADD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) MOD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) RMV Number of BTSTMA(Mandat the RET ory) antenna. YES ADD BTSTMA(Optiona l) MOD Name of BTSTMA(Optiona the RET l) antenna

BTSTMA

BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSTMA

DEVICENO

Device No.

BSC6900

BTSTMA

DEVICENAME

Device Name

BSC6900

NO

BTSTMA

PWRSUPPLYTYP TMA Power Supply E Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) MOD BTSTMA(Optiona l) ADD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) MOD BTSTMA(Optiona l) ADD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) MOD BTSTMA(Optiona l)

Type of TMA power supply: single port or dual ports. NO Number of the cabinet which controls RET antenna. NO Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located NO

BTSTMA

CTRLPORTCN

Control Port Cabinet No. BSC6900

BTSTMA

CTRLPORTSRN

Control Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSTMA

CTRLPORTSN

Control Port Slot No. BSC6900

Number of the slot where the board controlling the RET antenna is located. For SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 5. For nonADD SingleRAN BTSTMA(Mandat BTSs, the ory) valid value MOD ranges BTSTMA(Optiona from 0 to l) 23. NO ADD BTSTMA(Mandat ory) MOD TMA BTSTMA(Optiona subunit l) number.

BTSTMA

SUBUNITNUM

TMA SubUnit Number

BSC6900

NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by MOD BTS name; BTSTMADEVICE BYID: DATA(Mandatory query by ) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, MOD uniquely BTSTMADEVICE identifying DATA(Mandatory a BTS in a ) BSC. NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, MOD or more BTSTMADEVICE than two DATA(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO MOD BTSTMADEVICE Number of DATA(Mandatory the RET ) antenna. NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BTSNAME BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A DEVICENO

BTS Name

BSC6900

Device No.

BSC6900

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A SUBUNITNO

SubUnit No.

BSC6900

MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Mandatory )

Number of the RET antenna subunit. NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BEARING BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BSID

Antenna Bearing(0.1degree) BSC6900

Base Station ID

BSC6900

Horizontal azimuth angle of the RET antenna. This parameter determines the MOD coverage BTSTMADEVICE direction of DATA(Optional) a cell. NO MOD Customize BTSTMADEVICE d base DATA(Optional) station ID. NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BAND1 BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BEAMWIDTH1 BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A GAIN1

Band1

BSC6900

MOD Supported BTSTMADEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 1. NO MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) Lobe width of frequency band 1. NO Gain of frequency band 1. NO

BeamWidth1(degre e) BSC6900

Gain1(0.1dBi)

BSC6900

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BAND2 BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BEAMWIDTH2

Band2

BSC6900

MOD Supported BTSTMADEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 2. NO Lobe width MOD of BTSTMADEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 2. NO

BeamWidth2(degre e) BSC6900

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A GAIN2

Gain2(0.1dBi)

BSC6900

MOD Gain of BTSTMADEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 2.

NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BAND3 BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BEAMWIDTH3 BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A GAIN3

Band3

BSC6900

MOD Supported BTSTMADEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 3. NO MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) Lobe width of frequency band 3. NO Gain of frequency band 3. NO

BeamWidth3(degre e) BSC6900

Gain3(0.1dBi)

BSC6900

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BAND4 BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BEAMWIDTH4 BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A GAIN4 BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A DATE

Band4

BSC6900

MOD Supported BTSTMADEVICE frequency DATA(Optional) band 4. NO MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) Lobe width of frequency band 4. NO Gain of frequency band 4. NO Installed Date.

BeamWidth4(degre e) BSC6900

Gain4(0.1dBi)

BSC6900

Installed Date

BSC6900

NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A TILT BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A INSTALLERID BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A SECTORID

Installed Mechanical Tilt(0.1degree) BSC6900

Installer ID

BSC6900

Sector ID

BSC6900

MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional) MOD BTSTMADEVICE DATA(Optional)

Installed Mechanical Tilt[0.1degr ee]. NO

Installer ID. NO

Sector ID. NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A

SERIALNO

Serial No. Antenna Model Number

BSC6900

MODELNO

BSC6900

GAINRESOLUTIO Gain N Resolution(0.25db)

BSC6900

Delivery serial MOD number of BTSTMADEVICE the RET DATA(Optional) antenna NO MOD Model of BTSTMADEVICE the RET DATA(Optional) antenna. NO MOD Step of BTSTMADEVICE gain DATA(Optional) change. NO

BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A SUBUNITTYPE BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A RXMAXFQ BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A RXMINFQ BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A TXMAXFQ BTSTMAD EVICEDAT A TXMINFQ

Subunit Type

BSC6900

MOD BTSTMADEVICE Sub Unit DATA(Optional) Type.

NO

Received Max Frequency(100kHz) BSC6900

TMA MOD received BTSTMADEVICE maximum DATA(Optional) frequency. NO TMA MOD received BTSTMADEVICE minimum DATA(Optional) frequency. NO TMA MOD transmit BTSTMADEVICE maximum DATA(Optional) frequency. NO TMA MOD transmit BTSTMADEVICE minimum DATA(Optional) frequency. NO Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSTMAPWR(M query by andatory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSTMAPWR(M a BTS in a andatory) BSC. NO

Received Min Frequency(100kHz) BSC6900

Transmit Max Frequency(100kHz) BSC6900

Transmit Min Frequency(100kHz) BSC6900

BTSTMAP WR IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSTMAP WR BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSTMAPWR(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO SET BTSTMAPWR(O Number of ptional) the cabinet NO Number of the subrack SET where the BTSTMAPWR(M BTS board andatory) is located NO Number of the slot SET where the BTSTMAPWR(M BTS board andatory) is located NO SET Number of BTSTMAPWR(M the andatory) tributary NO

BTSTMAP WR BTSNAME BTSTMAP WR CN

BTS Name

BSC6900

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSTMAP WR SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSTMAP WR SN BTSTMAP WR SRNO

Slot No.

BSC6900

Tributary No.

BSC6900

BTSTMAP WR ENABLED

TMA Power Supply Enabled

BSC6900

Whether to enable the SET power BTSTMAPWR(M supply of andatory) the TMA NO Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; MOD BYID: BTSTMASUBUNI query by T(Mandatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely MOD identifying BTSTMASUBUNI a BTS in a T(Mandatory) BSC. NO

BTSTMAS UBUNIT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSTMAS UBUNIT BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more MOD than two BTSTMASUBUNI consecutiv T(Mandatory) e +. NO

BTSTMAS UBUNIT BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSTMAS UBUNIT DEVICENO

Device No.

BSC6900

MOD Number of BTSTMASUBUNI the RET T(Mandatory) antenna. NO Number of MOD the RET BTSTMASUBUNI antenna T(Mandatory) subunit. NO Number of the cabinet which connects MOD RET BTSTMASUBUNI antenna T(Optional) Port. NO Number of the subrack which connect MOD Ret BTSTMASUBUNI Antenna T(Optional) Port. NO Number of the slot where the board connect the RET antenna port is located. For SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 5. For nonSingleRAN BTSs, the valid value MOD ranges BTSTMASUBUNI from 0 to T(Optional) 23. NO

BTSTMAS UBUNIT SUBUNITNO

SubUnit No.

BSC6900

BTSTMAS UBUNIT CONNCN

Connect Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSTMAS UBUNIT CONNSRN

Connect Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSTMAS UBUNIT CONNSN

Connect Port Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSTMAS UBUNIT CONNPN

Connect Port Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the port on the board that is connected to the physical port on the antenna. For the GATM board, the valid value ranges from 0 to 5. For the RXU board, the valid value ranges from 0 to 2. Up to six RET antennas can be configured on the feed tributary MOD over the BTSTMASUBUNI physical T(Optional) port. NO MOD BTSTMASUBUNI T(Optional) MOD BTSTMASUBUNI T(Optional) ADD BTSTOPCONFIG (Mandatory) RMV BTSTOPCONFIG (Mandatory) MOD BTSTOPCONFIG (Mandatory) Working mode of the TMA subunit.

BTSTMAS UBUNIT MODE BTSTMAS UBUNIT GAIN

Mode

BSC6900

NO

Gain(0.25db)

BSC6900

TMA Sub Unit Gain. NO

BTSTOPC ONFIG IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSTOPC ONFIG BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSTOPCONFIG (Mandatory) RMV BTSTOPCONFIG (Mandatory) MOD BTSTOPCONFIG (Mandatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSTOPCONFIG e %, two or (Mandatory) more RMV consecutiv BTSTOPCONFIG e spaces, (Mandatory) or more MOD than two BTSTOPCONFIG consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) RMV BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) MOD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional)

BTSTOPC ONFIG BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSTOPC ONFIG CN

Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the cabinet where the port is located YES

BTSTOPC ONFIG SRN

Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) RMV BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) MOD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) ADD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) RMV BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) MOD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional)

Number of the subrack where the port is located YES

BTSTOPC ONFIG SN

Port Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the port is located YES

BTSTOPC ONFIG E1T1PORTNO

Backboard E1/T1 Port No.

BSC6900

Number of the port extended by the backboard TOP communic ation mechanis m of the BTS. The TOP relation can be configured between the port on the BTS board panel and the port on the BTS backplane, thus extending the ports. ADD This BTSTOPCONFIG function is (Mandatory) used for RMV the BTSTOPCONFIG configurati (Mandatory) on of the MOD multi-mode BTSTOPCONFIG base (Mandatory) station. YES ADD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) MOD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) ADD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) MOD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional) Number of the cabinet where the board is located NO Number of the subrack where the board is located NO

BTSTOPC ONFIG TOPBOARDCN

TOP Board Cabinet No. BSC6900

BTSTOPC ONFIG TOPBOARDSRN

TOP Board Subrack No. BSC6900

BTSTOPC TOPBOARDSLOT ONFIG NO TOP Board Slot No. BSC6900

ADD BTSTOPCONFIG (Mandatory) MOD BTSTOPCONFIG (Optional)

BTSTOPC ONFIG PORTTYPE

Port Type

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the board is located the NO Type of port. If this parameter is set to "TOPEXT OUTPORT ", the local E1/T1 ports are used to extend the transmissi on of other boards. That is, the timeslots on the source E1/T1 port are used by other boards through the extended E1/T1 port. If this parameter is set to "TOPEXTI ADD NPORT", BTSTOPCONFIG the local (Mandatory) E1/T1 MOD ports are BTSTOPCONFIG used to (Optional) extend the NO

BTSTOPC ONFIG ORIPORT

Originally E1/T1 Port No. BSC6900

If "Port Type" is set to "TOPEXT OUTPORT ", this parameter determines the extended E1/T1 port through which the timeslots on the source E1/T1 port are used by other boards. If "Port Type" ADD is set to BTSTOPCONFIG "TOPEXTI (Mandatory) NPORT", MOD this BTSTOPCONFIG parameter (Mandatory) is set 255. NO

BTSTOPC ONFIG TSMASK BTSTRAN S IDTYPE

TS Mask

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

The 64 kbit/s ADD timeslots BTSTOPCONFIG on the port (Mandatory) are MOD numbered BTSTOPCONFIG from 1 to (Optional) 31. NO SET BTSTRANS(Man Type of an datory) index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSTRANS(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

BTSTRAN S BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSTRANS(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO

BTSTRAN S BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSTRAN S TransMode

Transmission Mode BSC6900

This parameter specifies the data transmissi on mode between the BTS and the BSC. The license control modes are different in different transmissi on modes. Terrestrial Transmissi on: The data between the BTS and the BSC is transmitted through the E1 or fiber. This transmissi on mode has a short SET delay and BTSTRANS(Man is not datory) controlled NO ADD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) MOD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) RMV BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index. NO

BTSTRAN STS IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSTRAN STS BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) MOD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) RMV BTSTRANSTS(M andatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSTRANSTS(M e %, two or andatory) more MOD consecutiv BTSTRANSTS(M e spaces, andatory) or more RMV than two BTSTRANSTS(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO ADD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) MOD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) RMV BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) Index of a transparent transmissi on timeslot. The index is unique for a BTS. YES

BTSTRAN STS BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSTRAN STS TSIDX

Timeslot Index

BSC6900

BTSTRAN STS INPN

BTS In Port No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O Number of ptional) a BTS port NO ADD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) ADD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) ADD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional)

BTSTRAN STS INCN

In Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

Number of the in-port cabinet on a BTS NO

BTSTRAN STS INSRN

In Port Subrack No. BSC6900

Number of the in-port subrack on a BTS NO

BTSTRAN STS INSN

In Port Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the in-port slot on a BTS NO

BTSTRAN STS INTSBITMAP

Timeslot Carried by an Input Port BSC6900

ADD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional)

Timeslot carried by an input port on an E1/T1 link NO

BTSTRAN STS OUTPN

BTS Out Port No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O Number of ptional) a BTS port. NO ADD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) ADD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) Number of the cabinet where the out-port is located NO Number of the subrack where the out-port is located NO

BTSTRAN STS OUTCN

Out Port Cabinet No.

BSC6900

BTSTRAN STS OUTSRN

Out Port Subrack No.

BSC6900

BTSTRAN STS OUTSN

Out Port Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional)

Number of the slot where the out-port is located NO

BTSTRAN STS OUTTSBITMAP

Timeslot Carried by an Output Port BSC6900

ADD BTSTRANSTS(M andatory) MOD BTSTRANSTS(O ptional)

Timeslot carried by an output port on an E1/T1 link NO

BTSTRCM PR IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; SET BYID: BTSTRCMPR(Ma query by ndatory) index. NO

BTSTRCM PR BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSTRCMPR(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSTRCMPR(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSTRCM PR BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSTRCM Transmission PR BTSTRCMPRATE Compression Ratio

BSC6900

Transmissi on compressi on ratio of a BTS. 1. Modifying the settings of "Transfers Compress Rate" may change the bandwidth required by the BTS. That is, the current bandwidth may be excessive or insufficient. If the bandwidth is insufficient, more secondary links should be added or timeslots SET should be BTSTRCMPR(Ma rearranged ndatory) . 2. The NO ADD BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; BYID: query by BTS index. NO

BTSTRXB RD IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

BTSTRXB RD BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSTRXBRD(Ma e %, two or ndatory) more MOD consecutiv BTSTRXBRD(Ma e spaces, ndatory) or more RMV than two BTSTRXBRD(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSTRXB RD BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSTRXB RD BT

Board Type

BSC6900

ADD BTSTRXBRD(Ma Type of the ndatory) board. NO ADD BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) ADD BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) MOD BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory) RMV BTSTRXBRD(Ma ndatory)

BTSTRXB RD SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack where the BTS board is located YES

BTSTRXB RD SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of the slot where the BTS board is located YES

BTSTRXB RD BT

Board Type

BSC6900

MOD BTSTRXBRD(Ma New board ndatory) type NO

BTSUSCU BP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSUSCUBP(Ma query by ndatory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSUSCUBP(Ma a BTS in a ndatory) BSC. YES

BTSUSCU BP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSUSCUBP(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

BTSUSCU BP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSUSCU BP CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

SET Number of BTSUSCUBP(Op the tional) cabinet. YES

BTSUSCU BP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the subrack SET where the BTSUSCUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is located YES Number of the slot SET where the BTSUSCUBP(Ma BTS board ndatory) is locatedto YES Whether allow the configurati on of board parameter s. The value "YES" indicates that the configurati on is allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the configurati on is not allowed. If the parameter is set to "YES", all the other parameter s controlled by it are reset to the default values in SET this BTSUSCUBP(Ma command. ndatory) In multiNO

BTSUSCU BP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

BTSUSCU BP CFGFLAG

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

BSC6900

BTSUSCU BP GPSORGLONASS GPS or Glonass

BSC6900

Synchroniz ation clock adopted when two satellite cards are used together. GPS:Trace GPS only. GLONASS :Trace GLONASS only. GPSGlona ss:Trace SET GPS and BTSUSCUBP(Op GLONASS tional) . NO

BTSUSCU BP ANTENNALONG

GPS Antenna Delay BSC6900

Length of the feeder cable. The GPS satellite card is connected to the antenna through feeder cables. The transmissi on delay on the feeder cable can be calculated on the basis of the length of the feeder cable, thus increasing the timing accuracy SET of the BTSUSCUBP(Op satellite tional) card. NO Power supply switch of SET the GPS BTSUSCUBP(Op antenna tional) feeder

BTSUSCU ANTENNAPOWER Antenna Power BP SWITCH Supply Switch

BSC6900

NO

BTSVLAN IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

SET BTSVLAN(Manda tory) IMP BTSVLAN(Manda Type of an tory) index. NO

BTSVLAN BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

SET BTSVLAN(Manda tory) IMP BTSVLAN(Manda tory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more SET consecutiv BTSVLAN(Manda e spaces, tory) or more IMP than two BTSVLAN(Manda consecutiv tory) e +. NO

BTSVLAN BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSVLAN SERVICETYPE

Service Type

BSC6900

Service type of the BTS. The QoS processing depends on the DSCP, VLAN ID, and VLAN SET priority that BTSVLAN(Manda vary tory) according IMP to the BTSVLAN(Manda service tory) type. YES

BTSVLAN DSCP

DSCP

BSC6900

DSCP to be contained in the header of an IP packet. According to this parameter, the router provides differentiat ed services for packet streams. If this parameter is greater, the service level is higher. This parameter is valid only when the SET transport BTSVLAN(Option type is set al) to IP. NO

BTSVLAN VLANSWITCH

VLAN Switch

BSC6900

SET BTSVLAN(Option al) IMP BTSVLAN(Option al)

VLAN switch for the service type. NO

BTSVLAN VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

SET VLAN ID of BTSVLAN(Option the service al) type. NO VLAN priority level of the service type. This parameter helps to determine the packet service priority level at the data link layer on the Ethernet. If this parameter is set to 0, the service type has the highest VLAN priority level. If this parameter is set to 7, SET the service BTSVLAN(Option type has al) the lowest IMP VLAN BTSVLAN(Option priority al) level. NO IMP BTSVLAN(Manda Configurati tory) on Switch. NO

BTSVLAN VLANPRI

VLAN Priority

BSC6900

BTSVLAN CFGSW

Configuration Switch BSC6900

BTSVLAN DSCP

DSCP

BSC6900

BTSVLAN VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

DSCP to be contained in the header of an IP packet. According to this parameter, the router provides differentiat ed services for packet streams. If this parameter is greater, the service level is higher. This parameter is valid only when the IMP transport BTSVLAN(Option type is set al) to IP. NO IMP VLAN ID of BTSVLAN(Option the service al) type. NO ADD BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory) RMV BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory) IMP BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory)

BTSVLAN CLASS IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSVLAN CLASS BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory) RMV BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory) IMP BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSVLANCLASS e %, two or (Mandatory) more RMV consecutiv BTSVLANCLASS e spaces, (Mandatory) or more IMP than two BTSVLANCLASS consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO ADD BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory) RMV BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory) IMP BTSVLANCLASS VLAN (Mandatory) Group No. YES

BTSVLAN CLASS BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSVLAN CLASS VLANGROUPNO

VLAN Group No.

BSC6900

BTSVLAN CLASS TRAFFICTYPE

Traffic Type

BSC6900

USERDAT A:2G: OML,RSL, ESL,EML, CS voice,CS data,PS High,PS Low ;TCP:3G/4 G:mainten ance data; SCTP:3G/ 4G:Signal data; OTHERDA TA:ARP,IC MP,IPCLK ADD handshake BTSVLANCLASS message, (Mandatory) DHCP RMV message,B BTSVLANCLASS FD (Mandatory) message,1 IMP 588V2 BTSVLANCLASS arrange (Mandatory) message. YES

BTSVLAN CLASS DSCP

DSCP

BSC6900

DSCP to be contained in the header of an IP packet. According to this parameter, the router provides differentiat ed services for packet streams. If this parameter is greater, the service level is ADD higher. BTSVLANCLASS This (Mandatory) parameter RMV is valid BTSVLANCLASS only when (Mandatory) the IMP transport BTSVLANCLASS type is set (Mandatory) to IP. NO ADD BTSVLANCLASS (Mandatory) IMP VLAN ID of BTSVLANCLASS the service (Mandatory) type. NO

BTSVLAN CLASS VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

BTSVLAN CLASS VLANPRI BTSVLAN CLASS CFGSW

VLAN Priority

BSC6900

Configuration Switch BSC6900

VLAN priority level of the service type. This parameter helps to determine the packet service priority level at the data link layer on the Ethernet. If this parameter is set to 0, the service type has the highest VLAN priority level. If this parameter is set to 7, ADD the service BTSVLANCLASS type has (Optional) the lowest IMP VLAN BTSVLANCLASS priority (Optional) level. NO IMP BTSVLANCLASS Configurati (Mandatory) on Switch. NO ADD BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) RMV BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) IMP BTSVLANMAP(M andatory)

BTSVLAN MAP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type. BYNAME: query by name; BYID: query by index. NO

BTSVLAN MAP BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

ADD BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) RMV BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) IMP BTSVLANMAP(M andatory)

Index of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. YES

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv BTSVLANMAP(M e %, two or andatory) more RMV consecutiv BTSVLANMAP(M e spaces, andatory) or more IMP than two BTSVLANMAP(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO ADD BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) RMV BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) IMP BTSVLANMAP(M Next Hop andatory) IP.

BTSVLAN MAP BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

BTSVLAN MAP NEXTHOPIP

Next Hop IP

BSC6900

YES

BTSVLAN MAP MODE

VLAN MODE

BSC6900

ADD BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) IMP BTSVLANMAP(M VLAN andatory) Mode.

NO

BTSVLAN MAP VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

ADD BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) IMP VLAN ID of BTSVLANMAP(M the service andatory) type. NO VLAN priority level of the service type. This parameter helps to determine the packet service priority level at the data link layer on the Ethernet. If this parameter is set to 0, the service type has the highest VLAN priority level. If this parameter is set to 7, ADD the service BTSVLANMAP(O type has ptional) the lowest IMP VLAN BTSVLANMAP(O priority ptional) level. NO

BTSVLAN MAP VLANPRI

VLAN Priority

BSC6900

BTSVLAN MAP VLANGROUPNO BTSVLAN MAP CFGSW

VLAN Group No.

BSC6900

Configuration Switch BSC6900

ADD BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) IMP BTSVLANMAP(M andatory) IMP BTSVLANMAP(M andatory)

VLAN Group No. NO Configurati on Switch. NO

BTSXMUF P IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: BTSXMUFP(Man query by datory) BTS index. NO Index of the BTS, uniquely SET identifying BTSXMUFP(Man a BTS in a datory) BSC. YES

BTSXMUF P BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two BTSXMUFP(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO Power Adjust SET Parameter BTSXMUFP(Man Configurati datory) on Switch. NO ADD CAB(Mandatory) RMV Number of CAB(Mandatory) the cabinet YES Whether the added cabinet is a ADD remote CAB(Mandatory) cabinet NO ADD CCG(Mandatory) RMV CCG(Mandatory) You can select one or more commands . NO

BTSXMUF P BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

Power Adjust Parameter BTSXMUF TRXPWRADJALL Configuration P OW Enabled

BSC6900

CAB

CN

Cabinet No.

BSC6900

CAB

CABT

Is remote cabinet

BSC6900

CCG

CMD

Command Name

BSC6900

CCGN

CGN

Command Group Name

BSC6900

SET CCGN(Optional)

Name of the command group. You can define the name. NO

CELLBIND 2BTS IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD CELLBIND2BTS( Mandatory) RMV CELLBIND2BTS( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO ADD CELLBIND2BTS( Mandatory) RMV CELLBIND2BTS( Mandatory) Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

CELLBIND 2BTS CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

CELLBIND 2BTS CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv CELLBIND2BTS( e spaces, Mandatory) or more RMV than two CELLBIND2BTS( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO

CELLBIND 2BTS BTSID

BTS Index

BSC6900

Index of the BTS, uniquely ADD identifying CELLBIND2BTS( a BTS in a Mandatory) BSC. NO

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a BSC. This parameter cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more ADD than two CELLBIND2BTS( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO Name of SET the root CERTFILE(Optio certificate nal) file SET CERTFILE(Optio nal) SET CERTFILE(Optio nal)

CELLBIND 2BTS BTSNAME

BTS Name

BSC6900

CERTFILE RootCert

Root Certificate File Name BSC6900

NO

CERTFILE PubCert

Certificate File Name Private Key File Name

BSC6900

CERTFILE PrivKey

BSC6900

Name of the certificate file NO Name of the private key file NO

CERTFILE PKPEnableSta

Private Key Password Enabled State Private Key Password

BSC6900

CERTFILE PWD

BSC6900

Whether to enable the private key password. DISABLE: indicating that the private key password is disabled. ENABLE: indicating that the SET private key CERTFILE(Optio password nal) is enabled. NO SET CERTFILE(Mand Private key atory) password NO Whether to enable the certificate revocation list. DISABLE: indicating that the certificate revocation list is disabled. ENABLE: indicating that the certificate SET revocation CERTFILE(Optio list is nal) enabled. NO Name of the SET certificate CERTFILE(Mand revocation atory) list file. NO

CERTFILE CRLEnableSta

Certificate Revocation List File State BSC6900

CERTFILE CRL

Certificate Revocation List File Name BSC6900

CERTFILE CCAEnableSta

Certificate Chain File Enabled State

BSC6900

Whether to enable the certificate chain DISABLE: indicating that the certificate chain is disabled ENABLE: indicating that the SET certificate CERTFILE(Optio chain is nal) enabled NO SET CERTFILE(Mand atory) SET CFGDATAEFFE CTIVE(Optional) Name of the certificate chain file NO Number of the subrack NO

CERTFILE CertChain CFGDATA EFFECTIV E SRN CFGDATA INEFFECT IVE SRN

Certificate Chain File Name

BSC6900

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Subrack No.

BSC6900

SET CFGDATAINEFF Number of ECTIVE(Mandato the ry) subrack NO ADD CFMMA(Mandato ry) RMV Number of CFMMA(Mandato the ry) subrack YES ADD CFMMA(Mandato ry) RMV CFMMA(Mandato ry) Indicates the slot number for running this command YES

CFMMA

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

CFMMA

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

CFMMA

MDIDX

MD Index

BSC6900

ADD Identifies a CFMMA(Mandato maintenan ry) ce domain YES

CFMMA

VLANID

VLAN ID

BSC6900

Specifies the identifier of a VLAN. Connectivit y Fault Manageme nt (CFM) supports the creation of a Maintenan ce Associatio n (MA) on each VLAN for each Maintenan ce Domain (MD) Level. The MA must be in oneto-one ADD mapping CFMMA(Mandato with the ry) VLAN ID. NO

CFMMA

MAIDX

MA Index

BSC6900

Identifies a maintenan ce group. Maintenan ce group: maintenan ce alliance (MA), which is a component of the maintenan ce domain (MD). Maintenan ce domain is an Ethernet or a component of an Ethernet in which the connectivit y failure manageme nt is performed. The ADD maintenan CFMMA(Mandato ce domain ry) is uniformly RMV managed CFMMA(Mandato by one ry) ISP. One NO ADD CFMMA(Mandato Name of ry) the MA

CFMMA

MANAME

MA Name

BSC6900

NO

CFMMA

CCMINTERVAL

CCM Send Prid

BSC6900

Transmissi on period ADD of the CCM CFMMA(Optional packet in ) the MA NO ADD CFMMD(Mandato ry) RMV Number of CFMMD(Mandato the ry) subrack YES

CFMMD

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

CFMMD

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

ADD CFMMD(Mandato ry) RMV CFMMD(Mandato ry)

Indicates the slot number for running this command YES

CFMMD

MDIDX

MD Index

BSC6900

ADD CFMMD(Mandato ry) RMV Identifies a CFMMD(Mandato maintenan ry) ce domain YES Class of ADD the CFMMD(Optional maintenan ) ce domain NO ADD CFMMD(Mandato name of ry) the MD

CFMMD

Level

MD Level

BSC6900

CFMMD

MDName

MD Name

BSC6900

NO

CFMMEP

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD CFMMEP(Mandat ory) RMV Number of CFMMEP(Mandat the ory) subrack YES

CFMMEP

MAIDX

MA Index

BSC6900

Identifies a maintenan ce group. Maintenan ce group: maintenan ce alliance (MA), which is a component of the maintenan ce domain (MD). Maintenan ce domain is an Ethernet or a component of an Ethernet in which the connectivit y failure manageme nt is performed. The ADD maintenan CFMMEP(Mandat ce domain ory) is uniformly RMV managed CFMMEP(Mandat by one ory) ISP. One YES

CFMMEP

MEPTYPE

MEP Type

BSC6900

The type of the maintenan ce point added to the maintenan ce group. LocalMep indicates a local maintenan ce point and RemoteMe p indicates ADD a remote CFMMEP(Mandat maintenan ory) ce point. YES Identifies a maintenan ce point in the maintenan ce alliance ADD A CFMMEP(Mandat maintenan ory) ce point is RMV an edge CFMMEP(Mandat node of the ory) MA. YES

CFMMEP

MEPID

MEP ID

BSC6900

CFMMEP

PORTTYPE

Port Type

BSC6900

Indicates the type of the physical port used by the local maintenan ce point in the maintenan ce group. FE indicates the FE port and TRUNK indicates ADD the CFMMEP(Mandat aggregatio ory) n group. NO ADD CFMMEP(Mandat ory) RMV CFMMEP(Mandat ory) Indicates the slot number for running this command NO

CFMMEP

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

CFMMEP

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Specifies ADD Ethernet CFMMEP(Mandat port ory) number. ADD TRUNK CFMMEP(Mandat group ory) number

NO

CFMMEP

TRUNKN

Trunk No.

BSC6900

NO

CLK

SRT

Subrack type

BSC6900

SET CLK(Mandatory)

Type of the subrack YES Number of the subrack YES Number of the slot YES Type of the board NO

CLK CLK CLK

SRN SN BT

Subrack No. Slot No. Board type

BSC6900 BSC6900 BSC6900

SET CLK(Mandatory) SET CLK(Mandatory) SET CLK(Mandatory)

CLK

REF2MCLKSRC

Port for LINE1

BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional)

Port for output LINE1. For the EIUa board, which can be configured with two clock sources, this parameter specifies the LINE1 clock source; for boards of other types, only one clock source can be configured and this parameter specifies the clock source.(Th e actual value range may differ on the LMT ) NO

CLK

SUPPORTBAKCL Use Back-up port for KSRC LINE1 BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional)

Whether to use Backup port for LINE1. For the EIUa board, which can be configured with two clock sources, this parameter specifies whether use Backup port for LINE1; for boards of other types, only one clock source can be configured and this parameter specifies the clock source. NO

CLK

REF2MCLKSRCB Back-up port for AK LINE1

BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional)

Back-up port for output LINE1. For the EIUa board, which can be configured with two clock sources, this parameter specifies the backup port for LINE1 clock source; for boards of other types, only one clock source can be configured and this parameter specifies the clock source.(Th e actual value range may NO Port for output LINE2(The actual value range may differ on the LMT ) NO Whether to use Backup port for LINE2 NO

CLK

REF2MCLK2SRC

Port for LINE2

BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional)

CLK

SUPPORTBAKCL Use Back-up port for K2SRC LINE2 BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional)

CLK

REF2MCLK2SRCB Back-up port for AK LINE2

BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional)

Back-up port for output LINE2(The actual value range may differ on the LMT ) NO This parameter applies only to the Gb interface boards. When the clock sources of the SGSN and the MSC are different, set this parameter to Yes to enable the SGSN to use the clock source that is the same as the clock source of the MSC. NO Switch of panel BITS1(2M) NO Switch of panel BITS2(2M) NO

CLK

REFUSELOCALCL Use SGSN clock K source Switch of panel 2M BITS1 Switch of panel 2M BITS2

BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional) SET CLK(Optional) SET CLK(Optional)

CLK

REF2MCLKSW1

BSC6900

CLK

REF2MCLKSW2

BSC6900

CLK

Switch of backplane BACK8KCLKSW1 LINE1 BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional)

Switch of backplane LINE1 NO

CLK

Switch of backplane BACK8KCLKSW2 LINE2 BSC6900

SET CLK(Optional)

Switch of backplane LINE2 NO

CLKMODE MODE

System clock working mode

BSC6900

Working mode of the system clock. Working modes of the system clock are as follows: MANUAL: In this mode, you must specify a clock source and prevent the switching of the clock source. AUTO: In this mode, you do not need to specify a clock source and the system automatica lly selects the clock SET source with CLKMODE(Mand the highest atory) priority. NO

CLKMODE SRCGRD

Clock source priority BSC6900

SET Priority of CLKMODE(Mand the clock atory) source

NO

CLKSRC

SRCGRD

Clock source priority BSC6900

Priority of the clock source.The ADD re are four CLKSRC(Mandat priorities ory) (in RMV descendin CLKSRC(Mandat g order): 1, ory) 2, 3, 4. YES

CLKSRC

SRCT

Clock source type

BSC6900

ADD Type of the CLKSRC(Mandat clock ory) source. NO

CLKTYPE CLKTYPE

Clock board type

BSC6900

SET Type of the CLKTYPE(Manda clock tory) board NO

CMCTRLS W CTRLSW

CM Control Enable Switch

BSC6900

Configurati on rollback control switch that is used to specify whether to support the SET configurati CMCTRLSW(Ma on rollback ndatory) function NO Type of the connection between the NE and EMS or LMT. The connection can be a plain connection or SSL SET encryption CONNTYPE(Man connection datory) . NO SET Number of COPTLNK(Mand the atory) subrack YES Indicates the slot number for SET running COPTLNK(Mand this atory) command YES SET COPTLNK(Mand atory) Board type NO

CONNTYP E CONNTYPE

Connection Type

BSC6900

COPTLNK SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

COPTLNK SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

COPTLNK BT

Board Type

BSC6900

COPTLNK PS

Port select

BSC6900

SET COPTLNK(Mand Port atory) selection

NO

COPTLNK PN

Port No.

BSC6900

SET COPTLNK(Optio Port nal) number

YES

COPTLNK E1T1PN

E1/T1 port No.

BSC6900

SET COPTLNK(Optio E1/T1 port nal) number YES

COPTLNK J2ALMSWITCH

J2 mismatch alarm switch

BSC6900

Switch for the J2 tracing SET mark COPTLNK(Optio mismatchi nal) ng alarm NO

COPTLNK J2MODE

J2 length

BSC6900

SET COPTLNK(Optio Byte length nal) of J2 NO Byte SET display COPTLNK(Optio format of nal) J2

COPTLNK J2BYTE_FORMAT J2 Byte Format

BSC6900

NO

COPTLNK J2TXVALUE

J2 transmit value J2 expected incept value

BSC6900

COPTLNK J2RXVALUE

BSC6900

SET COPTLNK(Optio nal) SET COPTLNK(Optio nal)

Sending value of J2 NO Expected receiving value of J2 NO

COPTLNK JAUTOADD

Automatic Append J Byte BSC6900

A zero or a space used to fill in the J byte of the optical port based on the J byte of the peer equipment. If the J bytes are inconsisten t, an alarm related to J byte mismatch will be reported and the negotiation of the optical port may fail, thus leading to SET deterioratio COPTLNK(Optio n of the nal) services. NO Classes of boards classified SET according CPUTHD(Mandat to function ory) modules YES

CPUTHD

BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

CPUTHD

CPU occupancy SSCPUAVEUSAG alarm clearance EALMTHD threshold

BSC6900

CPU usage alarm clearance threshold. When the CPU usage is lower than the threshold, the CPU usage alarm is cleared. "CPU occupancy alarm clearance threshold" must be smaller than "CPU SET occupancy CPUTHD(Option alarm al) threshold". NO

CPUTHD

SSCPUMAXUSAG CPU occupancy EALMTHD alarm threshold

BSC6900

CPU usage alarm threshold. When the CPU usage exceeds the threshold, a CPU usage alarm is reported. "CPU occupancy alarm clearance threshold" must be smaller than "CPU SET occupancy CPUTHD(Option alarm al) threshold". NO

CPUTHD

DSP occupancy SSDSPAVEUSAG alarm clearance EALMTHD threshold

BSC6900

DSP usage alarm clearance threshold. When the DSP usage is lower than the threshold, the DSP usage alarm is cleared. "DSP occupancy alarm clearance threshold" must be smaller than "DSP SET occupancy CPUTHD(Option alarm al) threshold". NO

CPUTHD

SSDSPMAXUSAG DSP occupancy EALMTHD alarm threshold

BSC6900

DSP usage alarm threshold. When the DSP usage exceeds the threshold, a DSP usage alarm is reported. "DSP occupancy alarm clearance threshold" must be smaller than "DSP SET occupancy CPUTHD(Option alarm al) threshold". NO

CPUTHD

Thruput Occupancy SSTHRUPUTAVE Alarm Clearance USAGEALMTHD Threshold BSC6900

Throughpu t usage alarm clearance threshold. When the throughput usage is lower than the threshold, the throughput usage alarm is cleared. "Thruput Occupancy Alarm Clearance Threshold" must be smaller than "Thruput Occupancy SET Alarm CPUTHD(Option Threshold" al) . NO

CPUTHD

SSTHRUPUTMAX Thruput Occupancy USAGEALMTHD Alarm Threshold BSC6900

Throughpu t usage alarm threshold. When the throughput usage exceeds the threshold, a throughput usage alarm is reported. "Thruput Occupancy Alarm Clearance Threshold" must be smaller than "Thruput Occupancy SET Alarm CPUTHD(Option Threshold" al) . NO Service priority of the CS MSoriginated call when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO

CSABISC ucCSPrefCSOrgCa CS Preferred CS ONGCTRL llPrio MOC Priority

BSC6900

CSABISC ucCSPrefCSTerm ONGCTRL CallPrio

CS Preferred CS MTC Priority

BSC6900

Service priority of the CS MSterminated call when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO Service priority of the CS emergency call when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO VBS service priority when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO

CS Preferred CS CSABISC ucCSPrefCSEmerg Emergency Call ONGCTRL CallPrio Priority

BSC6900

CSABISC CS Preferred VBS ONGCTRL ucCSPrefVBSPrio Priority

BSC6900

CSABISC ucCSPrefVGCSPri CS Preferred VGCS ONGCTRL o Priority BSC6900

VGCS service priority when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO Priority of supplemen tary services when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO Service priority of call reestablish ment when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO

CSABISC ucCSPrefSupplePri CS Preferred ONGCTRL o Supplement Priority BSC6900

CSABISC ucCSPrefCallReest CS Preferred Call ONGCTRL Prio Reestablish Priority BSC6900

CSABISC ucCSPrefIntraBsc ONGCTRL HoPrio

CS Preferred IntraBSC HO Priority

BSC6900

Service priority of the intraBSC handover when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO Service priority of the incoming BSC handover when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO PS service priority when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO

CSABISC ucCSPrefInBscHo CS Preferred IntoONGCTRL Prio BSC HO Priority

BSC6900

CSABISC ONGCTRL ucCSPrefPSPrio

CS Preferred PS Priority

BSC6900

CSABISC CS Preferred Other ONGCTRL ucCSPrefOtherPrio Service Priority BSC6900 DB FN File Name BSC6900

DEVIP

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Priority of other services when CS services are preferred. This parameter is used for the flow control in SET the case of CSABISCONGC Abis over TRL(Optional) IP/HDLC. NO RTR Name of DB(Mandatory) the file. NO ADD Number of DEVIP(Mandator the y) subrack NO Indicates the slot number for ADD running DEVIP(Mandator this y) command NO ADD Device IP DEVIP(Mandator Address y) Type

DEVIP

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

DEVIP

DEVTYPE

Device IP Address Type

BSC6900

NO

DEVIP

IPADDR

IP address

BSC6900

ADD DEVIP(Mandator y) RMV IP address DEVIP(Mandator of the y) board YES ADD DHCPRLY(Mand atory) RMV DHCPRLY(Mand DHCP atory) Relay ID

DHCPRLY DHCPRLYID

DHCP Relay ID

BSC6900

NO

DHCPRLYGATEW DHCP Relay DHCPRLY AYIP Gateway IP Address BSC6900 DPUBRDT YPE SRN DPUBRDT YPE SN DPUBRDT YPE BRDTYPE

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Slot No.

BSC6900

Board Type

BSC6900

This parameter indicates the IP Address of ADD DHCP DHCPRLY(Mand Relay atory) Gateway. NO SET Number of DPUBRDTYPE(M the andatory) subrack YES SET DPUBRDTYPE(M Number of andatory) the slot YES SET DPUBRDTYPE(M Type of the andatory) board NO

DSCPMAP DSCP

Differentiated Service Codepoint

BSC6900

Differentiat ed service code is used to identify the SET service DSCPMAP(Mand priority of atory) the user. YES

DSCPMAP VLANPRI DSPLVDS MODE SRN DSPLVDS MODE SN

VLAN Priority

BSC6900

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Slot No.

BSC6900

SET DSCPMAP(Optio nal) SET DSPLVDSMODE( Mandatory) SET DSPLVDSMODE( Mandatory)

VLAN priority YES Number of the subrack YES Number of the slot YES

DSPLVDS Number of DSPs MODE LVDS252DSPNUM with 252 LVDS Links BSC6900

Number of DSPs, each of which carries 252 LVDS links on the DPUd or DPUb board. If this parameter is set to 0, every DSP SET carries 192 DSPLVDSMODE( LVDS links Mandatory) by default. NO Number of a DXX. It is unique in one BSC ADD and DXX(Mandatory) uniquely RMV identifies a DXX(Mandatory) DXX. YES Maximum number of ports on the DXX NO Number of a DXX. It is unique in one BSC and uniquely identifies a DXX. YES

DXX

DXXINDEX

DXX Index

BSC6900

DXX

PORTNUM

DXX Port Number

BSC6900

ADD DXX(Optional) ADD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) RMV DXXCONNECT( Mandatory)

DXXCONN ECT DXXINDEX

DXX Index

BSC6900

DXXCONN ECT PORTNO

DXX In Port No.

BSC6900

ADD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) RMV Number of DXXCONNECT( the DXX Mandatory) port YES

DXXCONN ECT CIUSUBRACKNO Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) ADD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) ADD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) MOD DXXCONNECT( Mandatory) ADD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator y) MOD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator y) RMV DXXTSEXGREL ADD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator y) MOD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator y) RMV DXXTSEXGREL ADD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator y) MOD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator y) RMV DXXTSEXGREL

Subrack number of the BSC board that is connected to the DXX NO Slot number of the BSC board that is connected to the BTS NO Number of the port through which the DXX is connected to the BSC NO Number of a DXX. It is unique in one BSC and uniquely identifies a DXX. YES

DXXCONN ECT CIUSLOTNO

Slot No.

BSC6900

DXXCONN CONNECTPORTN ECT O Connect Port No.

BSC6900

DXXTSEX GRELATI ON DXXINDEX

DXX Index

BSC6900

DXXTSEX GRELATI ON INPORTNO

DXX In Port No.

BSC6900

In-port number of a DXX YES

DXXTSEX GRELATI ON INTSNO

DXX In Time Slot No.

BSC6900

Number of a DXX Intimeslot YES

DXXTSEX GRELATI ON OUTPORTNO

DXX Out Port No.

BSC6900

ADD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator y) MOD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator ADD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator y) MOD DXXTSEXGREL ATION(Mandator

Number of the outgoing port of the DXX NO

DXXTSEX GRELATI ON OUTPORTTS

DXX Out Time Slot No.

BSC6900

E1T1

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Number of the outgoing timeslot of the DXX NO Number of SET the E1T1(Mandatory) subrack NO Indicates the slot number for running SET this E1T1(Mandatory) command NO

E1T1

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

E1T1

BT

Board type

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Mandatory) Board type NO

E1T1

PS

Port select

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional)

Port selection

NO

E1T1

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional)

E1/T1 port number NO

E1T1

UNBA

Support Balance

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional)

Whether support the balanced mode and unbalance d mode. When this parameter is set to "YES", you can run MML commands to set the balancing mode of the interface boards. You do not need to turn the DIP bits inwards or outwards. When this parameter is set to "NO", you must run MML commands to set the working mode to NO

E1T1

WORKMODE

Work Mode

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional)

Working mode. E1: The E1 system is recommen ded by the IUT-T. E1 carries signals at 2.048 Mbit/s. G.703 defines the electrical specificatio n and G.704 defines the frame format for E1 telecommu nication lines. The E1 system is used in Europe and China. T1: The T1 system is recommen ded by the ANSI and widely used in the NO

E1T1

PTTYPE

Frame Structure

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional)

Frame structure

NO

E1T1

PTTXT

Frame send Structure

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional)

Sending frame structure

NO

E1T1

PTRXT

Frame receive Structure

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional)

Receiving frame structure

NO

E1T1

PTCODE

Line code

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional)

Line coding method

NO

E1T1 E1T1

LOOPSW REMARK

Loop Detect Switch BSC6900 Remark BSC6900

E1T1LOP

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

SET E1T1(Optional) SET E1T1(Optional) SET E1T1LOP(Manda tory)

Loop Detect Switch

NO

Remark NO Number of the subrack YES

E1T1LOP

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Indicates the slot number for SET running E1T1LOP(Manda this tory) command YES

E1T1LOP

BT

Board type

BSC6900

SET E1T1LOP(Manda tory) Board type NO SET E1T1LOP(Option E1/T1 port al) number YES

E1T1LOP

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

E1T1LOP

LOPT

Loop type

BSC6900

SET E1T1LOP(Manda Loopback tory) type

NO

E1T1LOP

LLCN

Channel No.

BSC6900

The loopback channel number for loopback mode of SET single E1T1LOP(Option channel al) local loop NO

E1T1LOP

RLCN

Channel No.

BSC6900

E1T1LOP

IDLECODE

Idle code

BSC6900

The loopback channel number for loopback mode of single channel remote loop, it can select SET more than E1T1LOP(Option one al) channel NO SET E1T1LOP(Option al) IDLE code NO It specifies SET the E1T1LOP(Option loopback al) duration. NO IP address ADD of the NE EMSIP(Mandator manageme y) nt system YES ADD Subnet EMSIP(Mandator mask of y) the board

E1T1LOP

AUSTOP

Loop time[min]

BSC6900

EMSIP

EMSIP

EMS IP Address

BSC6900

EMSIP

MASK

Subnet mask

BSC6900

NO

EMSIP

OMUIP

OMU External Network Virtual IP

BSC6900

External virtual IP ADD address of EMSIP(Optional) the OMU NO Subnet mask of the OMU in the ADD external EMSIP(Optional) network NO ADD EMU(Mandatory) RMV EMU(Mandatory) Number of MOD the EMU(Mandatory) subrack YES ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) 48V voltage alarm switch 24V voltage alarm switch

EMSIP

OMUMASK

OMU External Network Mask

BSC6900

EMU

SRN

Subrack No. Enable Alarm Reporting for 48V Power Enable Alarm Reporting for 24V Power

BSC6900

EMU

VOL48_MASK

BSC6900

NO

EMU

VOL24_MASK

BSC6900

NO

EMU

TEMP_MASK

Enable Temperature Alarm Reporting BSC6900

Temperatu re alarm switch NO Humidity alarm switch Water sensor alarm switch Smog alarm switch Infrared alarm switch Door status alarm switch

EMU

HUM_MASK

Enable Humidity Alarm Reporting

BSC6900

NO

EMU

WATER_MASK

Enable Water Alarm Reporting BSC6900

NO

EMU

SMOKE_MASK

Enable Smoke Alarm Reporting

BSC6900

NO

EMU

INFRA_RED_MAS Infrared alarm K switch

BSC6900

NO

EMU

DOOR_ENGINE_ MASK

Enable Door Status Alarm Reporting BSC6900

NO

EMU

EX_ANO1_TYPE

Sensor Type of External Analog 1

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Sensor type of extended analog signal 1 Sensor type of extended analog signal 2 Sensor type of extended analog signal 3 Sensor type of extended analog signal 4

NO

EMU

EX_ANO2_TYPE

Sensor Type of External Analog 2

BSC6900

NO

EMU

EX_ANO3_TYPE

Sensor Type of External Analog 3

BSC6900

NO

EMU

EX_ANO4_TYPE

Sensor Type of External Analog 4

BSC6900

NO

EMU

VOL48_THD_HIG Upper Limit of Alarm H for 48V Power BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Upper limit for triggering a 48V voltage sensor alarm NO Lower limit for triggering a 48V voltage sensor alarm NO Upper limit for triggering a 24 V voltage sensor alarm NO Lower limit for triggering a 24 V voltage sensor alarm NO

EMU

Lower Limit of Alarm VOL48_THD_LOW for 48V Power BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

EMU

VOL24_THD_HIG Upper Limit of Alarm H for 24V Power BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

EMU

Lower Limit of Alarm VOL24_THD_LOW for 24V Power BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

EMU

Upper Limit of TEMP_THD_HIGH Temperature Alarm BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Upper limit of temperatur e NO Lower limit of temperatur e NO Upper limit of humidity. When the humidity exceeds the upper limit, a humidity alarm is reported. NO Lower limit of humidity. When the humidity is lower than the lower limit, a humidity alarm is reported. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of TEMP_THD_LOW Temperature Alarm BSC6900

EMU

HUM_THD_HIGH

Upper Limit of Humidity Alarm

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

EMU

HUM_THD_LOW

Lower Limit of Humidity Alarm

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

EMU

Upper Limit of EX_ANO1_SIG_M Signal Output of AX External Analog 1

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Upper limit of extended output analog signal 1. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of EX_ANO1_SIG_MI Signal Output of N External Analog 1

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Lower limit of extended output analog signal 1. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Upper Limit of Measurement EX_ANO1_VAL_M Range of External AX Analog 1

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Maximum measurem ent range of extended analog signal 1. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of Measurement EX_ANO1_VAL_M Range of External IN Analog 1

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Minimum measurem ent range of extended analog signal 1. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 1" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Upper Limit of EX_ANO2_SIG_M Signal Output of AX External Analog 2

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Upper limit of extended output analog signal 2. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of EX_ANO2_SIG_MI Signal Output of N External Analog 2

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Lower limit of extended output analog signal 2. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Upper Limit of Measurement EX_ANO2_VAL_M Range of External AX Analog 2

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Maximum measurem ent range of extended analog signal 2. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of Measurement EX_ANO2_VAL_M Range of External IN Analog 2

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Minimum measurem ent range of extended analog signal 2. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 2" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Upper Limit of EX_ANO3_SIG_M Signal Output of AX External Analog 3

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Upper limit of extended output analog signal 3. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of EX_ANO3_SIG_MI Signal Output of N External Analog 3

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Lower limit of extended output analog signal 3. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Upper Limit of Measurement EX_ANO3_VAL_M Range of External AX Analog 3

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Maximum measurem ent range of extended analog signal 3. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of Measurement EX_ANO3_VAL_M Range of External IN Analog 3

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Minimum measurem ent range of extended analog signal 3. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 3" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Upper Limit of EX_ANO4_SIG_M Signal Output of AX External Analog 4

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Upper limit of extended output analog signal 4. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of EX_ANO4_SIG_MI Signal Output of N External Analog 4

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Lower limit of extended output analog signal 4. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Upper Limit of Measurement EX_ANO4_VAL_M Range of External AX Analog 4

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Maximum measurem ent range of extended analog signal 4. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

Lower Limit of Measurement EX_ANO4_VAL_M Range of External IN Analog 4

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional)

Minimum measurem ent range of extended analog signal 4. If "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" is set to VOLTAGE, the unit of this parameter is V; if "Sensor Type of External Analog 4" is set to CURRENT , the unit of this parameter is A. NO

EMU

POWER_RELAY1 Switch for Relay 1

BSC6900

Relay switch 1

NO

EMU

POWER_RELAY2 Switch for Relay 2

BSC6900

Relay switch 2

NO

EMU

POWER_RELAY3 Switch for Relay 3

BSC6900

Relay switch 3

NO

EMU

POWER_RELAY4 Switch for Relay 4

BSC6900

Relay switch 4

NO

EMU

POWER_RELAY5 Switch for Relay 5

BSC6900

Relay switch 5

NO

EMU

POWER_RELAY6 Switch for Relay 6

BSC6900

ENVALMP ARA ANM

Alarm Name

BSC6900

ADD EMU(Optional) MOD EMU(Optional) SET ENVALMPARA(O ptional)

Relay switch 6 NO New name of the alarm NO

ENVALMP ARA ALVL

Alarm Severity

BSC6900

Alarm severity. One or more severities can be selected. By default, all SET severities ENVALMPARA(O are ptional) selected. NO

ENVALMP ARA ASS

Event Type

BSC6900

Network manageme nt type of the alarm. By default, all network manageme SET nt types ENVALMPARA(O are ptional) selected. NO

ETHIP

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD ETHIP(Mandatory ) MOD ETHIP(Mandatory ) RMV Number of ETHIP(Mandatory the ) subrack YES ADD ETHIP(Mandatory ) MOD ETHIP(Mandatory ) RMV ETHIP(Mandatory ) ADD ETHIP(Mandatory ) MOD ETHIP(Mandatory ) RMV ETHIP(Mandatory ) ADD ETHIP(Mandatory ) MOD ETHIP(Mandatory ) RMV ETHIP(Mandatory ) ADD ETHIP(Mandatory ) MOD ETHIP(Optional)

ETHIP

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Indicates the slot number for running this command YES

ETHIP

PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Specifies Ethernet port number.

YES

ETHIP

IPINDEX

IP address index

BSC6900

IP address index of the Ethernet port NO Local IP address of the Ethernet port YES

ETHIP

IPADDR

Local IP address

BSC6900

ETHIP

MASK

Subnet mask

BSC6900

ADD Subnet ETHIP(Mandatory mask of ) the board Subnet mask of the ether port

NO

ETHIP

MASK

Subnet mask

BSC6900

MOD ETHIP(Optional)

NO

ETHPORT SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

SET Number of ETHPORT(Mand the atory) subrack NO Indicates the slot number for SET running ETHPORT(Mand this atory) command NO SET ETHPORT(Mand atory) Board type NO SET ETHPORT(Mand Ethernet atory) port type NO

ETHPORT SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

ETHPORT BRDTYPE

Board type.

BSC6900

ETHPORT PTYPE

Port type

BSC6900

ETHPORT PN

Port No.

BSC6900

Specifies SET Ethernet ETHPORT(Optio port nal) number.

NO

ETHPORT AUTO

Auto negotiation

BSC6900

Whether the selfnegotiation mode is adopted 1. When the FG2 board is used and the port type is GE, the selfnegotiation mode must be adopted. 2. If the selfnegotiation mode is adopted, the FE port rate, working mode and flow control mode must be in accordanc e with the negotiation result. If SET the selfETHPORT(Optio negotiation nal) mode is NO

ETHPORT SPEED

Port speed

BSC6900

Rate over the GE electrical port. When this parameter is set to 1000M, the GE electrical port performs negotiation at the rate of 1000 Mbit/s. If, however, the negotiation result is not 1000 Mbit/s, the negotiation fails. When this parameter is set to AUTO, the GE electrical port performs SET auto ETHPORT(Optio negotiation nal) , and the NO

ETHPORT MTU

MTU[Byte]

BSC6900

Specifies the Maximum SET Transmissi ETHPORT(Optio on Unit nal) size. NO

ETHPORT FC

Physical layer flow control switch

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to send and process the flow control frame on the physical layer, or not. The setting of this parameter must be negotiated with that SET on the ETHPORT(Optio interconne nal) cted side. NO Ratio of the minimum guarantee bandwidth of the OAM SET stream to ETHPORT(Optio the port nal) bandwidth NO SET Port flow ETHPORT(Optio control nal) switch NO SET ETHPORT(Mand atory) SET ETHPORT(Optio nal) Flow control parameter index NO Errorframe detect switch NO

ETHPORT OAMFLOWBW

OAM flow min bandwidth[%]

BSC6900

FLOWCTRLSWIT ETHPORT CH Flow control switch

BSC6900

ETHPORT FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index Error-frame detect switch

BSC6900

ETHPORT ERRDETECTSW

BSC6900

ETHPORT ERRALARMTHD

Error-frame alarm threshold

BSC6900

ErrorSET frame ETHPORT(Optio alarm nal) threshold

NO

Received broadcast BCPKTALARMTH packets alarm ETHPORT D threshold[pps] BSC6900

Received broadcast packets alarm threshold. When a network storm occurs on the network, the quality of the services carried on the Ethernet port will be deteriorate d, and the services may even be disrupted if the network storm is serious. This alarm will be generated when the SET number of ETHPORT(Optio broadcast nal) packets NO

Received broadcast BCPKTALARMCL packets alarm clear ETHPORT RTHD threshold[pps] BSC6900

Received broadcast packets alarm clear threshold. It is automatica lly cleared when the number of broadcast packets received over the Ethernet port in a second is smaller than the specified alarm clear threshold SET for 30 ETHPORT(Optio consecutiv nal) e seconds. NO CFM protocol version. Value V7 indicates that the 1AG protocol of draft 7 is used. Value V8 indicates that the 1AG protocol of the SET standard ETHPORT(Optio version is nal) used. NO

ETHPORT CFMVER

CFM Protocol Version

BSC6900

ETHREDP ORT SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

ADD ETHREDPORT( Mandatory) RMV ETHREDPORT( Mandatory) ADD ETHREDPORT( Mandatory) RMV ETHREDPORT( Mandatory)

Number of the subrack YES Slot number for running this command YES

ETHREDP ORT SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

ETHREDP ORT PN

Port No.

BSC6900

ADD ETHREDPORT( Mandatory) RMV ETHREDPORT( Mandatory) ADD ETHTRK(Mandat ory) RMV ETHTRK(Mandat ory) ADD ETHTRK(Mandat ory) RMV ETHTRK(Mandat ory)

Specifies Ethernet port number.

YES

ETHTRK

SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

The subrack number for running this command YES Indicates the slot number for running this command YES

ETHTRK

SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

ETHTRK

TRKN

Trunk No.

BSC6900

ADD ETHTRK(Mandat ory) RMV Aggregatio ETHTRK(Mandat n group ory) number YES

ETHTRK

LACPMODE

Aggregation Mode

BSC6900

Aggregatio n mode. When this parameter is set to static aggregatio n, the LACP protocol is activated; otherwise, the LACP ADD protocol is ETHTRK(Mandat deactivate ory) d. NO Ratio of the minimum guarantee bandwidth of the OAM ADD stream to ETHTRK(Optiona the port l) bandwidth NO ADD Port flow ETHTRK(Optiona control l) switch

ETHTRK

OAMFLOWBW

OAM flow min bandwidth[%]

BSC6900

ETHTRK

FLOWCTRLSWIT CH Flow control switch

BSC6900

NO

ETHTRK

FCINDEX

Flow control parameter index

BSC6900

Flow ADD control ETHTRK(Optiona parameter l) index NO

ETHTRK

CFMVER

CFM Protocol Version

BSC6900

CFM protocol version. Value V7 indicates that the 1AG protocol of draft 7 is used. Value V8 indicates that the 1AG protocol of the ADD standard ETHTRK(Optiona version is l) used. NO ADD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) RMV ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) MOD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) ADD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) RMV ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) MOD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory)

ETHTRKIP SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

The subrack number for running this command YES

ETHTRKIP SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Indicates the slot number for running this command YES

ETHTRKIP TRKN

Trunk No.

BSC6900

ADD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) RMV ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) MOD Aggregatio ETHTRKIP(Mand n group atory) number YES

ETHTRKIP IPINDEX

IP address index

BSC6900

ADD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) RMV ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) MOD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) ADD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) MOD ETHTRKIP(Optio nal)

IP address index of the aggregatio n group NO Local IP address of the aggregatio n group YES

ETHTRKIP IPADDR

Local IP address

BSC6900

ETHTRKIP MASK

Subnet mask

BSC6900

ADD ETHTRKIP(Mand atory) MOD ETHTRKIP(Optio Subnet nal) mask ADD ETHTRKLNK(Ma ndatory) RMV ETHTRKLNK(Ma ndatory)

NO

ETHTRKL NK SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

The subrack number for running this command YES

ETHTRKL NK SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Indicates the slot number for ADD running ETHTRKLNK(Ma this ndatory) command NO ADD Aggregatio ETHTRKLNK(Ma n group ndatory) number NO ADD ETHTRKLNK(Ma ndatory) RMV ETHTRKLNK(Ma ndatory) ADD ETHTRKLNK(Ma ndatory) RMV ETHTRKLNK(Ma ndatory) Slot number of the aggregatio n member YES Port number of the aggregatio n member YES

ETHTRKL NK TRKN

Trunk No.

BSC6900

ETHTRKL NK TRKLNKSN

Trunk Link Slot No.

BSC6900

ETHTRKL NK TRKLNKPN

Trunk Link No.

BSC6900

EXTBSC

BSCIDX

BSC Index

BSC6900

ADD EXTBSC(Mandat ory) MOD EXTBSC(Mandat ory) RMV EXTBSC(Mandat ory) ADD EXTBSC(Mandat ory) MOD EXTBSC(Mandat ory) RMV EXTBSC(Mandat ory)

ID of the BSC that controls the external 2G neighbor cell

YES

EXTBSC

BSCNAME

External BSC Name BSC6900

Unique name of the external BSC

NO

EXTBSC

BSCDPC

External BSC DPC

BSC6900

DPC of the external BSC, which is used for inter-BSC communic ation. This parameter can be represente d in decimal, hexadecim al, and binary. By default, this parameter is represente d in decimal. To represent this parameter in hexadecim ADD al, precede EXTBSC(Mandat this ory) parameter MOD value with EXTBSC(Optiona H'. To l) represent NO MOD EXTBSC(Mandat ory) RMV EXTBSC(Mandat Type of an ory) index. NO ADD EXTNCELL(Man datory) Index type. NO ADD EXTNCELL(Man datory) RMV Index of EXTNCELL(Man the cell in datory) the BSC.

EXTBSC

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

EXTNCEL L IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

EXTNCEL L INNCELLID

BSC Inner Cell Index

BSC6900

YES

EXTNCEL L INNCELLNAME

BSC Inner Cell Name

BSC6900

ADD Name of EXTNCELL(Man the cell in datory) the BSC.

NO

EXTNCEL L ADJBSCDPC

Adjacent BSC DPC BSC6900

The destination signaling point (DSP) of the adjacent ADD BSC must EXTNCELL(Man be an Iur-g datory) DSP. NO ADD EXTNCELL(Man datory) RMV EXTNCELL(Man datory) Index of the cell in the adjacent BSC.

EXTNCEL L EXTADJCELLID

BSC Adjacent Cell Index

BSC6900

YES

EXTNCEL EXTADJCELLNAM BSC Adjacent Cell L E Name

BSC6900

Name of the cell in ADD the EXTNCELL(Man adjacent datory) BSC. SET FANSPEED(Man datory) SET FANSPEED(Man datory)

NO

FANSPEE D FANFLAG FANSPEE D SRN

Fan Type

BSC6900

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Type of the fan YES Number of the subrack YES

FANSPEE Speed adjustment D FANSPEEDMODE mode Duty ratio FANSPEE FANADJUSTCOM adjustment D MAND2 command

BSC6900

SET Fan FANSPEED(Man adjustment datory) mode NO Duty ratioSET based FANSPEED(Opti speed onal) adjustment NO Classes of boards classified SET according FCCPUTHD(Man to function datory) modules YES

BSC6900

FCCPUTH D BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

FCCPUTH D SMWINDOW

Filter window

BSC6900

Number of CPU usage samples involved in the calculation of the average CPU SET usage in FCCPUTHD(Opti the sliding onal) window NO Number of CPU usage sampling times for fast judgment. The value of this parameter must be of half size of SET "Filter FCCPUTHD(Opti window" or onal) smaller. NO

FCCPUTH D FDWINDOW

Fast judgement window

BSC6900

FCCPUTH D CTHD

Critical threshold

BSC6900

Critical threshold of CPU usage. When the CPU usage in "Fast judgement window" reaches or exceeds the threshold, all active flow control functions are implement ed. Otherwise, the correspond ing flow SET control FCCPUTHD(Opti mechanis onal) m is used. NO Printing control threshold. If the CPU usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, printing flow control SET is triggered FCCPUTHD(Opti on the onal) serial port. NO

FCCPUTH D PRINTCTHD

Print control threshold

BSC6900

FCCPUTH D PRINTRTHD

Print restore threshold

BSC6900

Printing control threshold. If the CPU usage of sliding windows is lower than the threshold, printing flow control SET on the FCCPUTHD(Opti serial port onal) is stopped. NO CPU usage threshold for debugging tracing flow control. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, debugging SET tracing flow FCCPUTHD(Opti control is onal) triggered. NO

FCCPUTH D TRACECTHD

Debug tracking control threshold

BSC6900

FCCPUTH D TRACERTHD

Debug tracking restore threshold

BSC6900

CPU usage threshold for recovery from debugging tracing flow control. When the average CPU usage of smooth windows is lower than the threshold, debugging SET tracing flow FCCPUTHD(Opti control is onal) stopped. NO CPU usage threshold for performan ce monitoring. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, performan ce SET monitoring FCCPUTHD(Opti is onal) triggered. NO

FCCPUTH D PMCTHD

Performance monitor control threshold

BSC6900

FCCPUTH D PMRTHD

Performance monitor restore threshold

BSC6900

CPU usage threshold for recovery from performan ce monitoring. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows is lower than the threshold, performan SET ce FCCPUTHD(Opti monitoring onal) is stopped. NO CPU usage threshold for log flow control. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, SET log flow FCCPUTHD(Opti control is onal) triggered. NO

FCCPUTH D LOGCTHD

Log control threshold

BSC6900

FCCPUTH D LOGRTHD

Log restore threshold

BSC6900

CPU usage threshold for recovery from log flow control. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows is lower than the threshold, SET log flow FCCPUTHD(Opti control is onal) triggered. NO CPU usage threshold for low priority service flow control. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, low priority service SET flow control FCCPUTHD(Opti is onal) triggered. NO

FCCPUTH D LPRISERVCTHD

Low Priority Service Control Threshold BSC6900

FCCPUTH D LPRISERVRTHD

Low Priority Service Restore Threshold BSC6900

CPU usage threshold for recovery from flow control over low priority service. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows is lower than the threshold, low priority SET service FCCPUTHD(Opti flow control onal) is stopped. NO CPU usage threshold for normal priority service flow control. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, normal priority service SET flow control FCCPUTHD(Opti is onal) triggered. NO

FCCPUTH D NPRISERVCTHD

Normal Priority Service Control Threshold

BSC6900

FCCPUTH D NPRISERVRTHD

Normal Priority Service Restore Threshold

BSC6900

CPU usage threshold for recovery from flow control over normal priority service. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows is lower than the threshold, normal priority SET service FCCPUTHD(Opti flow control onal) is stopped. NO CPU usage threshold for high priority service flow control. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, high priority service SET flow control FCCPUTHD(Opti is onal) triggered. NO

FCCPUTH D HPRISERVCTHD

High Priority Service Control Threshold BSC6900

FCCPUTH D HPRISERVRTHD

High Priority Service Restore Threshold BSC6900

CPU usage threshold for recovery from flow control over high priority service. When the average CPU usage of sliding windows is lower than the threshold, high priority SET service FCCPUTHD(Opti flow control onal) is stopped. NO Classes of boards classified SET according FCMSGQTHD(M to function andatory) modules YES Number of CPU usage samples involved in the calculation of the average CPU SET usage in FCMSGQTHD(O the sliding ptional) window NO

FCMSGQT HD BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

FCMSGQT HD SMWINDOW

Filter window

BSC6900

FCMSGQT HD CTHD

Critical threshold

BSC6900

Critical threshold of packet queue usage. When the packet queue usage reaches or exceeds the threshold, all active flow control functions SET are FCMSGQTHD(O implement ptional) ed. NO Printing control threshold. When the packet queue usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, printing flow control SET is triggered FCMSGQTHD(O on the ptional) serial port. NO

FCMSGQT HD PRINTCTHD

Print control threshold

BSC6900

FCMSGQT HD PRINTRTHD

Print restore threshold

BSC6900

Printing control threshold. When the packet queue usage of sliding windows is lower than the threshold, printing flow control SET on the FCMSGQTHD(O serial port ptional) is stopped. NO Packet queue usage threshold for debugging tracing flow control. When the average packet queue usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, debugging SET tracing flow FCMSGQTHD(O control is ptional) triggered. NO

FCMSGQT HD TRACECTHD

Debug tracking control threshold

BSC6900

FCMSGQT HD TRACERTHD

Debug tracking restore threshold

BSC6900

Packet queue usage threshold for recovery from debugging tracing flow control. When the average packet queue usage of smooth windows is lower than the threshold, debugging SET tracing flow FCMSGQTHD(O control is ptional) stopped. NO Packet queue usage threshold for performan ce monitoring. When the average packet queue usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, performan ce SET monitoring FCMSGQTHD(O is ptional) triggered. NO

FCMSGQT HD PMCTHD

Performance monitor control threshold

BSC6900

FCMSGQT HD PMRTHD

Performance monitor restore threshold

BSC6900

Packet queue usage threshold for recovery from performan ce monitoring. When the packet queue usage of sliding windows is lower than the threshold, performan SET ce FCMSGQTHD(O monitoring ptional) is stopped. NO Packet queue usage threshold for log flow control. When the average packet queue usage of sliding windows reaches or exceeds the threshold, SET log flow FCMSGQTHD(O control is ptional) triggered. NO

FCMSGQT HD LOGCTHD

Log control threshold

BSC6900

FCMSGQT HD LOGRTHD

Log restore threshold

BSC6900

Packet queue usage threshold for recovery from log flow control. When the average packet queue usage of smooth windows is lower than the threshold, SET log flow FCMSGQTHD(O control is ptional) triggered. NO Classes of boards classified SET according FCSW(Mandator to function y) modules YES Flow control switch. Other switches are valid only when "Flow SET control FCSW(Mandator switch" is y) "ON". NO Whether to control the printing SET flow on the FCSW(Optional) serial port NO Whether to control the SET debugging FCSW(Optional) tracing flow NO

FCSW

BRDCLASS

Board Class

BSC6900

FCSW

FCSW

Flow control switch

BSC6900

FCSW

PRINTSW

Print Flow control switch

BSC6900

FCSW

TRACESW

Debug Flow control switch BSC6900

FCSW

PMSW

Performance monitoring flow control switch

BSC6900

FCSW

LOGSW

Log control switch

BSC6900

Whether to monitor the RRM SET performan FCSW(Optional) ce NO Whether to SET control the FCSW(Optional) log flow NO Object index types used when commands SET are FHO(Mandatory) executed NO Index type of a cell when this SET command FHO(Mandatory) is executed NO Index of a cell, uniquely identifying SET a cell in a FHO(Mandatory) BSC. NO

FHO

OBJTYPE

Object Type

BSC6900

FHO

CELLIDTYPE

Cell Index Type

BSC6900

FHO

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

FHO

CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two SET consecutiv FHO(Mandatory) e +. NO Index of a TRX, uniquely identifying SET a TRX in a FHO(Mandatory) BSC. NO Number of the SET channel in FHO(Mandatory) the TRX NO

FHO

TRXID

TRX ID

BSC6900

FHO

CHNO

Channel No.

BSC6900

FHO

HOMOD

Handover Scope

BSC6900

Type of handover in terms of connection transfer between channels SET or between FHO(Mandatory) cells NO Type of indexing SET the target FHO(Mandatory) cell Unique name of SET the target FHO(Mandatory) cell

FHO

HOCELLIDTYPE

Specify Index of Cell Handover to BSC6900

NO

FHO

HOCELLNAME

Cell Name of Handover to

BSC6900

NO

FHO

MCC

MCC

BSC6900

Mobile country code. This parameter identifies the country where a mobile subscriber is located, for example, the Chinese SET MCC is FHO(Mandatory) 460. NO

FHO

MNC

MNC

BSC6900

Mobile network code. This parameter identifies the public land mobile network (PLMN) to which a mobile SET subscriber FHO(Mandatory) belongs. NO Location area code (LAC). MS can freely move in the local location area with no need of location update. Reasonabl e local allocation can effectively lighten the signaling load and improve the call completion rate. Can be input in hexadecim al format. The hexadecim al format is H'****, for SET example, FHO(Mandatory) H'1214. NO

FHO

LAC

Cell LAC

BSC6900

FHO

CI

Cell CI

BSC6900

FTPCLTP ORT STARTPORT FTPCLTP ORT ENDPORT

Start Data Port

BSC6900

End Data Port

BSC6900

Identity code of a cell, A cell is a wireless coverage area identified by a base station identity code and a global cell identificatio n. Can be input in hexadecim al format. The hexadecim al format is H'****, for SET example, FHO(Mandatory) H'1214. NO SET Start data FTPCLTPORT(M port on the andatory) FTP client. NO SET End data FTPCLTPORT(M port on the andatory) FTP client. NO MOD FTPPWD(Mandat ory) Password. NO Confirm password. The confirm password is required to ensure that a MOD correct FTPPWD(Mandat password ory) is entered. NO

FTPPWD

NEW

New Password

BSC6900

FTPPWD

CFM

Confirm Password

BSC6900

FTPSCLT ENCRYMODE

The Encrypted Mode

BSC6900

Encryption mode supported when the NE serves as the FTP server. AUTO: indicating that the FTP client selects the encryption mode. PLAINTEX T: indicating that the plain text mode is used forcibly. ENCRYPT ED: indicating that the encrypted SET mode is FTPSCLT(Option used al) forcibly. NO Whether the FTP client SET supports FTPSCLT(Option the state al) firewall ADD FTPSCLTDPORT (Mandatory) MOD FTPSCLTDPORT (Mandatory)

FTPSCLT SPTSTATEFWL

Support State Firewall

BSC6900

NO

FTPSCLT DPORT Port

Destination Port

BSC6900

This port is provided by the FTP server to be visited by the FTP client. NO

FTPSRVP ORT STARTPORT

Start Data Port

BSC6900

Start data port on the SET FTP server FTPSRVPORT(M in passive andatory) mode. NO

FTPSRVP ORT ENDPORT

End Data Port

BSC6900

End data port on the SET FTP server FTPSRVPORT(M in passive andatory) mode. NO

FTPSSRV ENCRYMODE

Transport Encrypted Mode BSC6900

Encryption mode used when the NE serves as the FTP client AUTO: indicating that the FTP client automatica lly selects the encryption mode PLAINTEX T: indicating that the plain text mode is used forcibly. ENCRYPT ED: indicating that the encrypted SET mode is FTPSSRV(Option used al) forcibly. NO

FTPSSRV DFTPORTSWT

The Type of FTP Server Command Port

BSC6900

Whether to use the customized port DEFAULT PORT: indicating that the FTP server uses the default port 21 as a command port and port 20 as a data port to provide FTP services CUSTOMP ORT: indicating that the FTP server uses the customized port to SET provide FTPSSRV(Manda FTP tory) services NO Number of the command listening port of the server. You should not use any port number occupied SET by other FTPSSRV(Manda application tory) s. NO

FTPSSRV SERCMDPORT

The Command Port of FTP Server BSC6900

FTPSSRV SERDATAPORT

The Source Date Port of FTP Server

BSC6900

Number of the data port of the server in active mode. You should not use any port number occupied SET by other FTPSSRV(Manda application tory) s. NO ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory) Index type NO ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) MOD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory) A cell Index must be unique in one BSC . It is used to uniquely identify a cell. YES

G2GNCEL L IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

G2GNCEL L SRC2GNCELLID

Source Cell Index

BSC6900

G2GNCEL SRC2GNCELLNA L ME Source Cell Name

BSC6900

ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) MOD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man Name of a datory) cell NO ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) MOD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory) Uniform number of a cell index within a BSC , which uniquely identifies a cell. YES

G2GNCEL L NBR2GNCELLID

Neighbor 2G Cell Index

BSC6900

G2GNCEL NBR2GNCELLNA Neighbor 2G Cell L ME Name

BSC6900

ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) MOD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man Name of a datory) cell NO ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory) ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory) ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory) Mobile country code (MCC) of the source cell NO Mobile network code (MNC) of the source cell NO

G2GNCEL L SRCMCC

Source Cell MCC

BSC6900

G2GNCEL L SRCMNC

Source Cell MNC

BSC6900

G2GNCEL L SRCLAC

Source Cell LAC

BSC6900

Local area code (LAC) of the source cell NO

G2GNCEL L SRCCI

Source Cell CI

BSC6900

ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man Source cell datory) ID NO ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory) ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory) Mobile Country Code (MCC) of a neighborin g cell NO Mobile Network Code (MNC) of a neighborin g cell NO

G2GNCEL L NBRMCC

Neighbour Cell MCC BSC6900

G2GNCEL L NBRMNC

Neighbour Cell MNC

BSC6900

G2GNCEL L NBRLAC

Neighbour Cell LAC BSC6900

ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G2GNCELL(Man datory)

Local Area Code (LAC) of a neighborin g cell NO

G2GNCEL L NBRCI

Neighbour Cell CI

BSC6900

G2GNCEL L NCELLTYPE

Neighboring Cell Type

BSC6900

ADD G2GNCELL(Man datory) RMV Cell ID of a G2GNCELL(Man neighborin datory) g cell NO The parameter indicates whether the neighborin g cell is a handover neighborin g cell, an IBCA neighborin g cell, or a handover and IBCA neighborin g cell of the serving cell. If the parameter is set to HANDOVE RNCELL(H andover Neighborin g Cell), the neighborin g cell is the handover ADD neighborin G2GNCELL(Opti g cell but onal) not the MOD IBCA G2GNCELL(Opti neighborin onal) g cell of NO

Current HO CTRL G2GNCEL SRCHOCTRLSWI Algorithm in Source L TCH Cell BSC6900

Whether the currently used handover algorithm ADD in the G2GNCELL(Opti source cell onal) is HO MOD Algorithm I G2GNCELL(Opti or HO onal) Algorithm II NO

G2GNCEL Inter-cell HO L INTERCELLHYST Hysteresis

BSC6900

Hysteresis value during the handovers between cells, This value is ADD used to G2GNCELL(Opti suppress onal) ping-pong MOD handovers G2GNCELL(Opti between onal) cells. NO Minimum receive level offset. An MS can be handed over to a neighborin g cell only when the downlink level of the neighborin g cell is greater than the sum of "Min DL ADD level on G2GNCELL(Opti candidate onal) Cell" and MOD the value G2GNCELL(Opti of this onal) parameter. NO

G2GNCEL L MINOFFSET

Min Access Level Offset

BSC6900

G2GNCEL L PBGTMARGIN

PBGT HO Threshold

BSC6900

PBGT handovers to a neighborin g cell are allowed only when the downlink level difference between the neighborin g cell and the serving cell is larger than this parameter. When the value of this parameter is smaller than 64, handovers to a neighborin ADD g cell with G2GNCELL(Opti a lower onal) level than MOD the current G2GNCELL(Opti serving cell onal) are NO

G2GNCEL L BQMARGIN

BQ HO Margin

BSC6900

If ("downlink level of the neighbor cell after filtering" "downlink level of the serving cell (after power control compensat ion)") > (("Inter-cell HO Hysteresis" - 64) - "BQ HO Margin" + 64), the ADD BQ G2GNCELL(Opti handover onal) to the MOD neighbor G2GNCELL(Opti cell is onal) triggered. NO

G2GNCEL L ISCHAINNCELL

Chain Neighbor Cell BSC6900

Whether the cell is a chain neighborin g cell. The parameter is used in the quick handover algorithm. Quick handover aims to increase the handover success rate of an MS moving at a high speed and to ensure the call continuity and low call drop rate. Quick handover applies to ADD the G2GNCELL(Opti scenario onal) where an MOD MS moves G2GNCELL(Opti fast along onal) an urban NO Hysteresis value during the handovers between cells on different layers or of different priorities. ADD This value G2GNCELL(Opti is used to onal) suppress MOD inter-layer G2GNCELL(Opti ping-pong onal) handovers. NO

G2GNCEL Adjacent Cell InterL INTELEVHOHYST layer HO Hysteresis BSC6900

Directed Retry G2GNCEL Handover Level L DRHOLEVRANGE Range

BSC6900

Maximum signal level difference between the neighbor ADD cell and G2GNCELL(Opti the serving onal) cell for MOD triggering G2GNCELL(Opti directed onal) retry NO

G2GNCEL CHAINNCELLTYP Chain Neighbour L E Cell Type

BSC6900

This parameter indicates the geographic al relationshi p between the neighborin g cell and the serving cell. In the BSC, if ADD direction A G2GNCELL(Opti is selected, onal) then the MOD reverse G2GNCELL(Opti direction is onal) B. NO

G2GNCEL EDGEADJSTATTI Edge HO AdjCell L ME Watch Time

BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if a neighbor cell meets the conditions for selecting the neighbor cell for edge handover in P of N measurem ent reports, the edge handover to the neighbor cell is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number N. NO

G2GNCEL EDGEADJLASTTI Edge HO AdjCell L ME Valid Time

BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if a neighbor cell meets the conditions for selecting the neighbor cell for edge handover in P of N measurem ent reports, the edge handover to the neighbor cell is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number P. NO

G2GNCEL L LEVSTAT

Layer HO Watch Time

BSC6900

The triggering of interlayer handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for interlayer handovers is met for a consecutiv eP seconds during N seconds, an interlayer handover is triggered. ADD This G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) correspond MOD s to the N G2GNCELL(Opti in the P/N onal) criteria. NO

G2GNCEL L LEVLAST

Layer HO Valid Time

BSC6900

The triggering of interlayer handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for interlayer handovers is met for a consecutiv eP seconds during N seconds, an interlayer handover is triggered. ADD This G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) correspond MOD s to the P G2GNCELL(Opti in the P/N onal) criteria. NO

G2GNCEL L PBGTSTAT

PBGT Watch Time

BSC6900

The triggering of PBGT handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for PBGT handovers is met for a consecutiv eP seconds during N seconds, a PBGT handover is triggered. ADD This G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) correspond MOD s to the N G2GNCELL(Opti in the P/N onal) criteria. NO

G2GNCEL L PBGTLAST

PBGT Valid Time

BSC6900

The triggering of PBGT handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for PBGT handovers is met for a consecutiv eP seconds during N seconds, a PBGT handover is triggered. ADD This G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) correspond MOD s to the P G2GNCELL(Opti in the P/N onal) criteria. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a better cell due to interferenc e are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number N. NO

G2GNCEL BETTERCELLSTA Better Cell HO L TTIME Watch Time

BSC6900

G2GNCEL BETTERCELLLAS Better Cell HO Valid L TTIME Time BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a better cell due to interferenc e are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number P. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for fast handover are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number N. NO

G2GNCEL L HOSTATICTIME

Quick Handover Static Time

BSC6900

G2GNCEL L HOLASTTIME

Quick Handover Last Time

BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for fast handover are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number P. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a different micro cell due to fast movement are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number N. NO

G2GNCEL L HCSSTATTIME

HCS HO Watch Time

BSC6900

G2GNCEL L HCSLASTTIME

HCS HO Valid Time BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a different micro cell due to fast movement are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number P. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for emergency BQ handover are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number N. NO

G2GNCEL L BQSTATTIME

BQ HO Watch Time BSC6900

G2GNCEL L BQLASTTIME

BQ HO Valid Time

BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for emergency BQ handover are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is ADD triggered. G2GNCELL(Opti This onal) parameter MOD specifies G2GNCELL(Opti the onal) number P. NO The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TA handover. That is, the TA handover can be triggered only if P measurem ent reports among N measurem ent reports meet the triggering conditions. ADD This G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) correspond MOD s to N in G2GNCELL(Opti the P/N onal) criterion. NO

G2GNCEL L TASTATTIME

TA HO Watch Time BSC6900

G2GNCEL L TALASTTIME

TA HO Valid Time

BSC6900

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TA handover. That is, the TA handover can be triggered only if P measurem ent reports among N measurem ent reports meet the triggering conditions. ADD This G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) correspond MOD s to P in G2GNCELL(Opti the P/N onal) criterion. NO

G2GNCEL L ULBQSTATTIME

UL BQ HO Static Time

BSC6900

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a UL BQ handover. That is, the UL BQ handover can be triggered only if P measurem ent reports among N measurem ent reports meet the triggering conditions. ADD This G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) correspond MOD s to N in G2GNCELL(Opti the P/N onal) criterion. NO

G2GNCEL L ULBQLASTTIME

UL BQ HO Last Time

BSC6900

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a UL BQ handover. That is, the UL BQ handover can be triggered only if P measurem ent reports among N measurem ent reports meet the triggering conditions. ADD This G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) correspond MOD s to P in G2GNCELL(Opti the P/N onal) criterion. NO

IBCADYNCMEAS G2GNCEL URENCELLALLO L WED

IBCA Dyn Measure Neighbour Cell Flag BSC6900

Whether to measure the IBCA neighbor cells of the serving cell dynamicall y. If the dynamic measurem ent is enabled, when a call uses a channel, the BSC sends the SACCH Modify message to modify the frequencie s in the BA2 table in System Information 5, 5bis, and 5ter to ADD the G2GNCELL(Opti frequencie onal) s at which MOD the IBCA G2GNCELL(Opti neighbor onal) cells NO

G2GNCEL IBCARXLEVOFFS L ET IBCA RxLev Offset

BSC6900

Estimates the receive level of the unmeasure d IBCA neighborin g cells. When a consecutiv e "IBCA Non Measurem ent Ncell Stat. Num" measurem ent reports cover less than six neighborin g cells (or the number of the reported neighborin g cells is smaller than that of the actually ADD configured G2GNCELL(Opti neighborin onal) g cells), MOD this G2GNCELL(Opti parameter onal) is used to NO

G2GNCEL LOADHOPBGTMA Load HO PBGT L RGIN Threshold

BSC6900

If the path loss in the serving cell minus that in a handover candidate cell is not smaller than the parameter value, the handover to the candidate cell is allowed. The parameter loosens the requireme nt of the PBGT handover threshold when the load of the serving cell ADD reaches a G2GNCELL(Opti certain onal) level. MOD Some G2GNCELL(Opti traffic that onal) could not NO Priority of the neighborin g 2G cell. Value 0 indicates the lowest priority, ADD and value G2GNCELL(Opti 7 indicates onal) the highest MOD priority. G2GNCELL(Opti Value 255 onal) is invalid. NO MOD G2GNCELL(Man Type of an datory) index. NO

G2GNCEL L NCELLPRI G2GNCEL L IDTYPE

Neighboring Cell Priority

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

G3GNCEL L IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD G3GNCELL(Man datory) MOD G3GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G3GNCELL(Man Type of an datory) index. NO

G3GNCEL L SRC3GNCELLID

Source Cell Index

BSC6900

A source cell index must be unique in one BSC. It is used ADD to uniquely G3GNCELL(Man identify a datory) source cell. MOD The value G3GNCELL(Man of this datory) parameter RMV ranges G3GNCELL(Man from 0 to datory) 2047. YES ADD G3GNCELL(Man datory) MOD G3GNCELL(Man datory) RMV G3GNCELL(Man Name of a datory) source cell NO

G3GNCEL SRC3GNCELLNA L ME Source Cell Name

BSC6900

G3GNCEL L NBR3GNCELLID

Neighbor Cell Index BSC6900

Uniform number of a neighborin g cell index within a BSC, which uniquely ADD identifies a G3GNCELL(Man cell. datory) The value MOD range of G3GNCELL(Man the index datory) of a 3G RMV external G3GNCELL(Man cell is 5048 datory) to 8047. YES ADD G3GNCELL(Man datory) MOD G3GNCELL(Man datory) RMV Name of a G3GNCELL(Man neighborin datory) g cell NO

G3GNCEL NBR3GNCELLNA L ME Neighbor Cell Name BSC6900

G3GNCEL L RSCPOFF

RSCP Offset

BSC6900

This parameter adjusts "Min RSCP threshold" to enable the ADD selection of G3GNCELL(Opti 3G onal) candidate MOD cells based G3GNCELL(Opti on cell onal) priorities NO

G3GNCEL L ECNOOFF

Ec/No Offset

BSC6900

As a performan ce counter for 3G cells, Ec/No indicates the ratio of the energy per received chip to the spectral noise power density. If the Ec/No of a 3G neighbor cell is greater than "HOECNO TH3G" plus this parameter, ADD the G3GNCELL(Opti neighbor onal) cell is MOD listed in the G3GNCELL(Opti candidate onal) cell queue. NO

G3GNCEL L HOSTAT3GTDD

TDD 3G Better Cell HO Watch Time BSC6900

ADD G3GNCELL(Opti onal) MOD G3GNCELL(Opti onal)

G3GNCEL L HODURT3GTDD

TDD 3G Better Cell HO Valid Time BSC6900

ADD G3GNCELL(Opti onal) MOD G3GNCELL(Opti onal)

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a better 3G cell are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is triggered. This parameter specifies the number N. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a better 3G cell are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. This parameter specifies the number P. NO

G3GNCEL L HOSTAT3G

FDD 3G Better Cell HO Watch Time BSC6900

ADD G3GNCELL(Opti onal) MOD G3GNCELL(Opti onal)

G3GNCEL L HODURT3G

FDD 3G Better Cell HO Valid Time BSC6900

ADD G3GNCELL(Opti onal) MOD G3GNCELL(Opti onal)

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a better 3G cell are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is triggered. This parameter specifies the number N. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover to a better 3G cell are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. This parameter specifies the number P. NO

G3GNCEL L NCELLPRI

Neighboring Cell Priority

BSC6900

GBSCRED GRP GROUPINDEX

BSC Node Redundancy Group Index BSC6900

Priority of the neighborin g 3G cell. Value 0 indicates the lowest priority, ADD and value G3GNCELL(Opti 7 indicates onal) the highest MOD priority. G3GNCELL(Opti Value 255 onal) is invalid. NO Index of the BSC Node Redundan cy Group. It identifies a BSC redundanc y group. The BSC node redundanc y is a function through which two BSCs form a redundanc y group. The two BSCs in a redundanc y group work in 1+1 load sharing mode. When one BSC in a redundanc y group is SET faulty or all GBSCREDGRP( the Mandatory) signaling YES

GBSCRED GRP GROUPNAME

BSC Node Redundancy Group Name BSC6900

Name of a BSC node redundanc y group. Group names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, group names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GBSCREDGRP( consecutiv Optional) e +. NO Time interval for sending a handshake message between BSCs. The parameter checks whether the communic ation among BSCs in a SET redundanc GBSCREDGRP( y group is Optional) normal. NO

GBSCRED BEATSENDINGDI Interval for Sending GRP S Heartbeat BSC6900

GBSCRED MSTSERVACTDE Master Service GRP LAY Active Delay

BSC6900

If no handshake message is received from the peer within the delay, the master service is activated. A master service object provides services at the local BSC and its configurati on data is backed up at the peer BSC. A master service object provides services at the peer BSC only when the local BSC SET is faulty or GBSCREDGRP( when all Optional) the NO

GBSCRED SLVSERVACTDEL Slave Service Active GRP AY Delay BSC6900

If no handshake message is received from the peer within the delay, the slave service is activated. A slave service object provides services at the peer BSC and its configurati on data is backed up at the local BSC. A slave service object provides services at the local BSC only when the peer BSC SET is faulty or GBSCREDGRP( when all Optional) the NO

GBSCRED GRP CNFAULTDELAY

CN Fault Delay

BSC6900

Time delay in the detection of core network interface failure. Within the preset value of this parameter, the BSC continuousl y detects core network interface failures and then releases the manageme SET nt right of GBSCREDGRP( service Optional) objects. NO

GBSCRED CNSTATEPOLICY CN State Policy For GRP FORGROUP Group BSC6900

Policy of the BSC for judging whether the interface status of the core network is normal. If the value is NONE, the BSC does not change the service manageme nt right. If the value is AINTFBLO CK, the BSC releases the service manageme nt right when detecting SET disconnecti GBSCREDGRP( on at the A Optional) interface. NO ID of the local BSC in the BSC SET node GBSCREDGRP( redundanc Mandatory) y group. NO ID of the peer BSC in the BSC SET node GBSCREDGRP( redundanc Mandatory) y group. NO

GBSCRED GRP LocalBSCID

Local BSC ID

BSC6900

GBSCRED GRP PeerBSCID

Peer BSC ID

BSC6900

GCBSADD R CBCINDEX

CBC INDEX

BSC6900

ADD GCBSADDR(Man datory) RMV GCBSADDR(Man datory) MOD GCBSADDR(Man datory)

Uniquely identifying a cell broadcast center (CBC) YES

GCBSADD R OPINDEXSET

OP INDEX SET

BSC6900

Indicates the set to which the operator index belongs. Each telecom operator is expressed through the sixteen bits of the operator index. When the bit is set to 1, it indicates that the operator share this CBC. When the bit is set to 0, it ADD indicates GCBSADDR(Man that the datory) operator MOD does not GCBSADDR(Man share this datory) CBC. NO

GCBSADD R SRN

Subrack No.

BSC6900

Subrack number. Subrack number is used to uniquely identify a subrack. GSM services are mainly carried on the XPUa, XPUb, XPUi, and DPU boards. You can specify the subrack ADD number to GCBSADDR(Man query the datory) information MOD about the GCBSADDR(Opti specific onal) board. NO

GCBSADD R SN

Slot No.

BSC6900

Slot number. Subrack number and slot number uniquely identify a board. GSM services are mainly carried on the XPUa, XPUb, XPUi, and DPU boards. You can specify the slot ADD number to GCBSADDR(Man query the datory) information MOD about the GCBSADDR(Opti specific onal) board. NO Number of a CPU on the XPU board. The CPU number ranges from 0 to 3 on the ADD XPUa GCBSADDR(Man board and datory) from 0 to 7 MOD on the GCBSADDR(Opti XPUb onal) board. NO

GCBSADD R CPUN

CPU NO

BSC6900

GCBSADD R BSCIP

BSC IP

BSC6900

IP address of the BSC. If the connection mode of the BSC and the CBC is to lead cables out of the PIU, the value of this parameter must be the same as the preset IP address of the PIU port. If the connection mode is to lead cables out of the XPU panel, the value of this ADD parameter GCBSADDR(Man must be datory) the same MOD as the GCBSADDR(Opti preset IP onal) address of NO Port number used for the ADD communic GCBSADDR(Man ation datory) between MOD the BSC GCBSADDR(Opti and the onal) CBC NO

GCBSADD R BSCPORT

BSC Port

BSC6900

GCBSADD R BSCGATEWAYIP BSC GateWay IP

BSC6900

Gateway IP address of the BSC. When the BSC provides the function of simple cell broadcast, the BSC sends cell broadcast messages ADD through GCBSADDR(Man this IP datory) address MOD defined by GCBSADDR(Opti this onal) parameter. NO ADD GCBSADDR(Man datory) MOD GCBSADDR(Opti IP address onal) of a CBC NO ADD GCBSADDR(Man datory) MOD Subnet GCBSADDR(Opti mask of onal) the CBC ADD GCBSADDR(Man datory) MOD GCBSADDR(Opti onal)

GCBSADD R CBCIP

CBC IP

BSC6900

GCBSADD R MASK

Mask

BSC6900

NO

GCBSADD R CBCPORT

CBC Port

BSC6900

Port number at the CBC side in the communic ation with the BSC NO

GCBSADD R IFCBSHAKEHAND If CB Shake Hand

BSC6900

Whether the handshake mechanis m is enabled at the Cb interface. Currently, the BSC and the CBC communic ations through the TCP/IP protocol. Thus, the BSC may not detect communic ation link disconnecti on in some cases. The handshake mechanis m is used ADD for GCBSADDR(Opti checking onal) whether a MOD communic GCBSADDR(Opti ation link is onal) normal. NO

GCBSADD R CBCITFPARA

CBC ITF Para

BSC6900

CBC interface parameter, whose setting should be adjusted according to the actual situations. The value of this parameter must be translated into binary digits. The following describes each bit of the value: Bit 0: phase flag. The value 0 indicates phase II+; the value 1 indicates ADD phase II. GCBSADDR(Opti Bit 1: onal) message MOD type flag. GCBSADDR(Opti The value onal) 0 indicates NO MOD GCELL(Mandator y) RMV GCELL(Mandator Type of an y) index. NO MOD GCELL(Mandator y) RMV GCELL(Mandator y) ADD GCELL(Mandator y)

GCELL

IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELL

CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. NO

GCELL

CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

MOD GCELL(Mandator y) RMV GCELL(Mandator y) ADD GCELL(Mandator y) MOD GCELL(Optional)

GCELL

NEWCELLNAME

New Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO Modified name of the cell NO

GCELL

TYPE

Freq. Band

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the frequency band of cells. Each cell can be allocated frequencie s of only one frequency band. GSM900_ DCS1800: The cell supports GSM900 and DCS1800 frequency bands. GSM850_1 800: The cell supports GSM850 and DCS1800 frequency bands. GSM850_1 MOD 900: The GCELL(Optional) cell NO Mobile country code. This parameter identifies the country where a mobile subscriber is located, for MOD example, GCELL(Optional) the ADD Chinese GCELL(Mandator MCC is y) 460. NO

GCELL

MCC

MCC

BSC6900

GCELL

MNC

MNC

BSC6900

Mobile network code. This parameter identifies the public land mobile network MOD (PLMN) to GCELL(Optional) which a ADD mobile GCELL(Mandator subscriber y) belongs. NO Location area code (LAC). MS can freely move in the local location area with no need of location update. Reasonabl e local allocation can effectively lighten the signaling load and improve the call completion rate. Can be input in hexadecim al format. The MOD hexadecim GCELL(Optional) al format is ADD H'****, for GCELL(Mandator example, y) H'1214. NO

GCELL

LAC

Cell LAC

BSC6900

GCELL

CI

Cell CI

BSC6900

Identity code of a cell, A cell is a wireless coverage area identified by a base station identity code and a global cell identificatio n. Can be input in hexadecim al format. The MOD hexadecim GCELL(Optional) al format is ADD H'****, for GCELL(Mandator example, y) H'1214. NO Network color code that is provided by the telecom operator. The NCC is used to identify networks from area to area. The NCC is unique nationwide. MOD The BCC GCELL(Optional) and the ADD NCC form GCELL(Optional) the BSIC. NO

GCELL

NCC

NCC

BSC6900

GCELL

BCC

BCC

BSC6900

Base station color code (BCC) of a cell, provided by the network planning departmen t. It is used for differentiati ng the neighborin g cells using the same BCCH frequency. A BCC and a network color code (NCC) compose a base station identity MOD code GCELL(Optional) (BSIC). NO

GCELL

EXTTP

Cell Extension Type BSC6900

Whether a cell is an extension cell. A doubletimeslot extension cell regards an additional TDMA frame as access delay extension. In theory, the supported TA value is 219, that MOD is, a time GCELL(Optional) delay of ADD about 120 GCELL(Optional) kilometers. NO

GCELL

IUOTP

Cell IUO Type

BSC6900

Whether a cell is a normal cell, concentric cell, or enhanced dual band network cell. In a concentric cell, the coverage areas of different TRXs form concentric circles of different radiuses. Owing to different coverage areas of the overlaid and underlaid parts, the two parts MOD can be GCELL(Optional) logically ADD regarded GCELL(Optional) as two NO

GCELL

ENIUO

Enhanced Concentric Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the enhanced concentric cell algorithm in a concentric cell. If a cell supports the enhanced concentric cell function, when an overlaid-tounderlaid handover or an underlaidto-overlaid handover is decided, the MS compares the receive level value MOD respectivel GCELL(Mandator y with the y) values of ADD "OtoU HO GCELL(Mandator Received y) Level NO This parameter specifies whether a cell is the OL subcell or the UL subcell. This MOD parameter GCELL(Mandator is applied y) to the ADD enhanced GCELL(Mandator dualband y) cell. NO

GCELL

CELLINEXTP

Cell Inner/Extra Property

BSC6900

GCELL

DBLFREQADJIDT Same Group Cell YPE Index Type

BSC6900

MOD GCELL(Mandator y) ADD GCELL(Mandator y) MOD GCELL(Mandator y) ADD GCELL(Mandator y) MOD GCELL(Mandator y) ADD GCELL(Mandator y)

Index type of a same group cell in an enhanced dual band network NO Index of a same group cell in an enhanced dual band network

GCELL

Same Group Cell DBLFREQADJCID Index

BSC6900

NO

GCELL

DBLFREQADJCN Same Group Cell AME Name

BSC6900

Name of a same group cell in an enhanced dual band network NO

GCELL

DBFREQBCCHIU O

BCCH IUO of Double Frequency Cell

BSC6900

Whether the primary BCCH is configured on the inner or extra part MOD of an GCELL(Optional) intelligent ADD underlayGCELL(Mandator overlay y) (IUO) cell NO

GCELL

FLEXMAIO

Start Flex MAIO Switch

BSC6900

Whether to enable the function of Flex mobile allocation index offset (MAIO). In the tight frequency reuse case of the GSM system, adjacentchannel interferenc e and cochannel interferenc e easily occur between channels. If the frequency hopping function and the Flex MAIO function MOD are GCELL(Optional) enabled in ADD a cell, GCELL(Optional) adjacent- NO

GCELL

HSNSW

HSN Modification Switch

BSC6900

Whether dynamic use of HSNs is enabled. If the functions of frequency hopping and Flex MAIO are enabled in a cell and the value of this parameter is ON, adjacentchannel interferenc MOD e between GCELL(Optional) channels ADD can be GCELL(Optional) reduced. NO

GCELL

CSVSP

CS Voice Service PRI

BSC6900

Priority of a speech service in the CS(Circuit Switched) domain. The parameter is used for BSC flow control. The smaller the value of MOD this GCELL(Optional) parameter, ADD the higher GCELL(Optional) the priority. NO

GCELL

CSDSP

CS Data Service PRI

BSC6900

Priority of the CS(Circuit Switched) data service. The parameter is used for BSC flow control. The smaller the value of MOD this GCELL(Optional) parameter, ADD the higher GCELL(Optional) the priority. NO

GCELL

PSHPSP

PS High PRI Service PRI BSC6900

Priority for PS services over the Abis interface in IP, IP over E1, or HDLC mode when PS preferred. When "Level of Preemptin g Dynamic Channel" is set to "No preempt of service TCHF" through the "SET GCELLPS CHM" command, PS services are assigned with a high MOD priority. If GCELL(Optional) "PS High ADD PRI GCELL(Optional) Service NO

GCELL

PSLPSVP

PS Low PRI Service PRI BSC6900

Priority for PS services over the Abis interface in IP, IP over E1, or HDLC mode when CS preferred. When "Level of Preemptin g Dynamic Channel" is set to "Preempt all dynamic TCHFs" or "No preempt of CCHs" through the "SET GCELLPS CHM" command, CS services MOD are GCELL(Optional) assigned ADD with a high GCELL(Optional) priority. If NO MOD GCELL(Optional) Number of ADD PBCCH GCELL(Optional) blocks NO MOD GCELL(Optional) Number of ADD PAGCH GCELL(Optional) blocks NO MOD GCELL(Optional) Number of ADD PRACH GCELL(Optional) blocks NO

GCELL

BSPBCCHBLKS

Number of PBCCH Blocks

BSC6900

GCELL

BSPAGBLKSRES

Number of PAGCH Blocks

BSC6900

GCELL

BSPRACHBLKS

Number of PRACH Blocks

BSC6900

GCELL

OPNAME

Operator Name

BSC6900

Name of the operator. This parameter MOD uniquely GCELL(Optional) identifies ADD an GCELL(Optional) operator. NO Is VIP Cell.The MOD parameter GCELL(Optional) is used for ADD BSC flow GCELL(Optional) control. NO When MOCN is enabled, multiple operators can share the resources of a cell. The identifiers of public operators are broadcast in the cell. In this manner, subscriber s in the cell can select a core network from the operators that share the resources of the cell MOD and then GCELL(Optional) connect to ADD the core GCELL(Optional) network. NO

GCELL

VIPCELL

VIP Cell

BSC6900

GCELL

MocnCmCell

MOCN Sharing Cell BSC6900

GCELL

HybHiFreqBandSu Support Dual High pport Frequency Bands

BSC6900

Whether the BSC supports simultaneo us configurati on of DCS1800 cells and PCS1900 cells. If the BSC does not support the simultaneo us configurati on and a cell is configured on the high frequency band, the high frequency band of the cell must be the same as the value of Support MOD High GCELL(Optional) Frequency ADD Band of GCELL(Optional) the BSC. If NO

GCELL

TYPE

Freq. Band

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the frequency band of new cells. Each new cell can be allocated frequencie s of only one frequency band. Once the frequency band is selected, it cannot be changed. GSM900: The cell supports GSM900 frequency band. DCS1800: The cell supports DCS1800 frequency ADD band. GCELL(Mandator GSM900_ y) DCS1800: NO

GCELL

BCC

BCC

BSC6900

Base station color code (BCC) of a cell, provided by the network planning departmen t. It is used for differentiati ng the neighborin g cells using the same BCCH frequency. A BCC and a network color code (NCC) compose a base station identity ADD code GCELL(Optional) (BSIC). NO Name of a cell template, uniquely identifying a cell ADD template in GCELL(Optional) a BSC. NO SET GCELL2GBA1(M Type of an andatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELL2GBA1(M a cell in a andatory) BSC. YES

GCELL

TEMPLATENAME Cell Template Name BSC6900

GCELL2G BA1 IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELL2G BA1 CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELL2G BA1 CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELL2GBA1(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO

GCELL2G BA1 CELL2GBA1TAG

2GBA1 Input Tag

BSC6900

Whether to generate the 2G BA1 table automatica lly according to neighbor cell relations or to input the 2G BA1 table manually. Recording the BCCH frequencie s of 2G neighbor cells that MSs can measure in idle mode, the BA1 table is sent in System SET Information GCELL2GBA1(M 2, 2bis, andatory) and 2ter. NO SET GCELL2GBA1(M andatory) SET GCELL2GBA1(M andatory) Number of a row to be changed in a BA list NO Used for parameter control NO

GCELL2G BA1 ITEM GCELL2G BA1 ITEMVALID

NCCELL No.

BSC6900

Item Valid

BSC6900

GCELL2G BA1 CELL2GBA1BCCH 2G NCELL BCCH GCELLAD MSTAT IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

BCCH frequency of a 2G neighbor cell that MSs can measure in idle mode. Recording the BCCH frequencie s of 2G neighbor cells that MSs can measure in idle mode, the BA1 table is sent in System SET Information GCELL2GBA1(M 2, 2bis, andatory) and 2ter. NO SET GCELLADMSTA Type of an T(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLADMSTA a cell in a T(Mandatory) BSC. NO

GCELLAD MSTAT CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLAD MSTAT CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLADMSTA consecutiv T(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLAD MSTAT ADMSTAT GCELLAM RQUL IDTYPE

Administrative State BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Administrat ive state of a cell. The value LOCK indicates that a cell is blocked. Such a cell is unavailable . All calls in the blocked cell are handed over to another available cell. The value SHUTDO WN indicates that a cell is shut down. Such a cell is unavailable . Existing calls SET remain GCELLADMSTA processed T(Mandatory) in this cell NO SET GCELLAMRQUL( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLAMRQUL( a cell in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLAM RQUL CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLAM RQUL CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLAMRQUL( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL1

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 1 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL2

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 2 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL3

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 3 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL4

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 4 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL5

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 5 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL6

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 6 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL7

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 7 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL8

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 8 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL9

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 9 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL10

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 10 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL11

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 11 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXQUAL12

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 12 for NonAMR FR

BSC6900

Threshold for the interferenc e handover of NonAMR FR voice services. AMRFR refers to SET Adaptive GCELLAMRQUL( Multi-Rate Optional) Full Rate. NO

GCELLAM RQUL RXLEVOFF

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh Offset for AMR FR

BSC6900

For AMR FR voice services, a fixed amount of offset is added to the correspond ing grade of the received signal quality for the interferenc e handover of nonSET AMR FR GCELLAMRQUL( voice Optional) services. NO

GCELLAM DLQUALIMITAMR DL Qual. Limit for RQUL FR AMR FR

BSC6900

Downlink quality limit for emergency handover in an AMR full rate call. The value of this parameter correspond s to the quality levels (0 to 7) multiplied by 10. An emergency handover can be triggered only when the downlink reception quality of an MS is higher than the value of this parameter, SET which GCELLAMRQUL( indicates a Optional) poor NO

GCELLAM ULQUALIMITAMR UL Qual. Limit for RQUL FR AMR FR

BSC6900

The value of this parameter correspond s to multiplying quality level 0 to 7 by 10. An emergency handover can be triggered only when the uplink receive quality of the MS is greater than the SET value of GCELLAMRQUL( this Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLAM DLQUALIMITAMR DL Qual. Limit for RQUL HR AMR HR

BSC6900

Downlink quality limit for emergency handover in an AMR half rate call. The value of this parameter correspond s to the quality levels (0 to 7) multiplied by 10. An emergency handover can be triggered only when the downlink reception quality of an MS is higher than the value of this parameter, SET which GCELLAMRQUL( indicates a Optional) poor NO

GCELLAM ULQUALIMITAMR UL Qual. Limit for RQUL HR AMR HR GCELLBA SICPARA IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

The value of this parameter correspond s to multiplying quality level 0 to 7 by 10. An emergency handover can be triggered only when the uplink receive quality of the MS is greater than the SET value of GCELLAMRQUL( this Optional) parameter. NO SET GCELLBASICPA Type of an RA(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLBASICPA a cell in a RA(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLBA SICPARA CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLBA SICPARA CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLBASICPA consecutiv RA(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA LAYER

Layer of The Cell

BSC6900

Layer where a cell is located. The network designed by Huawei has four layers: Umbrella (layer 4), Macro (layer 3), Micro (layer 2), and Pico(layer 1). Each layer can SET be set with GCELLBASICPA 16 RA(Optional) priorities. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA PRIOR

Cell Priority

BSC6900

This parameter controls handover between cells at the same layer. Generally, the cells at the same layer are set with the same priority. If the cells at the same layer have different priorities, a cell with a smaller priority SET value has GCELLBASICPA a higher RA(Optional) priority. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA MAXTA

Max TA

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the actual coverage area of a cell. After receiving the channel request message or handover access message, the BTS determines whether the channel assignmen t or handover is performed in the cell by comparing the TA and the value of this SET parameter. GCELLBASICPA The value RA(Optional) of this NO

GCELLBA SICPARA FRDLDTX

FR Use Downlink DTX

BSC6900

GCELLBA SICPARA HRDLDTX

HR Use Downlink DTX

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to use DL DTX for fullrate (FR) calls. This parameter and "DL DTX Strategy" codetermin e whether to use DL SET DTX for GCELLBASICPA FR calls in RA(Optional) the cell. NO This parameter specifies whether to use DL DTX for half-rate (HR) calls. This parameter and "DL DTX Strategy" codetermin e whether to use DL SET DTX for GCELLBASICPA HR calls in RA(Optional) the cell. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA ENCRY

Encryption Algorithm BSC6900

Encryption algorithm SET supported GCELLBASICPA by the BSS RA(Optional) side NO

GCELLBA SICPARA RXMIN

Minimum Access RXLEV

BSC6900

Minimum received signal level of the MS. This level is reported in the system information . This parameter specifies the minimum receive level of an MS to access the BSS. For details. see GSM Rec. 05.08. The value of this parameter ranges from 0 to 63 (correspon ding to SET 110 dBm GCELLBASICPA to -47 RA(Optional) dBm). NO

GCELLBA SICPARA FRULDTX

FR Uplink DTX

BSC6900

Whether the uplink DTX function is enabled for FR calls. For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08. Uplink DTX is not restricted by the MSC. If this parameter is set to May_Use, the MS can use DTX. If this parameter is set to Shall_Use or Shall_Not_ SET Use, the GCELLBASICPA MS cannot RA(Optional) use DTX. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA HRULDTX

HR Uplink DTX

BSC6900

Whether the uplink DTX function is enabled for HR calls. For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08. Uplink DTX is not restricted by the MSC. If this parameter is set to May_Use, the MS can use DTX. If this parameter is set to Shall_Use or Shall_Not_ SET Use, the GCELLBASICPA MS cannot RA(Optional) use DTX. NO

Call GCELLBA Reestablishment SICPARA CALLRESTABDIS Forbidden

BSC6900

Whether to allow call reestablishm ent. Burst interferenc e or blind spots due to high buildings may lead to a radio link failure. If a call drop is caused by such a failure, the MS can start call reestablishm ent to SET resume the GCELLBASICPA conversati RA(Optional) on. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA IMMASSEN

TCH Immediate Assignment

BSC6900

Whether to allow immediate TCH assignmen t. If this parameter is set to YES, the BSC can assign a TCH immediatel y when there is no available SDCCH for a channel request. If this parameter is set to NO, the BSC can assign only an SDCCH when processing SET a channel GCELLBASICPA access RA(Optional) request. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA DIRECTRYEN

Directed Retry

BSC6900

Whether to enable a directed retry. The directed retry is to hand over an MS to a neighborin g cell in the same procedure as the handover. The directed retry is an emergency measure applicable to abnormal traffic peaks in some areas of a radio network. You should not use the directed retry as a SET major GCELLBASICPA means of RA(Optional) solving NO

GCELLBA SICPARA UPPCEN

UL PC Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to SET allow MS GCELLBASICPA power RA(Optional) control NO

GCELLBA SICPARA DNPCEN

DL PC Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to SET allow BTS GCELLBASICPA power RA(Optional) control NO

GCELLBA SICPARA SDDYN

SDCCH Dynamic Allocation Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to allow SDCCH dynamic allocation, that is, whether to allow dynamic conversion SET between GCELLBASICPA TCHs and RA(Optional) SDCCHs. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA LEVELRPT

Level Report Switch BSC6900

Whether to support the reporting of SET the main GCELLBASICPA diversity RA(Optional) level NO This parameter specifies whether to allow the BSC6900 to enable the TRX Intelligent SET Shutdown GCELLBASICPA feature on RA(Optional) a cell. NO

GCELLBA DYNOpenTrxPowe Allow Dynamic SICPARA r Shutdown of TRX

BSC6900

GCELLBA SICPARA BTSadjust

Adjust Voltage

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to enable the TRX Working Voltage Adjustment feature. When this parameter is set to YES, the BSC6900 supports the feature where the power amplifier can use different working voltages in different SET TRX GCELLBASICPA modulation RA(Optional) modes. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA GMSKDELAY

Diversity Transmitter GMSK Delay BSC6900

Delay of transmit diversity when GMSK is used. Generally, the parameter is applicable to general fading environme nts. In this case, the transmit diversity can obtain the gain of 3 dB to 5 dB. The fading degrees, however, vary with environme nts. For a fixed delay, different UEs may obtain SET different GCELLBASICPA gains. In RA(Optional) addition, a NO

GCELLBA DIVERT8PSKDEL Diversity Transmitter SICPARA AY 8PSK Delay BSC6900

Delay of transmit diversity when 8PSK is used. Generally, the parameter is applicable to general fading environme nts. The transmit diversity can generally bring a gain of 3 dB to 5 dB. The fading conditions vary with the MS location; therefore, MSs in a fixed time delay obtain SET different GCELLBASICPA gains. In RA(Optional) addition, NO

GCELLBA SICPARA ICBALLOW

ICB Allowed

BSC6900

This parameter is used to enable the Intelligent Combiner Bypass (ICB) function on the BCCH TRX of a cell. This parameter specifies whether to allow the cell to enable the ICB function. When this parameter is set to YES, the TCHs on the nonBCCH TRX are preferential ly assigned. SET In this way, GCELLBASICPA the largest RA(Optional) possible NO

Voltage Adjust GCELLBA TIMESLOTVOLAD Based Timeslots SICPARA JALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

This parameter determines whether the dynamic voltage adjustment function is enabled on the basis of the number of timeslots. If this parameter is set to YES, the power consumpti on of base stations is reduced. This parameter maps the versions of base stations. If the parameter is set to SET NULL, GCELLBASICPA base RA(Optional) stations do NO

GCELLBA DIVERT16QAMDE Diversity Transmitter SICPARA LAY 16QAM Delay BSC6900

Delay of transmit diversity when 16QAM is used. Generally, the parameter is applicable to general fading environme nts. The transmit diversity can generally bring a gain of 3 dB to 5 dB. The fading conditions vary with the MS location; therefore, MSs in a fixed time delay obtain SET different GCELLBASICPA gains. In RA(Optional) addition, NO

GCELLBA DIVERT32QAMDE Diversity Transmitter SICPARA LAY 32QAM Delay BSC6900

Delay of transmit diversity when 32QAM is used. Generally, the parameter is applicable to general fading environme nts. The transmit diversity can generally bring a gain of 3 dB to 5 dB. The fading conditions vary with the MS location; therefore, MSs in a fixed time delay obtain SET different GCELLBASICPA gains. In RA(Optional) addition, NO

GCELLBA POWERREDUCE1 16QAM Transmitter SICPARA 6QAM Power Reduce Level BSC6900

Power attenuation level of timeslot 7 of the BCCH in 16QAM. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, with the step of 0.2 dB. When the EDGE TRX sends signals in 16QAM, the transmit power must be lower than SET the mean GCELLBASICPA power in RA(Optional) GMSK. NO

GCELLBA POWERREDUCE3 32QAM Transmitter SICPARA 2QAM Power Reduce Level BSC6900

Power attenuation level of timeslot 7 of the BCCH in 32QAM. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, with the step of 0.2 dB. When the EDGE TRX sends signals in 32QAM, the transmit power must be lower than SET the mean GCELLBASICPA power in RA(Optional) GMSK. NO Information about the cell scenario. It needs to be sent to the BTS. Based on the information , the BTS optimizes the SET allocation GCELLBASICPA of RA(Optional) resources. NO

GCELLBA SICPARA CELLSCENARIO

Cell Scenario

BSC6900

GCELLBA CELL8PSKPOWE Cell 8PSK Power SICPARA RLEVEL Attenuation Grade

BSC6900

Timeslot power attenuation level of the EDGE TRX in 8PSK. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, each of which correspond s to an attenuation of 0.2 dB. When the EDGE TRX sends signals in 8PSK, the transmit power must be lower than SET the mean GCELLBASICPA power in RA(Optional) GMSK. NO

GCELLBA FASTCALLTCHTH Fast Call Setup TCH SICPARA RESHOLD Usage Threshold BSC6900

After a channel request message is received, the type of the channel needs to be specified. In this case, if the threshold of the load on the TCH in the current cell is smaller than the Fast Call Setup TCH Usage Threshold and the request message is not issued during location update or SET paging, a GCELLBASICPA TCH is RA(Optional) preferential NO

GCELLBA SICPARA IMMASSCBB

Immediate Assignment Optimized

BSC6900

The channel activation and immediate assignmen t messages are sent at the same time to accelerate the signaling processing , thus increasing the response SET speed of GCELLBASICPA the RA(Optional) network. NO

GCELLBA NBAMRTFOSWIT SICPARA CH TFO Switch

BSC6900

Whether to enable the Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function on the BTS through a CHANNEL ACTIVATI ON or MODE MODIFY message. This parameter specifies whether to enable the Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function. If the voice quality of an ongoing MS-to-MS call is bad, the TFO function SET can be GCELLBASICPA enabled to RA(Optional) improve NO Whether to measure the delay on the link between the BTSs that serve the calling MS and the called SET MS GCELLBASICPA respectivel RA(Optional) y NO

GCELLBA SICPARA RTPSWITCH

Measure Link Delay Switch BSC6900

High-Order GCELLBA Modulation Power SICPARA HIGHMODPWREN Increase Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the high-order modulation power increase function in a cell. In the case of a multitransceiver unit, multiple TRXs may share one channel. If the total output power of the TRXs is lower than the maximum allowed transmit power of the channel at a time point, the remaining power can SET be used to GCELLBASICPA increase RA(Optional) the NO Whether a service in a high-order modulation scheme on the BCCH TRX can use the high-order modulation power increase function when the SET function is GCELLBASICPA enabled in RA(Optional) the cell. NO

High-Order Modulation Power GCELLBA MAINBCCHHIGHM Increase on BCCH SICPARA ODPWREN TRX Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLBA UPGRADELEV8P Power Increase in SICPARA SK 8PSK

BSC6900

Maximum output power that can be increased in 8PSK when the high-order modulation power SET increase GCELLBASICPA function is RA(Optional) enabled. NO Maximum output power that can be increased in QPSK when the high-order modulation power SET increase GCELLBASICPA function is RA(Optional) enabled. NO Maximum out power that can be increased in LSR 16QAM when the high-order modulation power SET increase GCELLBASICPA function is RA(Optional) enabled. NO

GCELLBA UPGRADELEVQP Power Increase in SICPARA SK QPSK

BSC6900

GCELLBA UPGRADELEVLS Power Increase in SICPARA R16QAM LSR 16QAM

BSC6900

GCELLBA UPGRADELEVLS Power Increase in SICPARA R32QAM LSR 32QAM

BSC6900

Maximum out power that can be increased in LSR 32QAM when the high-order modulation power SET increase GCELLBASICPA function is RA(Optional) enabled. NO Maximum output power that can be increased in HSR 16QAM when the high-order modulation power SET increase GCELLBASICPA function is RA(Optional) enabled. NO Maximum output power that can be increased in HSR 32QAM when the high-order modulation power SET increase GCELLBASICPA function is RA(Optional) enabled. NO SET GCELLCCACCE Type of an SS(Mandatory) index. NO

GCELLBA UPGRADELEVHS Power Increase in SICPARA R16QAM HSR 16QAM

BSC6900

GCELLBA UPGRADELEVHS Power Increase in SICPARA R32QAM HSR 32QAM GCELLCC ACCESS IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLCC ACCESS CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLCCACCE a cell in a SS(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLCC ACCESS CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLCCACCE consecutiv SS(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLCC ACCESS VOICEVER

Speech Version

BSC6900

Speech SET version GCELLCCACCE supported SS(Optional) by a cell NO

GCELLCC ACCESS TRXAIDSWITCH

TRX Aiding Function Control BSC6900

Whether to enable the TRX aiding function. Four aiding modes are available. BCCH aiding: The main BCCH is aided to another normal TRX in this cell. BCCH aiding switchback : BCCH aiding switchback functions after the originally configured BCCH TRX is recovered. Baseband FH aiding: When the TRX SET involved in GCELLCCACCE baseband SS(Optional) FH in the NO

GCELLCC ACCESS RANERRTHRED

Random Access Error Threshold

BSC6900

Correlation threshold of the training sequence for the random access. As defined in the GSM recommen dation, the system can determine whether the received signals are random access signals of the MS and calculate the TA value by checking the correlation of the 41bit training sequence. SET Random GCELLCCACCE Access SS(Optional) Error NO

GCELLCC ACCESS PWRDIVIND

Power Deviation Indication

BSC6900

The MS does not receive the original power command after random access. This parameter indicates whether the power deviation is added to the class 3 MS on the DCS1800 band on the basis of the maximum SET MS GCELLCCACCE transmit SS(Optional) power. NO

GCELLCC ACCESS PWRDIV

Power Deviation

BSC6900

If a class 3 MS on the DCS1800 band does not receive the original power command after random access, the power that the MS uses is the MS maximum transmit power level plus the power calculated from the power deviation. For details, SET see GSM GCELLCCACCE Rec. SS(Optional) 05.08. NO

GCELLCC ACCESS RACHACCLEV

CS RACH Min. Access Level

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the level threshold for the random access of the MS. If the receive level of the RACH burst in the CS domain is smaller than the value of CS RACH Min.Acces s Level, the BTS regards this access as an invalid one and no decoding is performed. If the receive level of the RACH SET burst is GCELLCCACCE greater SS(Optional) than the NO

GCELLCC PS RACH Min. ACCESS PSRACHACCLEV Access Level

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the level threshold for the random access of the MS. If the receive level of the RACH burst in the PS domain is smaller than the value of PS RACH Min.Acces s Level, the BTS regards this access as an invalid one and no decoding is performed. If the receive level of the RACH SET burst is GCELLCCACCE greater SS(Optional) than the NO

GCELLCC ACCESS BHPREPOLICY GCELLCC AD IDTYPE

Switchback Policy of Baseband FH Mutual Aid BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Mutual-aid switchback policy of baseband frequency hopping (FH). If multiple TRXs in a baseband FH group are faulty and switchback is needed after mutual aid of the baseband FH TRXs occurs: If you choose ALL, mutual-aid switchback is implement ed after all the TRXs in the FH group SET recover; if GCELLCCACCE you SS(Optional) choose NO SET GCELLCCAD(Ma Type of an ndatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLCCAD(Ma a cell in a ndatory) BSC. YES

GCELLCC AD CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLCC AD CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLCCAD(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

GCELLCC AD UPSENDSMDIS

Short Message Uplink Disabled

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the transmissi on of pointto-point short messages is disabled. If necessary, the transmissi on of the uplink short messages in a specific cell can be disabled so that sufficient radio channels can be SET seized by GCELLCCAD(Op normal tional) calls. NO

GCELLCC AD DNSENDSMDIS

Short Message Downlink Disabled

BSC6900

Whether to prohibit sending point-topoint short messages. If necessary, this parameter is used for controlling whether to send downlink short messages from a specific cell so as to ensure sufficient radio channel SET resources GCELLCCAD(Op for normal tional) calls. NO

GCELLCC REASSFREQBAN Frequency Band of AD D Reassign

BSC6900

Whether to re-assign the radio channels on a different band or on the same band. This can help minimize the decrease in service quality due to interferenc e, faulty TRX paths, or faulty SET project GCELLCCAD(Op constructio tional) ns. NO If this parameter is set to ON, the BSC initiates a TCHF preemption when receiving a link establishm ent indication from an SET MS in an GCELLCCAD(Op emergency tional) call. NO

Emergency Call GCELLCC PREEMPTIONPER Preemption AD MIT Permitted

BSC6900

GCELLCC AD EMCPRILV

Priority of Emergency Call

BSC6900

Priority level of an emergency call. If this parameter is set to 15, the functions of reserving TCHs for emergency calls and preempting TCHs are not enabled. If the two functions need to be enabled, set this parameter to a value from 1 to 14. If the value of "Emergenc y Call Preemptio n Permitted" SET is ON, this GCELLCCAD(Op parameter tional) can also NO

GCELLCC CELLSELECTAFT Select 3G Cell After AD ERCALLREL Call Release BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to allow a mobile phone to preferential ly camp on a 3G cell after a call is terminated in the areas covered by both the GSM network SET and the GCELLCCAD(Op UMTS tional) network. NO Whether to initiate a forcible call drop when the time advance exceeds SET "MAX TA GCELLCCAD(Op Drop Call tional) Threshold" NO Number of measurem ent reports (MRs) used for averaging the time SET advance GCELLCCAD(Op before the tional) call drops NO

GCELLCC MAXTADROPCAL Max TA Drop Call AD LSWITCH Switch

BSC6900

GCELLCC MAXTADROPCAL MAX TA Drop Call AD LFILTER Filter

BSC6900

GCELLCC MAXTADROPCAL MAX TA Drop Call AD LTHRESHOLD Threshold

BSC6900

Select 3G Cell If No GCELLCC FSTRTNTDDWITH TD Cell Is AD OUTMR Contained In MR BSC6900

Whether the time advance after filtering exceeds the threshold. If the threshold is exceeded, SET a forcible GCELLCCAD(Op call drop is tional) initiated. NO When Select 3G Cell After Call Release is set to ON, an MS is handed over from the TDSCDMA network to the GSM network and releases the call. In this case, this parameter determines whether the MS preferential ly camps on a 3G cell if the measurem ent reports from the MS do not contain a SET 3G cell. GCELLCCAD(Op When this tional) parameter NO

GCELLCC AD POSSI13 GCELLCC AMR IDTYPE

Channel of Sending SI13 Message BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Whether to transmit the SI13 message on the SET BCCH GCELLCCAD(Op Norm or tional) BCCH Ext. NO SET GCELLCCAMR( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

GCELLCC AMR CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Mandatory)

GCELLCC AMR CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Mandatory)

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

GCELLCC AMR RATECTRLSW

AMR Rate Control Switch

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Switch for controlling the AMR rate. ALG1 indicates that C/I is used to control the AMR rate. ALG2 indicates that BER is used to control the AMR rate. The value NONE indicates that the BTS does not support the AMR rate adjustment algorithm. NO

GCELLCC AMR ACTCDSETF

AMR ACS[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Active coding set (ACS)[F], indicates a set of fullrate coding rates currently available for calls. The AMR is a set of multiple speech coding and decoding rates.If an IP based user plane A-Interface is chosen,5.1 5KBIT/S will not be included(s ee 3GPP TS 28.062). NO Whether to allow automatic adjustment for the uplink threshold and hysteresis of full rate AMR call rates NO

GCELLCC AUTOADJULTHH AMR YSTF

Auto Adjust UL TH and Hysteresis [F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

GCELLCC AMR ULTHF1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULTHF2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULTHF3

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th3[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULHYSTF1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULHYSTF2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULHYSTF3

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR DLTHF1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment threshold 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carriertointerferenc e ratio of a NO

GCELLCC AMR DLTHF2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment threshold 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carriertointerferenc e ratio of a NO

GCELLCC AMR DLTHF3

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th3[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment threshold 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). The adjustment thresholds and the hysteresis of coding rate must meet the following conditions: AMR Coding Rate adj.th (n) < AMR Coding Rate adj.th (n + 1), n = 1 or 2; [AMR Coding Rate adj.th (n) + AMR Coding Rate adj.hyst (n)] < [AMR Coding Rate adj.th NO

GCELLCC AMR DLHYSTF1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment hysteresis 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier- NO

GCELLCC AMR DLHYSTF2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment hysteresis 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier- NO

GCELLCC AMR DLHYSTF3

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment hysteresis 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (full rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier- NO

GCELLCC AMR INITCDMDF

AMR Starting Mode[F]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Initial coding mode used for full rate AMR calls. The four values 0, 1, 2, and 3 of this parameter respectivel y represent the lowest, low, high, and highest coding rates in the ACS.This parameter does not take effect in A over IP mode. In A over IP mode, the TC is integrated into the UMG, and the BSC obtains the initial coding mode NO

GCELLCC AMR ACTCDSETH

AMR ACS[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Active coding set (ACS)[H], indicates set of halfrate coding rates currently available for calls. The AMR is a set of multiple speech coding and decoding rates. NO Whether to allow automatic adjustment for the uplink threshold and hysteresis of half rate AMR call rates NO

GCELLCC AUTOADJULTHH AMR YSTH

Auto Adjust UL TH and Hysteresis [H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

GCELLCC AMR ULTHH1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULTHH2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULTHH3

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th3[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULHYSTH1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULHYSTH2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULHYSTH3

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR DLTHH1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment threshold 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carriertointerferenc e ratio of a NO

GCELLCC AMR DLTHH2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment threshold 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carriertointerferenc e ratio of a NO

GCELLCC AMR DLTHH3

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th3[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment threshold 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carriertointerferenc e ratio of a NO

GCELLCC AMR DLHYSTH1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment hysteresis 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier- NO

GCELLCC AMR DLHYSTH2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment hysteresis 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier- NO

GCELLCC AMR DLHYSTH3

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment hysteresis 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier- NO

GCELLCC AMR INITCDMDH

AMR Starting Mode[H]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Initial coding mode used for half rate AMR calls. The four values 0, 1, 2, and 3 of this parameter respectivel y represent the lowest, low, high, and highest coding rates in the ACS.This parameter does not take effect in A over IP mode. In A over IP mode, the TC is integrated into the UMG, and the BSC obtains the initial coding mode NO

GCELLCC AMR AMRUADTHAW

AMR Uplink Adaptive Threshold Allowed BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Whether to enable the adaptive adjustment function of AMR uplink threshold. After this function is enabled, the BTS estimates the longterm voice quality (indicated by the longterm FER(frame erase rate)) and compares the estimated result with the specified target voice quality. If the estimated result does not NO

GCELLCC AMR LTFERUPTH

Uplink Long-term FER Upper Threshold

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Upper voice quality threshold associated with the automatic adjustment of the AMR handover uplink threshold NO

GCELLCC AMR LTFERLOWTH

Uplink Long-term FER Lower Threshold

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Lower voice quality threshold associated with the automatic adjustment of the AMR handover uplink threshold;T he value of this parameter must be smaller than or equal to the value of Uplink Long-term FER Target. NO

GCELLCC AMR LTFERTGT

Uplink Long-term FER Target

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Target voice quality value associated with the automatic adjustment of the uplink threshold of AMR handover NO

GCELLCC AMR LTTHADJFA

Uplink Threshold Adjust Factor

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Factor of uplink threshold adjustment . It indicates the linear relation between the threshold adjustment value and the logarithmic FER. NO

GCELLCC AMR AMRDADTHAW

AMR Downlink Adaptive Threshold Allowed BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Whether to enable the adaptive adjustment function of AMR downlink threshold. After this function is enabled, the BTS estimates the longterm voice quality (indicated by the longterm FER(frame erase ratio)) and compares the estimated result with the specified target voice quality. If the estimated result does not NO

GCELLCC AMR DLLTFERUPTH

Downlink Long-term FER Upper Threshold BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Upper voice quality threshold associated with the automatic adjustment of the AMR handover downlink threshold. NO

Downlink Long-term GCELLCC FER Lower AMR DLLTFERLOWTH Threshold BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Lower voice quality threshold associated with the automatic adjustment of the AMR downlink handover threshold. The value of this parameter must be smaller than or equal to the value of Downlink Long-term FER Target. NO

GCELLCC AMR DLLTFERTGT

Downlink Long-term FER Target BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Target value of the voice quality automatica lly adjusted through the downlink threshold of AMR handover NO

GCELLCC AMR DLLTTHADJFA

Downlink Threshold Adjust Factor BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Factor of downlink threshold adjustment . It indicates the linear relation between the threshold adjustment value and the logarithmic FER. NO

GCELLCC AMR ACTCDSETWB

AMR ACS[WB]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Active coding set (ACS)[WB] , indicates a set of wide-band coding rates currently available for calls. The AMR is a set of multiple speech coding and decoding rates. NO

GCELLCC AMR ULTHWB1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[WB]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULTHWB2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[WB]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULHYSTWB1

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[WB] BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR ULHYSTWB2

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[WB] BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Based on the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the BTS and MS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The RQI indicates the carriertointerferenc e ratio (CIR) of the call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals NO

GCELLCC AMR DLTHWB1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[WB]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment threshold 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carriertointerferenc NO

GCELLCC AMR DLTHWB2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[WB]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment threshold 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is the carriertointerferenc NO

GCELLCC AMR DLHYSTWB1

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[WB] BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment hysteresis 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is NO

GCELLCC AMR DLHYSTWB2

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[WB] BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Adjustment hysteresis 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurem ent report, the MS and the BTS automatica lly adjust the current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which is NO

GCELLCC AMR INITCDMDWB

AMR Starting Mode[WB]

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional)

Initial coding mode used for broadband AMR calls. The three values 0, 1 and 2 of this parameter respectivel y represent the lowest, low and highest coding rates in the ACS.This parameter does not take effect in A over IP mode. In A over IP mode, the TC is integrated into the UMG, and the BSC obtains the initial coding mode NO

GCELLCC RATSCCHENABL Is RATSCCH AMR ED Function Enabled GCELLCC BASIC IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCAMR( Optional) SET GCELLCCBASIC Type of an (Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLCCBASIC a cell in a (Mandatory) BSC. YES

This parameter specifies whether the RATSCCH function is enabled during the call establishm ent procedure. RATSCCH is used to dynamicall y reconfigure the rate set of AMR while on a call. This parameter maps the versions of base stations. NO

GCELLCC BASIC CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLCC BASIC CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLCCBASIC consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLCC BASIC SAMULFRM

SACCH MultiFrames

BSC6900

This parameter is used by the BTS to inform the BSC of radio link connection failure. When the BTS receives the SACCH measurem ent report from the MS, the counter for determinin g whether a radio link is faulty is set to the value of this parameter. Each time the BTS fails to decode the SACCH SET measurem GCELLCCBASIC ent report (Optional) sent by the NO

GCELLCC RACHBUSYTHRE RACH Busy BASIC D Threshold

BSC6900

Level threshold of the MS random access for the BTS to determine the RACH busy state. When the receive level of the random access burst timeslot is greater than this threshold, the BTS considers SET that the GCELLCCBASIC timeslot is (Optional) busy. NO

GCELLCC BASIC PAGTIMES

Paging Times

BSC6900

For the BTS, this parameter is used to determine paging retransmis sions. This parameter and the number of paging times configured in the MSC determine the number of paging retransmis sions. The total number of paging times is approximat ely equal to the value of this parameter multiplied by the SET number of GCELLCCBASIC paging (Optional) times NO

GCELLCC ASSLOADJUDGE Assignment Cell BASIC EN Load Judge Enable BSC6900

When this parameter is set to ENABLE, if the cell supports direct retry and the current cell load is equal to or larger than the value of "Cell direct retry forbidden threshold" in "SET GCELLOT HEXT" during the assignmen t, the BSC continues with the direct retry procedure. When this parameter is set to DISABLE, the current SET call applies GCELLCCBASIC for (Optional) channels in NO

GCELLCC BASIC DTLOADTHRED

Directed Retry Load Access Threshold BSC6900

Threshold of the load in the target cell for the directed retry. Only a cell whose load is lower than or equal to this threshold can be selected as SET a GCELLCCBASIC candidate (Optional) target cell. NO

GCELLCC BASIC AFRSAMULFRM

AFR SACCH MultiFrames

BSC6900

Number of SACCH multiframe s during an AMR full rate call. See the description of "SACCH MultiFrames" in SET "SET GCELLCCBASIC GCELLCC (Optional) BASIC". NO

GCELLCC BASIC AHRSAMULFRM

AHR SACCH MultiFrames BSC6900

Number of SACCH multiframe s during an AMR half rate call. See the description of "SACCH MultiFrames" in SET "SET GCELLCCBASIC GCELLCC (Optional) BASIC". NO

GCELLCC BASIC AFRDSBLCNT

AFR Radio Link Timeout

BSC6900

Counter for radio link failures during an AMR full rate call. See the description of "Radio Link Timeout" in SET "SET GCELLCCBASIC GCELLCC (Optional) BASIC". NO

GCELLCC BASIC AHRDSBLCNT

AHR Radio Link Timeout

BSC6900

Counter for radio link failures during an AMR half rate call. See the description of "Radio Link Timeout" in SET "SET GCELLCCBASIC GCELLCC (Optional) BASIC". NO

GCELLCC BASIC MSMAXRETRAN

MS MAX Retrans

BSC6900

Maximum number of Channel Request messages that can be sent by an MS in an immediate assignmen t procedure. After the MS initiates the immediate assignmen t procedure, it always listens to the messages on the BCCH and all the common control channels (CCCHs) in the CCCH SET group to GCELLCCBASIC which the (Optional) MS NO

GCELLCC BASIC COMMACC

Common Access Control Class

BSC6900

Level of common access control, used for load control, allowing or forbidding the access of some users of SET common GCELLCCBASIC access (Optional) levels NO This parameter is used for load control. It determines whether the users of special access class are allowed to access the network. Value 1 indicates that access is not allowed. Value 0 indicates SET that GCELLCCBASIC access is (Optional) allowed. NO

GCELLCC BASIC SPECACC

Special Access Control Class

BSC6900

GCELLCC BASIC ERGCALLDIS

Emergency Call Disable

BSC6900

Whether to disable emergency calls. For the MSs of access levels 0 to 9, if the value of this parameter is NO, emergency calls are enabled. For the MSs of access levels 11 to 15, emergency calls are disabled only when the relevant access control bit is set to 0 and this SET parameter GCELLCCBASIC is set to (Optional) YES. NO

GCELLCC BASIC RLT

Radio Link Timeout BSC6900

Time for disconnecti ng a call when the MS fails to decode the SACCH. Once a dedicated channel is assigned to the MS, the counter S is enabled and the initial value is set to this parameter value. Each time an SACCH message is not decoded, the counter S decreases by 1. Each time an SACCH SET message GCELLCCBASIC is correctly (Optional) decoded, NO

GCELLCC BASIC ECSC

ECSC

BSC6900

The early classmark sending control (ECSC) parameter specifies whether the MSs in a cell use early classmark sending. After a successful immediate assignmen t, the MS sends additional classmark information to the network as early as possible. The additional classmark information mainly contains SET the CM3 GCELLCCBASIC (classmark (Optional) 3) NO

GCELLCC BASIC MBR

Multi-band report

BSC6900

Used for requesting the MS to report the measurem ent information of neighborin g cells in multiple frequency bands. This parameter is carried in the system SET information GCELLCCBASIC 2ter and (Optional) 5ter. NO

GCELLCC BASIC REASSEN

Allow Reassign

BSC6900

Whether to allow the SET reassignm GCELLCCBASIC ent (Optional) function NO

GCELLCC BASIC EMLPPEN

Allow EMLPP

BSC6900

Whether to allow the function of enhanced multi-level precedenc e and preemption (eMLPP). With the eMLPP function enabled, the network can use different policies such as queuing, preemption , or directed retry based on the priorities of different calls when network resources are occupied. SET If this GCELLCCBASIC parameter (Optional) is set to NO

GCELLCC Repeated Downlink BASIC REPEATDLFASET FACCH BSC6900

When the cell supports Repeated Downlink FACCH, the BTS enables the repeated transmissi on of FACCH frames if the measured downlink quality is higher than "Repeated Downlink SET FACCH GCELLCCBASIC Threshold" (Optional) . NO If the cell supports the Repeated Downlink FACCH function and the measured downlink quality is lower than the downlink quality threshold, the BTS enables the repeated transmissi SET on of GCELLCCBASIC FACCH (Optional) frames. NO

GCELLCC REPEATDLFATHR Repeated Downlink BASIC ED FACCH Threshold BSC6900

GCELLCC BASIC REPEATSASET

Repeated SACCH

BSC6900

When the cell supports Repeated Downlink SACCH, the BTS enables the repeated transmissi on of SACCH frames if the measured downlink quality is higher than the SET downlink GCELLCCBASIC quality (Optional) threshold. NO

GCELLCC BASIC ACCCTRLEN

Access Control Allowed

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the access control function is enabled in a cell. When the function is enabled, the BSC determines which MSs in the cell to be connected to the network by sending the ACC classes through system messages according to the specified policy in SET Access GCELLCCBASIC Control (Optional) Policy. NO This parameter specifies the index of the access control SET policy that GCELLCCBASIC is used in a (Mandatory) cell. NO SET GCELLCCCH(Ma Type of an ndatory) index. NO

GCELLCC BASIC ACCCTRLPY GCELLCC CH IDTYPE

Access Control Policy

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLCC CH CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLCCCH(Ma a cell in a ndatory) BSC. YES

GCELLCC CH CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLCCCH(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

GCELLCC CH RFRESINDPRD

Radio Resource Report Period

BSC6900

Interval for sending the radio resource indication messages. The TRX reports the interferenc e level for each of the channels that have been idle for the whole measurem ent period. This parameter is used by a BTS to inform the BSC of the interferenc e levels on idle channels of a TRX. For details, SET see GSM GCELLCCCH(Op Rec. 08.58 tional) and 08.08. NO Time interval for sending overload messages, used for the BTS to notify the BSC of the load over a specific CCCH SET timeslot. GCELLCCCH(Op See GSM tional) Rec. 0508. NO

GCELLCC CCCHLOADINDP CH RD

CCCH Load Indication Period

BSC6900

GCELLCC CCCHLOADTHRE CCCH Load CH S Threshold

BSC6900

This parameter is used by the BTS to inform the BSC of the load on a CCCH timeslot, that is, the load of the access requests on the RACH and the load of all the messages (such as paging messages and packet immediate assignmen t messages) on the PCH. For details, see GSM Rec. 08.58. If the load on SET a CCCH GCELLCCCH(Op timeslot tional) exceeds NO

GCELLCC CH OVERLOADINTV

Overload Indication Period BSC6900

Interval for the BTS transmittin g overload messages to the BSC. This parameter is used to control the reporting frequency of overload messages by the channel and TRX. The overload can be the TRX processor overload, downlink CCCH overload, or AGCH overload. For details, SET see GSM GCELLCCCH(Op Rec. tional) 08.58. NO

Average RACH GCELLCC RACHLDAVERSL Load Timeslot CH OT Number

BSC6900

Number of RACH burst timeslots in a RACH load measurem ent. The value of this parameter indicates the interval during which the BSC determines whether an RACH timeslot is busy. For SET details, see GCELLCCCH(Op GSM Rec. tional) 08.58. NO

GCELLCC CH ABISFCEN

SDCCH Congestion Flow Control Allowed BSC6900

Whether to permit Abis flow control. The flow control function helps in better call manageme nt. If congestion occurs, the system lightens its load by rejecting some services or prolonging the time for service requests. The Abis flow control is used to lighten the system SET load GCELLCCCH(Op caused by tional) Abis flows. NO

GCELLCC CH CANPC

PWRC

BSC6900

Whether an MS uses the calculated value as the final receive level value. The calculated receive level value is the measured receive level value minus the receive level value obtained from the BCCH TRX timeslots. This parameter is a cell option in SET system GCELLCCCH(Op messages tional) 3 and 6. NO

GCELLCC CH FMSMAXOPCC

MS_TXPWR_MAX_ CCH BSC6900

Maximum transmit power level of MSs. As one of the cell reselection parameter s in system message 3, this parameter is used to control the transmit power of MSs. For details, see GSM Rec. 05.05. In a GSM900 cell, the maximum power control level of an MS ranges from 0 to 19, correspond ing SET respectivel GCELLCCCH(Op y to the tional) following NO

GCELLCC CH HRATESPT GCELLCC TMR IDTYPE

Support Half Rate

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

This parameter determines whether the BSC supports new establishm ent causes of an MS in the initial access request. This parameter does not affect the SET half-rate GCELLCCCH(Op function of tional) cells. NO SET GCELLCCTMR( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

GCELLCC TMR CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Mandatory)

GCELLCC TMR CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Mandatory)

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

GCELLCC TMR T200SDCCH

T200 SDCCH

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

This parameter specifies the timeout value of timer T200 used for the SDCCH over the Um interface. T200 prevents the data link layer from deadlock during data transmissi on. The data link layer transforms the physical link that is vulnerable to errors into a sequential non-error data link. The entities at NO

GCELLCC TMR T200FACCHF

T200 FACCH/F

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200 used for the FACCH/T CHF over the Um interface. For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter, see the description of "T200 SDCCH". NO This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200 used for the FACCH/T CHH over the Um interface. For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter, see the description of "T200 SDCCH". NO

GCELLCC TMR T200FACCHH

T200 FACCH/H

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

GCELLCC TMR T200SACCT0

T200 SACCH TCH SAPI0

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200 used for the SACCH over the Um interface when the TCH supports SAPI0 services. For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter, see the description of "T200 SDCCH". NO

GCELLCC TMR T200SACCH3

T200 SACCH TCH SAPI3

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200 used for the SACCH over the Um interface when the TCH supports SAPI3 services. For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter, see the description of "T200 SDCCH". NO

GCELLCC TMR T200SACCHS

T200 SACCH SDCCH

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200 used for the SACCH on the SDCCH. For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter, see the description of "T200 SDCCH". NO This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200 when the SDCCH supports SAPI3 services. For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter, see the description of "T200 SDCCH". NO

GCELLCC TMR T200SDCCH3

T200 SDCCH SAPI3

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

GCELLCC N200PARASWITC TMR H Use LAPDm N200

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Whether the BSC sends the LAPDm N200 parameter to the BTS. If this parameter is set to YES, the BSC sends the LAPDm N200 parameter. If this parameter is set to NO, the BSC does not send the LAPDm N200 parameter. NO

GCELLCC TMR N200ESTAB

N200 of Establish

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame. This parameter indicates the maximum number of retransmis sions of the I frame. For the function of N200 and the effect of the parameter, NO

GCELLCC TMR N200REL

N200 of Release

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame. This parameter indicates the maximum number of retransmis sions of the I frame during the multi-frame release. For the function of N200 and the effect NO

GCELLCC TMR N200SACCH

N200 of SACCH

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame. This parameter indicates the maximum number of retransmis sions of the I frame on the SACCH. For the function of N200 and the effect of the NO

GCELLCC TMR N200SDCCH

N200 of SDCCH

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame. This parameter indicates the maximum number of retransmis sions of the I frame on the SDCCH. For the function of N200 and the effect of the NO

GCELLCC TMR N200FHALF

N200 of FACCH/Half Rate

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame. This parameter indicates the maximum number of retransmis sions of the I frame on the FACCH (a half-rate channel). For the function of N200 and NO

GCELLCC TMR N200FFULL

N200 of FACCH/Full Rate BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Use IMM ASS GCELLCC IMMASSRESEND Retransmit TMR EN Parameter

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame. This parameter indicates the maximum number of retransmis sions of the I frame on the FACCH (a full-rate channel). For the function of N200 and NO Whether the BSC sends immediate assignmen t retransmis sion parameter s to the BTS NO

GCELLCC IMMASSMAXDEL Max Delay of IMM TMR AYTIME ASS Retransmit

BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional)

Maximum time delay in resending an immediate assignmen t message. Within the period specified by this parameter, an immediate assignmen t message can be dispatched and retransmitt ed. Otherwise, the message is not dispatched or retransmitt ed. NO

GCELLCC IMMASSMAXSEN Max Transmit Times TMR DNUM of IMM ASS BSC6900 GCELLCC UTRANSY S IDTYPE Index Type BSC6900

SET GCELLCCTMR( Optional) SET GCELLCCUTRA NSYS(Mandatory Type of an ) index. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLCCUTRA identifying NSYS(Mandatory a cell in a ) BSC. YES

Maximum number of retransmis sions of an immediate assignmen t message. When the value of this parameter is reached, the immediate assignmen t message is not retransmitt ed even if the value of "Max Delay of Imm_Ass Retransmit " is not exceeded. NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLCC UTRANSY S CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLCCUTRA than two NSYS(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S MSCVER

MSC Version Indication

BSC6900

Protocol version of the MSC that is connected to the BSC. The supported signaling varies with SET the GCELLCCUTRA protocol NSYS(Optional) versions. NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S MEASURETYPE

Measurement Report Type

BSC6900

Type of the measurem ent report SET (MR) GCELLCCUTRA reported by NSYS(Optional) the MS NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY Serving Band S GSMFREQCNUM Reporting

BSC6900

Number of neighborin g cells that meet the following conditions: If "MBR" is indicated in a system message, the MS reports the number of neighborin g cells at each frequency band. If the MS reports the number of neighborin g cells at the same frequency band of the serving cell, it can report a maximum of the value of SET this GCELLCCUTRA parameter. NSYS(Optional) These NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S QI

Qsearch I

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the level threshold for cell reselection in idle mode. In idle mode, if the signal level of the serving cell is below [0, 7] or above [8, 15], the MS starts to search for 3G cells. For example, if this parameter is set to 5 and if the signal level of the serving cell is lower than 5, the SET MS starts GCELLCCUTRA to search NSYS(Optional) for 3G NO This parameter specifies the threshold of the signal level for cell reselection in connection mode before SET ""Qsearch GCELLCCUTRA C"" is NSYS(Optional) obtained. NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S QCI

Qsearch C Initial

BSC6900

GCELLCC UTRANSY S FDDQOFF

FDD Q Offset

BSC6900

This parameter specifies one of the thresholds of the signal level for 3G cell reselection . A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell if all the following conditions are met for five consecutiv e seconds: 1.Receive level of the FDD cell > Average receive level of the current serving cell + "FDD Q offset"; The FDD SET cell meets GCELLCCUTRA the NSYS(Optional) following NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S FDDRSCPMIN

FDD RSCP Min.

BSC6900

Minimum level threshold of UTRAN cell reselection . During the cell reselection decision from a GSM cell to a FDD cell, this parameter is used to calculate the RSCP threshold of the target cell. A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell if all the following conditions are met for five consecutiv e seconds: SET 1.Receive GCELLCCUTRA level of the NSYS(Optional) FDD cell > NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S FDDREP

FDD REP QUANT

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether Ec/No or RSCP is used for the measurem ent report on a FDD cell. Ec/No stands for the signalto-noise ratio. RSCP stands for the SET received GCELLCCUTRA signal code NSYS(Optional) power. NO Number of UTRAN FDD cells that should be SET included in GCELLCCUTRA measurem NSYS(Optional) ent report NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S FDDFREQCNUM

FDD Multirate Reporting

BSC6900

GCELLCC UTRANSY S FDDQMIN

FDD Qmin

BSC6900

This parameter specifies one of the parameter s for FDD cell reselection . A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell if all the following conditions are met for five consecutiv e seconds: 1.Receive level of the FDD cell > Average receive level of the current serving cell + "FDD Q offset"; The FDD cell meets SET the GCELLCCUTRA following NSYS(Optional) condition in NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S FDDQMINOFFSET FDD Qmin Offset

BSC6900

Offset of the minimum threshold for Ec/No during a FDD cell reselection . A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell if all the following conditions are met for five consecutiv e seconds: 1.Receive level of the FDD cell > Average receive level of the current serving cell + "FDD Q offset"; The FDD cell meets SET the GCELLCCUTRA following NSYS(Optional) condition in NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S QP

Qsearch P

BSC6900

This parameter specifies one threshold of the signal level for cell reselection in packet transfer mode. In packet transfer mode, if the signal level of the serving cell is below [0, 7] or above [8, 15], the MS starts to search for 3G cells. For example, if this parameter is set to 5 and if the signal level SET of the GCELLCCUTRA serving cell NSYS(Optional) is lower NO Whether to allow the MS to search for a 3G cell when the SET BSIC must GCELLCCUTRA be NSYS(Optional) decoded NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S SEARCH3G

3G Search PRIO

BSC6900

GCELLCC UTRANSY S INVALBSICEN

Invalid BSIC Reporting

BSC6900

GCELLCC UTRANSY S SCALEORDER

SCALE_ORDER

BSC6900

Whether a measurem ent report can contain the information about a cell with an invalid BSIC. The cell with an invalid BSIC is an unconfigur SET ed GCELLCCUTRA neighborin NSYS(Optional) g cell. NO This parameter indicates that when the MS reports the EMR, it adds the value of this parameter to the received signal level, and then converts the result into the RXLEV value. For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08. If the SCALE_Or der reported by the MS is 10 dBm, level values 0SET 63 map GCELLCCUTRA with -100 NSYS(Optional) dBm to -37 NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S QSEARCHC

Qsearch C

BSC6900

In connection mode, if the signal level is below [0-7] or above [815], the MS starts to search for 3G cells. For example, if this parameter is set to 5 and if the signal level of the serving cell is lower than 5, the MS starts to search for 3G cells; if this parameter is set to 10 and if the signal level of the serving cell SET is above GCELLCCUTRA 10, then NSYS(Optional) the MS NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S CELL900OFF

900 Reporting Offset

BSC6900

Offset applied to the receive level of a GSM900 cell in the measurem ent report before prioritizing cells by frequency bands. Before cells are sequenced by priority, according to frequencie s, the value of this parameter must be added to the receive level value in the measurem ent report of the cells SET at the 900 GCELLCCUTRA MHz NSYS(Optional) frequency. NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S CELL900THRED

900 Reporting Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of the measurem ent report of the cells at the 900 MHz frequency. The measurem ent report is valid only when the receive level in the measurem ent report of the GSM900 cell exceeds this threshold. After being filtered, the measurem ent report is used for prioritizing the cells. The value 7 means SET infinite: GCELLCCUTRA 0: 0 dB NSYS(Optional) 1: 6 dB NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S CELL1800OFF

1800 Reporting Offset

BSC6900

Offset of the measurem ent report of the cells at the 1800 MHz frequency. Before cells are sequenced by priority, according to frequencie s, the value of this parameter must be added to the receive level value in the measurem ent report about the cells at the 1800 MHz frequency. The values of this SET parameter GCELLCCUTRA correspond NSYS(Optional) to the NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY 1800 Reporting S CELL1800THRED Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of the measurem ent report of the cells at the 1800 MHz frequency. When the receive level value in the measurem ent report of the cells at the 1800 MHz frequency exceeds the value of this parameter, the report takes effect. After being filtered, the measurem ent report is used for priority sequencin SET g of cells. GCELLCCUTRA The values NSYS(Optional) of this NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S FDDCELLOFF

FDD Reporting Offset

BSC6900

Offset of a FDD cell report. When the priority of a 3G cell is sequenced , the value of this parameter be added to the receive level of the 3G cell in the measurem ent report. The values of this parameter correspond to the following decibel values: 0: 0 dB SET 1: 6 dB GCELLCCUTRA ... NSYS(Optional) 7: 42 dB NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S FDDCELLTHRED

FDD Reporting Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of a FDD cell report. When the receive level value in the measurem ent report of a 3G cell exceeds the value of this parameter, the measurem ent report takes effect. After the valid measurem ent report is filtered, the 3G cell joins the cell priority sequence. The values of this parameter correspond SET to the GCELLCCUTRA following NSYS(Optional) decibel NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY TDDCELLRESELD TDD Cell Reselect S IV Diversity

BSC6900

A TDD cell can become a candidate cell only when the average receive level of the TDD cell is greater than the TDD Cell Reselect Diversity of the serving cell. The value of this parameter correspond s to the following decibel value: 0: negative infinity 1: -28 dB SET 2: -24 dB GCELLCCUTRA ... NSYS(Optional) 15: 28 dB NO Number of UTRAN TDD cells that should be SET included in GCELLCCUTRA measurem NSYS(Optional) ent report NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY BESTTDDCELLNU Best TDD Cell S M Number

BSC6900

GCELLCC UTRANSY S TDDCELLOFF

TDD Reporting Offset

BSC6900

When the priority of a TDD cell is ranked, the value of this parameter is added to the receive level of the TDD cell in the measurem ent report. The values of this parameter correspond to the following decibel values: 0: 0 dB SET 1: 6 dB GCELLCCUTRA ... NSYS(Optional) 7: 42 dB NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S TDDCELLTHRED

TDD Reporting Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold for determinin g whether the MR about a TDD cell is valid. The measurem ent report is valid if the receive level of the TDD cell in the measurem ent report is greater than the value of this parameter. After the valid measurem ent report is filtered, the TDD cell joins in the cell prioritizatio SET n. GCELLCCUTRA The value NSYS(Optional) of this NO

GCELLCC TDD System UTRANSY TDDSIOPTIMIZED Information S ALLOWED Optimized Allowed

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to optimize the system information 2Quater and MI of the TDD neighborin g cell. That is, to add an FDD neighborin g cell information before the TDD neighborin g cell information to solve the compatibilit y problem SET of some GCELLCCUTRA dual-mode NSYS(Optional) MSs. NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S TDDMIPROHIBIT

TDD MI System INFO Broadcasting Prohibit

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to send the system information MI which contains the 3G neighborin g cell information in the TDD neighborin g cell. The value YES(YES) indicates that the MI is sent, and the value NO(NO) SET indicates GCELLCCUTRA that the MI NSYS(Optional) is not sent. NO

GCELLCC TDD MI System UTRANSY TDDMIOPTIMIZED Information S ALLOWED Optimized

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the TDD MI system information optimized function is enabled. When this parameter is set to NO and "TDD System Information Optimized Allowed" is set to YES, the MI system information issued in the TDD scenario does not carry neighborin g cell scrambling codes. In SET other GCELLCCUTRA scenarios, NSYS(Optional) the MI NO Whether to transmit the 2Quater message on the BCCH Norm channel or SET the BCCH GCELLCCUTRA Ext NSYS(Optional) channel NO SET GCELLCHMGAD Type of an (Mandatory) index. NO

GCELLCC UTRANSY S POS2QUATER GCELLCH MGAD IDTYPE

2Quater Message Transmission Channel

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLCH MGAD CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLCHMGAD a cell in a (Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLCH MGAD CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLCHMGAD consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLCH TCH Traffic Busy MGAD TCHBUSYTHRES Threshold

BSC6900

If the current channel seizure ratio reaches or exceeds this value, the halfrate TCH is assigned preferential ly; otherwise, the full-rate TCH is SET assigned GCELLCHMGAD preferential (Optional) ly. NO Whether to consider interferenc e priorities during SET channel GCELLCHMGAD assignmen (Optional) t NO

GCELLCH INTERFPRIALLO MGAD W

Interf. Priority Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLCH CHANINTERMESA Active CH Interf. MGAD LLOW Meas.Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to measure the channel interferenc e during channel assignmen t. If this parameter is set to NO, the BSC does not measure the channel interferenc e or send an interferenc e indication during channel assignmen t. If this parameter is set to YES, the BSC measures the SET channel GCELLCHMGAD interferenc (Optional) e during NO

GCELLCH MGAD TRXPRIALLOW

Allocation TRX Priority Allowed

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the TRX priority is considered during channel assignmen t. When the parameter is set to YES, the smaller the parameter "TRX Priority" in the command "SET GTRXDEV " is, the higher priority the TRX is. Under other conditions, channels are SET preferential GCELLCHMGAD ly allocated (Optional) from high- NO

GCELLCH MGAD HISPRIOALLOW

History Record Priority Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to consider history priority records during channel assignmen t. If this parameter is set to YES, the history priority records are considered . If this parameter is set to NO, the history priority records SET are not GCELLCHMGAD considered (Optional) . NO

GCELLCH LOADSHAREALL MGAD OW

Balance Traffic Allowed

BSC6900

If this parameter is set to YES, the channel assignmen t algorithm II randomly selects the start range for channel traversal; otherwise, the algorithm selects the channel next to the channel assigned last time as the start SET point of GCELLCHMGAD channel (Optional) traversal. NO

GCELLCH UPINTERLEVLIMI Interf.of UL Level MGAD T Threshold

BSC6900

One of the thresholds to determine whether the uplink interferenc e exists. If the uplink level is not smaller than "Interf.of UL Level Threshold" and the uplink quality of the channel is not less than "Interf.of UL Qual. Threshold" SET , the uplink GCELLCHMGAD interferenc (Optional) e exists. NO

GCELLCH UPINTERFQUALLI Interf.of UL Qual. MGAD MIT Threshold

BSC6900

One of the thresholds to determine whether the uplink interferenc e exists. If the uplink level is not smaller than "Interf.of UL Level Threshold" and the uplink quality of the channel is not less than "Interf.of UL Qual. Threshold" SET , the uplink GCELLCHMGAD interferenc (Optional) e exists. NO

GCELLCH DLINTERFLEVLIM Interf.of DL Level MGAD IT Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold for determinin g whether downlink interferenc e exists. If the downlink level is equal to or greater than "Interf.of DL Level Threshold" and the downlink quality level is equal to or greater than "Interf.of DL Qual.Thres hold", downlink interferenc e exists. The value range 0 to SET 63 is GCELLCHMGAD mapped to (Optional) the range - NO

GCELLCH DLINTERFQUALLI Interf.of DL MGAD MIT Qual.Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold for determinin g whether downlink interferenc e exists. If the downlink level is equal to or greater than "Interf.of DL Level Threshold" and the downlink quality level is equal to or greater than "Interf.of DL Qual.Thres hold", SET downlink GCELLCHMGAD interferenc (Optional) e exists. NO

GCELLCH MGAD SSLENSD

Filter Length for TCH Level

BSC6900

When the network receives measurem ent reports, the measurem ent values in several straight measurem ent reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating environme nt for the sake of accuracy. This parameter specifies the number of successive measurem ent reports that are used to determine the signal SET strength on GCELLCHMGAD traffic/data (Optional) channels. NO

GCELLCH MGAD QLENSD

Filter Length for TCH Qual.

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of measurem ent reports used for the filtering of the signal quality on service or data SET channels. GCELLCHMGAD This (Optional) parameter NO

GCELLCH MGAD SSLENSI

Filter Length for SDCCH Level

BSC6900

When the network receives measurem ent reports, the measurem ent values in several straight measurem ent reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating environme nt for the sake of accuracy. The parameter specifies the number of successive measurem ent reports that are used to determine the signal SET strength on GCELLCHMGAD signaling (Optional) channel. NO

GCELLCH MGAD QLENSI

Filter Length for SDCCH Qual.

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of measurem ent reports used for the filtering of the signal quality on signaling channels. SET This GCELLCHMGAD parameter (Optional) is used to NO

GCELLCH AMRTCHHPRIOR AMR TCH/H Prior MGAD ALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the BSC to assign AMR half rate channels preferential ly according to the channel types allowed by the MSC and the current TCH SET seizure GCELLCHMGAD ratio of the (Optional) cell NO Load threshold for assigning half rate channels preferential ly. If the current TCH seizure ratio of the cell is greater than this threshold, AMR half rate channels are SET assigned GCELLCHMGAD preferential (Optional) ly. NO

GCELLCH AMRTCHHPRIOR AMR TCH/H Prior MGAD LOAD Cell Load Threshold BSC6900

GCELLCH TCHTRICBUSYOV Tch Traffic Busy MGAD ERLAYTHR Overlay Threshold

BSC6900

The BSC assigns channels in the overlaid subcell to the MS in a concentric cell. If the channel seizure ratio of overlaid subcell is greater than the value of this parameter, half-rate channels are assigned. Otherwise, full-rate channels are assigned. Channel seizure ratio = (Num. of SET busy TCHF GCELLCHMGAD + Num. of (Optional) busy NO

GCELLCH TCHTRIBUSYUND Tch Traffic Busy MGAD ERLAYTHR Underlay Threshold BSC6900

Threshold for determinin g that the underlaid subcell is busy. The BSC assigns channels in the underlaid subcell to the MS in a concentric cell. When "Allow Rate Selection Based on Overlaid/U nderlaid Subcell Load" is set to YES, half-rate channels are assigned if the channel seizure SET ratio in the GCELLCHMGAD underlaid (Optional) subcell NO Whether to enable the BSC to assign half or full rate channels to MSs according to the channel seizure ratio in the overlaid SET and GCELLCHMGAD underlaid (Optional) subcells NO

GCELLCH HRIUOLDRATESE Load of UL-OL Cells MGAD LALLOW Rate Select Allowed BSC6900

Smooth Factor of GCELLCH UPRXLEVSMOOT Uplink Received MGAD HPARA Level

BSC6900

After the existing uplink receive level, uplink receive level after the previous optimizatio n, and the value of this parameter are weightaveraged, the uplink receive level after the optimizatio n at this time is obtained and used for determinin g the difference between SET the uplink GCELLCHMGAD receive (Optional) levels. NO

Duration of Uplink GCELLCH UPRXLEVLASTTI Received Level MGAD ME Differ

BSC6900

If the difference between uplink receive levels of calls within the same timeslot is greater than "Offset of the difference between uplink received levels" for P seconds among N seconds, the call with weak uplink receive level within the timeslot will be handed over to another SET timeslot. GCELLCHMGAD This (Optional) parameter NO

GCELLCH UPRXLEVSTATIC Observe Time of UL MGAD TIME RX Level Difference BSC6900

If the difference between uplink receive levels of calls within the same timeslot is greater than "Offset of the difference between uplink received levels" for P seconds among N seconds, the call with weak uplink receive level within the timeslot will be handed over to another SET timeslot. GCELLCHMGAD This (Optional) parameter NO Whether to use the statistical multiplexin g algorithm SET for multiGCELLCHMGAD density (Optional) power NO

GCELLCH Multi-Density TRX MGAD QTRUPWRSHARE Power Sharing

BSC6900

GCELLCH MGAD MCPAOPTALG

MCPA Optimization Switch BSC6900

Qtru Down Power GCELLCH QTRUDNPWRSTA Inadequate Stat MGAD TTIME Time

BSC6900

If the MCPA Optimizatio n Switch is turned on, the MCPA priority SET update GCELLCHMGAD mode is (Optional) adjusted. NO The P/N criteria is used to determine low downlink power for multidensity carriers. If the downlink power of a multidensity carrier remains low during a consecutiv eP seconds out of N seconds, the downlink power of the multidensity carrier is considered low. This SET parameter GCELLCHMGAD correspond (Optional) s to the N NO

Qtru Down Power GCELLCH QTRUDNPWRLAS Inadequate Last MGAD TTIME Time

BSC6900

The P/N criteria is used to determine low downlink power for multidensity carriers. If the downlink power of a multidensity carrier remains low during a consecutiv eP seconds out of N seconds, the downlink power of the multidensity carrier is considered low. This SET parameter GCELLCHMGAD correspond (Optional) s to the P NO

GCELLCH PWRPRIORALLO Power Priority MGAD W Allowed

BSC6900

When this parameter is set to YES, The BSC preferential ly uses the TRX with good powersaving performan ce according to the TRX power priority reported by the BTS. Smaller priority value indicates better power saving quality. If the priority is of a great value, the SET BTS GCELLCHMGAD closes (Optional) TRXs late. NO

GCELLCH TIGHTBCCHASS MGAD MAINBCCHLEV

Level Thresh for Assign BCCH Under TBCCH BSC6900

During channel assignmen t, the assignmen t of channels on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level, quality, and non-BCCH load. The TCHs are preferential ly assigned on the BCCH TRXs if the following conditions are met: 1. The uplink receive level after filtering is SET higher than GCELLCHMGAD "Level (Optional) Thresh. for NO

Quality Thresh for GCELLCH TIGHTBCCHASS Assign BCCH Under MGAD MAINBCCHQUAL TBCCH BSC6900

During channel assignmen t, the assignmen t of channels on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level, quality, and non-BCCH load. The TCHs are preferential ly assigned on the BCCH TRXs if the following conditions are met: 1. The uplink receive level after filtering is SET higher than GCELLCHMGAD "Level (Optional) Thresh. for NO

Channel Assign GCELLCH CHPWRINSUFFAL Allow for Insuff MGAD LOWED Power

BSC6900

Whether to allow a multidensity TRX board, that uses the dynamic power sharing algorithm to assign channels, to assign a channel to an MS when the remaining power on the multidensity TRX board is less than the power required by the MS. If this parameter is set to YES, a multidensity SET TRX board GCELLCHMGAD that uses (Optional) the NO

GSM900 Band GCELLCH FREQLOADSHAR Traffic Load Share MGAD ETRAFFTHRSH Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold for load sharing in the 900 MHz frequency band. Assume that an MS supports multiple sub-bands in the 900 MHz frequency band. If the cell load is equal to or less than this threshold, the BSC does not consider the priority levels of the PGSM, EGSM, and R-GSM sub-bands during SET channel GCELLCHMGAD assignmen (Optional) t. If the cell NO Whether to preferential ly allocate loose multiplexin g SET frequencie GCELLCHMGAD s to non(Optional) AMR users NO Whether to SET enable the GCELLCHMGAD IBCA (Optional) algorithm NO

Assign Non-AMR GCELLCH NAMRLFRMTRXA User Loose Fre. MGAD LLOWED Reuse TRX

BSC6900

GCELLCH MGAD IBCAALLOWED

IBCA Allowed

BSC6900

IBCA User Dyn GCELLCH IBCAUSRDYNCM Measure Neighbor MGAD EASURENCELL Cell

BSC6900

GCELLCH IBCAUSEDIUOSU MGAD BLAY IUO IBCA Allowed

BSC6900

Whether a single IBCA MS can dynamicall y measure the neighborin g cells. When this parameter is set to YES, the neighborin g cells where "IBCA Dynamic Measure Neighbor Cell Flag" is set to YES are dynamicall y measured. Dynamic measurem ent on neighborin g cells is mutually SET exclusive GCELLCHMGAD to directed (Optional) retry. NO Whether to enable the IBCA algorithm for the overlay SET and GCELLCHMGAD underlay of (Optional) an IUO cell NO

GCELLCH IBCASOFTBLKSW IBCA Soft Block MGAD ITCH Switch

BSC6900

GCELLCH IBCAFRSOFTBLK IBCA FR/EFR Soft MGAD THRD Block Threshold

BSC6900

Whether to deny the access of a call when none of the MAIO evaluation results meets the C/I ratio requireme nt of the call during SET channel GCELLCHMGAD assignmen (Optional) t Minimum NO C/I ratio that IBCA FR/EFR services allow. An idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when the C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater than this threshold. In addition, a new call associated with such a service can be established only when the call does not decrease the C/I SET ratio of the GCELLCHMGAD established (Optional) calls to a NO

GCELLCH IBCAHRSOFTBLK IBCA HR Soft Block MGAD THRD Threshold BSC6900

Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA HR services allow. An idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when the C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater than this threshold. In addition, a new call associated with such a service can be established only when the call does not decrease the C/I SET ratio of the GCELLCHMGAD established (Optional) calls to a NO

GCELLCH IBCAAFRSOFTBL IBCA AMR FR Soft MGAD KTHRD Block Threshold

BSC6900

Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA AMR FR services allow. An idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when the C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater than this threshold. In addition, a new call associated with such a service can be established only when the call does not decrease the C/I SET ratio of the GCELLCHMGAD established (Optional) calls to a NO

GCELLCH IBCAAHRSOFTBL IBCA AMR HR Soft MGAD KTHRD Block Threshold BSC6900

Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA AMR HR services allow. An idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when the C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater than this threshold. In addition, a new call associated with such a service can be established only when the call does not decrease the C/I SET ratio of the GCELLCHMGAD established (Optional) calls to a NO

IBCA WAMR FR GCELLCH IBCAWAFRSOFTB Soft Block MGAD LKTHRD Threshold

BSC6900

The lowest C/I ratio that can be tolerated by IBCA WAMR FR. The C/I ratio of an idle channel must be larger than this parameter. Otherwise, it cannot be assigned. In addition, the system does not allow a newlyestablished call causing the C/I ratio of existing calls to be SET lower than GCELLCHMGAD this (Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLCH IBCASOFTBLKSAI IBCA Soft Block MGAD COFF SAIC Offset

BSC6900

MSs that support SAIC can tolerate a lower carrier-tointerferenc e ratio. This variable indicates the downward adjustment step of the soft blocking SET threshold GCELLCHMGAD of SAIC (Optional) MSs. NO

IBCA Max. GCELLCH IBCAMAXINTFSR Interference Source MGAD CNUM Num. BSC6900

The IBCA interferenc e evaluation process only considers the interferenc e of the strongest N existing calls on the newlyestablished call being evaluated. This parameter correspond s to the SET aboveGCELLCHMGAD mentioned (Optional) N. NO

GCELLCH IBCADLPATHLOS IBCA Downlink Path MGAD SOFF Loss Offset BSC6900

Difference between uplink and downlink path losses, which is used to estimate the downlink path loss of a call when the downlink path loss cannot be computed directly according to a measurem ent report. This parameter is configured according to the combined loss and hierarchica SET l dualGCELLCHMGAD antenna (Optional) gain (3 dB) NO

GCELLCH IBCAIUOPATHLO IBCA IUO Path Loss MGAD SSOFF Offset BSC6900

In an IUO cell (or a CoBCCH cell), the path loss of an MS to the serving cell or a neighborin g cell measured on the underlay is used together with this parameter to estimate the path loss on the overlay. IUO path loss compensat ion = Combiner insert loss difference + Path loss difference due to the SET use of GCELLCHMGAD different (Optional) antennas + NO

GCELLCH IBCASCELLPATH IBCA Service Cell MGAD LOSS Pathloss

BSC6900

Use this parameter when the path loss of an MS to serving cells cannot be measured based on SET the existing GCELLCHMGAD measurem (Optional) ent results NO

GCELLCH IBCAPATHLOSSO IBCA Pathloss MGAD FF Offset

BSC6900

When the path loss of an MS to a neighborin g cell cannot be measured based on the existing measurem ent results, it is estimated based on the path loss of the MS to the serving cell SET plus the GCELLCHMGAD IBCA path (Optional) loss offset. NO

GCELLCH IBCACALLINFOFIL IBCA Call MGAD TERLEN Information Filter

BSC6900

Number of measurem ent reports sampled for averaging path loss. A single measurem ent report may not reflect the actual network situations accurately. Therefore, the BSC needs to average the measured values in several successive measurem ent reports to reflect SET the radio GCELLCHMGAD environme (Optional) nt. NO

IBCA Loose Trx GCELLCH LOOSESDCCHLO SDCCH Load MGAD ADTHRED Threshold

BSC6900

When the load of an SDCCH on the TRX that is in loose frequency reuse and is in the compatible band of the BCCH is lower than this threshold, the SET SDCCH is GCELLCHMGAD preferably (Optional) allocated. NO

IBCA Tight Trx GCELLCH TIGHTSDCCHRXL SDCCH Rxlev MGAD EVTHRED Threshold

BSC6900

If the SDCCH load on the TRXs of the compatible BCCH in loose frequency reuse pattern is greater than the "IBCA Loose Trx SDCCH Load Threshold" , and when the uplink receive level from the MS to the BTS is greater than the threshold, the SDCCHs on the TRXs of the SET compatible GCELLCHMGAD non-BCCH (Optional) are NO

GCELLCH WAITSDCCHIDLE IBCA Wait SDCCH MGAD TIMER Idle Timer

BSC6900

When the dynamic PDCH needs to use MAIO of the SDCCH, the SDCCH is not allowed to be assigned to new calls within the value of the parameter. After the timer expires, check whether the SDCCH is idle. If the SDCCH is idle, MAIO of the SDCCH is allowed to be preempted SET . If the GCELLCHMGAD channel is (Optional) not idle, NO

GCELLCH IBCAICDMSWITC MGAD H IBCA ICDM Switch

BSC6900

Whether to enable the ICDM algorithm for the cell. The ICDM algorithm helps to improve the precision in estimating the path loss of an IBCA neighbor cell and to increase the efficiency SET of the GCELLCHMGAD IBCA (Optional) algorithm. NO

GCELLCH IBCAPLFILTFACT IBCA Path Lose MGAD OR Filter Factor

BSC6900

Considers the influence of history path loss information during the calculation of the ICDM algorithm path loss. The smaller the filtering coefficient, the smaller the influence of history path loss; on the other hand, the larger the filtering coefficient, the larger the SET influence GCELLCHMGAD of history (Optional) path loss. NO

GCELLCH IBCANCELLPATH IBCA Pathloss Est MGAD LOSSESTIMATE of Non. MR Ncell

BSC6900

Estimates the receive level of the unmeasure d IBCA neighborin g cells. When a consecutiv e "IBCA Non Measurem ent Ncell Stat. Num" measurem ent reports cover less than six neighborin g cells (or the number of the reported neighborin g cells is smaller than that of the actually configured neighborin g cells), SET this GCELLCHMGAD parameter (Optional) is used to NO

IBCA Non GCELLCH IBCANONMEANC Measurement Ncell MGAD ELLSTATNUM Stat. Num BSC6900

Estimates the receive level of the unmeasure d IBCA neighborin g cells. When a consecutiv e "IBCA Non Measurem ent Ncell Stat. Num" measurem ent reports cover less than six neighborin g cells (or the number of the reported neighborin g cells is smaller than that of the actually configured neighborin g cells), SET this GCELLCHMGAD parameter (Optional) is used to NO

GCELLCH IBCA MAIO Using MGAD IBCAMAIOUSMTD Method

BSC6900

Determine s the MAIO selection method for each timeslot. The Optimal MAIO policy selects the optimal MAIO being evaluated, while the Random MAIO policy randomly selects a SET MAIO out GCELLCHMGAD of qualified (Optional) MAIOs. NO Whether a MAIO meets the access requireme nt. When the C/I ratio of a MAIO is higher than this threshold, the MAIO can be assigned SET to the call GCELLCHMGAD being (Optional) processed. NO

GCELLCH IBCATARGETCIR IBCA MAIO Target MGAD THRSH C/I Threshold

BSC6900

IBCA Init. Power GCELLCH IBCAINITPCRXLE Control RexLevDL MGAD VDLOFFSET Offset

BSC6900

Adds a specified offset to the downlink target receive level when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the initial transmit power of a SET BTS in the GCELLCHMGAD IBCA (Optional) function NO

IBCA Init. Power GCELLCH IBCAINITPCRXLE Control RexLevUL MGAD VULOFFSET Offset

BSC6900

Adds a specified offset to the uplink target receive level when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the initial transmit power of SET an MS in GCELLCHMGAD the IBCA (Optional) function NO

GCELLCH IBCAINITPCRXQU IBCA Init. Pwr Ctrl MGAD ALDLOFFSET Rx Qual DL Offset

BSC6900

Adds a specified offset to the downlink target receive quality when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the initial transmit power of a SET BTS in the GCELLCHMGAD IBCA (Optional) function NO

GCELLCH IBCAINITPCRXQU IBCA Init. Pwr Ctrl MGAD ALULOFFSET Rx Qual UL Offset

BSC6900

Adds a specified offset to the uplink target receive quality when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the initial transmit power of SET an MS in GCELLCHMGAD the IBCA (Optional) function NO

GCELLCH LOWRXLEVOLFO Allocate OL Channel MGAD RBIDSWITCH Based on RX Level BSC6900

Whether to assign overlay channels in an IUO cell based on SET the receive GCELLCHMGAD level (Optional) conditions NO

GCELLCH ASSOLRXLEVOFF Assign to Overlayer MGAD SET RxLev Offset BSC6900

Offset relative to the level threshold for determinin g whether to assign a channel in SET the GCELLCHMGAD overlaid (Optional) subcell NO

Handover to GCELLCH HOOLRXLEVOFF Overlayer RxLev MGAD SET Offset

BSC6900

If the cell is an enhanced concentric cell, this parameter with the current downlink received signal level and "UtoO HO Received Level Threshold" determines whether to assign a channel in the underlaid subcell to the intraBSC incoming handover to the concentric cell or intraBSC intercell SET handover. GCELLCHMGAD If the cell is (Optional) an ordinary NO

GCELLCH IBCASUBCHNHAN IBCA Sub-Channel MGAD DOVERALLOWED Handover Allowed

BSC6900

Whether the handover of the calls on the single channels is allowed (single channels are the two half-rate subchannels on a timeslot, in which only one is in the occupied state) when single channels are to be adjusted to a full-rate channel. When this parameter is set to ON, the SET handover GCELLCHMGAD of the calls (Optional) on the NO

IBCA Forced BTS GCELLCH IBCAFORCEDBTS Synchronization MGAD SYNCALLOWED Allowed

BSC6900

Whether the IBCA forced BTS synchroniz ation is allowed. When this parameter is set to YES, the synchroniz ation procedure is performed even though the BTSs are out-ofsynchroniz ation. When this parameter is set to NO, the existing procedure, either the synchroniz ation procedure or the outSET ofGCELLCHMGAD synchroniz (Optional) ation NO

GCELLCH IBCAFLEXTSCALL IBCA Flexible TSC MGAD OWED Allowed

BSC6900

Whether the IBCA flexible TSC function is enabled. When this parameter is set to NO, the flexible TSC function is disabled and the configured TSC is used. When the BTS supports Flex TSC and this parameter is set to YES, the flexible SET TSC GCELLCHMGAD function is (Optional) enabled. NO

GCELLCH IBCAASSWAITME IBCA Assign MGAD ASURERPTTIME Waiting Mr Time

BSC6900

Length of the timer for a new call to wait for the measurem ent report (MR) on the signaling channel when dynamic measurem ent of the BA2 list is enabled during assignmen t. If this parameter is set to 0, dynamic measurem ent of the BA2 list is not enabled SET during GCELLCHMGAD assignmen (Optional) t. NO

IBCANHOASSWAI GCELLCH TMEASURERPTTI IBCA Natural HO MGAD ME Waiting Mr Time

BSC6900

Length of the timer for a call to measure the path loss in the neighborin g cell with strong interferenc e of the target cell. The call to be handed over needs to measure the path loss before initiating the handover to the target cell when dynamic measurem ent of the BA2 list is enabled during the normal handover. SET When this GCELLCHMGAD parameter (Optional) is set to 0, NO

IBCAEHOASSWAI GCELLCH TMEASURERPTTI IBCA Urgent HO MGAD ME Waiting Mr Time

BSC6900

Length of the timer for a call to measure the path loss in the neighborin g cell with strong interferenc e of the target cell. The call to be handed over needs to measure the path loss before initiating the handover to the target cell when dynamic measurem ent of the BA2 list is enabled during the emergency handover. SET When this GCELLCHMGAD parameter (Optional) is set to 0, NO

IBCAHOASSWAIT GCELLCH MEASURERPTTIM IBCA HO Waiting MGAD E Effective Mr Time

BSC6900

Length of the timer for a call to wait for other valid MRs after receiving the first valid MR of the target cell if dynamic measurem ent of the BA2 list is enabled during handover. When this parameter is set to 0, the call does not wait for other MRs after receiving SET the first GCELLCHMGAD MR of the (Optional) target cell. NO This parameter specifies the estimated carrier-tointerferenc e ratio of a new call. It is used for the Huawei power control algorithm III to SET calculate GCELLCHMGAD the power (Optional) of the call. NO

GCELLCH MGAD CIRESTVALUE

C/I Estimate Value

BSC6900

GCELLCH IBCANEWCALLCI Target CIR Offset of MGAD ROFFSET IBCA New Call BSC6900

When the IBCA algorithm is enabled, this parameter is used to calculate the target CIR of a new call. The formula is as follows: Target CIR of a new call = Target CIR in use + Target CIR SET Offset of GCELLCHMGAD IBCA New (Optional) Call NO

GCELLCH IBCAOPRREVISE Corrected Factor of MGAD FACTOR IBCA Priority BSC6900

When the IBCA algorithm is enabled and the HSN is not 0, the IBCA priority and the SDCCH/P DCH priority are divided by this corrected factor respectivel y to reduce the weight of IBCA priority. In addition, the priority of the interferenc SET e band is GCELLCHMGAD considered (Optional) . NO

GCELLCH IBCACALLTARGE Target CIR Offset of MGAD TCIROFFSET IBCA Set-up Call BSC6900

When the IBCA algorithm is enabled, this parameter is used to calculate the target CIR of an existing call. The formula is as follows: Target CIR of an existing call = Target CIR in use + Target CIR SET Offset of GCELLCHMGAD IBCA Set(Optional) Up Call. NO

IBCA Set-up Call GCELLCH IBCACALLSOFTB Soft Block MGAD LOCKTHOFFSET Threshold Offset

BSC6900

When the IBCA algorithm is enabled, this parameter is used to calculate the actual soft blocking threshold of an existing call. The formula is as follows: Actual soft blocking threshold of an existing call = Configured soft blocking threshold of an existing call - IBCA Set-up Call SET Soft Block GCELLCHMGAD Threshold (Optional) Offset. NO

GCELLCH IBCAICDMRELEV IBCA ICDM Initial MGAD OFFSET Level Offset

BSC6900

GCELLCH Cell Operator Power MGAD CELLOPPWRGRP Group BSC6900

In the ICDM matrix algorithm, the signal strength (063) is divided into 10 levels. The signal strength that is smaller than or equal to the value of this SET parameter GCELLCHMGAD is at the (Optional) initial level. NO Power of each passage on the MRRU in the cell. When multiple operators are configured on an MRRU, the parameter specifies the power of each SET operator GCELLCHMGAD on the (Optional) MRRU. NO

GCELLCH IBCAFREEBCCHC Idle TCH Threshold MGAD HANTHRSHOLD on BCCH TRX BSC6900

If the number of idle TCHs on the BCCH TRX is smaller than the threshold value, some calls on the BCCH TRX need to be handed over to nonBCCH TRXs. In this way, idle TCHs are available on the BCCH TRX and can be preferential ly allocated to the calls handed over to the SET IBCA cells GCELLCHMGAD during the (Optional) incoming NO

IBCA Handover Soft GCELLCH IBCAHOSOFTBLK Block Threshold MGAD THRESHOLD Offset BSC6900

The parameter equals soft block threshold of the target channel in a handover minus soft block threshold of the correspond ing service. To achieve a high success rate of both the assignmen t and the handover, ensure that the assignmen t of the channel for the MS in the handover satisfies SET the GCELLCHMGAD following (Optional) equation. NO

GCELLCH MGAD LOADSTATYPE GCELLCH MGBASIC IDTYPE

Type of Cell Load Calculation

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the dynamic PDCHs that have been converted into the PDCHs are considered during the calculation SET of the GCELLCHMGAD current cell (Optional) load. NO SET GCELLCHMGBA Type of an SIC(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLCHMGBA a cell in a SIC(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLCH MGBASIC CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLCH MGBASIC CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLCHMGBA consecutiv SIC(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLCH MGBASIC IDLESDTHRES

Idle SDCCH Threshold N1

BSC6900

When the number of idle SDCCH channels in a cell is smaller than or equal to this parameter, the system searches for available TCHs and transforms SET them into GCELLCHMGBA SDCCH SIC(Optional) channels. NO

GCELLCH MGBASIC CELLMAXSD

Cell SDCCH Channel Maximum

BSC6900

Maximum number of SDCCHs in the cell. Before converting a TCH into an SDCCH, the BSC compares the number of SDCCHs after the conversion in the cell with "Cell SDCCH Channel Maximum". If the number of SDCCHs after the conversion in the cell exceeds this parameter, the BSC does not SET convert the GCELLCHMGBA TCH into SIC(Optional) an NO Minimum time required for a TCH to transform to a SDCCH and then SET transform GCELLCHMGBA back to a SIC(Optional) TCH

GCELLCH TCH Minimum MGBASIC MINRESTIMETCH Recovery Time

BSC6900

NO

GCELLCH GRADEACCALLO MGBASIC W Grade Access Allow BSC6900

Whether to allow hierarchica l access and to reserve resources SET for highGCELLCHMGBA priority SIC(Optional) MSs NO

GCELLCH MGBASIC HPRIOR

Highest Priority

BSC6900

Maximum priority level of an MS that can use reserved channel resources. If the priority level of an MS is greater than this parameter, the MS is considered a lowpriority MS. If the priority of an MS is equal to or less than this threshold, the MS is SET considered GCELLCHMGBA a highSIC(Optional) priority MS. NO

GCELLCH MGBASIC REVCHANNUM

Reserved Channel Number

BSC6900

While assigning channels, the BSC ensures that the sum of the number of channels occupied by highpriority users and the number of idle channels reserved for highpriority users is no smaller than this parameter. Every time the BSC assigns channels to a user whose priority is lower than SET "Highest GCELLCHMGBA Priority", it SIC(Optional) checks NO

GCELLCH ENTCHADJALLO MGBASIC W

Enhanced TCH Adjust Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the cell to centralize two busy half rate TCHs in different timeslots into one timeslot through handover and then to combine the two idle half rate TCHs in the other timeslot into one full rate SET TCH GCELLCHMGBA dynamicall SIC(Optional) y NO Whether to enable the BCCH aggressive SET frequency GCELLCHMGBA reuse SIC(Optional) algorithm NO Whether to enable the cell to support dynamic transmit SET diversity or GCELLCHMGBA dynamic SIC(Optional) PBT NO

GCELLCH TIGHTBCCHSWIT TIGHT BCCH MGBASIC CH Switch

BSC6900

Dynamic GCELLCH DYNPBTSUPPOR Transmission Div MGBASIC TED Supported

BSC6900

GCELLCH CHALLOCSTRAT MGBASIC EGY

Channel Allocate Strategy

BSC6900

Channel assignmen t priority of the cell If this parameter is set to CAPABILI TY, the factors are listed as follows in a descendin g order of priority: capacity factors, quality factors, PS cooperatio n factors, and manageme nt factors. If this parameter is set to QUALITY, the factors are listed as follows in a SET descendin GCELLCHMGBA g order of SIC(Optional) priority: NO Whether to enable the prioritybased SET channel GCELLCHMGBA assignmen SIC(Optional) t algorithm NO

GCELLCH HIGHPRIUSERQU Highest Priority User MGBASIC ALFIRST Quality First BSC6900

GCELLCH HIGHESTPRIORIT Highest Priority for MGBASIC QUALFIRST Quality First

BSC6900

Full rate TCHs are assigned preferential ly to the MSs with priority levels equal to or less than this threshold, except when the MSs request SET only half or GCELLCHMGBA full rate SIC(Optional) TCHs. NO

GCELLCH ALLOWHALFRAT MGBASIC EUSERPERC Ratio of TCHH

BSC6900

Maximum ratio of the number of half rate channels to the total number of channels in a cell. When the resource allocation principle is determined by the BSC, no half rate channel can be further assigned if the ratio of the number of half rate channels to the total number of channels in the cell is greater than or SET equal to GCELLCHMGBA the value SIC(Optional) of this NO

GCELLCH ALLOWAMRHALF MGBASIC RATEUSERPERC Ratio of AMR-HR

BSC6900

Maximum ratio of the number of AMR half rate channels to the total number of channels in a cell. When the resource allocation principle is determined by the BSC, no AMR half rate channel can be further assigned if the ratio of the number of AMR half rate channels to the total number of channels in SET the cell is GCELLCHMGBA greater SIC(Optional) than or NO Maximum number of TCH channels reserved SET for GCELLCHMGBA emergency SIC(Optional) call users NO

GCELLCH RSVCHMFORECN Max Channel Num MGBASIC UM Reserved for EC

BSC6900

Different Band GCELLCH DIFFBANDSDCCH SDCCH Using MGBASIC USINGOPTIMIZE Optimize

BSC6900

Whether to allow an MS to report the classmark and whether to hand over the MS from the SDCCH in the frequency band for the main BCCH to the SDCCH in a different frequency band SET according GCELLCHMGBA to the SIC(Optional) classmark NO

GCELLCH MGBASIC FACTORYMODE GCELLDY NTURNOF F IDTYPE

Factory Mode

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

If this parameter is set to ON, the BSC assigns the channels in the TRXs of the cell in a polling manner. Therefore, each TRX has an even chance to be used. In this way, the connection between the TRX and the RF can be checked without SET manual GCELLCHMGBA dialing SIC(Optional) tests. NO SET GCELLDYNTUR NOFF(Mandatory Type of an ) index. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLDYNTUR identifying NOFF(Mandatory a cell in a ) BSC. YES

GCELLDY NTURNOF F CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLDY NTURNOF F CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLDYNTUR than two NOFF(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO

GCELLDY NTURNOF TURNOFFENABL Enable Turning Off F E Cell

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to enable the Dynamic Cell Power Off feature. When this parameter is set to ENABLE, the BSC can disable the cell within the period of time specified by "TURNOF FCELLST RTIME" and "TURNOF FCELLSTP TIME"; When this parameter is set to DISABLE, SET the BSC GCELLDYNTUR will never NOFF(Mandatory disable the ) cell; When NO Index type used when the command is executed NO

GCELLDY NTURNOF SAMECVGCELLID Same Coverage F TYPE Cell Index Type

BSC6900

SET GCELLDYNTUR NOFF(Mandatory )

GCELLDY NTURNOF Same Coverage F SAMECVGCELLID Cell No GCELLDY NTURNOF SAMECVGCELLN Same Coverage F AME Cell Name

BSC6900

Index of a cell with SET the same GCELLDYNTUR coverage NOFF(Mandatory as the ) current cell NO SET GCELLDYNTUR NOFF(Mandatory ) Name of the same coverage cell

BSC6900

NO

GCELLDY NTURNOF SAMECVGCELLL F OADTHRD

Same Coverage Cell Load Threshold BSC6900

A cell that can be disabled is allowed to be disabled only when the load of the same coverage cell is lower than this SET threshold GCELLDYNTUR for a NOFF(Optional) period. NO When the load of the same coverage cell is higher than this threshold for a period, the SET disabled GCELLDYNTUR cell is NOFF(Optional) enabled. NO

GCELLDY NTURNOF TURNONCELLLO Dyn. Turning On F ADTHRD Cell Load Threshold BSC6900

GCELLDY NTURNOF TURNOFFCELLC F HANNUM

Dyn. Turning Off Cell Busy Channel Num.

BSC6900

If the number of channels (including PDCH and TCH) occupied on a cell that can be disabled is lower than this threshold, the procedure for disabling SET the cell can GCELLDYNTUR be NOFF(Optional) triggered. NO

GCELLDY NTURNOF F PROTECTTIME

Dyn. Turning Off Cell Protection Time BSC6900

This parameter specifies a period of time during which a cell cannot be enabled or disabled to prevent frequent cell enabling or disabling operations. That is, after a cell is enabled, it cannot be disabled within the period of time specified by this parameter; after a cell is disabled, it cannot be enabled within the SET period of GCELLDYNTUR time NOFF(Optional) specified NO

GCELLDY NTURNOF SAMECVGCELLL F OADSTATTM

Same Coverage Cell Load Stat. Time BSC6900

The BSC6900 checks the load of the same coverage cell of the target cell once a minute. When the number of times in which the load of the same coverage cell is lower than "Same Coverage Cell Load Threshold" is equal to the value of this parameter, SET the target GCELLDYNTUR cell is NOFF(Optional) disabled. NO This parameter specifies the start time of a period during SET which the GCELLDYNTUR cell is NOFF(Optional) disabled. NO

GCELLDY NTURNOF TURNOFFCELLST Dyn. Turning Off F RTIME Cell Start Time

BSC6900

GCELLDY NTURNOF TURNOFFCELLST Dyn. Turning Off F PTIME Cell Stop Time

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the end time of a period during SET which the GCELLDYNTUR cell is NOFF(Optional) disabled. NO Subscriber s can specify the cell according SET to the GCELLEGPRSP index or ARA(Mandatory) the name. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLEGPRSP a cell in a ARA(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLEG PRSPARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLEG PRSPARA CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLEG PRSPARA CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLEGPRSP consecutiv ARA(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLEG PRSPARA LQCMODE

Link Quality Control Mode BSC6900

It is applicable to the radio transmissi on environme nt to improve the link quality. Link adaptation (LA) indicates adjusting the coding mode of the channel dynamicall y according to the transmissi on quality of the link. The link transmissi on quality is measured by the SET 8PSK GCELLEGPRSP MEAN ARA(Optional) BEP and NO Average period for sending the measurem ent report SET over the GCELLEGPRSP EGPRS ARA(Optional) channel NO

GCELLEG PRSPARA BEPPERIOD

Bep Period

BSC6900

GCELLEG PRSPARA UPFIXMCS

Uplink Fixed MCS Type

BSC6900

Coding scheme of the uplink EDGE link. If the uplink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter is set to a value ranging from MCS1 to MCS9. If the uplink uses the dynamic adjustment coding scheme, this SET parameter GCELLEGPRSP is set to ARA(Optional) UNFIXED. NO

GCELLEG Uplink Default MCS PRSPARA UPDEFAULTMCS Type BSC6900

Default coding scheme of the uplink EDGE link. If the uplink adopts the dynamic adjustment coding scheme, this parameter can be used to set the coding scheme for transmissi on during initial access. If the uplink uses the fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the SET fixed GCELLEGPRSP coding ARA(Optional) scheme. NO

GCELLEG PRSPARA DNFIXMCS

Downlink Fixed MCS Type

BSC6900

Coding scheme of the downlink EDGE link. If the downlink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter is set to a value ranging from MCS1 to MCS9. If the downlink uses the dynamic adjustment coding scheme, this SET parameter GCELLEGPRSP is set to ARA(Optional) UNFIXED. NO

GCELLEG Downlink Default PRSPARA DNDEFAULTMCS MCS Type

BSC6900

Default coding scheme of the downlink EDGE link. If the downlink adopts the dynamic adjustment coding scheme, this parameter can be used to set the coding scheme for transmissi on during initial access. If the downlink uses the fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the SET fixed GCELLEGPRSP coding ARA(Optional) scheme. NO

GCELLEG PRSPARA UPE2AFIXMCS

Uplink EGPRS2-A Fixed MCS Type

BSC6900

Fixed coding scheme that is used on the uplink EGPRS2-A link. If the uplink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter can be set to any one in MCS1-6 and UAS711. If the uplink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this parameter SET can be set GCELLEGPRSP to ARA(Optional) UNFIXED. NO

GCELLEG UPE2ADEFAULTM Uplink EGPRS2-A PRSPARA CS Default MCS Type

BSC6900

Default coding scheme used on the uplink EGPRS2-A link. If the uplink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this parameter specifies the coding scheme that is used for the transmissi on in initial access. If the uplink uses the fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the SET fixed GCELLEGPRSP coding ARA(Optional) scheme. NO

GCELLEG PRSPARA DNE2AFIXMCS

Downlink EGPRS2A Fixed MCS Type BSC6900

Fixed coding scheme that is used on the downlink EGPRS2-A link. If the downlink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter can be set MSC1-4, MSC7-8 or DAS5-12.. If the downlink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this SET parameter GCELLEGPRSP is set to ARA(Optional) UNFIXED. NO

GCELLEG DNE2ADEFAULT PRSPARA MCS

Downlink EGPRS2A Default MCS Type BSC6900

Default coding scheme used on the downlink EGPRS2-A link. If the downlink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this parameter specifies the coding scheme that is used for the transmissi on in initial access. If the downlink uses the fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the SET fixed GCELLEGPRSP coding ARA(Optional) scheme. NO

Support EGPRS GCELLEG ADJUSTULMCSTY Uplink MCS PRSPARA PE Dynamic Adjust GCELLEX TMSRPAR A IDTYPE Index Type

BSC6900

BSC6900

Mode of dynamicall y adjusting the EGPRS uplink encoding scheme. value 1 indicates that the uplink coding scheme is adjusted according to downlink quality measurem ents reported by MS; value 2 indicates that the uplink coding scheme is adjusted according to uplink quality SET measurem GCELLEGPRSP ents ARA(Optional) reported by NO SET GCELLEXTMSR PARA(Mandatory Type of an ) index. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLEXTMSR identifying PARA(Mandatory a cell in a ) BSC. YES

GCELLEX TMSRPAR A CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLEX TMSRPAR A CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLEXTMSR than two PARA(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO Whether the network requires an MS to send an SET extension GCELLEXTMSR measurem PARA(Optional) ent report NO

GCELLEX TMSRPAR A EXTMEASORD

Extension Measurement Command

BSC6900

GCELLEX TMSRPAR A NCCPERMITED

NCC Permitted

BSC6900

NCC bitmap of the measurem ent report sent by the MS. The MS reports only the NCC bitmap of the BSIC and the cell measurem ent report SET that GCELLEXTMSR matches PARA(Optional) the bitmap. NO Frequency index of the interferenc e measurem ent in type 3 of an SET extension GCELLEXTMSR measurem PARA(Optional) ent report NO

GCELLEX TMSRPAR A INTFREQUENCY

Interference Frequency

BSC6900

GCELLEX TMSRPAR A EXTRPTTYPE

Extension MR Type BSC6900

Type of an extension measurem ent report. There are three types of extension measurem ent reports: type 1, type 2, and type 3. Type 1: No matter whether the BSIC was decoded, the MS sends the network a measurem ent report on the six strongest TRXs. The measurem ent report contains the received SET signal level GCELLEXTMSR and the PARA(Optional) decoded NO Time interval between two SET extension GCELLEXTMSR measurem PARA(Optional) ent reports NO ADD GCELLFREQ(Ma ndatory) RMV GCELLFREQ(Ma Type of an ndatory) index. NO

GCELLEX TMSRPAR A EXTRPTPERIOD

Extension MR Period

BSC6900

GCELLFR EQ IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLFR EQ CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Ma ndatory) RMV GCELLFREQ(Ma ndatory)

Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

GCELLFR EQ CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more ADD consecutiv GCELLFREQ(Ma e spaces, ndatory) or more RMV than two GCELLFREQ(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ1

Frequency 1

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 1 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ2

Frequency 2

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 2 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ3

Frequency 3

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 3 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ4

Frequency 4

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 4 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ5

Frequency 5

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 5 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ6

Frequency 6

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 6 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ7

Frequency 7

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 7 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ8

Frequency 8

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 8 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ9

Frequency 9

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 9 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ10

Frequency 10

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 10 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ11

Frequency 11

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 11 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ12

Frequency 12

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 12 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ13

Frequency 13

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 13 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ14

Frequency 14

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 14 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ15

Frequency 15

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 15 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ16

Frequency 16

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 16 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ17

Frequency 17

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 17 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ18

Frequency 18

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 18 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ19

Frequency 19

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 19 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ20

Frequency 20

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 20 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ21

Frequency 21

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 21 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ22

Frequency 22

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 22 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ23

Frequency 23

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 23 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ24

Frequency 24

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 24 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ25

Frequency 25

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 25 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ26

Frequency 26

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 26 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ27

Frequency 27

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 27 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ28

Frequency 28

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 28 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ29

Frequency 29

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 29 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ30

Frequency 30

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 30 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ31

Frequency 31

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 31 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ32

Frequency 32

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 32 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ33

Frequency 33

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 33 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ34

Frequency 34

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 34 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ35

Frequency 35

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 35 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ36

Frequency 36

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 36 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ37

Frequency 37

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 37 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ38

Frequency 38

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 38 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ39

Frequency 39

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 39 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ40

Frequency 40

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 40 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ41

Frequency 41

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 41 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ42

Frequency 42

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 42 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ43

Frequency 43

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 43 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ44

Frequency 44

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 44 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ45

Frequency 45

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 45 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ46

Frequency 46

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 46 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ47

Frequency 47

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 47 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ48

Frequency 48

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 48 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ49

Frequency 49

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 49 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ50

Frequency 50

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 50 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ51

Frequency 51

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 51 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ52

Frequency 52

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 52 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ53

Frequency 53

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 53 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ54

Frequency 54

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 54 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ55

Frequency 55

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 55 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ56

Frequency 56

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 56 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ57

Frequency 57

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 57 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ58

Frequency 58

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 58 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ59

Frequency 59

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 59 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ60

Frequency 60

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 60 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ61

Frequency 61

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 61 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ62

Frequency 62

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 62 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ63

Frequency 63

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op tional) RMV GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 63 NO

GCELLFR EQ FREQ64

Frequency 64

BSC6900

ADD GCELLFREQ(Op Frequency tional) 64 NO

GCELLFR EQSCAN IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Index type of the BTS. BYNAME: query by BTS name; SET BYID: GCELLFREQSC query by AN(Mandatory) BTS index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLFREQSC a cell in a AN(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLFR EQSCAN CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLFR EQSCAN CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLFREQSC consecutiv AN(Mandatory) e +. NO Start time SET of GCELLFREQSC frequency AN(Optional) scanning

GCELLFR EQSCAN STRTM

Start Time

BSC6900

NO

GCELLFR EQSCAN TIME GCELLFR EQSCAN FREQLST

Duration

BSC6900

Freq Band List

BSC6900

SET GCELLFREQSC AN(Optional) SET GCELLFREQSC AN(Optional)

Duration of frequency scanning NO List of frequency bands NO

GCELLGP RS IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Subscriber s can specify the cell according SET to the GCELLGPRS(Ma index or ndatory) the name. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLGPRS(Ma a cell in a ndatory) BSC. YES

GCELLGP RS CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLGP RS CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLGPRS(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

GCELLGP RS GPRS

GPRS

BSC6900

Whether the current SET cell GCELLGPRS(Ma supports ndatory) GPRS NO Whether the current SET cell GCELLGPRS(Op supports tional) EDGE NO Whether the current SET cell GCELLGPRS(Op supports tional) EGPRS2-A NO Number of the PCU to SET which the GCELLGPRS(Ma current cell ndatory) belongs NO

GCELLGP RS EDGE

EDGE

BSC6900

GCELLGP RS EGPRS2A

EGPRS2-A

BSC6900

GCELLGP RS PCUNO

PCU No.

BSC6900

GCELLGP RS NACCSPT

Support NACC

BSC6900

Whether to support the network assisted cell change (NACC). The NACC is used in the network control modes NC0, NC1 or NC2. The NACC enables the network to notify the MS of the system information of the neighborin g cell when the MS is in the packet transmissi on state. In this way, the MS can SET reselect a GCELLGPRS(Op cell in a tional) shorter NO

GCELLGP RS PKTSI

PACKET SI

BSC6900

Whether the cell supports the PACKET SI STATUS flow. In the PACKET SI STATUS flow, the MS sends the Packet PSI/SI Status message to indicate that the MS has stored the system message. The network side sends the Packet Serving Cell Data message to notify the MS of SET the system GCELLGPRS(Op message tional) not stored. NO

GCELLGP RS NC2SPT

Support NC2

BSC6900

Whether to support the network control 2 (NC2). The NC2 enables the network side to control the cell reselection for the MS when the MS reports the measurem ent report of the local cell and the neighborin g cell.When this parameter is set to "YES" and "Network Control Mode" in SET "SET GCELLGPRS(Op GCELLPS tional) BASE" is NO

GCELLGP RS NBRSPT64

Support 64 Neighbour Cells

BSC6900

Whether the PCU of the cell supports the 64 neighborin g cells. This parameter determines the capability of reporting the number of the neighborin g cells of the BSC in SET the NACC GCELLGPRS(Op and NC2 tional) function. NO Identifies SET the routing GCELLGPRS(Op area of the tional) current cell NO

GCELLGP RS RA

Routing Area

BSC6900

GCELLGP RS SUPPORTDTM

Support DTM

BSC6900

Whether to support dual transfer mode (DTM). The DTM allows an MS to use the circuit switching service and the packet switching service at the same time. This function must be supported by the network side. If "Cell Extension Type" in the "ADD GCELL" command or "MOD GCELL" SET command GCELLGPRS(Op is set to tional) Double NO

GCELLGP Support Enhanced RS SUPPORTENDTM DTM

BSC6900

Whether to support the enhanced DTM function. Comparing to the DTM, the enhanced DTM improves the CS setup and release. During the CS service setup, the SET PS service GCELLGPRS(Op is not tional) interrupted. NO

GCELLGP RS CLASS11DTM

Support Class11 DTM

BSC6900

Whether the cell supports the MS with the DTM multiSET timeslot GCELLGPRS(Op capability tional) of class 11 NO Whether the cell supports the MS with the SET DTM multiGCELLGPRS(Op timeslot tional) capability NO

GCELLGP RS HMCDTM

Support HMC DTM

BSC6900

GCELLGP RS DLDCSPT

Support Downlink Dual-Carrier

BSC6900

Whether SET the cell GCELLGPRS(Op supports tional) DLDC

NO

GCELLGP SPTREDUCELATE Support Reduced RS NCY Latency Capability

BSC6900

Cell supports reduced latency capability. This parameter is used to reduce the latency during the transmissi on, thus improving the user experience for SET conversati GCELLGPRS(Op onal tional) services. NO Whether support Out InterRAT InterCell PS Handover. The MS in the BSC local cell can be handed over to the UMTS cell SET through PS GCELLGPRS(Op handover tional) algorithm. NO

Support Out InterGCELLGP SPTINTERRATOU RAT Inter-Cell PS RS TBSCPSHO Handover

BSC6900

Support In InterGCELLGP SPTINTERRATINB RAT Inter-cell PS RS SCPSHO Handover

BSC6900

Whether to support In Inter-RAT Inter-cell PS Handover. The MS in the UMTS cell can be handed over to the BSC local cell SET through PS GCELLGPRS(Op handover tional) algorithm. NO

GCELLGP SPTLTEINBSCPS Support In LTE InterRS HO cell PS Handover BSC6900

Whether to allow a PS handover SET from an GCELLGPRS(Op LTE cell to tional) a GSM cell NO

Support Out LTE GCELLGP SPTLTEOUTBSCP Inter-cell PS RS SHO Handover

BSC6900

Whether to allow a PS handover from a SET GSM cell GCELLGPRS(Op to an LTE tional) cell NO

GCELLGP RS SPTDPI GCELLGS MR IDTYPE

Support DPI

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

The parameter specifies whether the cell can identify the types of PS services. By identifying the types of PS services, the BSC can properly SET manage GCELLGPRS(Op radio tional) resource. NO SET GCELLGSMR(Ma Type of an ndatory) index. NO

GCELLGS MR CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLGSMR(Ma a cell in a ndatory) BSC. YES

GCELLGS MR CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLGSMR(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO Number of blocks occupied by the SET NCH in the GCELLGSMR(Op group call tional) service NO

GCELLGS NCHOCBLOCKNU NCH Occupy Block MR M Number

BSC6900

GCELLGS NCHSTARTBLOC MR K NCH Start Block

BSC6900

Number of the start block occupied by the SET NCH in the GCELLGSMR(Op group call tional) service NO

FACCH Send GCELLGS FACCHSENDNOT Notification Msg MR MSGIND Indication

BSC6900

Whether to allow sending notification messages on the FACCH. If the value of this parameter is YES, an MS engaged in a point-topoint call can receive a notification message for a group call. You can interrupt the existing SET call and GCELLGSMR(Op join the tional) group call. NO

FACCH Send GCELLGS FACCHSENDPGM Paging Msg MR SGIND Indication

BSC6900

Whether to allow sending paging messages on the FACCH. If the value of this parameter is YES, an MS can receive a paging message on the group call channel. You can leave the group call and SET respond to GCELLGSMR(Op the paging tional) message. NO

GCELLGS SENDFACCHNOT Send FACCH MR PRI Notification Priority

BSC6900

Priority of the notification message transmissi on on the FACCH. From high to low, the priorities are A, B, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and No Priority. No Priority is the lowest. When the priority of the group call is higher than or equal to the value specified by this parameter, the notification message SET is sent on GCELLGSMR(Op the tional) FACCH. NO

GCELLGS SENDFACCHPAG Send FACCH MR PRI Paging Priority

BSC6900

Priority of the paging message transmissi on on the FACCH. From high to low, the priorities are A, B, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and No Priority. No Priority is the lowest. When the priority of the call is higher than the value specified by this parameter, the paging message SET is sent on GCELLGSMR(Op the tional) FACCH. NO

GCELLGS DLTESTRESEND MR NUM

Download Test Resend Number

BSC6900

Number of times of the BSC resending downlink test messages after the downlink test function is enabled. If the BSC does not receive any response message from the MS at the preset interval, the BSC releases the relevant voice group call SET service GCELLGSMR(Op (VGCS) tional) channel. NO Interval for resending SET downlink GCELLGSMR(Op test tional) messages NO

GCELLGS DLTESTRESENDI Download Test MR NT Resend Interval

BSC6900

GCELLGS MR DTRTYPE

DRX Type

BSC6900

Type of the DRX supporting the VGCS service. An MS reads the NCH only when a new notification message of group call arrives. This helps save power of the MS. This parameter is mandatory SET for a GCELLGSMR(Op SAGEM tional) MS. NO

GCELLGS FACCHRESENDIN FACCH Msg MR T Resend Interval

BSC6900

Interval of sending a paging message or notification message on the FACCH. Messages on the FACCH are sent in the mode of speech frame stealing. A large number of consecutiv e stolen speech frames may affect the voice quality and even lead to no voice. Therefore, the BTS must SET control the GCELLGSMR(Op time tional) interval of NO Number of times the BTS resends a SET channel GCELLGSMR(Op release tional) message NO Time interval for the BTS resending SET a channel GCELLGSMR(Op release tional) message NO

GCELLGS CRMSGRESENDN Channel Release MR UM Resend Number

BSC6900

GCELLGS CRMSGRESENDI Channel Release MR NT Resend Interval

BSC6900

GCELLGS MR TALKERINFINT

Talker Info Interval

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the interval of broadcasti ng the speech data of the talker on the downlink group call channel that is controlled by the BTS. When the parameter is set to 0, the BTS (instead of the BSC) performs the broadcasti SET ng with the GCELLGSMR(Op default tional) interval 5s. NO Timer for retransmitti ng the VGCS SET UPLINK GCELLGSMR(Op GRANT tional) message NO Number of retransmis sions of the VGCS SET UPLINK GCELLGSMR(Op GRANT tional) message NO

GCELLGS MR T3115

T3115

BSC6900

GCELLGS MR NY2

Ny2

BSC6900

GCELLGS GCSIMPREEMPTI VGCS IM MR ONEN Preemption Enable

BSC6900

Whether direct preemption of the channels of other services is enabled for the VGCS service. If the value of this parameter is NO, a handover is performed for the call whose channel is preempted . If the value is YES, calls on the preempted SET channel GCELLGSMR(Op are directly tional) released. NO

VGCS Channel GCELLGS GCSCHNASSULC Assign in Channel MR HNEN Enable

BSC6900

Whether the assignmen t of channels in overlaid subcells is enabled for the VGCS service in the case of underlaid subcell congestion . Generally, only the channels in underlaid subcells can be assigned SET to the GCELLGSMR(Op VGCS tional) service. NO Used to identify the uplink access message from the SET MS. The GCELLGSMR(Op value 64 is tional) invalid. NO

GCELLGS MR UIC

UIC

BSC6900

GCELLGS MR EMLPPPRIORITY eMLPP Priority

BSC6900

Indicating whether the eMLPP function is enabled in a cell and indicating the eMLPP priority of the cell. From high to low, the priorities are A, B, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and No SET Priority. No GCELLGSMR(Op Priority is tional) the lowest. NO This parameter is used to reserve a certain number of channels in a cell for the Voice Group Call Service (VGCS) to use directly. The specified channels are unavailable SET to public GCELLGSMR(Op network tional) services. NO

GCELLGS MR VGCSRSRVNUM

Reserved Number of Channels for VGCS

BSC6900

GCELLGS MR VGCSMAXNUM

Maximum Number of Channels for VGCS

BSC6900

This parameter is used to limit the maximum number of channels that can be used by the VGCS in a cell. This prevents too many channels in the cell from being occupied by the VGCS and thus prevents public network services from being affected. When this parameter is set to 255, the SET maximum GCELLGSMR(Op number is tional) not limited. NO

GCELLGS MR VGCSPREEMPT GCELLHO 2GBA2 IDTYPE

Channel Allocation Strategy for VGCS

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether the preemption of channels between public network services and the VGCS is allowed when SET preemption GCELLGSMR(Op conditions tional) are met. NO SET GCELLHO2GBA2 Type of an (Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHO2GBA2 a cell in a (Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO 2GBA2 CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO 2GBA2 CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHO2GBA2 consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLHO 2GBA2 CELL2GBA2TAG

2GBA2 Input Tag

BSC6900

This parameter indicate whether to generate the 2G BA2 table automatica lly according to neighbor cell relations or to input the 2G BA2 table manually. Recording the BCCH frequencie s of 2G neighbor cells that MSs can measure in dedicated mode, the BA2 table is sent in System SET Information GCELLHO2GBA2 5, 5bis, (Mandatory) and 5ter. NO SET GCELLHO2GBA2 (Mandatory) SET GCELLHO2GBA2 (Mandatory) Number of a row to be changed in a BA list NO Used for parameter control NO

GCELLHO 2GBA2 ITEM GCELLHO 2GBA2 ITEMVALID

NCCELL No.

BSC6900

Item Valid

BSC6900

GCELLHO 2GBA2 CELL2GBA2BCCH 2G NCELL BCCH GCELLHO AD IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

BCCH frequency of a 2G neighbor cell that MSs can measure in dedicated mode. Recording the BCCH frequencie s of 2G neighbor cells that MSs can measure in dedicated mode, the BA2 table is sent in System SET Information GCELLHO2GBA2 5, 5bis, (Mandatory) and 5ter. NO SET GCELLHOAD(Ma Type of an ndatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOAD(Ma a cell in a ndatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO AD CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO AD CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOAD(Ma consecutiv ndatory) e +. NO

System flux thresholds correspond to the system flux obtained based on message packets, CPU load, and FID queuing load. The system flux level is the current flux control level of the system. 0-11: There are 12 flow control levels. Where, 0 indicates the lowest level and 11 indicates SET the highest GCELLHOAD(Op level. tional) NO The load handover is triggered when the traffic load in a cell is greater than the SET value of GCELLHOAD(Op this tional) parameter. NO

GCELLHO AD SYSFLOWLEV

System Flux Threshold for Load HO

BSC6900

GCELLHO AD TRIGTHRES

Load HO Threshold BSC6900

GCELLHO AD LoadAccThres

Load handover Load Accept Threshold BSC6900

If the load of a cell is lower than the value of this parameter, the cell can admit the users handed over from other cells with higher load. Otherwise, the cell SET rejects GCELLHOAD(Op such tional) users. NO

GCELLHO AD LOADOFFSET

Load HO Bandwidth BSC6900

In the handover algorithm of the first generation, load handovers can be performed only when the receive level of the current serving cell is in the range "Edge HO DL RX_LEV Threshold" to "Edge HO DL RX_LEV Threshold" + "Load HO Bandwidth" . In the handover algorithm of the SET second GCELLHOAD(Op generation, tional) load NO

GCELLHO Load HO Step AD LOADHOPERIOD Period

BSC6900

When the load of a cell reaches or exceeds "Load HO Threshold" , all the calls that are using this cell as the serving cell generate handover requests at the same time, which will suddenly increase the load of the processor. Under some circumstan ces, congestion occurs in the cell, which will SET result in GCELLHOAD(Op call drop. tional) To solve NO

GCELLHO AD LOADHOSTEP

Load HO Step Level BSC6900

In hierarchica l load handovers, starting from "Edge HO DL RX_LEV Threshold" , a "Load HO Step Level" is added to the upper handover threshold after every "Load HO Step Period". In this way, all the calls in the current serving cell whose receive level is in the range "Edge HO DL RX_LEV SET Threshold" GCELLHOAD(Op to "Edge tional) HO DL NO

GCELLHO AD QCKSTATCNT

MS Fast-moving Watch Cells

BSC6900

This parameter is used in the P/N criteria decision: If an MS quickly passes through N out of P micro-cells lately, the BSC enables the fast moving micro-cell handover algorithm. This parameter correspond SET s to the N GCELLHOAD(Op in the P/N tional) criteria. NO

GCELLHO AD QCKTRUECNT

MS Fast-moving Valid Cells

BSC6900

This parameter is used in the P/N criteria decision: If an MS quickly passes through N out of P micro-cells lately, the BSC enables the fast moving micro-cell handover algorithm. This parameter correspond SET s to the P GCELLHOAD(Op in the P/N tional) criteria. NO

GCELLHO AD QCKTIMETH

MS Fast-moving Time Threshold

BSC6900

A time threshold determined based on the radius of a cell and the moving speed of an MS. If the MS crosses the cell in a time period shorter than this threshold, the BSC concludes that the MS quickly passes through the cell. Otherwise, it concludes that the SET MS slowly GCELLHOAD(Op passes the tional) cell. NO

GCELLHO AD MAXCNTNUM

MAX Consecutive HO Times

BSC6900

Number of consecutiv e intra-cell handovers allowed in a cell. When the interval between two intracell handovers is lower than a certain time threshold, these two intra-cell handovers are considered consecutiv e. When a certain number of intra-cell handovers occur consecutiv ely, intracell SET handovers GCELLHOAD(Op will be tional) disallowed NO

GCELLHO AD BANTIME

Forbidden time after MAX Times BSC6900

Duration in which intracell handover is forbidden after the number of consecutiv e intra-cell handovers reaches the maximum. Intra-cell handover can be conducted SET again only GCELLHOAD(Op after this tional) duration. NO The twice intra-cell handover events during this interval are considered SET consecutiv GCELLHOAD(Op e handover tional) events. NO

GCELLHO AD CONTINTV

Interval for Consecutive HO Jud.

BSC6900

GCELLHO AD SPEEDPUNISH

Penalty on MS Fast Moving HO BSC6900

Level value of the penalty that is performed on the neighborin g cells of the cell where a fastmoving MS is located. The neighborin g cells must be located at the Macro, Micro, or Pico layer other than SET the GCELLHOAD(Op Umbrella tional) layer. NO Period in which penalty is performed on the neighborin g cells of the cell where a fastmoving MS is located. The neighborin g cells must be located at the Macro, Micro, or Pico layer SET but not the GCELLHOAD(Op Umbrella tional) layer. NO

GCELLHO AD SPEEDPUNISHT

Penalty Time on Fast Moving HO

BSC6900

GCELLHO AD KBIAS

K Bias

BSC6900

K offset used in K sequencin g. To reduce ping-pong handovers, the system performs K sorting based on the downlink receive level of the candidate cells. But before doing that, the system subtracts "K Bias" from the actual downlink receive SET level of the GCELLHOAD(Op candidate tional) cells. NO

RX_QUAL GCELLHO TIGHTBCCHRXQ Threshold for AD UALTHRES TIGHT BCCH HO

BSC6900

When an intra-cell TIGHT BCCH handover needs to be performed (handover from the non-BCCH to BCCH), the downlink receive quality must be smaller than the SET value of GCELLHOAD(Op this tional) parameter. NO

GCELLHO TIGHTBCCHHOL AD OADTHRES

Load Threshold for TIGHT BCCH HO

BSC6900

During channel assignmen t, the assignmen t of channels on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level, quality, and non-BCCH load. The TCHs are preferential ly assigned on the BCCH TRXs if the following conditions are met: 1. The uplink receive level after filtering is SET higher than GCELLHOAD(Op "Level tional) Thresh. for NO

GCELLHO AD MAXRESEND

Max Resend Times of Phy.Info. BSC6900

Maximum times for a Physical Information message to be transmitted . When the retransmis sion times exceeds this parameter and the BTS still cannot receive any correct SAMB frame from the MS, the BTS sends a connection failure message (including the handover failure information ) to the SET BSC, GCELLHOAD(Op which tional) releases NO

GCELLHO AD T3105

T3105

BSC6900

When the BTS sends physical information to the MS, the BTS starts the timer T3105.If the timer T3105 expires before the BTS receives the SAMB frame from MS, the BTS resends physical information to the MS and restarts the timer T3105. The maximum times for resending physical SET information GCELLHOAD(Op is "Max tional) Resend NO Whether to use external 2G neighborin g cells as the target SET cells of GCELLHOAD(Op load tional) handovers NO

GCELLHO AD OutBscLoadHoEn

Inter BSC Load Information Allowed BSC6900

GCELLHO Waiting for MR on AD SDCCHWaitMREn SDCCH Switch

BSC6900

Whether a call must camp on the SDCCH for a specific duration before being assigned SET with a GCELLHOAD(Op traffic tional) channel. NO Duration for a call camping on the SDCCH before being assigned SET with a GCELLHOAD(Op traffic tional) channel.

GCELLHO SDCCHWaitMRTi AD meLen

Duration for Waiting MR on SDCCH BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO Assigning Better AD AssignBetterCellEn Cell Allowed

BSC6900

Switch for assigning the channel of a better cell to the SET MS during GCELLHOAD(Op MS tional) access. NO

Maximum Better GCELLHO Cell Assigning AD ABCWaitMaxTime Duration

BSC6900

The maximum duration for the BSC to select the best cell according to MRs in the MS assigning procedure. The BSC assigns the channel of the serving cell to the MS if the best cell is not selected within the duration SET specified GCELLHOAD(Op by this tional) parameter. NO Uplink quality level threshold for the MS to be assigned with a SET channel of GCELLHOAD(Op the better tional) cell. NO

GCELLHO AD ABCUpQuality

Uplink Quality Threshold in Assigning Better Cell

BSC6900

GCELLHO AD ABCDownQuality

Downlink Quality Threshold in Assigning Better Cell

BSC6900

Threshold of downlink receive quality used in preferential ly selecting a better cell during assignmen t. If the downlink quality of an MS is higher than this threshold, the MS preferential ly selects the neighborin g cell of higher quality SET during GCELLHOAD(Op assignmen tional) t. NO This parameter specifies whether to use the load handover or the SET enhanced GCELLHOAD(Op load tional) handover. NO

GCELLHO AD LOADHOAD

Enhanced Load HO Allowed BSC6900

GCELLHO AD LAYHOLOADTH

Inter-Layer HO Load Threshold BSC6900

When the load of the serving cell reaches the threshold, the interlayer handover algorithm takes effect. Through configurati on of the parameter, the handover to a lowerlayer cell for loadsharing is performed only when the load of the serving cell SET reaches a GCELLHOAD(Op certain tional) level. NO

HO Ratio of GCELLHO LOADHOUSRRATI Enhanced Load HO AD O Algorithm BSC6900 GCELLHO BASIC IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the ratio of the MSs that simultaneo usly perform a load handover. You can enlarge the ratio to accelerate the handover to a neighborin g cell for load sharing. Too large a ratio, however, causes the neighborin g cell to be congested. When a neighborin g cell is SET congested, GCELLHOAD(Op you need tional) to reduce NO SET GCELLHOBASIC Type of an (Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOBASIC a cell in a (Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO BASIC CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOBASIC consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO Whether to use handover algorithm SET generation GCELLHOBASIC 1 or 2 (Optional) currently NO Whether to adjust the candidate cell queue to give priority to SET intraGCELLHOBASIC BSC/MSC (Optional) handover NO

GCELLHO Current HO Control BASIC HOCTRLSWITCH Algorithm BSC6900

GCELLHO COBSCMSCADJE BASIC N Co-BSC/MSC Adj

BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC SIGCHANHOEN

SDCCH HO Allowed BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC INTRACELLHOEN Intracell HO Allowed BSC6900

Whether to enable a handover SET between GCELLHOBASIC signaling (Optional) channels NO This parameter specifies whether the intracell handover is enabled. Note: A forced intracell handover is not SET subject to GCELLHOBASIC this (Optional) parameter. NO Whether to allow AMR handovers. This parameter has no impact on dynamic SET non-AMR GCELLHOBASIC F-H (Optional) handovers. NO

GCELLHO INTRACELLFHHO Intracell F-H HO BASIC EN Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC LoadHoEn

Load Handover Support

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether a traffic loadsharing handover is enabled. The load handover helps to reduce cell congestion , improve success rate of channel assignmen t, and balance the traffic load among cells, thus improving the network performan ce. The load handover is used as SET an GCELLHOBASIC emergency (Optional) measure NO

GCELLHO BASIC QCKMVHOEN

MS Fast Moving HO Allowed BSC6900

Whether to enable the fast moving micro-cell handover algorithm. The fast moving micro-cell handover algorithm enables fast moving MSs to switch over to macrocells, thus reducing SET the GCELLHOBASIC handover (Optional) times. NO

GCELLHO RXQCKFALLHOE Rx_Level_Drop HO BASIC N Allowed BSC6900

Whether to use the emergency handover algorithm in case the receive level of the MSs drops rapidly, SET thus GCELLHOBASIC preventing (Optional) call drops. NO

GCELLHO BASIC PBGTHOEN

PBGT HO Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to use the PBGT handover algorithm. PBGT handovers are based on path loss. The PBGT handover algorithm searches in real time for cells that have lower path loss and meet certain system requireme nts, and decides whether to perform the handovers. To avoid ping-pong handovers, SET PBGT GCELLHOBASIC handovers (Optional) can occur NO

GCELLHO BASIC LEVHOEN

Level HO Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to allow interlayer and inter-level handovers. The interlayer and inter-level handover algorithm is achieved through the setting of different layers and priorities for cells, which switches traffic to cells of a higher precedenc e (decided by "Layer of the cell" SET and "Cell GCELLHOBASIC priority" (Optional) together). NO

GCELLHO BASIC FRINGEHOEN

Edge HO Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the edge handover algorithm. When an MS makes a call at the edge of a cell, the call may drop if the received signal level is too low. To avoid such a call drop, the edge handover algorithm is involved. When the uplink signal level of the serving cell is less than "Edge HO UL RX_LEV Threshold" SET or the GCELLHOBASIC downlink (Optional) signal level NO

GCELLHO BASIC BQHOEN

BQ HO Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the bad quality (BQ) handover algorithm. Whether to trigger BQ handover depends on the uplink and downlink transmit quality (measured by using BER). If the uplink or downlink BQ exceeds the BQ handover threshold, emergency BQ handover is triggered. The possible SET causes of GCELLHOBASIC BER (Optional) increase NO

GCELLHO BASIC TAHOEN

TA HO Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the time advance (TA) handover. The TA handover determines whether the timing advance (TA) is higher than the predefined TA threshold. When the TA is higher than the predefined TA threshold, a TA handover is triggered. The TA is calculated based on SET the GCELLHOBASIC distance (Optional) between NO

GCELLHO BASIC CONHOEN

Concentric Circles HO Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the concentric cell handover algorithm. The concentric cell handover helps to achieve wide coverage in the underlaid subcell and aggressive frequency reuse in the overlaid subcell and to improve the system capacity and conversati on quality. The concentric cell SET handover GCELLHOBASIC can be (Optional) classified NO

GCELLHO BASIC INTERFHOEN

Interference HO Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC ULEDGETHRES

Edge HO UL RX_LEV Threshold

BSC6900

Whether to allow the interferenc e handover algorithm. Interferenc e handovers are triggered when the receive level is higher than the receive threshold while the transmit quality is lower than the interferenc e handover quality threshold, that is, when the MSs are subject to all kinds of SET radio GCELLHOBASIC interferenc (Optional) es. NO If the UL receive level remains lower than the "Edge HO UL RX_LEV Threshold" for a period, the edge SET handover GCELLHOBASIC is (Optional) triggered. NO

GCELLHO BASIC DLEDGETHRES

Edge HO DL RX_LEV Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold for downlink edge handover. If the downlink receive level remains less than this threshold for a period of time, the edge handover is triggered. If the PBGT handover algorithm is enabled, this threshold can be decreased accordingly . If the PBGT handover algorithm SET is disabled, GCELLHOBASIC over(Optional) coverage, NO

GCELLHO BASIC EDGESTAT

Handover Algorithm II Edge HO Watch Time BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for edge handover are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) number N. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for edge handover are met in P of N measurem ent reports, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) number P. NO

GCELLHO BASIC EDGELAST

Handover Algorithm II Edge HO Valid Time BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC INFHHOSTAT

Intracell F-H HO Stat Time

BSC6900

The triggering of intra-cell F-H handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for intracell F-H handovers is met for P seconds during N seconds, an intracell F-H handover is triggered. This parameter correspond SET s to the N GCELLHOBASIC in the P/N (Optional) criteria. NO

GCELLHO BASIC INFHHOLAST

Intracell F-H HO Last Time

BSC6900

The triggering of intra-cell F-H handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for intracell F-H handovers is met for P seconds during N seconds, an intracell F-H handover is triggered. This parameter correspond SET s to the P GCELLHOBASIC in the P/N (Optional) criteria. NO

GCELLHO BASIC INHOF2HTH

F2H HO Threshold

BSC6900

For an AMR call, if the currently occupied channel is a full rate channel and the Radio Quality Indication (RQI) is always higher than the threshold set by this parameter, an intracell F-H SET handover GCELLHOBASIC is (Optional) triggered. NO For an AMR call, if the currently occupied channel is a half rate channel and the Radio Quality Indication (RQI) is always lower than the threshold set by this parameter, an intracell H-F SET handover GCELLHOBASIC is (Optional) triggered. NO

GCELLHO BASIC INHOH2FTH

H2F HO Threshold

BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC HOTHRES

Inter-layer HO Threshold

BSC6900

Handover threshold during the handovers between cells on different layers or of different priorities. This value is used to suppress inter-layer ping-pong handovers. Inter-layer handover threshold of the serving cell = "Interlayer HO threshold" "Inter-layer HO Hysteresis" ; Inter-layer handover threshold of a SET neighborin GCELLHOBASIC g cell = (Optional) "Inter-layer NO

GCELLHO BASIC LEVHOHYST

Inter-layer HO Hysteresis

BSC6900

Hysteresis value during the handovers between cells on different layers or of different priorities. This value is used to suppress inter-layer ping-pong handovers. Inter-layer handover threshold of the serving cell = "Interlayer HO threshold" "Inter-layer HO Hysteresis" ; Inter-layer handover threshold of a SET neighborin GCELLHOBASIC g cell = (Optional) "Inter-layer NO

GCELLHO HOCDCMINUPPW Min UL Level on BASIC R Candidate Cell

BSC6900

If the uplink received signal level of a neighbor cell is greater than "Min UL Level on Candidate Cell" plus "Min Access Level Offset", the neighbor cell can be listed in the candidate SET cell queue GCELLHOBASIC for (Optional) handover. NO

GCELLHO HOCDCMINDWP BASIC WR

Min DL Level on Candidate Cell

BSC6900

If the downlink received signal level of a neighbor cell is greater than "Min DL Level on Candidate Cell" plus "Min Access Level Offset", the neighbor cell can be listed in the candidate SET cell queue GCELLHOBASIC for (Optional) handover. NO

GCELLHO TIGHTBCCHHOST TIGHT BCCH HO BASIC ATTIME Watch Time

BSC6900

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TIGHTBC CH handover. That is, the TIGHTBC CH handover can be triggered only if P seconds among N seconds meet the triggering conditions. This parameter correspond SET s to N in GCELLHOBASIC the P/N (Optional) criterion. NO

GCELLHO TIGHTBCCHHOLA TIGHT BCCH HO BASIC STTIME Valid Time

BSC6900

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TIGHT BCCH handover. That is, the TIGHT BCCH handover can be triggered only if P seconds among N seconds meet the triggering conditions. This parameter correspond SET s to P in GCELLHOBASIC the P/N (Optional) criterion. NO Whether to allow the SET fast GCELLHOBASIC handover (Optional) algorithm NO

GCELLHO BASIC QUICKHOEN

Quick Handover Enable

BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC ATCBHOEN

Concentric Circles ATCB HO Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to enable the ATCB handover algorithm for the concentric cell. According to the neighbor cell signal, the ATCB handover algorithm determines the coverage of the overlaid subcell and balances the load between the overlaid subcell, underlaid subcell, and neighbor cell. SET Therefore, GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) algorithm NO

GCELLHO INTERFERESTAT Interfere HO Static BASIC TIME Time

BSC6900

The triggering of interferenc e handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when P out of N measurem ent reports meet the condition for interferenc e handovers, a concentric circle handover is triggered. This parameter correspond SET s to the N GCELLHOBASIC in the P/N (Optional) criteria. NO

GCELLHO INTERFERELAST Interfere HO Valid BASIC TIME Time

BSC6900

The triggering of interferenc e handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when P out of N measurem ent reports meet the condition for interferenc e handovers, a concentric circle handover is triggered. This parameter correspond SET s to the P GCELLHOBASIC in the P/N (Optional) criteria. NO Whether to enable the algorithm for the SET handover GCELLHOBASIC to a better (Optional) cell NO Whether to enable the algorithm for the loadbased AMR handover between SET full rate GCELLHOBASIC and half (Optional) rate NO

GCELLHO BETTERCELLHOE Better Cell BASIC N Handover Enable

BSC6900

GCELLHO AMRFULLTOHALF AMR F-H Ho BASIC HOALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHO AMRFULLTOHALF AMR F-H Traffic BASIC HOTHRESH Threshold

BSC6900

Load threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to half rate. If the cell load is greater than this threshold, the AMR full rate calls are SET handed GCELLHOBASIC over to half (Optional) rate. NO Duration of the handover from full rate to half rate. If the cell load is greater than the preset threshold, the calls that meet the conditions for the handover from full rate to half rate are handed over from full rate to SET half rate in GCELLHOBASIC this (Optional) duration. NO

GCELLHO FULLTOHALFHOD BASIC URATION F-H Ho Duration

BSC6900

GCELLHO FULLTOHALFHOP BASIC ERIOD F-H Ho Period

BSC6900

Period of the handover from full rate to half rate. If the cell load is greater than the preset threshold, the calls that meet the conditions for the handover from full rate to half rate are handed over in "HF Ho Duration". This parameter specifies the bandwidth to be handed over at SET each GCELLHOBASIC hierarchy (Optional) level. NO

AMRFULLTOHALF AMR F-H Ho GCELLHO HOPATHADJSTE Pathloss Adjust BASIC P Step

BSC6900

With "F-H Ho Period" and the duration for triggering handover from full rate to half rate, this parameter determines the current path loss offset by which to choose the MSs to undergo handover from full rate to half rate. Path loss offset = (duration for triggering handover from full rate to half rate/"F-H Ho Period" SET + 1) x GCELLHOBASIC "AMR F-H (Optional) Ho NO

AMRFULLTOHALF GCELLHO HOATCBADJSTE AMR F-H Ho ATCB BASIC P Adjust Step BSC6900

With "F-H Ho Period" and the duration for triggering handover from full rate to half rate, this parameter determines the current ATCB offset by which to choose the MSs to undergo handover from full rate to half rate. ATCB offset = (duration for triggering handover from full rate to half rate/"F-H Ho Period" SET + 1) x GCELLHOBASIC "AMR F-H (Optional) Ho ATCB NO

GCELLHO AMRFULLTOHALF AMR F-H Ho BASIC HOPATHTHRESH Pathloss Threshold

BSC6900

GCELLHO FULLTOHALFHOP F-H Pathloss Offset BASIC ATHOFFSET Overlay BSC6900

Path loss threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to half rate. If the path loss of an AMR full rate call is equal to or less than this threshold, the AMR call is handed SET over from GCELLHOBASIC full rate to (Optional) half rate. NO Path loss difference between the overlaid SET and GCELLHOBASIC underlaid (Optional) subcells NO

GCELLHO AMRFULLTOHALF AMR F-H Ho ATCB BASIC HOATCBTHRESH Threshold BSC6900

GCELLHO FULLTOHALFHOA F-H ATCB Offset BASIC TCBOFFSET Overlay

BSC6900

ATCB threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to half rate. If the ATCB of an AMR full rate call is equal to or greater than this threshold, the AMR call is handed SET over from GCELLHOBASIC full rate to (Optional) half rate. NO ATCB difference between the overlaid SET and GCELLHOBASIC underlaid (Optional) subcells NO

GCELLHO AMRFULLTOHALF AMR F-H Ho Qual. BASIC HOQUALTHRESH Threshold

BSC6900

Quality threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to half rate. If the uplink and downlink receive quality levels of an AMR full rate call are equal to or less than this threshold, the AMR call is handed SET over from GCELLHOBASIC full rate to (Optional) half rate. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover from full rate to half rate are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) number N. NO

GCELLHO FULLTOHALFHOS BASIC TATTIME F-H Ho Stat. Time

BSC6900

GCELLHO FULLTOHALFHOL BASIC ASTTIME F-H Ho Last Time

BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover from full rate to half rate are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) number P. NO Load threshold for the AMR handover from half rate to full rate. If the cell load is less than this threshold, the AMR half rate calls are SET handed GCELLHOBASIC over to full (Optional) rate. NO

GCELLHO AMRHALFTOFULL AMR H-F Traffic BASIC HOTHRESH Threshold

BSC6900

GCELLHO AMRHALFTOFULL Allow AMR H-F BASIC HOQUALALLOW Quality-based HO

BSC6900

Whether to enable the algorithm for the uplink and downlink receive quality based AMR handover SET from half GCELLHOBASIC rate to full (Optional) rate NO Duration of the handover from half rate to full rate. If the cell load is less than the preset threshold, the calls that meet the conditions for the handover from half rate to full rate are handed over from half rate to SET full rate in GCELLHOBASIC this (Optional) duration. NO

GCELLHO HALFTOFULLHOD BASIC URATION H-F Ho Duration

BSC6900

GCELLHO AMRHALFTOFULL AMR H-F Ho ATCB BASIC HOATCBTHRESH Threshold BSC6900

ATCB threshold for the AMR handover from half rate to full rate. If the ATCB of an AMR half rate call is less than this threshold, the AMR call is handed SET over from GCELLHOBASIC half rate to (Optional) full rate. NO ATCB difference between the overlaid SET and GCELLHOBASIC underlaid (Optional) subcells

GCELLHO HALFTOFULLATC H-F ATCB Offset BASIC BOFFSET Overlay

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO AMRHALFTOFULL AMR H-F Ho BASIC HOPATHTHRESH Pathloss Threshold

BSC6900

Path loss threshold for the AMR handover from half rate to full rate. If the path loss of an AMR half rate call is greater than this threshold, the AMR call is handed SET over from GCELLHOBASIC half rate to (Optional) full rate. NO Path loss difference between the overlaid SET and GCELLHOBASIC underlaid (Optional) subcells

GCELLHO HALFTOFULLHOP H-F Pathloss Offset BASIC ATHOFFSET Overlay BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO AMRHALFTOFULL AMR H-F Ho Qual. BASIC HOQUALTHRESH Threshold

BSC6900

Quality threshold for the AMR handover from half rate to full rate. If the receive quality level of an AMR half rate call is greater than this threshold, the AMR call is handed SET over from GCELLHOBASIC half rate to (Optional) full rate. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover from half rate to full rate are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) number N. NO

GCELLHO HALFTOFULLHOS BASIC TATTIME H-F Ho Stat. Time

BSC6900

GCELLHO HALFTOFULLHOL BASIC ASTTIME H-F Ho Last Time

BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover from half rate to full rate are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) number P. NO

GCELLHO NOAMRFULLTOH Non-AMR F-H Ho BASIC ALFHOALLOW Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to allow nonSET AMR voice GCELLHOBASIC F-H (Optional) handover NO When the load of a cell is no smaller than this threshold, non-AMR F-H handovers SET are GCELLHOBASIC triggered in (Optional) the cell. NO

GCELLHO NOAMRFULLTOH Non-AMR F-H BASIC ALFTHRESH Traffic Threshold

BSC6900

NOAMRFULLTOH Non-AMR F-H Ho GCELLHO ALFHOPATHADJS Pathloss Adjust BASIC TEP Step

BSC6900

Decides the current path cost offset together with other two parameter s: "F-H Ho Period" and period of triggering a F-H handover, thus selecting target users for FH handovers. Path cost offset = (Period of triggering a F-H handover / "F-H Ho Period" + 1) * "NonAMR F-H Ho SET Pathloss GCELLHOBASIC Adjust (Optional) Step". NO

NOAMRFULLTOH GCELLHO ALFHOATCBADJS Non-AMR F-H Ho BASIC TEP ATCB Adjust Step

BSC6900

Decides the offset of the current ATCB together with other two parameter s: "F-H Ho Period" and period of triggering a F-H handover, thus selecting target users for FH handovers. ATCB offset = (Period of triggering a F-H handover / "F-H Ho Period" + 1) * "NonAMR F-H SET Ho ATCB GCELLHOBASIC Adjust (Optional) Step". NO When the path loss value of non-AMR full rate voice is no larger than this parameter, the condition for nonSET AMR F-H GCELLHOBASIC handovers (Optional) is met. NO

NOAMRFULLTOH GCELLHO ALFHOPATHTHR Non-AMR F-H Ho BASIC ESH Pathloss Threshold

BSC6900

NOAMRFULLTOH GCELLHO ALFHOATCBTHR Non-AMR F-H Ho BASIC ESH ATCB Threshold

BSC6900

When the ATCB value of non-AMR full rate voice is no smaller than this parameter, the condition for nonSET AMR F-H GCELLHOBASIC handovers (Optional) is met. NO Quality threshold for nonAMR F-H handovers. When the uplink receive quality and downlink receive quality of a user are both smaller than this parameter, a F-H handover SET is triggered GCELLHOBASIC for the (Optional) user. NO When the load of a cell is no larger than this threshold, non-AMR H-F handovers SET are GCELLHOBASIC triggered in (Optional) the cell. NO

NOAMRFULLTOH GCELLHO ALFHOQUALTHR Non-AMR F-H Ho BASIC ESH Qual. Threshold

BSC6900

GCELLHO NOAMRHALFTOF Non-AMR H-F BASIC ULLTHRESH Traffic Threshold

BSC6900

NOAMRHALFTOF GCELLHO ULLHOQUALALLO Allow Non-AMR H-F BASIC W Quality-based HO BSC6900

Whether to trigger nonAMR H-F handovers according to the uplink and SET downlink GCELLHOBASIC receive (Optional) quality NO When the ATCB value of non-AMR half rate voice is no larger than this threshold, the condition for nonSET AMR H-F GCELLHOBASIC handovers (Optional) is met. NO When the path loss value of non-AMR half rate voice is no smaller than this threshold, the condition for nonSET AMR H-F GCELLHOBASIC handovers (Optional) is met. NO

NOAMRHALFTOF GCELLHO ULLHOATCBTHR Non-AMR H-F Ho BASIC ESH ATCB Threshold

BSC6900

NOAMRHALFTOF GCELLHO ULLHOPATHTHR Non-AMR H-F Ho BASIC ESH Pathloss Threshold

BSC6900

NOAMRHALFTOF GCELLHO ULLHOQUALTHR Non-AMR H-F Ho BASIC ESH Qual. Threshold

BSC6900

Quality threshold for nonAMR H-F handovers. When the receive quality of a user is no smaller than this parameter, the user meets the SET condition GCELLHOBASIC for H-F (Optional) handovers. NO This parameter specifies whether the handover from 2G SET cells to 3G GCELLHOBASIC cells is (Optional) allowed. NO This parameter specifies whether the handover from 3G SET cells to 2G GCELLHOBASIC cells is (Optional) allowed. NO Whether to reserve resources for the incoming BSC SET handover GCELLHOBASIC on the Iur(Optional) g interface NO

GCELLHO INTERRATOUTBS Inter-RAT Out BSC BASIC CHOEN Handover Enable

BSC6900

GCELLHO INTERRATINBSC Inter-RAT In BSC BASIC HOEN Handover Enable

BSC6900

GCELLHO InterRatIurgInBscH Allow Incoming BSC BASIC oEn Handover at Iur-g BSC6900

GCELLHO InterRatIurgVoiceC Carry Speech Data BASIC arryEn at Iur-g

BSC6900

Whether to carry the speech data on the Iur-g interface. If this parameter is set to YES, the speech data is still carried on the Iur-g interface and then transmitted through the Iu interface when the 3G service SET is switched GCELLHOBASIC to the 2G (Optional) network. NO This parameter specifies whether the reselection from 2G SET cells to 3G GCELLHOBASIC cells is (Optional) allowed. NO Whether to perform path lossbased sorting in a SET better cell GCELLHOBASIC handover (Optional) algorithm NO

GCELLHO INTERRATCELLR Inter-RAT Cell BASIC ESELEN Reselection Enable BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC PATHLOSSHOEN Pathloss Ho. Enable BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC EDGESTAT1

Handover Algorithm I Edge HO Watch Time BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC EDGELAST1

Handover Algorithm I Edge HO Valid Time BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for edge handover are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) number N. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for edge handover are met for P seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOBASIC the (Optional) number P. NO Whether to allow cell SET reselection GCELLHOBASIC from GSM (Optional) to LTE. NO

GCELLHO LTECELLRESELE LTE Cell BASIC N Reselection Allowed BSC6900

GCELLHO BASIC SRVCCHOEN

SRVCC Handover Allowed

BSC6900

This parameter indicates whether the SRVCC handover is supported. If this parameter is set to "YES", the speech call handled by the IMS can be handed over a GSM cell. In this manner, the continuity of the speech SET service is GCELLHOBASIC maintained (Optional) . NO

GCELLHO BASIC LTESAIMCC

LTE SAI MCC

BSC6900

If SRVCC handover is allowed and the source cell ID type in the incoming BSC handover request message is SAI and the values of "LTE SAI MCC","LT E SAI MNC","LT E SAI LAC","LTE SAI SAC" in the message are consistent with those configured at the BSC, then the BSC interprets SET the GCELLHOBASIC handover (Optional) request NO

GCELLHO BASIC LTESAIMNC

LTE SAI MNC

BSC6900

If SRVCC handover is allowed and the source cell ID type in the incoming BSC handover request message is SAI and the values of "LTE SAI MCC","LT E SAI MNC","LT E SAI LAC","LTE SAI SAC" in the message are consistent with those configured at the BSC, then the BSC interprets SET the GCELLHOBASIC handover (Optional) request NO

GCELLHO BASIC LTESAILAC

LTE SAI LAC

BSC6900

If SRVCC handover is allowed and the source cell ID type in the incoming BSC handover request message is SAI and the values of "LTE SAI MCC","LT E SAI MNC","LT E SAI LAC","LTE SAI SAC" in the message are consistent with those configured at the BSC, then the BSC interprets SET the GCELLHOBASIC handover (Optional) request NO

GCELLHO BASIC LTESAISAC GCELLHO CTRL IDTYPE

LTE SAI SAC

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

If SRVCC handover is allowed and the source cell ID type in the incoming BSC handover request message is SAI and the values of "LTE SAI MCC","LT E SAI MNC","LT E SAI LAC","LTE SAI SAC" in the message are consistent with those configured at the BSC, then the BSC interprets SET the GCELLHOBASIC handover (Optional) request NO SET GCELLHOCTRL( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOCTRL( a cell in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO CTRL CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO CTRL CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOCTRL( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLHO CTRL TCHHOMININTV

Min Interval for TCH Hos BSC6900

After a new TCH is assigned to an MS, the MS can be handed over to another channel only if the time during which the MS occupies the TCH is longer than the period SET specified GCELLHOCTRL( by this Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLHO CTRL SDHOMININTV

Min Interval for SDCCH Hos

BSC6900

After a new SDCCH is assigned to an MS, the MS can be handed over to another channel only if the time during which the MS occupies the SDCCH is longer than the period SET specified GCELLHOCTRL( by this Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLHO Min Interval for CTRL CONTHOMININTV Consecutive HOs

BSC6900

Minimum interval between the two consecutiv e handover decisions of an MS. The BSC cannot make a handover decision during the minimum interval. To avoid frequent handover events in the cell, the BSC starts a timer after delivering a handover command to an MS. The BSC allows the MS to make a SET second GCELLHOCTRL( handover Optional) decision NO Minimum interval between two consecutiv e emergency handovers performed by an MS. During this interval, no SET emergency GCELLHOCTRL( handover Optional) is allowed. NO

GCELLHO NEWURGHOMINI Min Interval for CTRL NTV Emerg. HO

BSC6900

GCELLHO Inter-BSC SDCCH CTRL INRBSCSDHOEN HO ALLowed

BSC6900

GCELLHO CTRL PENALTYEN

Penalty Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to allow interSET BSC GCELLHOCTRL( SDCCH Optional) handovers NO Whether to punish the target cell when a handover fails or to punish the current serving cell when a handover is of more TA or bad quality. After a handover fails due to congestion of the target cell, the system needs to punish the target cell to prevent the MS from attempting to switch to the target cell again. Ping-pong SET handovers GCELLHOCTRL( can easily Optional) occur NO

GCELLHO BTSMESRPTPRE CTRL PROC MR.Preprocessing

BSC6900

Whether to enable the BTS to preprocess measurem ent reports. This parameter determines where to SET conduct GCELLHOCTRL( power Optional) control. NO Whether the BTSs send the original measurem ent reports to the BSC after preprocessing them. When this parameter is set to YES, the BTSs send the original and preprocessed measurem SET ent reports GCELLHOCTRL( to the Optional) BSC. NO

GCELLHO CTRL PRIMMESPPT

Transfer Original MR

BSC6900

GCELLHO CTRL BSMSPWRLEV

Transfer BTS/MS Power Class

BSC6900

Whether to enable the BTS to transfer BTS/MS SET power GCELLHOCTRL( class to the Optional) BSC NO

GCELLHO MRPREPROCFRE Sent Freq.of CTRL Q preprocessed MR

BSC6900

Frequency at which the BTSs submit preprocessed SET measurem GCELLHOCTRL( ent reports Optional) to the BSC NO

GCELLHO MINPWRLEVDIRT Min Power Level For CTRL RY Directed Retry BSC6900 GCELLHO EDBPARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

In a direct retry, when the receive level of a neighborin g cell is no smaller than this parameter, the neighborin g cell can be a candidate cell for the direct retry. The parameter is invalid in SET handover GCELLHOCTRL( algorithm Optional) II. NO SET GCELLHOEDBP Type of an ARA(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOEDBP a cell in a ARA(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO EDBPARA CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO EDBPARA CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOEDBP consecutiv ARA(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLHO OUTLOWLOADTH UL Subcell Lower EDBPARA RED Load Threshold

BSC6900

When the load of the underlay subcell is lower than this parameter, some of the calls in the overlay subcell will be switched to the underlay subcell, and channels in the underlay subcell will be preferential ly assigned to channel requests initiated in SET the overlay GCELLHOEDBP subcell as ARA(Optional) well. NO

GCELLHO EDBPARA OUTASSOPTEN

UL Subcell Assignment Optimization

BSC6900

Whether to assign channel requests initiated in the underlay subcell to the overlay or underlay subcells according to "UL Subcell General Overload Threshold" . If the load of the underlay is higher than "UL Subcell General Overload Threshold" , incoming calls in the underlay subcell will be preferential SET ly assigned GCELLHOEDBP to the ARA(Optional) overlay NO

GCELLHO EDBPARA INNASSOPTEN

OL Subcell Assignment Optimization

BSC6900

Whether to assign channel requests in the overlay subcell to the underlay subcell according to "UL Subcell Lower Load Threshold" . If the load of the underlay subcell is lower than "UL Subcell Lower Load Threshold" , incoming calls in the overlay subcell will be preferential ly assigned SET to the GCELLHOEDBP underlay ARA(Optional) subcell. NO

GCELLHO OUTGENOVERLD UL Subcell General EDBPARA THRED Overload Threshold BSC6900

When the load of the underlay subcell is higher than this parameter, some of the calls in the underlay subcell will be switched to the overlay subcell, and channels in the overlay subcell will be preferential ly assigned to calls initiated in the SET underlay GCELLHOEDBP subcell as ARA(Optional) well. NO

GCELLHO OUTSERIOVERLD UL Subcell Serious EDBPARA THRED Overload Threshold BSC6900

When the load of the underlay subcell is higher than this parameter, the underlay-tooverlay load handover period subtracts a period that equals "Step Length of UL Subcell Load HO" from "UL Subcell Load Hierarchica l HO Periods" every second, thus increasing SET the load GCELLHOEDBP handover ARA(Optional) speed. NO

GCELLHO EDBSYSFLOWLE Subcell HO Allowed EDBPARA V Flow Control Level BSC6900

If the current system flow control level is greater than this parameter, the handover between the underlaid and overlaid subcells due to low or high load in the underlaid subcell is not allowed. System flux thresholds correspond to the system flux obtained based on message SET packets, GCELLHOEDBP CPU load, ARA(Optional) and FID NO

GCELLHO EDBPARA ATCBTHRED

Distance Between Boundaries of Subcells

BSC6900

Distance between the boundary of the overlaid subcell and the boundary of the underlaid subcell. This parameter specifies the difference between the coverage of the overlaid subcell and the coverage of the underlaid subcell in the concentric cell or dualfrequency SET network GCELLHOEDBP scenario. ARA(Optional) The NO

GCELLHO EDBPARA ATCBHYST

Distance Hysteresis Between Boundaries BSC6900

Hysteresis in the distance between the boundary of the overlaid subcell and the boundary of the underlaid subcell. This parameter helps to adjust "Distance Between Boudaries of Subcells" and thus to prevent ping-pong handover between the overlaid and underlaid SET subcells. GCELLHOEDBP Assume ARA(Optional) that the NO Whether to switch some of the calls in the underlay SET subcell to GCELLHOEDBP the ARA(Optional) overlay. NO

GCELLHO OUTLOADHOENA EDBPARA BLE Load HO Allowed

BSC6900

UL Subcell Load GCELLHO OUTLOADHOPER Hierarchical HO EDBPARA IOD Periods

BSC6900

When the load of the underlay subcell exceeds "UL Subcell General Overload Threshold" , all the calls that are using this cell as the serving cell generate handover requests at the same time, which will suddenly increase the load of the BSC and possibly cause congestion in the overlay SET subcell, GCELLHOEDBP thus ARA(Optional) causing NO Level step during underlay-tooverlay SET hierarchica GCELLHOEDBP l load ARA(Optional) handovers NO

GCELLHO OUTLOADHOSTE Step Length of UL EDBPARA P Subcell Load HO

BSC6900

GCELLHO OUTLOADHOMO EDBPARA DPERI

MOD Step LEN of UL Load HO Period BSC6900

If the underlay load is higher than "UL Subcell Serious Overload Threshold" , the underlay-tooverlay handover period subtracts a value that equals this threshold from "UL Subcell Load Hierarchica l HO SET Periods" GCELLHOEDBP every ARA(Optional) second. NO Whether to allow underlay-toSET overlay GCELLHOEDBP load ARA(Optional) handovers NO Overlay-tounderlay load handovers are performed by levels. This parameter indicates SET the GCELLHOEDBP duration of ARA(Optional) each level. NO

GCELLHO EDBPARA INNLOADHOEN

Load HO of OL Subcell to UL Subcell

BSC6900

GCELLHO OL Subcell Load EDBPARA INNLOADHOPERI Diversity HO Period BSC6900

GCELLHO Step Length of OL EDBPARA INNLOADHOSTEP Subcell Load HO

BSC6900

Level step during overlay-tounderlay SET hierarchica GCELLHOEDBP l load ARA(Optional) handovers NO Lower threshold of the overlay level during underlay-tooverlay handovers. When the receive level of an MS is higher than this threshold, the MS can be SET switched to GCELLHOEDBP the overlay ARA(Optional) subcell. NO Lower threshold of the overlay level during overlay-tounderlay handovers. When the receive level of an MS is higher than this threshold, the MS can be switched to SET the GCELLHOEDBP underlay ARA(Optional) subcell. NO

Incoming OL GCELLHO INTOINNREXLEV Subcell HO Level EDBPARA THRED TH

BSC6900

GCELLHO OUTINNREXLEVT Outgoing OL Subcell EDBPARA HRED HO Level TH BSC6900

Inter UL/OL GCELLHO Subcells HO Penalty EDBPARA HOPENALTYTIME Time BSC6900

An MS cannot be handed over from the underlaid subcell to the overlaid subcell in this duration after the MS is handed over from the overlaid subcell to the underlaid SET subcell GCELLHOEDBP successfull ARA(Optional) y. NO According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover between the subcells of an enhanced dualfrequency network are met during P of N measurem ents, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOEDBP the ARA(Optional) number N. NO

GCELLHO EDBPARA EDBSTATTIME

Total Number of Measurements

BSC6900

GCELLHO EDBPARA EDBLASTTIME

Number of Satisfactory Measurements

BSC6900

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the handover between the subcells of an enhanced dualfrequency network are met during P of N measurem ents, the handover is triggered. This parameter SET specifies GCELLHOEDBP the ARA(Optional) number P. NO Whether to allow underlay-toSET overlay GCELLHOEDBP edge ARA(Optional) handovers NO In an enhanced dual-band network, if the load of the overlay subcell is higher than this parameter, the system cannot initiate an SET underlay-toGCELLHOEDBP overlay ARA(Optional) handover. NO

GCELLHO INNCELLEDGEHO Inner Cell EDGE HO EDBPARA EN Enable BSC6900

GCELLHO INNSERIOVERLD Inner Cell Serious EDBPARA THRED OverLoad Thred

BSC6900

GCELLHO EMG IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOEMG( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOEMG( a cell in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO EMG CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO EMG CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOEMG( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO Whether to use handover algorithm SET generation GCELLHOEMG( 1 or 2 Optional) currently NO

GCELLHO Current HO Control EMG HOCTRLSWITCH Algorithm BSC6900

GCELLHO EMG TALIMIT

TA Threshold

BSC6900

An emergency handover is triggered when TA is greater than or equal to SET the value GCELLHOEMG( of this Optional) parameter. NO Downlink quality threshold for emergency handover. This parameter is represente d as the product of 10 and a quality level that ranges from 0 to 7. The emergency handover can be triggered only when the downlink receive quality of an MS is greater(indi cate bad SET quality) GCELLHOEMG( than this Optional) threshold. NO

GCELLHO EMG DLQUALIMIT

DL Qual. Threshold BSC6900

GCELLHO EMG ULQUALIMIT

UL Qual. Threshold BSC6900

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAA1

Filter Parameter A1 BSC6900

An emergency handover due to bad quality is triggered when the uplink receive quality is not smaller than "UL SET Qual. GCELLHOEMG( Threshold" Optional) . One of the NO nine parameter s (filter parameter s A1 to A8 and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. The computatio n formula is as follows: C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(ntt) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8 x C(nt-7t) If C1(nt) is less than B SET and C(nt) GCELLHOEMG( is less than Optional) the NO

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAA2

Filter Parameter A2 BSC6900

One of the nine parameter s (filter parameter s A1 to A8 and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. The computatio n formula is as follows: C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(ntt) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8 x C(nt-7t) If C1(nt) is less than B SET and C(nt) GCELLHOEMG( is less than Optional) the NO

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAA3

Filter Parameter A3 BSC6900

One of the nine parameter s (filter parameter s A1 to A8 and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. The computatio n formula is as follows: C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(ntt) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8 x C(nt-7t) If C1(nt) is less than B SET and C(nt) GCELLHOEMG( is less than Optional) the NO

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAA4

Filter Parameter A4 BSC6900

One of the nine parameter s (filter parameter s A1 to A8 and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. The computatio n formula is as follows: C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(ntt) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8 x C(nt-7t) If C1(nt) is less than B SET and C(nt) GCELLHOEMG( is less than Optional) the NO

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAA5

Filter Parameter A5 BSC6900

One of the nine parameter s (filter parameter s A1 to A8 and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. The computatio n formula is as follows: C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(ntt) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8 x C(nt-7t) If C1(nt) is less than B SET and C(nt) GCELLHOEMG( is less than Optional) the NO

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAA6

Filter Parameter A6 BSC6900

One of the nine parameter s (filter parameter s A1 to A8 and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. The computatio n formula is as follows: C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(ntt) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8 x C(nt-7t) If C1(nt) is less than B SET and C(nt) GCELLHOEMG( is less than Optional) the NO

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAA7

Filter Parameter A7 BSC6900

One of the nine parameter s (filter parameter s A1 to A8 and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. The computatio n formula is as follows: C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(ntt) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8 x C(nt-7t) If C1(nt) is less than B SET and C(nt) GCELLHOEMG( is less than Optional) the NO

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAA8

Filter Parameter A8 BSC6900

One of the nine parameter s (filter parameter s A1 to A8 and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. The computatio n formula is as follows: C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(ntt) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8 x C(nt-7t) If C1(nt) is less than B SET and C(nt) GCELLHOEMG( is less than Optional) the NO

GCELLHO EMG FLTPARAB

Filter Parameter B

BSC6900

Trend of the received signal level of the cell during a period. This parameter helps to configure the filter for determinin g whether the received signal level drops rapidly. If this parameter is higher, a more rapid signal level drop is required to trigger the handover due to SET rapid GCELLHOEMG( signal level Optional) drop. NO Whether to enable the nodownlink measurem SET ent report GCELLHOEMG( handover Optional) algorithm NO

GCELLHO EMG NODLMRHOEN

No Dl Mr.HO Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHO NODLMRHOQUAL No Dl Mr.Ul Qual EMG LIMIT HO Limit

BSC6900

When a certain number of nodownlink measurem ent reports are received consecutiv ely and the uplink receive quality is no smaller than this parameter, nodownlink measurem ent report emergency handovers are triggered. Nodownlink measurem ent report emergency handovers choose the SET inter-cell GCELLHOEMG( handover Optional) mode NO

GCELLHO NODLMRHOALLO Cons.No Dl Mr.HO EMG WLIMIT Allowed Limit GCELLHO FAST IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Decisions of nodownlink measurem ent report handovers can be made only when the number of consecutiv e nodownlink measurem ent reports in the current call SET is no larger GCELLHOEMG( than this Optional) parameter. NO SET GCELLHOFAST( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOFAST( a cell in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO FAST CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO FAST CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOFAST( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO Fast handover can be triggered only when the uplink signal level of the serving cell SET is less than GCELLHOFAST( this Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLHO FAST HOUPTRIGE

Quick Handover Up Trigger Level BSC6900

GCELLHO FAST HODOWNTRIGE

Quick Handover Down Trigger Level BSC6900

Fast handover can be triggered only when the downlink level of the serving cell SET is less than GCELLHOFAST( this Optional) parameter. NO A quick handover can be initiated only if the rate of an MS is higher than this parameter during a SET certain GCELLHOFAST( period of Optional) time. NO

GCELLHO MOVESPEEDTHR Quick Move Speed FAST ES Threshold

BSC6900

GCELLHO FAST SCELLFILTER

Serving Cell Filter Length MR Number BSC6900

When the network receives measurem ent reports, in considerati on of the accuracy of a single measurem ent report, the measurem ent values in certain measurem ent reports are filtered to represent the radio operating environme nt. The parameter specifies the number of measurem ent reports used for SET filtering GCELLHOFAST( measurem Optional) ent NO

GCELLHO FAST NCELLFILTER

Neighbor Cell Filter Length MR Number BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of measurem ent reports used for the filtering of neighborin SET g cell GCELLHOFAST( information Optional) . NO

GCELLHO FAST IGNOREMRNUM

Ignore Measurement Report Number

BSC6900

Number of invalid measurem ent reports allowed when the BSC filters the measurem ent reports. When the number of received measurem ent reports is no larger than this parameter, the BSC does not perform filtering or make SET quick GCELLHOFAST( handover Optional) judgment. NO

GCELLHO FAST TIMEPUNISH

Quick Handover Punish Time

BSC6900

After the fast handover is successful, the penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the "Quick handover punish time": the receive level of the original serving cell is decreased by "Quick handover punish value", to SET prevent GCELLHOFAST( ping-pong Optional) handovers. NO To avoid ping-pong handover, the received signal of the original serving cell is decreased by "Quick handover punish value" in "Quick handover punish time" after SET fast GCELLHOFAST( handover Optional) succeeds. NO

GCELLHO Quick Handover FAST HOPUNISHVALUE Punish Value

BSC6900

GCELLHO FAST HOOFFSET

Quick Handover Offset

BSC6900

Fast handover can be triggered only when the path loss difference between the serving cell and a neighbor cell on the chain is equal to or SET greater GCELLHOFAST( than this Optional) parameter. NO Whether to enable "Triggering the quick PBGT algorithm only when SET an MS is GCELLHOFAST( far from Optional) the BTS" NO

EN Quick PBGT HO GCELLHO MSLEVSTRQPBG ALG When MS FAST T Leaves BTS BSC6900

GCELLHO HODIRFORECAS Handover Direction FAST TEN Forecast Enable

BSC6900

Handover direction forecast switch. When this parameter is set to YES, the BSC can forecast the handover direction of the call in fast handover so that the best target cell can be SET selected GCELLHOFAST( for Optional) handover. NO

GCELLHO FAST HODIRSTATIME

Handover Direction Forecast Statistic Times

BSC6900

This parameter indicates N in the P/N rule for MS handover direction forecast. P/N rule: Among N handovers, the MS is handed over to Class B chain neighborin g cell for successive ly P times, and then the BSC determines that the MS is moving to the Class SET B chain GCELLHOFAST( neighborin Optional) g cell. NO

GCELLHO Handover Direction FAST HODIRLASTTIME Forecast Last Times BSC6900

This parameter indicates P in the P/N rule for MS handover direction forecast. P/N rule: Among N handovers, the MS is handed over to Class B chain neighborin g cell for successive ly P times, and then the BSC determines that the MS is moving to the Class SET B chain GCELLHOFAST( neighborin Optional) g cell. NO

Frequency Shift GCELLHO Handover Statistic FAST AFCHOSTATTIME Time

BSC6900

The P/N rule must be met for triggering a frequency shift handover. That is, a frequency shift handover can be triggered when P measurem ent reports in N measurem ent reports meet the handover decision conditions. This parameter correspond SET s to N of GCELLHOFAST( the P/N Optional) rule. NO

GCELLHO Frequency Shift FAST AFCHOLASTTIME Handover Duration GCELLHO FDDBA2 IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

The P/N rule must be met for triggering a frequency shift handover. That is, a frequency shift handover can be triggered when P measurem ent reports in N measurem ent reports meet the handover decision conditions. This parameter correspond SET s to P of GCELLHOFAST( the P/N Optional) rule. NO SET GCELLHOFDDB Type of an A2(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOFDDB a cell in a A2(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO FDDBA2 CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO FDDBA2 CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOFDDB consecutiv A2(Mandatory) e +. NO This parameter indicate whether to generate the FDD BA2 table automatica lly according to neighbor cell relations or to input the SET FDD BA2 GCELLHOFDDB table A2(Mandatory) manually NO

GCELLHO FDDBA2 FDDBA2TAG

FDDBA2 Input Tag

BSC6900

GCELLHO FDDBA2 ITEM GCELLHO FDDBA2 ITEMVALID

NCCELL No.

BSC6900

Item Valid

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOFDDB A2(Mandatory) SET GCELLHOFDDB A2(Mandatory)

Number of a row to be changed in a BA list NO Used for parameter control NO

GCELLHO FDDBA2 DF

DL UARFCN

BSC6900

GCELLHO FDDBA2 SCRAMBLE

Scrambling Code or Cell Parameter Id BSC6900

Downlink frequency SET of the GCELLHOFDDB external A2(Mandatory) 3G cell Scrambling NO code of a 3G cell. The scrambling code is used to differentiat e terminals or cells. It is used after spread spectrum. Therefore, it does not change the bandwidth of signals, but only distinguish es the signals from different sources. Through scrambling , multiple transceiver s can use the same SET codes for GCELLHOFDDB spread A2(Mandatory) spectrum. NO

GCELLHO FDDBA2 DIVERSITY GCELLHO FITPEN IDTYPE

Diversity

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Whether to activate transmit diversity on the SET common GCELLHOFDDB channel of A2(Mandatory) a 3G cell NO SET GCELLHOFITPE Type of an N(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOFITPE a cell in a N(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO FITPEN CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO FITPEN CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOFITPE consecutiv N(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLHO Current HO Control FITPEN HOCTRLSWITCH Algorithm BSC6900

GCELLHO FITPEN MRMISSCOUNT

Allowed MR Number Lost BSC6900

Whether to use handover algorithm SET generation GCELLHOFITPE 1 or 2 N(Optional) currently NO If the number of measurem ent reports lost consecutiv ely is no larger than this value, linear interpolatio n is performed for the values in the lost measurem ent reports based on the values in the two measurem ent reports preceding and following the lost measurem ent reports. Otherwise, the lost measurem SET ent reports GCELLHOFITPE will be N(Optional) discarded, NO

GCELLHO Filter Length for FITPEN DATASTRFLTLEN TCH Level

BSC6900

Number of measurem ent reports sampled for averaging the signal strength on a speech/dat a channel. Averaging the signal strength in multiple measurem ent reports helps to avoid a sharp signal level drop due to Rayleigh fading and to ensure the comprehen SET siveness of GCELLHOFITPE a handover N(Optional) decision. NO

GCELLHO Filter Length for FITPEN DATAQUAFLTLEN TCH Qual

BSC6900

Number of measurem ent reports sampled for averaging the signal quality on a speech/dat a channel. Averaging the signal quality in multiple measurem ent reports helps to avoid a sharp signal quality drop due to Rayleigh fading and to ensure the comprehen SET siveness of GCELLHOFITPE a handover N(Optional) decision. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN SIGSTRFLTLEN

Filter Length for SDCCH Level

BSC6900

Number of measurem ent reports used for averaging the signal strength of signaling channels. This parameter helps avoid sharp drop of signal levels caused by Raileigh fading and to ensure SET correct GCELLHOFITPE handover N(Optional) decisions. NO Number of measurem ent reports used for averaging the signal quality of signaling channels. This parameter helps avoid sharp drop of signal levels caused by Raileigh fading and to ensure SET correct GCELLHOFITPE handover N(Optional) decisions. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN SIGQUAFLTLEN

Filter Length for SDCCH Qual

BSC6900

GCELLHO FITPEN NCELLFLTLEN

Filter Length for Ncell RX_LEV

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of measurem ent reports used for the filtering of neighborin SET g cell GCELLHOFITPE signal N(Optional) strength. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN TAFLTLEN

Filter Length for TA

BSC6900

When the network receives measurem ent reports, the measurem ent values in several straight measurem ent reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating environme nt for the sake of accuracy. This parameter specifies the number of measurem ent reports SET sampled GCELLHOFITPE for filtering N(Optional) the TA. NO

GCELLHO FAILSIGSTRPUNI Penalty Level after FITPEN SH HO Fail

BSC6900

Penalty signal level imposed on a target cell to which the handover fails due to congestion or poor radio quality. This penalty helps to prevent the MS from making a second handover SET attempt to GCELLHOFITPE the target N(Optional) cell. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN SSBQPUNISH

Penalty Level after BQ HO

BSC6900

After a handover due to bad quality is successful, the penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the "Penalty Time after BQ HO": the receive level of the original serving cell is decreased by "Penalty Level after BQ HO", to SET prevent GCELLHOFITPE ping-pong N(Optional) handovers. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN TIMEBQPUNISH

Penalty Time after BQ HO

BSC6900

After a handover due to bad quality is successful, the penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the "Penalty Time after BQ HO": the receive level of the original serving cell is decreased by "Penalty Level after BQ HO", to SET prevent GCELLHOFITPE ping-pong N(Optional) handovers. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN SSTAPUNISH

Penalty Level after TA HO

BSC6900

After the time advancing handover is successful, the penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the "Penalty Time after TA HO": the receive level of the original serving cell is decreased by "Penalty Level after TA HO", to SET prevent GCELLHOFITPE ping-pong N(Optional) handovers. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN TIMETAPUNISH

Penalty Time after TA HO

BSC6900

After the time advancing handover is successful, the penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the "Penalty Time after TA HO": the receive level of the original serving cell is decreased by "Penalty Level after TA HO", to SET prevent GCELLHOFITPE ping-pong N(Optional) handovers. NO Within the preset time, no AMR FR-toHR handover is allowed if the previous FR-to-HR handover fails due to channel unavailabili SET ty or GCELLHOFITPE channel N(Optional) mismatch. NO

Penalty Time after GCELLHO TIMEAMRFHPUNI AMR TCHF-H HO FITPEN SH Fail

BSC6900

GCELLHO RSCPENALTYTIM FITPEN ER RscPenaltyTimer

BSC6900

Timer for punishing the neighborin g cells when handover failures occur due to resourcerelated causes, such as SET resources GCELLHOFITPE being N(Optional) insufficient NO Timer of penalty on a neighborin g cell when a handover fails due to faults of air SET interface GCELLHOFITPE connection N(Optional) . NO Timer of penalty on a neighborin g cell when a handover fails due to faults of SET data GCELLHOFITPE configurati N(Optional) on. NO

GCELLHO UMPENALTYTIME FITPEN R UmPenaltyTimer

BSC6900

GCELLHO FITPEN PENALTYTIMER

CfgPenaltyTimer

BSC6900

GCELLHO FITPEN MBSIGNLEN

Filter Length for SDCCH MEAN_BEP

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of enhanced measurem ent reports received on a signaling channel used to measure SET the GCELLHOFITPE MEAN_BE N(Optional) P value. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN MBTRAFFLEN

Filter Length for TCH MEAN_BEP

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of enhanced measurem ent reports received on a voice channel used to measure SET the GCELLHOFITPE MEAN_BE N(Optional) P value. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN CBSIGNLEN

Filter Length for SDCCH CV_BEP

BSC6900

Number of enhanced measurem ent reports (EMRs) sampled for averaging the CV_BEP on the SDCCH. Averaging the CV_BEP in multiple EMRs helps to prevent the incompreh SET ensiveness GCELLHOFITPE of a single N(Optional) EMR. NO Number of enhanced measurem ent reports (EMRs) sampled for averaging the CV_BEP on the TCH. Averaging the CV_BEP in multiple EMRs helps to prevent the incompreh SET ensiveness GCELLHOFITPE of a single N(Optional) EMR. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN CBTRAFFLEN

Filter Length for TCH CV_BEP

BSC6900

GCELLHO FITPEN RQSIGNLEN

Filter Length for SDCCH REP_QUANT

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of enhanced measurem ent reports received on signaling channels used to SET filter the GCELLHOFITPE REP_QUA N(Optional) NT value. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN RQTRAFFLEN

Filter Length for TCH REP_QUANT

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of enhanced measurem ent reports received on voice channels used to SET filter the GCELLHOFITPE REP_QUA N(Optional) NT value. NO

Filter Length for SDCCH GCELLHO NRBSDCCHFFLE NBR_RCVD_BLOC FITPEN N K BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of enhanced measurem ent reports received on a signaling channel used to filter the SET NBR_RCV GCELLHOFITPE D_BLOCK N(Optional) S value. NO

GCELLHO FITPEN NRBTCHFFLEN

Filter Length for TCH NBR_RCVD_BLOC K BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of enhanced measurem ent reports received on a service channel used to filter the SET NBR_RCV GCELLHOFITPE D_BLOCK N(Optional) S value. NO

GCELLHO Penalty Time on FITPEN LOADHOPENTIME Load HO

BSC6900

After a load handover succeeds, the BSC punishes the former serving cell during "Penalty Time on Load HO" by subtracting "Penalty Value on Load HO" from the receive level of the former serving cell, thus SET avoiding GCELLHOFITPE ping-pong N(Optional) handovers. NO

GCELLHO LOADHOPENVAL Penalty Value on FITPEN UE Load HO

BSC6900

After a load handover succeeds, the BSC punishes the former serving cell during "Penalty Time on Load HO" by subtracting "Penalty Value on Load HO" from the receive level of the former serving cell, thus SET avoiding GCELLHOFITPE ping-pong N(Optional) handovers. NO Specifies an interval between two consecutiv e SET interferenc GCELLHOFITPE e N(Optional) handovers NO

GCELLHO INTERFEREHOPE Penalty Time on FITPEN NTIME Interfere HO

BSC6900

GCELLHO NCell Filter Length FITPEN NSIGSTRFLTLEN for SDCCH Level

BSC6900

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio environme nt of a network, filtering is performed on the measured values in several consecutiv e measurem ent reports. This parameter indicates the number of measurem ent reports received on signaling channels used for the filtering of SET neighborin GCELLHOFITPE g cell N(Optional) signal NO

GCELLHO TASIGSTRFLTLE TA Filter Length for FITPEN N SDCCH Level GCELLHOI NTERRAT LDB IDTYPE

BSC6900

When the network receives measurem ent reports, the measurem ent values in several straight measurem ent reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating environme nt for the sake of accuracy. This parameter specifies the number of measurem ent reports sampled for filtering the TA on SET the GCELLHOFITPE signaling N(Optional) channel. NO SET GCELLHOINTER RATLDB(Mandat Type of an ory) index NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLHOINTER identifying RATLDB(Mandat a cell in a ory) BSC YES Name of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLHOINTER identifying RATLDB(Mandat a cell in a ory) BSC NO

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLHOI NTERRAT LDB CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHOI NTERRAT LDB CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

GCELLHOI NTERRAT LDB OutSysLoadHoEn

Allow Inter-RAT Load HO in Connect State BSC6900

SET GCELLHOINTER RATLDB(Optional )

GCELLHOI Allow Inter-RAT NTERRAT InterRatServiceLoa Load HO in Access LDB dHoSwitch State

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOINTER RATLDB(Optional )

This parameter specifies whether to allow the inter-RAT load handover in connection mode (after the assignmen t is complete). NO When this parameter is set to Servicebased, the inter-RAT handover is triggered on the basis of the service distribution . In this case, the target cell is selected according to the traffic load. When this parameter is set to Loadbased, the inter-RAT handover is triggered on the basis of the load balance. In this case, the target cell is selected NO

GCELLHOI NTERRAT LDB UlLdrThrd2GCell

2G Cell UL Basic Congest Thred

BSC6900

When the uplink load of a cell is larger than the value of this parameter and is smaller than "2G Cell UL Overload Congest Thred", the uplink of SET the cell is GCELLHOINTER in the basic RATLDB(Optional congestion ) status. NO When the uplink load of a cell is greater than the value, the uplink of the cell is SET in the GCELLHOINTER overload RATLDB(Optional congestion ) status. NO

GCELLHOI NTERRAT LDB UlOlcThrd2GCell

2G Cell UL Overload Congest Thred BSC6900

GCELLHOI NTERRAT LDB DlLdrThrd2GCell

2G Cell DL Basic Congest Thred

BSC6900

When the downlink load of a cell is larger than the value of this parameter and is smaller than "2G Cell DL Overload Congest Thred", the downlink of SET the cell is GCELLHOINTER in the basic RATLDB(Optional congestion ) status. NO When the downlink load of a cell is greater than the value, the downlink of the cell is SET in the GCELLHOINTER overload RATLDB(Optional congestion ) status. NO Threshold for setting the flag of accepting SET inter-RAT GCELLHOINTER CS service RATLDB(Optional handover ) of a 2G cell NO

GCELLHOI NTERRAT LDB DlOlcThrd2GCell

2G Cell DL Overload Congest Thred BSC6900

GCELLHOI Inter-RAT CS NTERRAT InterRatCsServiceL Service HO Load LDB oadHoThrd Threshold

BSC6900

GCELLHOI NTERRAT G2GLoadAdjustCo 2G Load Adjustment LDB eff Coefficient BSC6900

Coefficient used to modulate the load level of a 2G system so that the load level of the 2G system can be SET compared GCELLHOINTER with that of RATLDB(Optional a 3G ) system. NO Minimum RSCP value of a 3G cell during the SET load-based GCELLHOINTER GSM-toRATLDB(Optional UMTS ) handover NO Minimum Ec/No value of a 3G cell during the SET load-based GCELLHOINTER GSM-toRATLDB(Optional UMTS ) handover NO

GCELLHOI NTERRAT IntRATLoadHORS Inter-RAT Load HO LDB CPThr RSCP Threshold BSC6900

GCELLHOI NTERRAT IntRATLoadHOEc LDB NoThr

Inter-RAT Load HO EcNo Threshold BSC6900

GCELLHOI Inter-RAT NTERRAT IntRATLoadHoPeri Hierarchical Load LDB od HO Period

BSC6900

When the load of a cell is greater than or equal to Load HO Threshold, all the calls in the serving cell send handover requests simultaneo usly. Thus, the load on the CPU increases rapidly. In some cases, the cell is congested and call drops might occur. Therefore, the BSC adopts the SET hierarchica GCELLHOINTER l load RATLDB(Optional handover ) algorithm NO Step of changing the RSCP value during the inter-RAT SET hierarchica GCELLHOINTER l loadRATLDB(Optional based ) handover NO

GCELLHOI Inter-RAT Hierarchy NTERRAT InterRATLoadHoR Load HO Step LDB SCPStep [RSCP] BSC6900

GCELLHOI Inter-RAT Hierarchy NTERRAT InterRATLoadHoEc Load HO Step LDB NoStep [EcNo] BSC6900

Step of changing the EcNo value during the inter-RAT SET hierarchica GCELLHOINTER l loadRATLDB(Optional based ) handover NO Width of load band [RSCP] during the inter-RAT SET hierarchica GCELLHOINTER l loadRATLDB(Optional based ) handover NO Width of load band [EcNo] during the inter-RAT hierarchica l loadbased handover NO Initial RSCP value of the interRAT loadbased handover band NO

GCELLHOI NTERRAT InterRATLoadHoR Inter-RAT Load HO LDB SCPBandWidth Bandwidth [RSCP] BSC6900

GCELLHOI NTERRAT InterRATLoadHoEc Inter-RAT Load HO LDB NoBandWidth Bandwidth [EcNo] BSC6900

SET GCELLHOINTER RATLDB(Optional )

GCELLHOI NTERRAT InterRATLoadHoR Inter-RAT Load HO LDB SCPStart RSCP at Start Point BSC6900

SET GCELLHOINTER RATLDB(Optional )

GCELLHOI NTERRAT InterRATLoadHoEc Inter-RAT Load HO LDB NoStart EcNo at Start Point BSC6900 GCELLHOI UO IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Initial EcNo value of the interSET RAT loadGCELLHOINTER based RATLDB(Optional handover ) band NO SET GCELLHOIUO(M Type of an andatory) index. NO

GCELLHOI UO CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOIUO(M a cell in a andatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHOI UO CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOIUO(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO Whether to use handover algorithm SET generation GCELLHOIUO(O 1 or 2 ptional) currently NO Whether a UL subcell to OL SET subcell GCELLHOIUO(O handover ptional) is allowed NO

GCELLHOI Current HO Control UO HOCTRLSWITCH Algorithm BSC6900

GCELLHOI ULTOOLHOALLO UL to OL HO UO W Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHOI OLTOULHOALLO OL to UL HO UO W Allowed

BSC6900

Whether to allow SET overlay-toGCELLHOIUO(O underlay ptional) handovers NO Whether to use the downlink receive level as a condition in SET IUO GCELLHOIUO(O handover ptional) decision NO Whether to use the downlink receive quality as a condition in SET IUO GCELLHOIUO(O handover ptional) decision NO Whether the TA is used as a decisive condition for the SET concentric GCELLHOIUO(O cell ptional) handover NO

GCELLHOI RECLEVUOHOAL RX_LEV for UO HO UO LOW Allowed BSC6900

GCELLHOI RECQUALUOHOA RX_QUAL for UO UO LLOW HO Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHOI TAFORUOHOALL TA for UO HO UO OW Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHOI UO RECLEVTHRES

RX_LEV Threshold

BSC6900

One of the parameter s that decide the underlay and overlay areas. The underlay and overlay areas are determined by "RX_QUAL Threshold" , "RX_LEV Threshold" , "RX_LEV Hysteresis" , "TA Threshold" SET , and "TA GCELLHOIUO(O Hysteresis" ptional) together. NO One of the parameter s that decide the underlay and overlay areas. The underlay and overlay areas are determined by "RX_QUAL Threshold" , "RX_LEV Threshold" , "RX_LEV Hysteresis" , "TA Threshold" SET , and "TA GCELLHOIUO(O Hysteresis" ptional) together. NO

GCELLHOI UO RECLEVHYST

RX_LEV Hysteresis BSC6900

GCELLHOI UO RECQUALTH

RX_QUAL Threshold

BSC6900

One of the parameter s that decide the underlay and overlay areas. If "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to OFF, the underlay and overlay areas are determined by "RX_QUAL Threshold" , "RX_LEV Threshold" , "RX_LEV Hysteresis" , "TA Threshold" , and "TA Hysteresis" together; if "Enhanced SET Concentric GCELLHOIUO(O Allowed" is ptional) set to ON, NO

GCELLHOI UO TATHRES

TA Threshold

BSC6900

One of the parameter s that determine the coverage of the OL subcell and UL subcell. When "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to OFF, "TA Hysteresis" , "RX_LEV Threshold" , "RX_LEV Hysteresis" , "RX_QUAL Threshold" , and "TA Threshold" determine the coverage of the OL subcell and UL subcell. When SET "Enhanced GCELLHOIUO(O Concentric ptional) Allowed" is NO

GCELLHOI UO TAHYST

TA Hysteresis

BSC6900

One of the parameter s that determine the coverage of the OL subcell and UL subcell. When "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to OFF, "TA Hysteresis" , "RX_LEV Threshold" , "RX_LEV Hysteresis" , "RX_QUAL Threshold" , and "TA Threshold" determine the coverage of the OL subcell and UL subcell. When SET "Enhanced GCELLHOIUO(O Concentric ptional) Allowed" is NO

GCELLHOI UO IUOHOSTATIME

UO HO Watch Time BSC6900

The triggering of concentric circle handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when P out of N measurem ent reports meet the condition for concentric circle handovers, a concentric circle handover is triggered. This parameter correspond SET s to the N GCELLHOIUO(O in the P/N ptional) criteria. NO

GCELLHOI UO IUOHODURATIME UO HO Valid Time

BSC6900

The triggering of concentric circle handovers must meet the P/N criteria, that is, when P out of N measurem ent reports meet the condition for concentric circle handovers, a concentric circle handover is triggered. This parameter correspond SET s to the P GCELLHOIUO(O in the P/N ptional) criteria. NO

GCELLHOI UO OPTILAYER

Assign Optimum Layer

BSC6900

Channel assignmen t policies used when TCHs are assigned in an IUO cell: SysOpt: The system selects the preferential ly-assigned service layer and assigns channels according to the measurem ent reports on SDCCHs; USubcell: preferential ly assigns the TCHs on the underlay; OSubcell: preferential SET ly assigns GCELLHOIUO(O the TCHs ptional) on the NO

GCELLHOI UO OPTILEVTHRES

Assign-optimumlevel Threshold

BSC6900

Preferentia lly assigns channels on the overlay when the uplink receive level on the SDCCH is no smaller than "Assignoptimumlevel Threshold" and the TA is smaller than "TA Threshold of Assignmen t Pref"; otherwise, assigns channels on the underlay to ensure successful SET channel GCELLHOIUO(O assignmen ptional) t. NO

GCELLHOI UO OPTITATHRES

TA Threshold of Assignment Pref

BSC6900

Preferentia lly assigns channels on the overlay when the uplink receive level on the SDCCH is no smaller than "Assignoptimumlevel Threshold" and the TA is smaller than "TA Threshold of Assignmen t Pref"; otherwise, assigns channels on the underlay to ensure successful SET channel GCELLHOIUO(O assignmen ptional) t. NO Whether to assign channels according to the access_del ay value in channel request messages during immediate SET channel GCELLHOIUO(O assignmen ptional) t NO

GCELLHOI IMMASSTAALLO UO W

TA Pref. of ImmeAssign Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHOI TA Threshold of UO IMMASSTATHRES Imme-Assign Pref

BSC6900

When the access_del ay value in the channel request message is smaller than this parameter, the overlay channels are assigned preferential ly; otherwise, the underlay channels are SET assigned GCELLHOIUO(O preferential ptional) ly. NO

GCELLHOI HOALGOPERMLA Pref. Subcell in HO UO Y of Intra-BSC

BSC6900

Whether to assign a channel in the overlaid or underlaid subcell in the case of the intraBSC incoming handover to the concentric cell. If this parameter is set to SysOpt, the measured BCCH of the target cell is included in the intraBSC intercell handover request message. Then, the SET BSC GCELLHOIUO(O compares ptional) the NO

GCELLHOI Incoming-to-BSC UO ACCESSOPTILAY HO Optimum Layer BSC6900

GCELLHOI OtoU HO Received UO OTOURECEIVETH Level Threshold

BSC6900

Subcell preferred during the incoming inter-BSC handover to the concentric cell. In the case of incoming inter-BSC handover to the concentric cell, the channels in SET this subcell GCELLHOIUO(O are ptional) preferred. NO One of the parameter s that decide the underlay and overlay areas in an enhanced IUO cell. The underlay and overlay areas are decided by "OtoU HO Received Level Threshold" , "UtoO HO Received Level Threshold" , "RX_QUAL Threshold" , "TA SET Threshold" GCELLHOIUO(O , and "TA ptional) Hysteresis" NO

GCELLHOI UO UTOORECTH

UtoO HO Received Level Threshold

BSC6900

One of the parameter s that determine the coverage of the OL subcell and of the UL subcell. "UtoO HO Received Level Threshold" , "OtoU HO Received Level Threshold" , "ReceiveQ ualThrshA MRFR", "TA Threshold" , and "TA Hysteresis" determine the coverage SET of the OL GCELLHOIUO(O subcell and ptional) UL subcell. NO

GCELLHOI UTOOTRAFHOAL UtoO Traffic HO UO LOW Allowed

BSC6900

When this parameter is set to YES, the existing call is performed in the OL subcell, and "OL to UL HO Allowed" is set to YES, an OL subcell to UL subcell handover is triggered if the traffic volume in the UL subcell is smaller than "En Iuo Out Cell Low Load Thred". If the existing call is performed SET in the UL GCELLHOIUO(O subcell, a ptional) UL subcell NO

GCELLHOI UTRAFHOPERIO UO D

Underlay HO Step Period

BSC6900

GCELLHOI UTOOHOPENTIM Penalty Time of UO E UtoO HO

BSC6900

Hierarchica l handover period of the load handover from the UL subcell to the OL subcell. If the channel seizure ratio of the UL subcell is greater than the UL subcell general overload threshold, all the calls in the cell send handover requests at the same time and the load on the BSC increases in a short time. Thus, SET congestion GCELLHOIUO(O may occur ptional) in the NO After an MS performs a OL subcell to UL subcell handover successfull y, the MS cannot be handed over to the OL subcell again within the SET value of GCELLHOIUO(O the ptional) parameter. NO

GCELLHOI TIMEUTOOFAILP Penalty Time after UO UN UtoO HO Fail

BSC6900

GCELLHOI TIMEOTOUFAILP Penalty Time after UO UN OtoU HO Fail

BSC6900

After an UL subcell to OL subcell handover of an MS fails, the MS does not perform UL subcell to OL subcell handovers within the SET value of GCELLHOIUO(O the ptional) parameter. NO After an OL subcell to UL subcell handover of an MS fails, the MS does not perform OL subellUL subcell handovers SET within the GCELLHOIUO(O value of ptional) the NO

GCELLHOI UTOOFAILMAXTI MaxRetry Time after UO ME UtoO Fail BSC6900

When a UL subcell-OL subcel handover decision is performed to a call, the BSC determines whether the number of handover failures reaches the "MaxRetry Time after UtoO Fail". If the number reaches the threshold, the UL subcell to OL subcell handover is prohibited. Otherwise, the UL SET subcell to GCELLHOIUO(O OL subcell ptional) handover NO

GCELLHOI En Iuo Out Cell Low UO ENLOWLDTHRSH Load Thred BSC6900

If the load of the underlaid subcell is less than this threshold, certain calls in the overlaid subcell are handed over to the underlaid subcell to balance the traffic between the overlaid SET and GCELLHOIUO(O underlaid ptional) subcells. NO If the load of the underlaid subcell is greater than this threshold, certain calls in the underlaid subcell are handed over to the overlaid subcell to balance the traffic between the overlaid SET and GCELLHOIUO(O underlaid ptional) subcells. NO

En Iuo Out Cell GCELLHOI ENGOVERLDTHR General OverLoad UO SH Thred

BSC6900

En Iuo Out Cell GCELLHOI ENSOVERLDTHR Serious OverLoad UO SH Thred

BSC6900

If the load of the underlaid subcell is greater than this threshold, the period of the loadbased handover from the underlaid subcell to the overlaid subcell, "UL Subcell Load Hierarchica l HO Periods", is decreased by "MOD Step LEN of UL Load HO Period" every second to SET accelerate GCELLHOIUO(O the ptional) handover. NO

GCELLHOI UO ENLDHOPRD

Load Classification HO Period

BSC6900

GCELLHOI UO ENLDHOSTP

Load Classification HO Step

BSC6900

If all the calls in the overlaid subcell are handed over to the underlaid subcell when the channel seizure ratio of the underlaid subcell is less than "En Iuo Out Cell Low Load Thred", the BSC load increases sharply. In this case, the target subcell may be congested and drop calls. To avoid such a problem, the SET hierarchica GCELLHOIUO(O l loadptional) based NO Signal level step for the hierarchica l loadbased handover from the overlaid subcell to SET the GCELLHOIUO(O underlaid ptional) subcell NO

GCELLHOI RECEIVEQUALTH ReceiveQualThrshA UO RSHAMRFR MRFR BSC6900

IUO cell receive quality threshold (AMRFR), which is used for SET IUO GCELLHOIUO(O handover ptional) decision NO IUO cell receive quality threshold (AMRHR), which is used for SET IUO GCELLHOIUO(O handover ptional) decision NO Hierarchica l level step of the load handover from the SET UL subcell GCELLHOIUO(O to the OL ptional) subcell NO

GCELLHOI RECEIVEQUALTH ReceiveQualThrshA UO RSHAMRHR MRHR BSC6900

GCELLHOI UO UTRAFHOSTEP

Underlay HO Step Level

BSC6900

GCELLHOI ENUTOOLOADINI IniLev for EnUtoO UO LEV Load HO

BSC6900

Initial signal level used to compute the handover zone for an MS during the hierarchica l loadbased handover from the underlaid subcell to the overlaid subcell of the SET enhanced GCELLHOIUO(O concentric ptional) cell NO Threshold of the receive level for triggering the handover of the PS services from the overlaid subcell to SET the GCELLHOIUO(O underlaid ptional) subcell NO

PS OtoU HO GCELLHOI PSOTOURECEIVE Receive Level UO THRSH Threshold

BSC6900

PS UtoO HO GCELLHOI PSUTOORECEIVE Receive Level UO THRSH Threshold GCELLHO PANT IDTYPE

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Threshold of the receive level for triggering the handover of the PS services from the underlaid subcell to SET the GCELLHOIUO(O overlaid ptional) subcell NO SET GCELLHOPANT( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOPANT( a cell in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO PANT CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO PANT CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOPANT( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLHO PANT HPANTMODE

Cell Antenna Hopping

BSC6900

Whether to enable the TRX to support antenna hopping In a GSM cell, the BCCH broadcasts the frequency, frame number, system information , and paging group. If an MS is in an unfavorabl e position or the antenna of the main TRX that carries the BCCH fails, the MS receives poor SET broadcast GCELLHOPANT( control Optional) signals or NO ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory) RMV GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory) MOD GCELLHOPANT Type of an GRP(Mandatory) index. NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLHO PANTGRP CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory) RMV GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory) MOD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory)

Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

GCELLHO PANTGRP CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory) RMV GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory) MOD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory)

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP HOPTRXINDEX

Hop TRX Group Index

BSC6900

ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory) RMV GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory) MOD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Mandatory)

TRX index that a hopping antenna index correspond s to. A hopping antenna enables signals of multiple TRXs to switch between several antennas instead of fixing an antenna for a TRX. This reduces the effect of Rayleigh fading on signals of some frequencie s. YES

GCELLHO PANTGRP HOPTRXHSN

Hop TRX Group HSN

BSC6900

Hoping sequence number (HSN) of a hopping antenna group. If the value of this parameter is 0, the services over a TRX are adjusted to other TRXs in the hopping antenna group in sequence. If this parameter is set to a value from 1 to 63, the services over a ADD TRX are GCELLHOPANT adjusted to GRP(Optional) other MOD TRXs in GCELLHOPANT the GRP(Optional) hopping NO ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 1 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 2

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID1

No.1 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID2

No.2 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID3

No.3 TRX ID

BSC6900

ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 3 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 4 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 5 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 6 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 7 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 8 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 9 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 10

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID4

No.4 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID5

No.5 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID6

No.6 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID7

No.7 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID8

No.8 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID9

No.9 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID10

No.10 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID11

No.11 TRX ID

BSC6900

ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 11 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 12 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 13 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 14 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 15 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 16 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 17 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 18

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID12

No.12 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID13

No.13 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID14

No.14 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID15

No.15 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID16

No.16 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID17

No.17 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID18

No.18 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID19

No.19 TRX ID

BSC6900

ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 19 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 20 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 21 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 22 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 23 ADD GCELLHOPANT GRP(Optional) MOD GCELLHOPANT Index of GRP(Optional) TRX 24

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID20

No.20 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID21

No.21 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID22

No.22 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID23

No.23 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

GCELLHO PANTGRP TRXID24 GCELLHO PANTQUI CKSETUP IDTYPE

No.24 TRX ID

BSC6900

NO

Index Type

BSC6900

SET GCELLHOPANT QUICKSETUP(M Type of an andatory) index. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLHOPANT identifying QUICKSETUP(M a cell in a andatory) BSC. NO

GCELLHO PANTQUI CKSETUP CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO PANTQUI CKSETUP CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLHOPANT than two QUICKSETUP(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO

GCELLHO PANTQUI CKSETUP HPANTMODE

Cell Antenna Hopping

BSC6900

Whether to enable the TRX to support antenna hopping In a GSM cell, the BCCH broadcasts the frequency, frame number, system information , and paging group. If an MS is in an unfavorabl e position or the antenna of the main TRX that carries the BCCH fails, the MS receives SET poor GCELLHOPANT broadcast QUICKSETUP(M control andatory) signals or NO

GCELLHO PANTQUI CKSETUP TRXIDLST GCELLHO PQUICKS ETUP IDTYPE

TRXID LST

BSC6900

List of IDs of carriers for frequency hopping.Th is parameter is represente d as a character string where the IDs of the TRXs are SET separated GCELLHOPANT by &, such QUICKSETUP(O as ptional) 11&22&33. NO SET GCELLHOPQUIC KSETUP(Mandat Type of an ory) index. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLHOPQUIC identifying KSETUP(Mandat a cell in a ory) BSC. NO

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLHO PQUICKS ETUP CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO PQUICKS ETUP CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLHOPQUIC than two KSETUP(Mandat consecutiv ory) e +. NO

GCELLHO PQUICKS ETUP FHMODE

Frequency Hopping Mode BSC6900

This parameter specifies the frequency hopping mode of a cell. When this parameter is set to "NO_FH", all the TRXs of the cell do not join in frequency hopping. When this parameter is set to "BaseBand _FH", the cell is in baseband frequency hopping mode. In this case, there can be TRXs SET that do not GCELLHOPQUIC join in KSETUP(Mandat frequency ory) hopping on NO Frequency hopping SET mode of GCELLHOPQUIC the TRX KSETUP(Mandat that carries ory) the BCCH NO

GCELLHO PQUICKS ETUP BCCHTRXHP

Frequency Hopping Mode of BCCH TRX BSC6900

GCELLHO PQUICKS ETUP TRXIDLST GCELLHO PTP IDTYPE

TRXID LST

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

List of IDs of carriers for frequency hopping.Th is parameter is represente d as a character string where the IDs of the TRXs are SET separated GCELLHOPQUIC by &, such KSETUP(Optiona as l) 11&22&33. NO SET GCELLHOPTP(M Type of an andatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOPTP(M a cell in a andatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO PTP CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO PTP CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOPTP(M consecutiv andatory) e +. NO

GCELLHO PTP FHMODE GCELLHO TDDBA2 IDTYPE

Frequency Hopping Mode BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the frequency hopping mode of a cell. When this parameter is set to "NO_FH", all the TRXs of the cell do not join in frequency hopping. When this parameter is set to "BaseBand _FH", the cell is in baseband frequency hopping mode. In this case, there can be TRXs that do not SET join in GCELLHOPTP(O frequency ptional) hopping on NO SET GCELLHOTDDB Type of an A2(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLHOTDDB a cell in a A2(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLHO TDDBA2 CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO TDDBA2 CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLHOTDDB consecutiv A2(Mandatory) e +. NO Whether the FDD BA2 table is generated automatica lly according to the neighborin SET g relation GCELLHOTDDB or typed A2(Mandatory) manually. NO SET GCELLHOTDDB A2(Mandatory) SET GCELLHOTDDB A2(Mandatory) Number of a row to be changed in a BA list NO Used for parameter control NO

GCELLHO TDDBA2 TDDBA2TAG

TDDBA2 Input Tag

BSC6900

GCELLHO TDDBA2 ITEM GCELLHO TDDBA2 ITEMVALID

NCCELL No.

BSC6900

Item Valid

BSC6900

GCELLHO TDDBA2 DF

DL UARFCN

BSC6900

GCELLHO TDDBA2 TDDSCRAMBLE

Cell Parameter ID

BSC6900

Downlink frequency SET of the GCELLHOTDDB external A2(Mandatory) 3G cell NO Cell parameter ID of a TDD cell. The cell parameter ID distinguish es between MSs or cells. It is used after spread spectrum. Therefore, it distinguish es between the signals from different sources, but not the changes in the bandwidth of signals. Through scrambling , multiple SET transceiver GCELLHOTDDB s can use A2(Mandatory) the same NO

GCELLHO TDDBA2 TDDSYNCCASE

Sync Case

BSC6900

SyncCase in the TDDBA1 table. This parameter determines the synchroniz ation status. Value 0 indicates Sync case 1 and value 1 indicates Sync case 2. This parameter is used to SET identify GCELLHOTDDB different A2(Mandatory) 3G cells. NO Whether to activate transmit diversity on the SET common GCELLHOTDDB channel of A2(Mandatory) a 3G cell NO SET GCELLHOUTRA NFDD(Mandatory Type of an ) index. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLHOUTRA identifying NFDD(Mandatory a cell in a ) BSC. YES

GCELLHO TDDBA2 DIVERSITY GCELLHO UTRANFD D IDTYPE

Diversity

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLHO UTRANFD D CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO UTRANFD D CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLHOUTRA than two NFDD(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO This parameter specifies whether to allow 3G SET better cell GCELLHOUTRA handover NFDD(Optional) algorithm. NO

GCELLHO UTRANFD D BET3GHOEN

Better 3G Cell HO Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLHO UTRANFD D HOOPTSEL

Inter-rat HO Preference

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether a 2G cell or to a 3G cell is preferential ly selected as the target cell for handover. When this parameter is set to Pre_2G_C ell, the BSC preferential ly selects a 2G candidate cell as the target cell for handover. When this parameter is set to Pre_3G_C ell, the SET BSC GCELLHOUTRA preferential NFDD(Optional) ly selects a NO

GCELLHO UTRANFD D HOPRETH2G

HO Preference Threshold for 2G Cell

BSC6900

If the receive level of the neighborin g 2G cell that ranks the first in the candidate cell list is equal to or smaller than this threshold, the BSC preferential ly selects a neighborin g 3G cell as the handover target cell. Otherwise, the BSC preferential ly selects a neighborin g 2G cell SET as the GCELLHOUTRA handover NFDD(Optional) target cell. NO The 3G better cell handover is triggered only when the RSCP of a neighborin g 3G cell is greater than this SET threshold GCELLHOUTRA for a period NFDD(Optional) of time. NO

GCELLHO UTRANFD D HORSCPTH3G

RSCP Threshold for Better 3G Cell HO BSC6900

GCELLHO UTRANFD D HOECNOTH3G GCELLHO UTRANTD D IDTYPE

Ec/No Threshold for Better 3G Cell HO BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

The 3G better cell handover can be triggered only when the Ec/No of a neighborin g 3G cell is greater than this SET threshold GCELLHOUTRA for a period NFDD(Optional) of time. NO SET GCELLHOUTRA NTDD(Mandatory Type of an ) index. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLHOUTRA identifying NTDD(Mandatory a cell in a ) BSC. YES

GCELLHO UTRANTD D CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLHO UTRANTD D CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLHOUTRA than two NTDD(Mandatory consecutiv ) e +. NO

GCELLHO UTRANTD D HOOPTSEL

Inter-rat HO Preference

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether a 2G cell or to a 3G cell is preferential ly selected as the target cell for handover. When this parameter is set to Pre_2G_C ell, the BSC preferential ly selects a 2G candidate cell as the target cell for handover. When this parameter is set to Pre_3G_C ell, the SET BSC GCELLHOUTRA preferential NTDD(Optional) ly selects a NO

GCELLHO UTRANTD D HOPRETH2G

HO Preference Threshold for 2G Cell

BSC6900

If the receive level of the neighborin g 2G cell that ranks the first in the candidate cell list is equal to or smaller than this threshold, the BSC preferential ly selects a neighborin g 3G cell as the handover target cell. Otherwise, the BSC preferential ly selects a neighborin g 2G cell SET as the GCELLHOUTRA handover NTDD(Optional) target cell. NO The 3G better cell handover is triggered only when the RSCP of a neighborin g 3G cell is greater than this SET threshold GCELLHOUTRA for a period NTDD(Optional) of time. NO

GCELLHO UTRANTD D HORSCPTH3G

RSCP Threshold for Better 3G Cell HO BSC6900

GCELLHO UTRANTD D BET3GHOEN GCELLIDL EAD IDTYPE

Better 3G Cell HO Allowed

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to allow 3G SET better cell GCELLHOUTRA handover NTDD(Optional) algorithm. NO SET GCELLIDLEAD( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

GCELLIDL EAD CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

SET GCELLIDLEAD( Mandatory)

GCELLIDL EAD CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

SET GCELLIDLEAD( Mandatory)

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

GCELLIDL EAD ACS

Additional Reselect Parameter Indication

BSC6900

Used for notifying MSs where to retrieve relevant parameter s during cell reselection . The default value of this parameter is 0 in system message 3 and, has no special significanc e. In system message 4, if the value of this parameter is 0, it means that the MSs must retrieve the SET PI GCELLIDLEAD(O parameter ptional) s and other NO

GCELLIDL EAD TO

Cell Reselect Temporary Offset

BSC6900

Cell Reselect Temporary Offset (TO) indicates the temporary correction of C2. This parameter is valid only within the value specified by "Cell Reselect Penalty Time". For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08 and 04.08. This parameter applies to SET only GSM GCELLIDLEAD(O Phase II ptional) MSs. NO Cell Reselect Penalty Time (PT) is used to ensure the safety and validity of cell reselection because it helps to avoid frequent cell reselection . For details, see SET GSM Rec. GCELLIDLEAD(O 05.08 and ptional) 04.08. NO

GCELLIDL EAD PT

Cell Reselect Penalty Time

BSC6900

GCELLIDL EBASIC IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

SET GCELLIDLEBASI Type of an C(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLIDLEBASI a cell in a C(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLIDL EBASIC CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLIDL EBASIC CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLIDLEBASI consecutiv C(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC ATT

Attach-detach Allowed

BSC6900

Attachdetach Allowed (ATT). If this parameter is set to YES, when an MS is powered off, the network does not process any call connection for the MS as a called party. In this way, the network processing SET time and GCELLIDLEBASI resources C(Optional) are saved. NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC TX

TX-integer

BSC6900

Tx-integer (T for short). This parameter specifies the number of timeslots between two transmissi ons when an MS sends multiple consecutiv e channel requests. The access algorithm is defined in GSM Rec. 04.08 to reduce the collisions on the RACH and improve the efficiency SET of the GCELLIDLEBASI RACH. C(Optional) The NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC CBA

Cell Bar Access

BSC6900

Used together with "Cell Bar Qualify" to decide the priority status of a cell. Refer to GSM Rec. 04.08. Cell Bar Qualify Cell Bar Access Cell selection priority Cell reselection priority NO NO Normal Normal NO YES Prohibited Prohibited YES NO SET Low GCELLIDLEBASI Normal C(Optional) YES NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC CBQ

Cell Bar Qualify

BSC6900

Used together with "Cell Bar Access" to decide the priority status of a cell. See GSM Rec. 0408. This parameter does not affect cell reselection but cell selection only. Cell Bar Qualify Cell Bar Access Cell selection priority Cell reselection priority NO NO Normal Normal SET NO GCELLIDLEBASI YES C(Optional) Prohibited NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC BSAGBLKSRES

CCCH Blocks Reserved for AGCH BSC6900

BS-AGBLKSRES, indicating the number of the CCCH message blocks reserved for the AGCH. After the CCCHs are configured, the value of this parameter indicates the actual seizure rates of the AGCHs and the SET PCHs over GCELLIDLEBASI the C(Optional) CCCHs. NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC BSPAMFRAMS

Multi-Frames in a Cycle on the Paging CH BSC6900

Number of multiframe s in a cycle on a paging subchannel. In fact, this parameter specifies the number of paging subchannels that a paging channel in a cell is divided into. In an actual network, an MS does not listen to other paging subchannels but its belonging paging subchannel SET only. Refer GCELLIDLEBASI to GSM C(Optional) Rec. 05.02 NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC T3212

T3212

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the length of the timer SET for periodic GCELLIDLEBASI location C(Optional) update. NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC CRH

Cell Reselect Hysteresis Parameters

BSC6900

Cell reselection hysteresis. This is one of the parameter s used for deciding whether to reselect cells in different location areas. This parameter can avoid the increase of network signaling traffic due to frequent location update and reduce the risk of SET losing GCELLIDLEBASI paging C(Optional) messages. NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC PI

Cell Reselect Parameters Indication

BSC6900

Cell Reselect Parameter s Indication (PI), sent on the broadcast channel, indicates whether "Cell Reselect Offset", "Cell Reselect Temporary Offset" in the "SET GCELLIDL EAD" command, and "Cell Reselect SET Penalty GCELLIDLEBASI Time" are C(Optional) used. NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC NCCPERMIT

NCC Permitted

BSC6900

A set of NCCs of the cells to be measured by the MS. This parameter is an information element (IE) in the system information type 2 and 6 messages. If a bit of the value of this parameter is set to 1, the MS reports the correspond ing measurem ent report to the BTS. The value of this parameter SET has a byte GCELLIDLEBASI (eight bits). C(Optional) Each bit NO

GCELLIDL EBASIC CRO GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 IDTYPE

Cell Reselect Offset BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Cell Reselect Offset (CRO), indicating a correction of the C2. Proper setting of this parameter can reduce the number of handover times, helpful for assigning an MS to a better cell. In a special case that the PT is 31, the larger the CRO value is, the lower the possibility of handing over an MS to the SET cell. GCELLIDLEBASI Generally, C(Optional) do not set NO SET GCELLIDLEFDD Type of an BA1(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLIDLEFDD a cell in a BA1(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLIDLEFDD consecutiv BA1(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 FDDBA1TAG

FDDBA1 Input Tag

BSC6900

Input mode of the BA lists. AUTO: In this mode, the system fills in the BA1 and BA2 lists according to neighborin g relations of cells. MANU: In this mode, you can maintain the BA tables by yourself. If the neighborin g relations of cells are changed, for example, after a neighborin g cell is added or SET deleted, GCELLIDLEFDD you must BA1(Mandatory) maintain NO SET GCELLIDLEFDD BA1(Mandatory) SET GCELLIDLEFDD BA1(Mandatory) Number of a row to be changed in a BA list NO Used for parameter control NO

GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 ITEM GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 ITEMVALID

NCCELL No.

BSC6900

Item Valid

BSC6900

GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 FDDDLUARFAN

Downlink Frequency BSC6900

Downlink frequency number that an MS in the connected mode retrieves from the 3G neighborin g cell list. The numbers are sent through system message 2QUATER/ MI. The value ranges of frequency numbers vary with SET correspond GCELLIDLEFDD ing band BA1(Mandatory) reporting. NO

GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 FDDSCRAMBLE

Scrambling Code

BSC6900

Scrambling code of a 3G cell, used for distinguishi ng MSs or cells. Scrambling codes are used after spreading. Therefore, the bandwidth of a signal is not changed. Instead, signals from different sources are differentiat ed. Scrambling prevents multiple transmitter s from using the same code SET word for GCELLIDLEFDD spreading. BA1(Mandatory) On the NO

GCELLIDL EFDDBA1 FDDDIVERSITY GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 IDTYPE

Diversity Indication

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

Diversity indication of a 3G cell. This parameter indicates whether the transmit diversity mode on the common channel in a cell is activated.0 means SET No,1 GCELLIDLEFDD means BA1(Mandatory) Yes. NO SET GCELLIDLETDD Type of an BA1(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLIDLETDD a cell in a BA1(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLIDLETDD consecutiv BA1(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 TDDBA1TAG

TDD BA1 Input Tag BSC6900

Input mode of the BA table. In auto mode, the system fills in the BA1 and BA2 tables based on the adjacent relation of cells. In manual mode, the user maintains the BA table. If the adjacent relation of cells is modified, for example, a neighborin g cell is added or a cell is deleted, the user needs to SET maintain GCELLIDLETDD the BA1 BA1(Mandatory) and BA2 NO SET GCELLIDLETDD BA1(Mandatory) SET GCELLIDLETDD BA1(Mandatory) Number of a row to be changed in a BA list NO Used for parameter control NO

GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 ITEM GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 ITEMVALID

NCCELL No.

BSC6900

Item Valid

BSC6900

GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 TDDDLUARFAN

DL UARFAN

BSC6900

Downlink frequency of frequency 1 in table 3GBA2. This parameter indicates the detected downlink frequency in the 3G adjacent cell list in speech. The parameter is delivered in the system SET information GCELLIDLETDD 2QUTER/ BA1(Mandatory) MI. NO

GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 TDDSCRAMBLE

Cell Parameter ID

BSC6900

TDD cell parameter ID. The ID is used to distinguish terminals or cells. This parameter is used after spread spectrum. Therefore, it does not change the bandwidth of signals, but only distinguish es the signals from different sources. Through scrambling , multiple transceiver s can use the same SET codes for GCELLIDLETDD spread BA1(Mandatory) spectrum. NO

GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 TDDSYNCCASE

Sync Case

BSC6900

SyncCase in the TDDBA1 table. This parameter determines the synchroniz ation status. Value 0 indicates Sync case 1 and value 1 indicates Sync case 2. This parameter is used to SET identify GCELLIDLETDD different BA1(Mandatory) 3G cells. NO This parameter specifies whether to activate the diversity mode on the SET common GCELLIDLETDD channel of BA1(Mandatory) a 3G cell. NO SET GCELLLCS(Man Type of an datory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLLCS(Man a cell in a datory) BSC. YES

GCELLIDL ETDDBA1 TDDDIVERSITY GCELLLC S IDTYPE

Diversity

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLLC S CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLLC S CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLLCS(Man consecutiv datory) e +. NO Mode of inputting the latitude and SET longitude GCELLLCS(Optio of a cell nal) location NO Whether the cell is located in the south SET latitude or GCELLLCS(Optio north nal) latitude

GCELLLC S INPUTMD

Latitude and Longitude Input Mode

BSC6900

GCELLLC S NSLATI

NS Latitude

BSC6900

NO

GCELLLC S LATIINT

Latitude Int Part

BSC6900

Integer value when the latitude where a cell is located is SET indicated in GCELLLCS(Man the format datory) of degree NO Decimal value when the latitude where a cell is located is SET indicated in GCELLLCS(Man the format datory) of degree NO This parameter is used to select the location of SET a cell, east GCELLLCS(Optio or west nal) longitude. NO Integer value when the longitude where a cell is located is SET indicated in GCELLLCS(Man the format datory) of degree NO

GCELLLC S LATIDECI

Latitude Decimal Part

BSC6900

GCELLLC S WELONGI

WE Longitude

BSC6900

GCELLLC S LONGIINT

Longitude Int Part

BSC6900

GCELLLC S LONGIDECI

Longitude Decimal Part

BSC6900

Decimal value when the longitude where a cell is located is SET indicated in GCELLLCS(Man the format datory) of degree NO Decimal value when the longitude where a cell is located is SET indicated in GCELLLCS(Man the format datory) of degree NO Value of the minute part when the latitude is indicated in the format of SET degree_mi GCELLLCS(Man nute_seco datory) nd NO Integer value of the second part when the latitude is indicated in the format of SET degree_mi GCELLLCS(Man nute_seco datory) nd NO

GCELLLC S LATIDEGREE

Latitude Degree Part BSC6900

GCELLLC S LATIMINUTE

Latitude Minute Part BSC6900

GCELLLC S LATISECONDINT

Latitude Second Int Part BSC6900

GCELLLC LATISECONDDEC Latitude Second S I Decimal Part

BSC6900

Decimal value of the second part when the latitude is indicated in the format of SET degree_mi GCELLLCS(Man nute_seco datory) nd NO Value of the degree part when the latitude is indicated in the format of SET degree_mi GCELLLCS(Man nute_seco datory) nd NO Value of the minute part when the longitude is indicated in the format of SET degree_mi GCELLLCS(Man nute_seco datory) nd NO

GCELLLC S LONGIDEGREE

Longitude Degree Part

BSC6900

GCELLLC S LONGIMINUTE

Longitude Minute Part

BSC6900

GCELLLC LONGISECONDIN Longitude Second S T Int Part

BSC6900

Integer value of the second part when the longitude is indicated in the format of SET degree_mi GCELLLCS(Man nute_seco datory) nd NO

GCELLLC LONGISECONDD Longitude Second S ECI Decimal Part

BSC6900

Decimal value of the second part when the longitude is indicated in the format of SET degree_mi GCELLLCS(Man nute_seco datory) nd NO Size of the azimuth SET angle of GCELLLCS(Optio the cell nal) antenna NO Included angle formed by the major lobe azimuths of the antennas in two cells under one BTS. A major lobe azimuth is measured from the due north to the direction of the cell antenna in SET a GCELLLCS(Optio clockwise nal) rotation. NO Integer SET part of the GCELLLCS(Optio antenna nal) altitude NO Decimal SET part of the GCELLLCS(Optio antenna nal) altitude NO

GCELLLC S ANTAANGLE

Antenna Azimuth Angle

BSC6900

GCELLLC S INCLUDEANG

Included Angle

BSC6900

GCELLLC S ALTITUDE

Antenna Altitude Int Part BSC6900

GCELLLC S ALTIDECI

Antenna Altitude Decimal Part

BSC6900

GCELLMA GRP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) RMV GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) ADD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) RMV GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory)

Type of an index. NO

GCELLMA GRP CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

GCELLMA GRP CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) RMV GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory)

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more than two consecutiv e +. NO

GCELLMA GRP HOPINDEX

Hop Index

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) RMV GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory)

GCELLMA GRP HSN

HSN

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Index of the frequency hopping data, used for a TRX to locate the frequency hopping sequence YES Hopping sequence number (HSN), indicating 64 types of frequency hopping sequences . If this parameter is set to 0, the frequency hopping is performed in sequence. If this parameter is set to a value from 1 to 63, the frequency hopping is performed in a pseudorandom manner, that is a disciplinary random manner. NO

GCELLMA GRP TSC

TSC

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

The TSC is short for the Training Sequence Code. For BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be the same as the BCC. The delay equalizatio n is performed by using the specified TSC when the MS or BTS receives the signal. The demodulati on cannot be received because the delay equalizatio n cannot be NO

GCELLMA GRP HOPMODE

Hop Mode

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Mandatory) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Implement ation mode of frequency hopping NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ1

Frequency 1

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 1 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ2

Frequency 2

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 2 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ3

Frequency 3

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 3 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ4

Frequency 4

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 4 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ5

Frequency 5

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 5 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ6

Frequency 6

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 6 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ7

Frequency 7

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 7 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ8

Frequency 8

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 8 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ9

Frequency 9

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 9 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ10

Frequency 10

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 10 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ11

Frequency 11

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 11 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ12

Frequency 12

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 12 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ13

Frequency 13

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 13 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ14

Frequency 14

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 14 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ15

Frequency 15

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 15 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ16

Frequency 16

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 16 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ17

Frequency 17

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 17 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ18

Frequency 18

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 18 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ19

Frequency 19

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 19 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ20

Frequency 20

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 20 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ21

Frequency 21

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 21 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ22

Frequency 22

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 22 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ23

Frequency 23

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 23 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ24

Frequency 24

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 24 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ25

Frequency 25

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 25 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ26

Frequency 26

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 26 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ27

Frequency 27

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 27 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ28

Frequency 28

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 28 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ29

Frequency 29

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 29 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ30

Frequency 30

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 30 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ31

Frequency 31

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 31 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ32

Frequency 32

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 32 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ33

Frequency 33

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 33 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ34

Frequency 34

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 34 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ35

Frequency 35

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 35 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ36

Frequency 36

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 36 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ37

Frequency 37

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 37 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ38

Frequency 38

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 38 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ39

Frequency 39

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 39 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ40

Frequency 40

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 40 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ41

Frequency 41

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 41 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ42

Frequency 42

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 42 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ43

Frequency 43

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 43 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ44

Frequency 44

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 44 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ45

Frequency 45

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 45 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ46

Frequency 46

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 46 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ47

Frequency 47

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 47 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ48

Frequency 48

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 48 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ49

Frequency 49

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 49 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ50

Frequency 50

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 50 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ51

Frequency 51

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 51 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ52

Frequency 52

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 52 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ53

Frequency 53

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 53 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ54

Frequency 54

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 54 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ55

Frequency 55

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 55 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ56

Frequency 56

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 56 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ57

Frequency 57

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 57 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ58

Frequency 58

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 58 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ59

Frequency 59

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 59 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ60

Frequency 60

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 60 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ61

Frequency 61

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 61 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ62

Frequency 62

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 62 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ63

Frequency 63

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional)

Frequency 63 NO

GCELLMA GRP FREQ64 GCELLMAI OPLAN IDTYPE

Frequency 64

BSC6900

Index Type

BSC6900

ADD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) MOD GCELLMAGRP( Optional) SET GCELLMAIOPLA N(Mandatory)

Frequency 64 NO Type of an index. NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLMAIOPLA a cell in a N(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLMAI OPLAN CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLMAIOPLA consecutiv N(Mandatory) e +. NO Logical SET number of GCELLMAIOPLA the MA N(Mandatory) group YES Mobile allocation index offset 1. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN HOPINDEX

Hop Index

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO1

MAIO 1

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO2

MAIO 2

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO3

MAIO 3

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO4

MAIO 4

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 2. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 3. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 4. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO5

MAIO 5

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO6

MAIO 6

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO7

MAIO 7

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 5. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 6. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 7. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO8

MAIO 8

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO9

MAIO 9

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO10

MAIO 10

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 8. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 9. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 10. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO11

MAIO 11

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO12

MAIO 12

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO13

MAIO 13

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 11. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 12. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 13. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO14

MAIO 14

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO15

MAIO 15

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO16

MAIO 16

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 14. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 15. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 16. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO17

MAIO 17

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO18

MAIO 18

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO19

MAIO 19

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 17. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 18. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 19. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO20

MAIO 20

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO21

MAIO 21

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO22

MAIO 22

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 20. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 21. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 22. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO23

MAIO 23

BSC6900

GCELLMAI OPLAN MAIO24

MAIO 24

BSC6900

Mobile allocation index offset 23. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Mobile allocation index offset 24. Start frequency number, which is the number of the frequency where SET frequency GCELLMAIOPLA hopping N(Optional) starts NO Subscriber s can specify the cell according SET to the GCELLNC2PARA index or (Mandatory) the name. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLNC2PARA a cell in a (Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLNC 2PARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLNC 2PARA CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLNC 2PARA CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLNC2PARA consecutiv (Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLNC 2PARA MINACCRXLEV

Cell Reselection Level Threshold

BSC6900

Minimum receive level for a neighbor cell to become a candidate cell during cell reselection . When the receive level of the serving cell is lower than the value of this parameter, it indicates that the normal cell reselection level is bad. In this case, the parameter value is used for the calculation of the SET times of GCELLNC2PARA the (Optional) occurrence NO

GCELLNC 2PARA RESELHYST

Cell Reselection Hysteresis

BSC6900

Indicating that during cell reselection , the level of the target cell should meet the following condition: Level of target cell > [MAX (level of serving cell, "Cell Reselectio n Level Threshold" ) + "Cell Reselectio n Hysteresis" ]. In this way, pingpong SET handovers GCELLNC2PARA do not (Optional) occur. NO

GCELLNC 2PARA PENALTYRXLEV

Cell Penalty Level

BSC6900

When the cell reselection failure message is received or the load cell reselection is initiated, the "Cell Penalty Level" is subtracted from the receive level of the target cell to avoid that cell reselection failure occurs repeatedly or that multiple MSs are reselected to the same target cell. This SET parameter GCELLNC2PARA is valid (Optional) only within NO

GCELLNC Cell Penalty 2PARA PENALTYLASTTM Duration

BSC6900

Allowed Measure GCELLNC ALLOWEDMEASR Report Missed 2PARA PTMISSEDNUM Number

BSC6900

Penalty duration for cell reselection . Cell penalty can be performed only in this duration. When this parameter is set to a greater value, the MS cannot reselect a cell for a longer time in the case of reselection failure or reselection due to load. The penalty timer is shorter when this parameter SET is set to a GCELLNC2PARA smaller (Optional) value. NO Number of allowed measure report missed. If the number of allowed measure report missed exceeds this value, the previous SET measure GCELLNC2PARA report is (Optional) invalid. NO

GCELLNC 2PARA FILTERWNDSIZE Filter Window Size

BSC6900

Maximum number of former values when the receive level of the serving cell or the receive level of the neighbor cell is filtered. The greater the value, the greater the weight of the former receive levels; otherwise, the greater the weight SET of the later GCELLNC2PARA receive (Optional) levels. NO

GCELLNC MSRXQUALSTAT MS Rx Quality 2PARA THRSH Statistic Threshold

BSC6900

When the number of received measurem ent reports on the downlink transmissi on quality (Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message) is greater than or equal to this threshold, emergency SET reselection GCELLNC2PARA decision is (Optional) made. NO

CELLRXQUALWO Cell Rx Quality GCELLNC RSENRATIOTHRS Worsen Ratio 2PARA H Threshold

BSC6900

The number of times that the downlink transmissi on quality of the MS is lower than the transmissi on quality threshold of the MS ("EDGE GMSK Quality Threshold" , "EDGE 8PSK Quality Threshold" , or "GPRS Quality Threshold" by TBF type) is calculated accumulati vely. When the rate of the SET accumulat GCELLNC2PARA ed value to (Optional) the NO When the uplink load or downlink load of the cell exceeds this threshold, the load SET reselection GCELLNC2PARA decision is (Optional) made. NO

GCELLNC LOADRESELSTAR Load Reselection 2PARA TTHRSH Start Threshold

BSC6900

GCELLNC LOADRESELRXT 2PARA HRSH

Load Reselection Receive Threshold

BSC6900

When the uplink load or downlink load of the target cell is lower than this threshold, it can accept the MSs from the serving cell due to SET load GCELLNC2PARA reselection (Optional) . NO Whether to allow cell urgent reselection . If this parameter is set to PERMIT and [NC2 Load Reselectio n Switch is set to Support, the load of the target cell is involved in the algorithm for NC2 SET cell GCELLNC2PARA reselection (Optional) . NO

GCELLNC URGENTRESELA Cell Urgent 2PARA LLOW Reselection Allowed BSC6900

GCELLNC LOADRESELALLO Cell Load 2PARA W Reselection Allowed BSC6900

Whether to allow the cell load reselection . If this parameter is set to PERMIT and "NC2 Load Reselectio n Switch" is set to Support, the load of the target cell is involved in the algorithm for NC2 SET cell GCELLNC2PARA reselection (Optional) . NO Whether to allow the cell normal reselection . If this parameter is set to PERMIT and "NC2 Load Reselectio n Switch" is set to Support, the load of the target cell is involved in the algorithm for NC2 SET cell GCELLNC2PARA reselection (Optional) . NO

GCELLNC NORMALRESELA Cell Normal 2PARA LLOW Reselection Allowed BSC6900

Normal Cell GCELLNC RESELWATCHPE Reselection Watch 2PARA RIOD Period

BSC6900

The number of received Packet Measurem ent Report messages on the receive level of the serving cell is measured continuousl y. When the statistical value is greater than or equal to the value of this parameter, the normal SET reselection GCELLNC2PARA decision is (Optional) made. NO

Normal Cell GCELLNC RESELWORSENL Reselection Worsen 2PARA EVTHRSH Level Threshold BSC6900

If the number of times when the receive level of the serving cell within "Normal Cell Reselectio n Watch Period" is lower than "Cell Reselectio n Level Threshold" is greater than the value of this parameter, the normal cell SET reselection GCELLNC2PARA is (Optional) triggered. NO NC2 cell reselection SET interval in GCELLNC2PARA the same (Optional) cell NO

GCELLNC Cell Reselect 2PARA RESELINTERVAL Interval

BSC6900

GCELLNC EGPRSBEPLIMIT 2PARA GMSK

EDGE GMSK Quality Threshold

BSC6900

Used for EDGE GMSK transmissi on quality statistics. If MEAN_BE P is less than or equals to this threshold, the transmissi on quality is regarded deteriorate d. MEAN_BE P indicates the average error code rate in one SET measurem GCELLNC2PARA ent report (Optional) period. NO

GCELLNC EGPRSBEPLIMIT8 EDGE 8PSK Quality 2PARA PSK Threshold BSC6900

Used for EDGE 8PSK transmissi on quality statistics. If MEAN_BE P is less than or equals to this threshold, the transmissi on quality is regarded to be deteriorate d. MEAN_BE P indicates the average error code rate in one SET measurem GCELLNC2PARA ent report (Optional) period. NO Used for the GPRS transmissi on quality statistics. When the transmissi on quality threshold is exceeded, the transmissi on quality SET is regarded GCELLNC2PARA deteriorate (Optional) d. NO

GCELLNC GPRSRXQUALLIM GPRS Quality 2PARA IT Threshold

BSC6900

GCELLNC LOADRESELMAX Load Reselect Level 2PARA RXLEV Threshold BSC6900

Threshold for allowing the MS to reselect a cell during load reelection. When the receive level of the serving cell is lower than this threshold, the load SET reselection GCELLNC2PARA is (Optional) triggered. NO Subscriber s can specify the cell SET according GCELLNCRESEL to the ECTPARA(Mand index or atory) the name. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLNCRESEL identifying ECTPARA(Mand a cell in a atory) BSC. YES

GCELLNC RESELEC TPARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLNC RESELEC TPARA CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLNC RESELEC TPARA CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLNCRESEL than two ECTPARA(Mand consecutiv atory) e +. NO

GCELLNC RESELEC GPRSTEMPOFFS GPRS Temporary TPARA ET Offset

BSC6900

This parameter is used to prevent repeated cell reselection of a fast moving MS. The MS does not select this cell when the duration of maintainin g the BCCH signal channel strength SET does not GCELLNCRESEL reach the ECTPARA(Option penalty al) time. NO

GCELLNC RESELEC GPRSPENALTYTI TPARA ME GPRS Penalty Time BSC6900

Timer used when the MS calculates the C2 (used to evaluate the channel quality during cell reselection ). The time information is transmitted in the SET system GCELLNCRESEL message ECTPARA(Option of each al) cell. NO

GCELLNC RESELEC TPARA RSLCTOFFER

GPRS Reselection Offset

BSC6900

Used for calculating C2. The MS with a large value can be SET assigned GCELLNCRESEL with high ECTPARA(Option access al) priority. NO Subscriber s can specify the cell SET according GCELLNWCTRL to the MSRPARA(Mand index or atory) the name. NO Index of a cell, SET uniquely GCELLNWCTRL identifying MSRPARA(Mand a cell in a atory) BSC. YES

GCELLNW CTRLMSR PARA IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLNW CTRLMSR PARA CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLNW CTRLMSR PARA CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, SET or more GCELLNWCTRL than two MSRPARA(Mand consecutiv atory) e +. NO

GCELLNW CTRLMSR PARA NONDRXPERIOD Non-DRX Period

BSC6900

SET GCELLNWCTRL MSRPARA(Optio nal)

Period when the cell is in the nonDRX state NO

GCELLNW CTRLMSR PARA RPTPERIODI

Cell Reselection MR Period in Packet Idle Mode BSC6900

Cell reselection measurem SET ent report GCELLNWCTRL period in MSRPARA(Optio packet idle nal) mode NO

GCELLNW CTRLMSR PARA RPTPERIODT

Cell Reselection MR Period in Packet Transfer Mode BSC6900

Cell reselection measurem ent report SET period in GCELLNWCTRL packet MSRPARA(Optio transmissi nal) on mode NO ADD GCELLOSPMAP( Mandatory) MOD GCELLOSPMAP( Mandatory) RMV GCELLOSPMAP( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO ADD GCELLOSPMAP( Mandatory) MOD GCELLOSPMAP( Mandatory) RMV GCELLOSPMAP( Mandatory)

GCELLOS PMAP IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

GCELLOS PMAP CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC. YES

GCELLOS PMAP CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more ADD consecutiv GCELLOSPMAP( e %, two or Mandatory) more MOD consecutiv GCELLOSPMAP( e spaces, Mandatory) or more RMV than two GCELLOSPMAP( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO Code of the original signaling point (OSP) in the signaling network. In the ADD signaling GCELLOSPMAP( network, Mandatory) each MOD signaling GCELLOSPMAP( point is Mandatory) identified RMV by a GCELLOSPMAP( signaling Mandatory) point code. NO

GCELLOS PMAP OPC

OSP Code

BSC6900

GCELLOT HBASIC IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

SET GCELLOTHBASI Type of an C(Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLOTHBASI a cell in a C(Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLOT HBASIC CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLOT HBASIC CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLOTHBASI consecutiv C(Mandatory) e +. NO

GCELLOT HBASIC LOWNOISESWH

Diversity LNA Bypass Permitted

BSC6900

Whether to permit the low noise SET amplifier GCELLOTHBASI (LNA) C(Optional) bypass NO

GCELLOT HBASIC RPTVOICE

Report Speech Quality

BSC6900

Whether to allow the BTS to report the voice quality index (VQI). If this parameter is set to Report, the BTS reports the VQI. The BSC collects the traffic statistics on a per VQI basis. There are 11 levels of speech quality. If the level is lower, the speech quality is better. The traffic related to SET AMR and GCELLOTHBASI non-AMR C(Optional) is NO

GCELLOT HOPOWERBOOS Power Boost before HBASIC T HO Enabled or Not BSC6900 GCELLOT HEXT IDTYPE

Index Type

BSC6900

Whether to enable power boost before handover. When the receive level of an MS drops rapidly, a handover occurs. In this case, the BSC cannot adjust the transmit power of the MS and the BTS in time. The MS may fail to receive a handover command, thus leading to a call drop. If the value SET of this GCELLOTHBASI parameter C(Optional) is YES NO SET GCELLOTHEXT( Type of an Mandatory) index. NO Index of a cell, uniquely SET identifying GCELLOTHEXT( a cell in a Mandatory) BSC. YES

GCELLOT HEXT CELLID

Cell Index

BSC6900

GCELLOT HEXT CELLNAME

Cell Name

BSC6900

Name of a cell. This parameter uniquely identifies a cell in a BSC. Cell names cannot contain the following invalid characters: ,;="' In addition, cell names cannot contain two or more consecutiv e %, two or more consecutiv e spaces, or more SET than two GCELLOTHEXT( consecutiv Mandatory) e +. NO Data service supported by the BSC. You can set this parameter according SET to actual GCELLOTHEXT( requireme Optional) nts. NO

GCELLOT HEXT DATATRAFFSET

Data Service Allowed

BSC6900

GCELLOT HEXT DRXEN

SMCBC DRX

BSC6900

Whether to support the discontinuo us reception mechanis m (DRX). To reduce the power consumpti on, the DRX is introduced into the GSM Specificati on. MSs supporting the DRX can consume less power to receive interested broadcast messages. This prolongs the service time of MS batteries. BSCs SET supporting GCELLOTHEXT( the DRX Optional) must send NO

Cell Directed Retry GCELLOT CDRTTRYFBDTH Forbidden HEXT RES Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of forbidding directed retry for cells. When the value of "Assignme nt Cell Load Judge Enable" in "SET GCELLCC BASIC" is ENABLE, if cells support directed retry and the current cell load is greater than or equal to the value of this parameter, the BSC allocates a channel to SET an MS GCELLOTHEXT( through the Optional) process of NO

GCELLOT HEXT INTERFTHRES0

Interference Band Threshold 0

BSC6900

Threshold used for interferenc e measurem ent. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports the interferenc e on each of the idle channels. This helps the BSC to assign channels. According to the strength of interferenc e signals, the SET interferenc GCELLOTHEXT( e signals Optional) are NO

GCELLOT HEXT INTERFTHRES1

Interference Band Threshold 1

BSC6900

Threshold used for interferenc e measurem ent. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports the interferenc e on each of the idle channels. This helps the BSC to assign channels. According to the strength of interferenc e signals, the SET interferenc GCELLOTHEXT( e signals Optional) are NO

GCELLOT HEXT INTERFTHRES2

Interference Band Threshold 2

BSC6900

Threshold used for interferenc e measurem ent. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports the interferenc e on each of the idle channels. This helps the BSC to assign channels. According to the strength of interferenc e signals, the SET interferenc GCELLOTHEXT( e signals Optional) are NO

GCELLOT HEXT INTERFTHRES3

Interference Band Threshold 3

BSC6900

Threshold used for interferenc e measurem ent. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports the interferenc e on each of the idle channels. This helps the BSC to assign channels. According to the strength of interferenc e signals, the SET interferenc GCELLOTHEXT( e signals Optional) are NO

GCELLOT HEXT INTERFTHRES4

Interference Band Threshold 4

BSC6900

Threshold used for interferenc e measurem ent. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports the interferenc e on each of the idle channels. This helps the BSC to assign channels. According to the strength of interferenc e signals, the SET interferenc GCELLOTHEXT( e signals Optional) are NO

GCELLOT HEXT INTERFTHRES5

Interference Band Threshold 5

BSC6900

Threshold used for interferenc e measurem ent. The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports the interferenc e on each of the idle channels. This helps the BSC to assign channels. According to the strength of interferenc e signals, the SET interferenc GCELLOTHEXT( e signals Optional) are NO

GCELLOT HEXT INTERPERIOD

Interference Calculation Period

BSC6900

Period during which interferenc e levels are averaged. The interferenc e levels on idle channels are averaged before the BTS sends a radio resource indication message to the BSC. The averaging result is used for classifying the interferenc e levels on idle channels into five SET interferenc GCELLOTHEXT( e bands. Optional) For details, NO

GCELLOT HEXT RFMAXPWRDEC

Max RC Power Reduction

BSC6900

Maximum number of levels that the BTS RF power decreases. This parameter is used to control the decrease in the BTS RF power. If the value is too large, the BTS power decreases too much. If the value is too small, the BTS power decreases less and the power SET decrease GCELLOTHEXT( effect is Optional) not good. NO This parameter indicates start frame number of the BTS. It is used to keep synchroniz ation between the BTS and MS SET after the GCELLOTHEXT( BTS is reOptional) initialized. NO

GCELLOT HEXT TFRMSTARTTIME Frame Start Time

BSC6900

GCELLOT HEXT POERRTHRES

Power Output Error Threshold BSC6900

This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS alarm. When the output power of a TRX of a transmitter is lower than a fixed level, an error is generated. This parameter and "Power output reduction threshold" indicate the two thresholds of the error. If this parameter SET is set to a GCELLOTHEXT( large Optional) value, the NO

GCELLOT HEXT PODECTHRES

Power Output Reduction Threshold

BSC6900

This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS alarm. When the output power of a TRX of a transmitter is lower than a fixed level, an error is generated. This parameter and "Power output error threshold" indicate the two thresholds of the error. If this parameter SET is set to a GCELLOTHEXT( large Optional) value, the NO

VSWR TRX GCELLOT Unadjusted HEXT VSWRERRTHRES Threshold

BSC6900

This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS alarm. This parameter together with "VSWR TRX error threshold" is used to detect whether the antenna system SET connected GCELLOTHEXT( to the TRX Optional) is faulty. NO

GCELLOT VSWRUNJUSTTH VSWR TRX Error HEXT RES Threshold

BSC6900

This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS alarm. This parameter together with "VSWR TRX unadjusted threshold" are used to check whether the antenna system connecting to the TRX is faulty. If the value of this parameter SET is smaller, GCELLOTHEXT( the error is Optional) smaller. NO

GCELLOT HEXT FRAMEOFFSET

Frame Offset

BSC6900

Frame offset. The frame offset technology arranges the frame numbers of different cells under the same BTS to be different from one another by one frame offset. Thus, the FCH and SCH signals of neighborin g cells do not appear in the same frame, which is helpful for the coding of an MS. If the value SET of this GCELLOTHEXT( parameter Optional) is 0, the NO

GCELLOT HEXT FREQADJ

UL Frequency Adjust Switch

BSC6900

The parameter determines whether to enable the automatic frequency adjustment function in the uplink for the BTS. When the parameter is set to YES, the BTS calculates the speed at which an MS leaves or approache s it and compensat es the fastmoving MS for the frequency offset caused by the SET Doppler GCELLOTHEXT( Effect. In Optional) addition, NO

GCELLOT HEXT DLFREQADJ

DL Frequency Adjust Switch

BSC6900

The parameter determines whether to enable the automatic frequency adjustment function in the downlink for the BTS. When the parameter is set to YES, the BTS starts the automatic frequency adjustment algorithm in the downlink to compensat e the fastmoving MS for the frequency offset caused by SET the GCELLOTHEXT( Doppler Optional) Effect. NO

GCELLOT HEXT FREQADJVALUE

UL Frequency Adjust Value

BSC6900

The parameter is used for the automatic frequency adjustment function in the uplink. It indicates the initial value of frequency before the automatic frequency adjustment in the uplink. After receiving the parameter from the BSC, the BTS automatica lly adjusts frequency in the uplink according SET to the GCELLOTHEXT( parameter Optional) value. The NO

GCELLOT HEXT ReservedIdleCh

Reserved TCH Number for PA Turning On

BSC6900

This parameter specifies the number of idle channels that should be reserved on a cell after the TRX is shut down. When the number of idle channels on a cell is smaller than this threshold, the BSC6900 enables a TRX. This parameter is used to prevent the impact enabling or disabling SET delay on GCELLOTHEXT( the Optional) efficiency NO

UL Level Threshold GCELLOT SDDROPSTATUL for SDCCH Call HEXT LEV Drop BSC6900

Level threshold for measuring the number of call drops on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the BSC determines whether the uplink receive level is lower than this threshold. If the uplink receive level is lower than this threshold and the TA is smaller SET than the GCELLOTHEXT( TA Optional) threshold NO

DL Level Threshold GCELLOT SDDROPSTATDL for SDCCH Call HEXT LEV Drop BSC6900

Level threshold for measuring the number of call drops on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the BSC determines whether the downlink receive level is lower than this threshold. If the downlink receive level is lower than this threshold and the TA SET is smaller GCELLOTHEXT( than the Optional) TA NO

UL Quality GCELLOT SDDROPSTATUL Threshold for HEXT QUAL SDCCH Call Drop

BSC6900

Quality threshold for measuring the number of call drops on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the BSC determines whether the uplink quality level multiplied by 10 is higher than this threshold. If all the following four conditions are met, the number of SET call drops GCELLOTHEXT( on SDCCH Optional) (receive NO

DL Quality GCELLOT SDDROPSTATDL Threshold for HEXT QUAL SDCCH Call Drop

BSC6900

Quality threshold for measuring the number of call drops on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the BSC determines whether the downlink quality level multiplied by 10 is higher than this threshold. If all the following four conditions are met, the SET number of GCELLOTHEXT( call drops Optional) on SDCCH NO

GCELLOT MAINBCCHPWRD Power Derating HEXT TEN Enabled

BSC6900

GCELLOT MAINBCCHPWRD Power Derating HEXT TSTIME Start Time

BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to enable the Enhanced BCCH Power Consumpti on Optimizatio n feature. Generally, the BCCH TRX transmits signals at the maximum transmit power. When this parameter is set to YES, the BSC6900 is allowed to reduce the transmit power of the nonSET BCCH idle GCELLOTHEXT( timeslots Optional) on the NO This parameter specifies the start time of the period during which the power of the nonBCCH timeslots on the SET BCCH GCELLOTHEXT( TRX is Optional) derated. NO

GCELLOT MAINBCCHPWRD Power Derating End HEXT TETIME Time BSC6900

This parameter specifies the end time of the period during which the power of the nonBCCH timeslots on the SET BCCH GCELLOTHEXT( TRX is Optional) derated. NO This parameter specifies the range of power derating over the non-BCCH timeslots SET on the GCELLOTHEXT( BCCH Optional) TRX. NO When this parameter is set to YES, the BSC6900 is allowed to reduce the transmit power of the nonBCCH timeslots SET on the GCELLOTHEXT( BCCH Optional) TRX. NO

GCELLOT MAINBCCHPWRD Power Derating HEXT TRANGE Range

BSC6900

Power Derating GCELLOT MAINBCCHPWDT Active Channel HEXT ACTCHEN Enabled

BSC6900

Cell Weak GCELLOT CELLWEAKCVGR Coverage DL RxLev HEXT XLEVDLTH Threshold BSC6900

Threshold of the downlink receive level of an weakcoverage cell. If the downlink level of a cell is lower than the value of this parameter and the timing advance (TA) is smaller than the value of "Cell Weak Coverage TA Threshold" in more than 30% measurem ent reports, the cell is defined as SET an weakGCELLOTHEXT( coverage Optional) cell. NO

Cell Weak GCELLOT CELLWEAKCVGT Coverage TA HEXT ALTH Threshold

BSC6900

Threshold of the TA of an weakcoverage cell. If the downlink level of a cell is lower than the value of this parameter and the timing advance (TA) is smaller than the value of "Cell Weak Coverage TA Threshold" in more than 30% measurem ent reports, the cell is defined as SET an weakGCELLOTHEXT( coverage Optional) cell. NO

GCELLOT CELLOVERCVGR Cell Over Coverage HEXT XLEVDLTH DL RxLev Threshold BSC6900

Threshold of the downlink receive level of an overcoverage cell. If the downlink level of a cell is higher than the value of this parameter and the timing advance (TA) is greater than the value of "Cell Over Coverage TA Threshold" in more than 20% measurem ent reports, the cell is defined as SET an overGCELLOTHEXT( coverage Optional) cell. NO

GCELLOT CELLOVERCVGT Cell Over Coverage HEXT ALTH TA Threshold BSC6900

Threshold of the TA of an overcoverage cell. If the downlink level of a cell is higher than the value of this parameter and the timing advance (TA) is greater than the value of "Cell Over Coverage TA Threshold" in more than 20% measurem ent reports, the cell is defined as SET an overGCELLOTHEXT( coverage Optional) cell. NO

GCELLOT CELLCOVERAGE HEXT TYPE Cell Coverage Type BSC6900

If the coverage type of a cell is outdoor coverage, the BTS detects whether the standing wave alarm is generated only when the forward power is greater than 35 dBm. If the coverage type of a cell is indoor coverage, the BTS detects whether the standing wave radio SET alarm is GCELLOTHEXT( generated Optional) only when NO

GCELLOT TCHDROPSTATU UL Level Threshold HEXT LLEV for TCH Call Drop BSC6900

When a call drops on the TCH, the correspond ing TCH call drop counter is incremente d by one if the uplink level carried in the last MR is lower than the SET value of GCELLOTHEXT( this Optional) parameter. NO When a call drops on the TCH, the correspond ing TCH call drop counter is incremente d by one if the downlink level carried in the last MR is lower than the SET value of GCELLOTHEXT( this Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLOT TCHDROPSTATD DL Level Threshold HEXT LLEV for TCH Call Drop BSC6900

UL Quality GCELLOT TCHDROPSTATU Threshold for TCH HEXT LQUAL Call Drop

BSC6900

When a call drops on the TCH, the correspond ing TCH call drop counter is incremente d by one if the uplink quality carried in the last MR is greater than the SET value of GCELLOTHEXT( this Optional) parameter. NO

DL Quality GCELLOT TCHDROPSTATD Threshold for TCH HEXT LQUAL Call Drop

BSC6900

When a call drops on the TCH, the correspond ing TCH call drop counter is incremente d by one if the downlink quality carried in the last MR is greater than the SET value of GCELLOTHEXT( this Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLOT TCHDROPSTATU UL FER Threshold HEXT LFER for TCH Call Drop

BSC6900

When a call drops on the TCH, the correspond ing TCH call drop counter is incremente d by one if the UL FER carried in the last MR is greater than the SET value of GCELLOTHEXT( this Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLOT TCHDROPSTATD DL FER Threshold HEXT LFER for TCH Call Drop

BSC6900

When a call drops on the TCH, the correspond ing TCH call drop counter is incremente d by one if the DL FER carried in the last MR is greater than the SET value of GCELLOTHEXT( this Optional) parameter. NO

GCELLOT HEXT FERSTATTH1

FER Threshold 1

BSC6900

If the FER carried in the measurem ent report (MR) received is lower than or equal to "FER threshold 1", the value of "FER 0 and Quality Level N" is incremente d by one. If the FER in the MR received is greater than "FER threshold 1" but meanwhile lower than or equal to "FER threshold 2", the value of SET "FER 1 GCELLOTHEXT( and Quality Optional) Level N" is NO

GCELLOT HEXT FERSTATTH2

FER Threshold 2

BSC6900

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than "FER threshold 2" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 3", the value of "FER 2 and Quality SET Level N" is GCELLOTHEXT( incremente Optional) d by one. NO

GCELLOT HEXT FERSTATTH3

FER Threshold 3

BSC6900

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than "FER threshold 3" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 4", the value of "FER 3 and Quality SET Level N" is GCELLOTHEXT( incremente Optional) d by one. NO

GCELLOT HEXT FERSTATTH4

FER Threshold 4

BSC6900

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than "FER threshold 4" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 5", the value of "FER 4 and Quality SET Level N" is GCELLOTHEXT( incremente Optional) d by one. NO

GCELLOT HEXT FERSTATTH5

FER Threshold 5

BSC6900

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than "FER threshold 5" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 6", the value of "FER 5 and Quality SET Level N" is GCELLOTHEXT( incremente Optional) d by one. NO

GCELLOT HEXT FERSTATTH6

FER Threshold 6

BSC6900

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than "FER threshold 6" but meanwhile lower than "FER threshold 7", the value of "FER 6 and Quality SET Level N" is GCELLOTHEXT( incremente Optional) d by one. NO

GCELLOT HEXT FERSTATTH7

FER Threshold 7

BSC6900

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than "FER threshold 7", the value of "FER 7 and Quality SET Level N" is GCELLOTHEXT( incremente Optional) d by one. NO

GCELLOT HEXT IURGINFOCTRL

Information Exchange Switch at Iur-g BSC6900

This parameter specifies whether to enable the function of information exchange on the Iurg interface. When this parameter is set to Yes, information about cell load and cell capacity can be exchanged on the Iurg interface between SET the RNC GCELLOTHEXT( and the Optional) BSC. NO

GCELLOT HEXT VQILOWTHRD

Low VQI Threshold

BSC6900

Low threshold of VQI. This parameter is used to measure the number of times that uplink or downlink VQI is smaller than the value of this parameter during a call. The measurem ent report sent from a BTS to the GBSC contains the VQI. If the VQI reported by a BTS is smaller than or SET equal to GCELLOTHEXT( the value Optional) of this NO Subscriber s can specify the cell according SET to the G